Table of Contents

 
 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 20-F
     
o   REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
     
þ   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006
OR
     
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                      to                     
OR
     
o   SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Date of event requiring this shell company report                     
Commission file number 1-15028
CHINA UNICOM LIMITED
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
     
N/A
(Translation of Registrant’s Name Into English)
  Hong Kong
(Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)
75 th Floor, The Center
99 Queen’s Road Central
Hong Kong
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
     
Title of Each Class
Ordinary shares, par value HK$0.10 per share
  Name of Each Exchange On Which Registered
New York Stock Exchange, Inc.*
 
*   Not for trading, but only in connection with the listing on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. of American depositary shares, or ADSs, each representing 10 ordinary shares.
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
(Title of class)
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:
None
(Title of Class)
     Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.
     As of December 31, 2006, 12,680,989,270 ordinary shares were issued and outstanding.
     Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes þ No o
     If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Yes o No þ
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large Accelerated Filer þ       Accelerated Filer o       Non-Accelerated Filer o
     Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.
     Item 17 o       Item 18 þ
     If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o No þ
 
 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
  iii  
 
       
  iv  
 
       
    1  
 
       
    1  
 
       
    1  
 
       
    1  
 
       
    15  
 
       
    60  
 
       
    60  
 
       
    86  
 
       
    95  
 
       
    110  
 
       
    110  
 
       
    111  
 
       
    122  
 
       
    124  
 
       
    124  
 
       
    124  
 
       
    125  
 
       
    125  
 
       
    126  
 
       
    126  
 
       
    127  
 
       
    128  

 


Table of Contents

         
    Page  
    128  
 
       
    128  
 
       
    128  
 
       
    128  
 
       
    128  
  EX-4.7 PRE-GLOBAL OFFERING SHARE OPTION SCHEME
  EX-4.9 SHARE OPTION SCHEME
  EX-4.38 CDMA NETWORK CAPACITY LEASE AGREEMENT
  EX-4.39 TRANSFER AGREEMENT OF THE CDMA NETWORK
  EX-4.40 COMPREHENSIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT
  EX-4.41 TRANSFER AGREEMENT
  EX-12.1 CERTIFICATION OF CEO PURSUANT TO 13A-14A
  EX-12.2 CERTIFICATION OF CFO PURSUANT OF 13A-14A
  EX-13.1 CERTIFICATION OF CEO PURSUANT TO 13A-14B
  EX-13.2 CERTIFICATION OF CFO PURSUANT TO 13A-14B

 


Table of Contents

Note Regarding Forward-looking Statements
     This annual report for the year ended December 31, 2006 contains forward-looking statements that are, by their nature, subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Such forward-looking statements include, without limitation:
    our strategy and future plan,
 
    our capital expenditure plan,
 
    our future business condition and financial results,
 
    our ability to retain existing subscribers and attract new subscribers,
 
    our ability to improve our existing services and offer and market new services,
 
    future growth of market demand for our services,
 
    our abilities to optimize, upgrade and expand our networks and increase network efficiency,
 
    our ability to leverage our position as an integrated telecommunications operator and expand into new businesses and new markets,
 
    our ability to upgrade and develop technology applications, and
 
    future regulatory and other developments in the Chinese telecommunications industry.
     These forward-looking statements reflect our current views with respect to future events. Actual results may differ materially from information contained in the forward-looking statements as a result of many factors that may be beyond our control, including, without limitation:
    any changes in the regulatory policies of the Ministry of Information Industry, or MII, the State-owned Assets Supervision and Administration Commission, or SASAC, and other relevant government authorities in the People’s Republic of China, or the PRC,
 
    the PRC government’s decision in relation to the technology standards and licenses of third generation mobile telecommunications, or 3G,
 
    the effects of competition on the demand and price of our telecommunications services,
 
    any changes in telecommunications and related technology and applications based on such technology, and
 
    changes in political, economic, legal and social conditions in China including: the PRC government’s policies with respect to economic growth, consolidations of and other structural changes in the PRC telecommunications industry, foreign exchange controls, foreign investments in and entry by foreign companies into China’s telecommunications market.

iii


Table of Contents

     In addition, our future capital expenditure and development plans are dependent on various factors, including, among others:
    the availability of adequate financing on acceptable terms,
 
    the adequate and timely supply of equipment when required, and
 
    the adequacy of currently available spectrum and other government-controlled telecommunications resources or availability of additional spectrum and such other telecommunications resources.
     Please also see the “D. Risk Factors” section under Item 3.
Certain Definitions
     As used in this annual report, references to “we”, “us”, “our”, the “Company” and “Unicom” are to China Unicom Limited. Unless the context otherwise requires, these references include all of our subsidiaries. In respect of any time prior to our incorporation, references to “we”, “us”, “our” and “Unicom” are to the telecommunications businesses in which our predecessors were engaged and which were subsequently assumed by us. All references to “Unicom Group” are to China United Telecommunications Corporation, our indirect controlling shareholder. Unless the context otherwise requires, these references include all of Unicom Group’s subsidiaries, including us and our subsidiaries. Please also see “A. History and Development of the Company” under Item 4 for our current shareholding structure. For purposes of this annual report, references to “PRC” and “China” do not include Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macau Special Administrative Region or Taiwan.

iv


Table of Contents

PART I
Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers
     Not Applicable.
Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable
     Not Applicable.
Item 3. Key Information
A. Selected Financial Data
     The following table presents our selected consolidated income statement data for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and our selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 and 2006. The selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 and income statement and cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included in this annual report. The selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 and income statement and cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this annual report.
     Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards and Hong Kong Accounting Standards, or HKFRS. Financial statements prepared in accordance with HKFRS vary in certain material respects from generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or US GAAP. In accordance with HKFRS, we adopted the purchase method to account for our prior acquisitions from Unicom Group of certain cellular businesses and assets held by Unicom New Century Telecommunications Corporation Limited, or Unicom New Century, Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited, or Unicom New World, and China Unicom International Limited, or Unicom International. The acquisitions of Unicom New Century, Unicom New World and Unicom International became effective on December 31, 2002, December 31, 2003 and in September 2004, respectively, as described in “A. History and Development of the Company” under Item 4. Accordingly, our consolidated income statement and, except as otherwise noted, all other HKFRS financial information for the year 2004 presented in this annual report include the operating results of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World for the year ended December 31, 2004 and the operating results of Unicom International from the effective date of the acquisition to December 31, 2004, but our consolidated income statement and all other HKFRS financial information for the year 2003 presented in this annual report do not include the operating results of Unicom New World for the year ended December 31, 2003. Under the purchase method, our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2003 includes the financial position of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World and our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2004 also includes the financial position of Unicom International. In contrast, under US GAAP, these acquisitions would have been accounted for as transfers of entities under common control. The financial statements prepared under US GAAP would have been retroactively restated for all periods presented on a combined basis as if the acquisitions had been in effect since inception, whereby related assets and liabilities of the acquired businesses would have been accounted for at historical cost and the results of operations of the acquired businesses would have been included in the consolidated financial statements for the earliest period presented.
     See Note 38 to the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report for a summary of the principal differences between HKFRS and US GAAP in relation to our financial statements.

1


Table of Contents

                                                 
    As of or for the year ended December 31
    2002 (1)     2003 (1)(2)     2004 (1)     2005     2006     2006  
    RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     US$ (3)  
                    (in millions, except number of shares and per share data)          
Statement of Income Data:
                                               
HKFRS:
                                               
Revenue (Turnover):
                                               
Cellular Service Business
    31,112       57,819       71,887       79,712       86,584       11,095  
-GSM Service Business
    27,890       41,153       47,509       52,135       59,291       7,598  
-CDMA Service Business
    3,222       16,667       24,378       27,577       27,293       3,497  
Paging Business
    2,161       1,403                          
Long Distance Business
    2,766       2,273       1,848       1,525       1,068       137  
Data and Internet Business
    2,793       3,437       3,662       3,050       2,375       304  
Total service revenue
    38,832       64,933       77,397       84,287       90,027       11,536  
Sales of telecommunications products
    1,411       2,221       1,690       2,762       4,267       547  
Total revenue
    40,243       67,154       79,087       87,049       94,294       12,083  
Costs and expenses
    (33,932 )     (60,956 )     (72,616 )     (79,947 )     (87,799 )     (11,251 )
Income before income tax
    6,311       6,198       6,471       7,102       6,495       832  
Net income
    4,649       4,269       4,493       4,931       3,732       478  
-Basic net income per share (4)
    0.37       0.34       0.36       0.39       0.30       0.04  
-Number of shares outstanding for basic net income per share (in thousands) (4)
    12,552,996       12,553,010       12,561,242       12,570,398       12,599,018       12,599,018  
-Diluted net income per share (4)
    0.37       0.34       0.36       0.39       0.30       0.04  
-Number of shares outstanding for diluted net income per share (in thousands) (4)
    12,552,996       12,556,728       12,593,054       12,607,476       12,649,306       12,649,306  
-Basic net income per ADS (5)
    3.69       3.41       3.58       3.92       2.96       0.38  
-Number of ADS outstanding for basic net income per ADS (in thousands) (4)
    1,255,300       1,255,301       1,256,124       1,257,040       1,259,902       1,259,902  
-Diluted net income per ADS (5)
    3.69       3.41       3.57       3.91       2.95       0.38  
-Number of ADS outstanding for diluted net income per ADS (in thousands) (4)
    1,255,300       1,255,673       1,259,305       1,260,748       1,264,931       1,264,931  
 
                                               
US GAAP (6) :
                                               
Revenue
    50,421       71,980       79,388       87,255       94,500       12,109  
Operating income from continuing operations
    9,759       10,710       8,185       8,142       9,202       1,179  
Net income before discontinued operation, and cumulative effect of change in accounting policy
    5,500       6,078       4,713       5,013       6,156       789  
Loss from discontinued operation, net of tax
    422       1,342                          
Cumulative effect of change in accounting policy (transitional adjustment of goodwill impairment upon the adoption of SFAS 142)
    42                                
Net income
    5,036       4,736       4,713       5,013       6,156       789  
-Basic net income per share before discontinued operation and cumulative effect of change in accounting policy (4)
    0.44       0.48       0.38       0.40       0.49       0.06  
-Basic net income per ADS before discontinued operation and cumulative effect of change in accounting policy (5)
    4.38       4.84       3.75       3.99       4.89       0.63  
-Basic net income per share after discontinued operation and cumulative effect of change in accounting policy (4)
    0.40       0.38       0.38       0.40       0.49       0.06  
-Basic net income per ADS after discontinued operation and cumulative effect of change in accounting policy (5)
    4.01       3.77       3.75       3.99       4.89       0.63  

2


Table of Contents

                                                 
    As of or for the year ended December 31
    2002 (1)     2003 (1)(2)     2004 (1)     2005     2006     2006  
    RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     US$ (3)  
                    (in millions, except number of shares and per share data)          
Balance sheet Data:
                                               
 
                                               
HKFRS:
                                               
Bank balances and cash
    14,433       9,220       4,655       5,472       12,182       1,561  
Property, plant and equipment
    107,216       117,863       118,492       112,373 (7)     111,382       14,272  
Total assets
    152,095       152,870       149,038       142,630       146,438       18,764  
Short-term debt and current portion of other long-term debt
    15,330       18,173       20,015       22,035       11,072       1,419  
Obligations under finance lease-current portion
    17       25       938       421       100       13  
Obligations under finance lease-non-current portion
    101       100       489       145       10       1  
Other long-term debt
    37,686       36,213       26,137       11,982       4,139       530  
Convertible bonds
                            10,325       1,323  
Shareholders’ equity
    66,572       69,052       72,442       76,287       79,412       10,176  
Share capital
    1,331       1,331       1,332       1,334       1,344       172  
US GAAP (6) :
                                               
Property, plant and equipment
    118,787       118,171       118,701       112,549       111,286       14,260  
Total assets
    164,636       150,477       146,615       139,958       143,718       18,416  
Obligations under finance lease-current portion
    17       25       938       421       100       13  
Obligations under finance lease-non-current portion
    101       100       489       145       10       1  
Other long-term debt
    45,520       36,213       26,137       11,982       4,139       530  
Convertible bonds
                            7,863       1,008  
Shareholders’ equity
    64,215       65,946       69,442       73,265       78,733       10,089  
Share capital
    1,331       1,331       1,332       1,334       1,344       172  
 
                                               
Other Financial Data:
                                               
 
                                               
HKFRS:
                                               
Net cash generated from operating activities
    13,054       22,565       23,819       30,804       35,451       4,543  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (5,166 )     (19,051 )     (18,958 )     (16,748 )     (17,337 )     (2,222 )
Net cash used in financing activities
    (11,868 )     (8,778 )     (9,401 )     (13,213 )     (11,403 )     (1,461 )
Dividend declared per share
    0.10       0.10       0.10       0.11       0.18       0.02  
 
                                               
US GAAP (6) :
                                               
Net cash generated from operating activities
    18,235       25,993       24,510       31,486       35,874       4,597  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (10,261 )     (20,295 )     (19,668 )     (17,431 )     (17,760 )     (2,276 )
Net cash used in financing activities
    (12,773 )     (11,397 )     (9,440 )     (13,213 )     (11,403 )     (1,461 )
Dividend declared per share
    0.10       0.10       0.10       0.11       0.18       0.02  
 
(1)   The adoption of HKFRS on January 1, 2005 resulted in changes in certain accounting policies which have been reflected in the financial statements either in accordance with the transitional provisions in the applicable accounting standards or, to the extent there are no transitional provisions, applied retrospectively. Accordingly, the comparative financial data prior to January 1, 2005 presented herein was restated, as applicable, in 2005 to conform to the changed accounting policies.
 
(2)   Under HKFRS, the sale of Guoxin Paging Corporation Ltd., or Guoxin Paging, on December 31, 2003 by us to Unicom Group has been accounted for as a sale of discontinued operation. The difference between the sale proceeds and the carrying amount of net assets of Guoxin Paging as of December 31, 2003 was recorded as a loss on sale of discontinued operation in our consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2003. The operating results of Guoxin Paging from January 1, 2003 to the effective date of the sale of Guoxin Paging were included in our consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2003. Under US GAAP, the sale of Guoxin Paging to Unicom Group is considered a transfer of business between entities under common control and accounted for at historical cost of the net assets transferred, after reduction, if appropriate, for an indicated impairment of value. In addition, under US GAAP, the results of operations of a component or segment of an entity that has been disposed of should be reported in discontinued operations as a separate component of income, separated from continuing operations, in the period in which the disposal occurred and in prior periods. Accordingly, all the operating results of Guoxin Paging have been grouped into and reported in the income statement as “Discontinued operation — Loss from discontinued operation” under US GAAP.

3


Table of Contents

(3)   The translation of RMB into US dollars has been made at the rate of RMB7.8041 to US$1.00, the noon buying rate in New York City for cable transfer in RMB as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on December 29, 2006. The translations are solely for the convenience of the reader.
(4)   See Notes 30 and 38 to the financial statements included in this Form 20-F on how basic and diluted net income per share are calculated under HKFRS and US GAAP, respectively.
(5)   Net income per ADS is calculated by multiplying net income per share by 10, which is the number of shares represented by each ADS.
(6)   The US GAAP amounts as of and for each of the relevant years ended on December 31, 2006, 2005, 2004, 2003 and 2002 are presented as if the acquisitions of Unicom New Century, Unicom New World and Unicom International had been in existence since the beginning of the earliest period presented.
(7)   Certain assets have been reclassified for comparative purpose, see Notes 6 and 36 to our consolidated financial statements included in this Form 20-F for detailed discussions.
Historical Exchange Rates Information
     We publish our financial statements in Renminbi, or RMB, the legal tender currency in the PRC. In this annual report, references to “US dollars” or “US$” are to United States dollars and references to “Hong Kong dollars”, “HK dollars” or “HK$” are to Hong Kong dollars. Solely for the convenience of the reader, this annual report contains translations of certain RMB and Hong Kong dollar amounts into US dollar amounts and vice versa at specified rates. These translations should not be construed as representations that the RMB or Hong Kong dollar amounts actually represent such US dollar amounts or could be converted into US dollar amounts at the rates indicated or at all. Unless otherwise stated, the translations of RMB and Hong Kong dollars into US dollars and vice versa have been made at the rate of RMB7.8041 to US$1.00 and HK$7.7771 to US$1.00, the noon buying rates in New York City for cable transfers payable in RMB or Hong Kong dollars as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on December 29, 2006.
     The noon buying rates on June 27, 2007 were RMB7.6210 to US$1.00 and HK$7.8147 to US$1.00, respectively. The average noon buying rates for 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 and 2006 were RMB8.2771, RMB8.2772, RMB8.2768, RMB8.1826 and RMB7.9723, respectively, to US$1.00, and HK$7.7996, HK$7.7864, HK$7.7899, HK$7.7755 and HK$7.7681, respectively, to US$1.00, calculated as the average of the noon buying rates on the last day of each month during each applicable year. The following table sets forth the high and low noon buying rates between RMB and the US dollar (in RMB per US dollar) and Hong Kong dollar and the US dollar (in Hong Kong dollar per US dollar) for each month during the previous six months:
                                 
                       Period   High   Low   High   Low
    (RMB per US$1.00)   (HK$ per US$1.00)
December 2006
    7.8350       7.8041       7.7787       7.7665  
January 2007
    7.8127       7.7705       7.8112       7.7797  
February 2007
    7.7632       7.7410       7.8141       7.8041  
March 2007
    7.7454       7.7232       7.8177       7.8093  
April 2007
    7.7345       7.7090       7.8212       7.8095  
May 2007
    7.7065       7.6463       7.8236       7.8044  
June 2007 (through June 27, 2007)
    7.6680       7.6175       7.8188       7.8062  
B. Capitalization and Indebtedness
     Not applicable.
C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds
     Not applicable.

4


Table of Contents

D. Risk Factors
Risks Relating to Our Business
Our cellular businesses face competition from China Mobile Limited, or China Mobile, China Telecommunications Corporation, or China Telecom, and China Network Communications Group Corporation, or China Netcom. Such competition may intensify and result in slower subscriber growth, lower tariffs and higher customer acquisition costs for us, which would materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.
     Our cellular businesses face intense competition from China Mobile. China Mobile is the largest cellular operator in China and has competitive advantages over us in areas such as customer base, financial resources and brand recognition. We have been experiencing intense competition from China Mobile in our cellular service areas, and such competition may continue and even intensify. In particular, continued price competition between China Mobile and us, such as increased offerings of package service plans with “calling-party-pays” features and/or decreased roaming charges, may accelerate the decline of the average revenue per user per month, or ARPU, of our cellular services, and adversely affect our profitability. Moreover, China Mobile has announced its intention to launch 3G cellular services in the future, which could further intensify the competition with our cellular businesses.
     Our cellular services also compete with the local wireless telecommunications services offered by China Telecom and China Netcom in their respective service areas, known as “Little Smart” services, which are based on their fixed line networks and primarily utilize the personal handy-phone system, or PHS, technology. “Little Smart” services are offered as extensions of fixed line services and, with such features as calling-party-pays arrangements, carry significantly lower tariffs than cellular services. Currently these services have attracted over 90 million users in China and their subscriber base is continuing to grow. In addition, both China Telecom and China Netcom have announced their intention to develop 3G cellular services in the future, which would impose a more direct competition with our cellular business.
     Increased competition from China Mobile, China Telecom and China Netcom could lead to slower subscriber growth, lower traffic volume of our cellular services, continued price pressure and higher customer acquisition costs, which may materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.
Our CDMA services may remain in a relatively disadvantageous market position as compared to GSM services in China.
     We are the only cellular operator offering CDMA services in China. The majority of cellular subscribers in China today are subscribers to services based on the global system for mobile communications, or GSM. As of December 31, 2006, we had approximately 36.5 million CDMA subscribers, while there were over 400 million cellular subscribers in China as of December 31, 2006. CDMA cellular services compete with GSM services for cellular subscribers, who may be reluctant to switch to CDMA cellular services because of the need to obtain a new CDMA handset and a new phone number. CDMA services are also perceived to have limitations in international roaming due to the lack of CDMA networks in many countries. In addition, CDMA handsets are generally more expensive than GSM handsets and are not compatible with GSM networks. As a result of the smaller subscriber base, the overall size of the supply chain for CDMA cellular services in China is significantly smaller than the supply chain for GSM cellular services.

5


Table of Contents

     Whether our CDMA services can gain a more favorable market position will continue to be subject to a number of uncertainties, including, among others:
    whether we can effectively retain our existing subscribers and attract sufficient new CDMA cellular subscribers;
 
    whether we can effectively maintain and/or improve the ARPU of our CDMA;
 
    whether we can effectively utilize our CDMA marketing expenses to accelerate the revenue growth of our CDMA business;
 
    whether we can generate more revenues from value-added services by capitalizing on the technological advantages of CDMA 1X wireless data services; and
 
    whether we can enhance the market image of our CDMA services among cellular users in China.
     Any of these uncertainties may adversely affect the growth and profitability of our CDMA cellular services and consequently our financial condition and results of operation.
Our CDMA and GSM businesses compete with each other in certain areas, which may adversely affect the growth and profitability of these businesses.
     To implement differentiated and dedicated management of our CDMA and GSM businesses, we recently segregated the sales and marketing functions of these two businesses, which may require (i) more delineated allocation of resources in personnel, management, finance and information technology, among others and (ii) more management coordination at both headquarter and branch levels. However, we may not be able to achieve favorable results from the implementation of our segregation of the sales and marketing functions of our CDMA and GSM businesses. In addition, the competition between the two businesses for our internal resources as well as external cellular subscribers may not lead to overall better results of our operations. If we cannot coordinate the development of our CDMA and GSM services effectively, or obtain adequate resources for both our GSM and CDMA cellular services, the growth and profitability of these businesses and our financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects may be adversely affected.
Failure to continually optimize, expand and upgrade our networks and infrastructure or changes in telecommunications technology and technological standards could adversely affect our competitive position and hinder our growth.
     The growth of our businesses depends on whether we are able to continue to optimize and expand the coverage and capacity of our networks, to upgrade the technology and to improve the quality of our networks in a timely and effective manner. We also need to continue to improve the quality of our existing networks in order to enhance our telecommunications services.
     In addition, the telecommunications industry in China and elsewhere in the world is subject to rapid and significant changes in technology and technological standards, including the technology migration to 3G. Such changes may render our networks and systems inadequate or obsolete. As a result of such changes, we may need to make significant changes and upgrades to our existing networks and infrastructure or construct new networks and infrastructure, which may require substantial capital expenditures and other resources.

6


Table of Contents

     Our ability to expand and upgrade our networks and infrastructure is subject to a number of uncertainties, including our ability to achieve the following on a timely basis and on acceptable terms:
    obtain adequate financing;
 
    obtain relevant government licenses, permits and approvals;
 
    manage the technology migration in an effective manner;
 
    obtain adequate network equipment and software;
 
    retain experienced management and technical personnel;
 
    obtain sufficient spectrum frequencies, network numbers and other telecommunications resources controlled by the PRC government;
 
    gain access to the sites for network construction or upgrade; and
 
    enter into interconnection and other arrangements with other operators.
     If we are not able to timely and effectively overcome these uncertainties and other difficulties we may encounter in expanding and upgrading our networks and infrastructure, our competitive position, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects may be adversely affected.
The CDMA handset promotional packages have increased our costs and expenses and may adversely affect our profitability.
     In order to accelerate the development of our CDMA business and subscriber growth, we have offered CDMA handset promotional packages. Under those arrangements, CDMA handsets were provided to subscribers for their use at no additional cost to them during the specified contract periods as long as such subscribers agreed to incur a minimum amount of service fees during the contract period. The maximum contract period is two years. The cost of the handsets provided to subscribers under these contractual arrangements, treated as deferred customer acquisition costs, was deferred, to the extent recoverable, and amortized over the contractual period during which we expect to receive the minimum contract revenue. Therefore, these promotional packages tend to increase our costs and expenses.
     While we have significantly reduced the use of such CDMA handset promotional packages in recent years, the carrying amount of the deferred customer acquisition costs has been gradually reduced but remained sizeable. For the year ended December 31, 2006, amortization of such deferred customer acquisition costs was approximately RMB4.21 billion and the carrying amount of such costs amounted to RMB2.10 billion as of December 31, 2006. As a result, while the use of these CDMA promotional packages has accelerated the growth of our CDMA business, it may adversely affect the profitability of our CDMA business and our financial condition and results of operations.
     In addition, upon expiration of the contract period of these CDMA handset promotional packages, some subscribers did not renew their contracts and switched to cheaper service plan packages or subscribed to our competitors’ cellular services, which contributed to the decrease of ARPU and the increase of the churn rate of our CDMA business in 2006. Such effects, if they continue, may adversely affect the profitability of our CDMA business and our financial condition and results of operations.

7


Table of Contents

     In order to control the costs of our CDMA promotional packages, we adopted a policy to centralize the purchases of CDMA handsets since 2005. This centralized purchasing policy has resulted in our maintaining inventory of CDMA handsets that is subject to the risk of inventory obsolescence. As of December 31, 2006, we maintained an inventory of CDMA handsets of RMB1.35 billion.
If we are unable to fund our capital expenditure and debt service requirements, our financial condition and growth prospects will be adversely affected.
     We continue to have a significant level of capital expenditure and debt service requirements. We plan to spend approximately RMB26.00 billion for capital expenditure in 2007, an increase of 20.6% from 2006. As of December 31, 2006, the sum of our long-term and short-term interest bearing debt exceeded the amount of our cash, cash equivalents and short-term bank deposits by RMB13.27 billion. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources” under Item 5. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain future financing on a timely basis and on acceptable terms, and our failure to do so may adversely affect our financial condition, competitive position and growth prospects. Our ability to obtain acceptable financing at any time may depend on a number of factors, including, among others:
    our financial condition and results of operations;
 
    our creditworthiness and relationship with lenders;
 
    the condition of the economy and the telecommunications industry in China;
 
    conditions in relevant financial markets in China and elsewhere in the world; and
 
    our ability to obtain any required government approvals for our financings.
Our long distance, data and Internet businesses remain small compared to China Telecom or China Netcom, and competition from China Telecom, China Netcom and other telecommunications service providers may adversely affect our profitability and growth in these businesses.
     The fixed line operators of China Telecom and China Netcom currently hold the strongest market position in the public switched long distance telephony, or PSTN, and data services markets in their respective service areas. They are also the leading providers of Internet protocol telephony, or IP telephony, and Internet access services in China. China Telecom and China Netcom have competitive advantages over us in areas such as customer base, financial resources, fixed network coverage and “last-mile” access. Our IP telephony services also compete with other service providers including China Satellite Communication, or China SatCom, and China Railway Communications Co. Ltd., or China Railcom. In 2006, intense competition continued to contribute to the decreases in average realized tariff rates for long distance services and in revenue from our long distance business. In addition, our lack of licenses to operate local telephony networks has continued to hinder the growth of our long distance, data and Internet businesses. Competition from China Telecom, China Netcom and other service providers may continue to adversely affect the profitability and growth of our long distance, data and Internet businesses and, to a lesser extent, our overall financial condition and results of operations.
Our churn rates and doubtful debt ratio may increase.
     The monthly average churn rate of our GSM and CDMA cellular services increased from 2.41% in 2005 to 2.44% in 2006 and from 1.49% in 2005 to 1.57% in 2006, respectively.
     The reasons for such increases include, among others, competition from other service providers, the increase in the proportion of cost-sensitive subscribers among new subscribers and discontinuance of some contractual subscribers upon expiration of their contract period under CDMA handset promotional

8


Table of Contents

packages. Increased churn rates of our GSM and CDMA services may adversely affect our market share and increase our costs of additional customer acquisitions and bad debt, which would adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.
     China is still in the process of developing an effective credit reporting system, and with intense competition in the cellular telecommunications market, our doubtful debt ratio for cellular services, calculated as the amount of doubtful debt provided during the year divided by revenue from our cellular services, may increase in the future. Our doubtful debt ratio of our GSM and CDMA cellular businesses was at 1.7% as of December 31, 2006. If such ratio increases in the future, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
Obstacles in interconnection with networks of other telecommunications operators could jeopardize our operations.
     The effective provision of our cellular, long distance telephony and other services requires the interconnection between our networks and those of Unicom Group, and the networks of China Telecom, China Netcom, China Mobile and other telecommunications operators. Any obstacles in existing interconnection arrangements or any significant change of their terms, as a result of natural events, accidents, or for regulatory, technological, competitive or other reasons, could lead to temporary service disruptions and increased costs that can seriously jeopardize our operations and adversely affect our profitability and growth. Difficulties in the execution of new interconnection arrangements on a timely basis and on acceptable terms, including the inability to promptly establish additional interconnection links or increase interconnection bandwidths as required, could also adversely affect our financial condition, results of operation and growth prospects.
Our controlling shareholder, Unicom Group, can exert influence on us and cause us to make decisions that may not always be in the best interests of our other shareholders.
     Unicom Group indirectly controls an aggregate of 76.59% of our issued share capital as of May 31, 2007. As our controlling shareholder, it is able to influence our major business decisions through its control of our board of directors. All of our executive directors and executive officers also serve as directors or executive officers of Unicom Group. In addition, our operations depend on a number of services provided by Unicom Group. For example, Unicom Group leases to us, on an exclusive basis, capacity on the CDMA network located in our cellular service areas, provides us with access to international gateways, supplies us with subscriber identity module cards, or SIM cards, and calling cards and provides equipment procurement services and customer services to us. Unicom Group and we also provide a number of services to each other, including interconnection and roaming services, sales agency and collection services and provision of premises. See “A. History and Development of the Company ¾ Our Relationship with Unicom Group” under Item 4 of this annual report. The interests of Unicom Group and our interests in these transactions may differ and Unicom Group may cause us to make decisions that conflict with the interests of our other shareholders.
The internal reorganization of Unicom Group for the A Share offering has created a two-step voting mechanism that will require the approval of the minority shareholders of both our Company and the A Share Company for significant connected transactions between us and Unicom Group.
     In October 2002, Unicom Group completed an internal reorganization of its shareholding in our company and the initial public offering in China of its newly established subsidiary, China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited, or the A Share Company. As part of this restructuring, a portion of Unicom Group’s indirect shareholding in our company was transferred to the A Share Company, whose

9


Table of Contents

business is limited to indirectly holding the equity interest of our company without any other direct business operations. A voting mechanism was established to allow public shareholders of the A Share Company to indirectly participate in our shareholders’ meetings and a two-step voting mechanism was established for the approval of connected transactions. See “A. History and Development of the Company ¾ Further Restructuring of Unicom Group and Initial Public Offering of the A Share Company in 2002” under Item 4 below. As a result, significant connected transactions between us or our subsidiaries and Unicom Group or its subsidiaries will require the separate approval of the independent minority shareholders both of our company and of the A Share Company. Connected transactions approved by our independent minority shareholders nevertheless cannot proceed if they are not approved by the independent minority shareholders of the A Share Company. This adds another necessary step of approval process for those transactions.
Investor confidence and the market prices of our shares and ADSs may be materially and adversely impacted if we are or our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective in future years as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
     We are a public company in the United States that is subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Pursuant to the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we include in this annual report a report of management on our internal control over financial reporting and an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.
     As of December 31, 2006, our management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and concluded that our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006 was effective. Our management’s assessment has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers, an independent registered public accounting firm, which expresses unqualified opinions on our management’s assessment and on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006. However, we cannot assure you that, in the future, our management will continue to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective. Even if our management concludes that our internal control over financial reporting is effective for future periods, our independent registered public accounting firm may disagree. If our independent registered public accounting firm is not satisfied with our internal control over financial reporting or the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated, reviewed or evaluated, or if the independent registered public accounting firm interprets the relevant requirements, rules or regulations differently from us, then it may issue an adverse opinion. Any of these possible outcomes in the future could result in an adverse reaction in the financial marketplace due to a loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our consolidated financial statements, which could materially and adversely affect the market prices of our shares and ADSs.
We may incur increased costs as a result of being a public company.
     As a public company listed on the New York Stock Exchange and The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited, we incur a higher level of accounting, legal and other expenses than many private companies. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as new rules subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and the New York Stock Exchange, have required changes in corporate governance and internal control practices of public companies. We expect these new rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make certain corporate activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, as a result of increased compliance work in light of the implementation of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, our audit fees increased 110% from US$7.35 million in 2005 to US$15.42 million in 2006.

10


Table of Contents

The unrealized gain or loss on changes in fair value of the derivative component of our zero coupon convertible bonds and the dilution effect resulting from the conversion of such convertible bonds may adversely affect our share price.
     On July 5, 2006, we issued zero coupon convertible bonds due July 5, 2009, with an aggregate principal amount of US$1 billion. The holder of the convertible bonds has an option to convert the bonds into our ordinary shares at a conversion price of HK$8.63 (approximately US$1.11) per share, subject to certain adjustments. According to HKFRS, the conversion option is separately carried as derivative liability at fair value on our balance sheet and any change in such fair value will be charged or credited to our statement of income for the period in which the change occurs. Due to the substantial change in our share price from HK$6.95 as of July 5, 2006, the issue date of the convertible bonds, to HK$11.40 as of December 31, 2006, the fair value of the conversion option in respect of the convertible bonds increased significantly and resulted in an unrealized loss of RMB2.40 billion (approximately US$307 million) on changes in fair value of derivative component of the convertible bonds. Although such unrealized losses do not have any effect on our cash flow or other aspects of our operations, they had a negative impact on our net income for the year 2006, causing a 24.3% decrease from 2005. Fluctuations in our share price, which are beyond our control, could cause unrealized loss or gain again in the future, which may significantly impact our net income. If such unrealized loss or gain reoccurs, we cannot assure you that it will not cause any negative impact on the market price of our shares or ADSs.
     In addition, pursuant to the subscription agreement of the convertible bonds, the holder of the convertible bonds may choose to convert such bonds into our common shares, starting from July 5, 2007. Assuming full conversion of the bonds at the initial conversion price of HK$8.63 (US$1.11) per share, the bonds would be convertible into 899,745,075 ordinary shares, representing approximately 6.67% of our enlarged issued and outstanding share capital as of June 20, 2006. If the holder of the convertible bonds chooses to convert a portion or all of the convertible bonds, such conversion may dilute our net income per share, which in turn could have negative impact on the market price of our Shares or ADSs.
Risks Relating to the Telecommunications Industry in China
Regulatory or policy changes relating to the PRC telecommunications industry or any future industry restructuring may materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.
     The PRC government continues to regulate many aspects of the telecommunications industry in China. Potential changes in regulations and policies and their implementation could lead to significant changes in the overall industry environment. These changes may include, among others, new regulatory decisions or measures relating to issuance of 3G licenses or selection of 3G technology standards, calling-party-pays arrangements, roaming charges or other tariff adjustments, fulfillment of telecommunications service providers’ universal service obligations and the associated expenses, usage of numbers or frequency resources and the associated fees, or standards and mechanisms of interconnection settlement, and could substantially affect our financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. For example, if the PRC government decides to grant 3G licenses to one or more of our competitors but not to us, or deregulates or reduces state tariff rates applicable to some of our services, our results of operations and financial condition may be materially and adversely affected. In addition, MII has recently encouraged the gradual implementation of “calling-party-pays” billing arrangements and the reduction of roaming charges by wireless telecommunications operators in the PRC. We cannot predict whether such regulatory moves will result in changes in regulations and official policies, and we cannot assure you that any such regulatory moves, if implemented, will not adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

11


Table of Contents

     Moreover, the PRC government has in the past restructured the telecommunications industry through a number of initiatives that were rolled out in stages and may initiate further industry restructuring in the future. Any form of potential restructuring of the PRC telecommunications industry may significantly affect the overall business environment and the operations of telecommunications operators in China, including us. We cannot predict the timing for, and any implications and effect of, any future restructuring of the PRC telecommunications industry, or give any assurance that we will not be materially adversely affected by any such industry restructuring. Recently, there have been some media reports indicating that our CDMA and/or GSM businesses may be transferred to other PRC telecommunications operator(s) as a result of a contemplated industry restructuring. We are not aware of any agreements or arrangements in this regard, and we have been unable to confirm with the relevant PRC regulators whether this or any other particular form of industry restructuring is being contemplated. If any such restructuring is carried out at a time or in terms that are not in the interest of our Company or different from market expectations, the value of our Company and the market prices of our ADSs and shares could be materially and adversely affected.
Issuance of additional telecommunications service licenses, including 3G licenses, may further intensify competition in the PRC telecommunications industry and materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.
     Since the mid-1990s, the PRC government has taken various measures, including licensing more providers of telecommunications services, to encourage competition in the telecommunications industry. Currently, the Chinese telecommunications market has six basic telecommunications service providers — China Telecom, China Mobile, China Netcom, China Satcom, China Railcom, and our Company — and thousands of value-added service providers. In addition, the government may grant additional telecommunications service licenses in the future, including 3G licenses.
     Although the MII recently announced three 3G technology standards in the PRC, which include the standard known as “CDMA2000” that has been utilized by our CDMA cellular business, to date, the PRC government has not publicly announced its official decisions on the definitive timing of the grant of the 3G licenses, the number of 3G licenses to be granted or the selection criteria for telecommunications operators to be granted with 3G licenses. The issuance of 3G licenses may significantly change the overall competition environment of the wireless telecommunications industry and further intensify the competition among telecommunications service providers in China. While we, together with certain other telecommunications service providers, have participated in the 3G trial test and study programs sponsored by the MII and have been preparing for developing 3G business by upgrading our networks and services, we cannot assure you that the PRC government will grant us the requisite approvals and 3G license(s) in a timely or favorable manner, or at all. We cannot predict the 3G technology standards that may be selected by the PRC government for the 3G license(s) that may be granted to us. Even if we are granted one or more 3G licenses, we cannot assure you that we will successfully manage the technology migration to 3G and 3G operations and effectively compete with other cellular services provider(s).
     After its accession to the World Trade Organization, or WTO, in December 2001, China promulgated the Administrative Regulations on Telecommunications Companies with Foreign Investment, implementing its commitments to the WTO. Those commitments include the gradual reduction of foreign ownership restrictions in the telecommunications industry and the step-by-step opening of the telecommunications market in China to foreign operators. As of the end of 2006, there was no longer any geographic restriction for foreign telecommunications service provider to provide mobile voice and data telecommunications services in China. See “B. Business Overview — Regulatory and Related Matters — Entry into the Industry” under Item 4. When the PRC government grants licenses to additional telecommunications service providers in the future, licensees may include foreign-invested operators. Such foreign-invested operators entering into China’s telecommunications market may have competitive advantages over us in areas such as financial resources, network management and technical expertise.
     Increased competition in China’s telecommunications services industry could impede the growth of our businesses, further increase competition for skilled and experienced employees, result in or exacerbate price competition and increase our customer acquisition costs and other costs and expenses, and thereby adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects.

12


Table of Contents

The telecommunications industry in China may not sustain its pace of rapid growth, which may adversely affect the growth and profitability of our business.
     The telecommunications industry in China has experienced rapid growth in the last several years, especially in the cellular communications sector. The total number of cellular subscribers in China increased from 43.3 million at the end of 1999 to 461.1 million by December 31, 2006. Cellular penetration increased from 3.5% to over 35% nationwide during the same period. The growth in cellular subscribers has been slowing down as cellular penetration continues to increase in our cellular service areas. In addition, ARPU for the cellular communications market in China continues to decline. For example, ARPU of our CDMA subscribers declined from RMB75.1 in 2005 to RMB65.9 in 2006. Any slowdown in the growth in China’s telecommunications industry may adversely affect the growth and profitability of our business.
The PRC government may require us, along with other telecommunications service providers in China, to provide universal services with specified obligations, and we may not be compensated adequately for providing such services.
     Under the Telecommunications Regulations promulgated by the State Council, telecommunications service providers in China are required to fulfill universal service obligations in accordance with relevant regulations to be promulgated by the PRC government authorities, and the MII has the authority to delineate the scope of universal service obligations. The MII, together with government finance and pricing authorities, is also responsible for formulating administrative rules relating to the establishment of a universal service fund and compensation schemes for universal services.
     While specific universal services obligations are not yet clear, we believe that such services may include mandatory provision of basic telecommunications services in less economically developed areas in China and mandatory contribution to a universal service fund. In addition, as part of the transitional measures prior to the formalization of a universal service obligation framework, the MII has required major telecommunications service providers in China, including Unicom Group, to participate in a project to provide telephone services in thousands of remote villages in China. In participating in such project, Unicom Group, with our assistance, undertook the universal service obligation to extend telecommunications service coverage to a total of more than 5,700 administrative-level villages from 2004 to 2006 primarily through its CDMA and satellite transmission networks. See “B. Business Overview — Regulatory and Related Matters — Universal Services” under Item 4.
     We cannot predict whether the PRC government will specifically require us to undertake universal service obligations in the future. To the extent we are required to do so, it is currently uncertain whether we will be adequately or timely compensated by the government or by the universal service fund. We cannot assure you that we will be able to realize an adequate return on investments for expanding networks to, and providing telecommunications services in, those less economically developed areas due to potentially higher capital expenditure requirements, lower usage by customers and lack of flexibility in setting our tariffs. We also cannot predict whether we will be required to make contribution to the universal service fund. Any of these events may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Actual or perceived health risks associated with the use of mobile devices could impair our ability to retain and attract customers, reduce cellular service usage or result in litigation.
     Concerns have been expressed in some countries that the electromagnetic signals emitted by wireless telephone handsets and base stations may pose health risks at exposure levels below existing guideline levels, and interfere with the operation of electronic equipment. In addition, cellular operators have been subject to lawsuits alleging various health consequences as a result of cellular handset usage or

13


Table of Contents

proximity to base stations or seeking protective or remedial measures. While we are not aware that such health risks have been substantiated, there can be no assurance that the actual, or perceived, risks associated with the transmission of electromagnetic signals will not impair our ability to retain customers and attract new customers, reduce cellular service usage or result in litigation.
Risks Relating to Doing Business in China
Our operations may be adversely affected by changes in China’s economic, political and social conditions.
     Substantially all of our business operations are conducted in China and substantially all of our revenues are derived from our operations in China. Accordingly, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects are affected to a significant degree by economic, political and social conditions in China. The PRC economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including with respect to the amount of government involvement, level of development, growth rate, control of foreign exchange and allocation of resources. While the PRC economy has experienced significant growth in the past three decades, growth has been uneven across different regions and among various economic sectors. The PRC government has implemented various measures to encourage economic development and guide the allocation of resources. Some of these measures benefit the overall PRC economy, but may also have a negative effect on us. For example, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by government control over capital investments. In recent years, the PRC government has implemented certain measures to manage the pace of economic growth. These measures may cause a decrease in the level of economic activity in China, including a decline in individual spending activities, which in turn could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
If the PRC government revises the current regulations that allow a foreign investment enterprise to pay foreign exchange in current account transactions, our operating subsidiary’s ability to satisfy their foreign exchange obligations and to pay dividends to us in foreign currencies may be restricted.
     The ability of our wholly-owned operating subsidiary, China Unicom Corporation Limited, or CUCL, to satisfy its foreign exchange obligations and to pay dividends to us depends on existing and future foreign exchange regulations in China. The Renminbi is currently convertible by foreign-invested enterprises in China to settle transactions under the current account, which include trade and service related foreign exchange transactions and payments of dividends and interest on foreign loans. Renminbi currently cannot be freely converted without regulatory approval for transactions under the capital account, which includes outbound foreign investment and principal payments on foreign loans. CUCL, which holds substantially all of our assets and through which we conduct substantially all of our business, is a foreign-invested enterprise in China. This status allows it to purchase foreign exchange at designated foreign exchange banks for settlement of current account transactions without the approval of the State Administration for Foreign Exchange. However, there is no assurance that the relevant PRC government authorities will not in the future impose any limitation on the ability of foreign-invested enterprises to purchase foreign exchange to satisfy their foreign exchange obligations or to pay dividends. In that event, CUCL’s ability to satisfy its foreign exchange obligations and to pay dividends to us in foreign currencies may be restricted.
Fluctuations in the value of the Renminbi could adversely affect the prices of our shares and ADSs as well as our profitability.
     Substantially all of our revenues and costs and expenses are denominated in Renminbi, while a portion of our borrowings, equipment purchases and other capital expenditures are denominated in foreign

14


Table of Contents

currencies. On July 21, 2005, the PRC government changed its decade-old policy of pegging the value of Renminbi to that of U.S. dollar. Under the new policy, the Renminbi is permitted to fluctuate within a narrow and managed band against a basket of certain foreign currencies determined by the People’s Bank of China. As of December 29, 2006, the Renminbi has appreciated approximately 5.71% in value against the U.S. dollar since July 21, 2005. On May 19, 2007, the People’s Bank of China announced a policy to expand the maximum daily floating range of RMB trading prices against the U.S. dollar in the inter-bank spot foreign exchange market from 0.3% to 0.5%. With increased floating range of the Renminbi’s value against foreign currencies, the Renminbi may appreciate or depreciate significantly in value against the U.S. dollar or other foreign currencies in the long term, depending on the fluctuation of the basket of currencies against which it is currently valued, or it may be permitted to enter into a full float, which may also result in a significant appreciation or depreciation of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar or other foreign currencies in the future. Increased fluctuations of the Renminbi could adversely affect the value in foreign currency terms of cash flow generated from our operations or any dividends payable on our shares and ADSs, and therefore the price of our shares and ADSs. Any future Renminbi devaluations could also increase our equipment importation costs or lead to significant fluctuations in the exposure of our foreign-currency-denominated liabilities, thereby adversely affecting our profitability.
Uncertainties in the PRC legal system could limit the legal protections available to us and to foreign investors.
     Our wholly-owned operating subsidiary, CUCL, is organized under the laws of PRC and is generally subject to laws and regulations applicable to foreign-invested enterprises in China. The Chinese legal system is a civil law system based on written statutes. Unlike common law systems, it is a system in which decided legal cases may be cited for reference but have limited precedential value. Since 1979, the PRC government has promulgated laws and regulations dealing with economic matters such as foreign investment, corporate organization and governance, commerce, property, taxation and trade. However, because these laws and regulations are relatively new, and because of the relatively limited volume of published cases and their non-binding nature, interpretation and/or enforcement of these laws and regulations involves uncertainties. Therefore, the PRC legal system may not afford the same legal protection available to investors in the United States or elsewhere.
Item 4. Information on the Company
A. History and Development of the Company
Historical Industry Restructuring
     Since 1993, the PRC government has implemented a number of measures to restructure and introduce competition in the telecommunications industry. Prior to July 1994, China Telecom was the sole provider of telecommunications services in China. In July 1994, Unicom Group was established in accordance with the State Council’s approval to introduce orderly competition in the telecommunications industry. Since then, the PRC government has approved Jitong Network Communications Company Limited, or Jitong, and China Netcom Corporation Ltd., or CNCL, to provide IP telephony, Internet and data services. It has also approved China Railcom to provide most telecommunications services other than cellular services.
     In 1999, the State Council approved a plan to restructure the former China Telecom along four business lines: fixed line, cellular, paging and satellite communications. As a result of the restructuring, China Telecom retained the fixed line, data and Internet businesses, while China Mobile assumed the cellular business previously operated by China Telecom. In 2002, the PRC government further separated China Telecom into two companies, with the southern company retaining the name of China Telecom and

15


Table of Contents

assets and businesses in 21 provinces in southern and western China and the northern company retaining assets and businesses in 10 provinces in northern China and merging with CNCL and Jitong to form China Netcom. As a result of the PRC government’s efforts to introduce competition in the telecommunications industry, there is currently more than one service provider in most of the sectors within the telecommunications industry. See “B. Business Overview ¾ Competition” below.
History of Unicom Group
     Since its establishment in July 1994, Unicom Group has developed a nationwide cellular network using GSM technology, a nationwide cellular network using CDMA technology and a nationwide long distance telephony network. In May 1997, the State Council granted approval to Unicom Group to provide data services. The MII licensed Unicom Group to begin to provide Internet services in July 1999 and IP telephony services on a trial basis in 12 cities in April 1999 and on a nationwide basis in March 2000.
     Unicom Group offers local telephony services in Sichuan Province and the municipalities of Chongqing and Tianjin. It also offers satellite transmission services through its subsidiary, China United Telecommunications Satellite Communication Co. Ltd., or Unisat.
The Restructuring of Unicom Group and Our Initial Public Offering in 2000
     We are a company limited by shares incorporated under the Companies Ordinance of Hong Kong on February 8, 2000. Our registered office and principal executive offices are located at 75th Floor, The Center, 99 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong (telephone number: 852-2126-2018).
     Under a reorganization agreement, dated April 21, 2000, between Unicom Group and CUCL, Unicom Group transferred to CUCL certain of its assets, rights and liabilities in preparation for our initial public offering, or IPO. Under an equity transfer agreement, dated April 21, 2000, among us, Unicom Group, China Unicom (Hong Kong) Group Limited and China Unicom (BVI) Limited, or Unicom BVI, Unicom Group transferred to us its 100% equity interest in CUCL, which became our wholly-owned operating subsidiary in China. In return, we issued 9,725 million shares to Unicom BVI, then an indirectly controlled subsidiary of Unicom Group.
     In June 2000, we successfully completed our IPO, raising approximately US$5.65 billion. Upon completion of our IPO, our shares became listed and traded on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited and ADSs representing our shares became listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange.
Further Restructuring of Unicom Group and Initial Public Offering of the A Share Company in 2002
     After our IPO, Unicom BVI, which was a wholly-owned subsidiary of China Unicom (Hong Kong) Group Limited, or Unicom HK, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Unicom Group, directly held 77.47% of our outstanding shares. In October 2002, Unicom Group completed an internal restructuring of its shareholding in our company. Unicom HK transferred the total issued capital of Unicom BVI held by it to Unicom Group and Unicom BVI became a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Unicom Group. Unicom Group then transferred 51% of its equity interest in Unicom BVI to the A Share Company, a newly established holding company and subsidiary of Unicom Group. The A Share Company’s business is limited to indirectly holding the equity interest of our company without any other direct business operations.
     Following the restructuring, the A Share Company successfully completed its IPO in the PRC and the listing of its ordinary shares on the Shanghai Stock Exchange, or A Shares. After the IPO of the A Share

16


Table of Contents

Company, the A Share Company transferred all of its net offering proceeds to Unicom Group in return for an additional 22.84% equity interest in Unicom BVI.
     In accordance with the articles of association of the A Share Company and Unicom BVI, before Unicom BVI votes on certain proposals at our shareholders’ meeting, the A Share Company must first convene a shareholders’ meeting to consider the same proposals in order to direct Unicom BVI to vote the shares in our company indirectly held by the A Share Company through Unicom BVI. Unicom Group can similarly direct the voting in respect of its direct equity interest in Unicom BVI. This mechanism for voting is designed to allow public shareholders of the A Share Company to indirectly participate in our shareholders’ meeting.
     The voting mechanism described above, however, will not apply to the approval process for any connected transactions between us or our subsidiaries and Unicom Group or its subsidiaries, on which Unicom BVI will not be permitted to vote under the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited, or the HKSE Listing Rules. Instead, our significant connected transactions would require the separate approvals of the public shareholders both of our company and of the A Share Company. According to the two-step voting arrangements we and the A Share Company have established, each connected transaction between us or our subsidiaries and Unicom Group or its subsidiaries will consist of an initial agreement and a further agreement. The initial agreement would be entered into by Unicom Group or its subsidiaries (excluding the A Share Company and its subsidiaries) on the one hand and the A Share Company or Unicom BVI on the other hand. This agreement would contain the following terms:
    the closing of the initial agreement would be subject to the (i) successful transfer of all rights and obligations of the A Share Company or Unicom BVI under the initial agreement to us or our subsidiaries, and (ii) the approval of the further agreement by our independent shareholders, and
 
    Unicom Group or its subsidiaries (excluding the A Share Company and its subsidiaries) would agree and acknowledge that all rights and obligations under the initial agreement can be transferred to us or our subsidiaries without any further consent requirements.
     The initial agreement will constitute a connected transaction of the A Share Company and, if certain thresholds are met, will require the approval of the public or independent shareholders of the A Share Company under the rules of the Shanghai Stock Exchange. The further agreement would be entered into by the A Share Company or Unicom BVI on the one hand and us or our subsidiaries on the other hand, and would provide for the transfer of all rights and obligations of the A Share Company or Unicom BVI on the one hand under the initial agreement to us or our subsidiaries on the other hand. The further agreement will constitute a connected transaction of our company and, if certain thresholds are met, will require the approval of our public or independent shareholders under the HKSE Listing Rules. We expect, to the extent the nature of a particular connected transaction allows, the two-step voting arrangements to apply as described above. However, there may be circumstances where the nature of the connected transaction requires the application of the two-step voting arrangements to be adjusted. This may arise where we or our subsidiaries are the providers, rather than recipients, of certain services. In this event, the two-step voting arrangements will need to be adjusted so that the process as described above is effectively reversed, such that the initial agreement is entered into by us or our subsidiaries rather than Unicom Group or its subsidiaries (excluding the A Share Company and its subsidiaries) with the A Share Company or Unicom BVI. Unicom Group or its subsidiaries (excluding the A Share Company and its subsidiaries), rather than us or our subsidiaries, will be party to the further agreement. The arrangements (including the conditions) will apply correspondingly. This two-step structure will be applied in all future connected transactions between us and Unicom Group and will effectively require the separate approvals of the public or

17


Table of Contents

independent shareholders both of our company and of the A Share Company for such connected transactions.
Acquisitions of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World and the Sale of Guoxin Paging
     On December 31, 2002, in accordance with the two-step approach outlined above, we successfully completed the acquisition from Unicom Group of Unicom New Century, which holds cellular telecommunications businesses (including GSM assets and businesses and CDMA businesses) in the following nine provinces, autonomous regions and municipalities in China: Jilin, Heilongjiang, Jiangxi, Henan, Shaanxi and Sichuan provinces, Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region, Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region and Chongqing municipality. The total purchase price was HK$4,523,181,304, payable in cash.
     On December 31, 2003, we successfully completed the acquisition from Unicom Group of Unicom New World, which holds cellular telecommunications businesses (including GSM assets and businesses and CDMA businesses) in the following nine provinces and autonomous regions in China: Shanxi, Hunan, Hainan, Yunnan, Gansu and Qinghai provinces and Inner Mongolia, Ningxia Hui and Xizang Zang autonomous regions. The total purchase price was HK$3,014,886,000, payable in cash. On the same date, we also completed the sale of the entire equity interests of Guoxin Paging to Unicom Group for a total sale price of HK$2,590,917,656, and such proceeds were applied to our general working capital.
     As a result of the acquisitions of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World, CUCL extended its cellular businesses to all provinces, autonomous regions and municipalities in China except Guizhou province.
Mergers of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World into CUCL
     On July 30, 2004, Unicom New Century was merged into CUCL and legally dissolved upon the completion of such merger. On September 1, 2005, Unicom New World was merged into CUCL and legally dissolved upon the completion of such merger.
Acquisition of China Unicom International Limited
     In September 2004, we acquired from Unicom Group of Unicom International, a limited liability company established in Hong Kong engaging in voice wholesale business, telephone cards business, line leasing services, managed bandwidth services and mobile virtual network services. Unicom International’s wholly-owned US subsidiary, China Unicom USA Corporation, or Unicom USA, carries a wholesale business of voice traffic between the United States and mainland China. The total purchase price was HK$37,465,996, payable in cash.
Establishment of Unicom Macau and the Launch of CDMA Services in Macau
     On October 15, 2004, we established China Unicom (Macau) Company Limited, or Unicom Macau, in Macau. In March 2005, Unicom Macau was granted, through a bidding process, a CDMA license with a term up to June 5, 2013, which allows Unicom Macau to provide roaming services and, subject to the Macau government’s further approval, provide CDMA cellular services to local CDMA users in Macau after the first year of its operation. In October 2005, Unicom Macau completed the construction of a CDMA network in Macau and launched CDMA roaming services. On August 14, 2006, Unicom Macau obtained approval from the Macau government to provide CDMA cellular services to local users in Macau. Unicom Macau also received a 3G license on the basis of CDMA2000 technology standard on October 24, 2006 to operate a CDMA2000 network in Macau. Pursuant to the terms of the 3G license,

18


Table of Contents

Unicom Macau is required to launch the 3G operations within a year from the date of the issuance of such license.
Incorporation of Unicom Huasheng
     On July 1, 2005, CUCL and Unicom Xingye Science and Technology Trade Co., or Unicom Xingye, a subsidiary of Unicom Group, incorporated Unicom Huasheng. Unicom Huasheng, currently a 99.5%-owned subsidiary of CUCL, is principally engaged in sales of handsets and telecommunications equipment and provision of technical services for us.
Share Segregation Reform of the A Share Company
     On May 11, 2006, the relevant shareholders of the A Share Company approved a proposal by all the holders of the non-tradable shares of the A Share Company, including Unicom Group, to convert their non-tradable shares into shares that are listed and tradable on the Shanghai Stock Exchange. This proposal was made pursuant to and in compliance with the PRC regulations in respect of share segregation reform of companies listed in the PRC. In connection with the conversion of all non-tradable shares into tradable shares, holders of the non-tradable shares of the A Share Company transferred to each holder of tradable shares 2.8 non-tradable shares for every ten tradable shares held by such holder as of May 17, 2006. The tradable shares converted from non-tradable shares are subject to certain lock-up restrictions as required by the relevant PRC regulations. As a result of the implementation of this proposal, Unicom Group’s ownership interest in the A Share Company decreased from 69.32% to 60.74%.
     On May 31, 2007, Unicom Group increased its ownership interest in the A Share Company from 60.74% to 61.74% by subscribing for 212,081,265 additional shares of the A Share Company. Pursuant to the lock-up commitment made by Unicom Group, such newly subscribed shares as well as the 1,059,829,820 shares of the A Share Company held by Unicom Group will not be freely tradable until November 16, 2007. The A Share Company in turn held 82.10% of the total equity interest in Unicom BVI, with the remaining 17.90% held directly by Unicom Group. Unicom BVI held 76.59% of our outstanding shares and Unicom Group remains our ultimate controlling shareholder. See also the chart below for the current shareholding structure of our company.
     Set forth below is our shareholding structure and subsidiaries as of May 31, 2007.

19


Table of Contents

(FLOW CHART)

20


Table of Contents

Our Relationship with Unicom Group
     Unicom Group continues to own and manage the international gateways that provide international connections to our long distance network. Unicom Group also continues to operate the following telecommunications networks:
    its cellular networks in Guizhou province,
 
    its local telephony networks in Sichuan Province and Chongqing and Tianjin municipalities, and
 
    the satellite transmission networks operated through Unisat.
     In March 2007, Unicom Group obtained approvals from the MII and discontinued the operations of its paging business through Unicom Paging and Guoxin Paging.
     Unicom Group holds the licenses required for our telecommunications businesses and we derive our rights to operate our businesses from our status as a subsidiary of Unicom Group. Under the respective reorganization agreements entered into by CUCL, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World with Unicom Group referred to above, Unicom Group undertook to hold and maintain all licenses received from the MII in connection with our businesses solely for our benefit during the term of the licenses and at no cost to us. In addition, Unicom Group undertook to take all actions necessary to obtain and maintain for our benefit such governmental licenses or approvals as we shall require to continue to operate our businesses. Unicom Group also agreed not to engage in any business which competes with our businesses except for the then-existing competing businesses of Unicom Group and to grant us a right of first refusal in relation to any government authorization, license or permit, or other business opportunity to develop any new telecommunications technology, product or service. Finally, Unicom Group also gave us an undertaking not to seek an overseas listing for any of its businesses or the businesses of its subsidiaries in which we are engaged or may engage in the future, except through us.
     In connection with the restructuring of Unicom Group and the acquisitions of Unicom New Century, Unicom New World and Unicom International, we entered into a number of agreements with Unicom Group pursuant to the two-step process described in “Further Restructuring of Unicom Group and the Initial Public Offering of A Shares” above. These include arrangements for interconnection and roaming services between the telecommunications networks owned by us and Unicom Group and for the provision or sharing of telecommunications and ancillary services and facilities between us and Unicom Group. Unicom Group also retains its interests in its other subsidiaries that provide ancillary services to us, including the procurement of telecommunications equipment and the supply of SIM cards and calling cards. In October 2006, we entered into several new agreements with Unicom Group to replace the existing arrangements. See “B. Related Party Transactions” under Item 7 for a detailed description of our agreements with Unicom Group.
     Unicom Group has constructed nationwide cellular networks based on CDMA IX technology. We entered into lease agreements with Unicom Group to lease a portion of the network capacity and began to offer CDMA cellular services on an exclusive basis in our cellular service areas in early 2002. In October 2006, we entered into a new CDMA lease agreement, effective January 1, 2007, with Unicom Group in respect of the CDMA networks. Unicom Group only operates its CDMA networks in Guizhou province, which is outside of our cellular service areas. We also have an option to acquire the CDMA networks from Unicom Group. See “B. Related Party Transactions ¾ Leasing of CDMA Network Capacity” under Item 7.

21


Table of Contents

Capital Expenditures and Divestitures
     See “Liquidity and Capital Resources ¾ Capital Expenditures” under Item 5 for information concerning our principal capital expenditures for the previous three years and those planned for 2007. We have not undertaken any significant divestitures.
B. Business Overview
General
     We are an integrated telecommunications operator in China, offering a comprehensive range of telecommunications services, including cellular, international and domestic long distance, data and Internet services based on our advanced, uniform nationwide network system. We offer nation-wide cellular communications services based on both GSM and CDMA technologies in China. We and China Mobile are currently the two cellular service providers in China.
     We had a total of 105.87 million GSM cellular subscribers as of December 31, 2006, representing an 11.4% increase from 95.07 million subscribers as of December 31, 2005. Our GSM cellular business accounted for 62.9% of our total revenue in the year ended December 31, 2006. We had approximately 36.49 million CDMA cellular subscribers as of December 31, 2006, representing an 11.5% increase from 32.72 million subscribers as of December 31, 2005. Our CDMA Cellular business contributed 33.5% of our total revenue in the year ended December 31, 2006. At the end of 2006, our market share in terms of the number of subscribers in our cellular service areas was 31.3%, declining from 34.5% at the end of 2005.
     We also provide long distance, data and Internet services in China. These businesses currently represent a relatively small portion of our overall business. Our long distance, data and Internet businesses collectively accounted for 3.7% of our total revenue in 2006, compared to 5.3% in 2005. Outgoing public switched and IP telephony long distance calls totaled 11.23 billion and 13.13 billion minutes, respectively, in 2006, compared to 10.48 billion and 14.73 billion minutes, respectively, in 2005. Incoming international long distance calls (including incoming calls from Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan) totaled 2.61 billion minutes in 2006, a slight increase from 2.59 billion minutes in 2005. We had 1.254 million broadband Internet access subscribers at the end of 2006.
Recent Developments
     As of March 31, 2007, the total number of our GSM subscribers has increased to 109.16 million, including 56.16 million post-paid subscribers and 53.00 million pre-paid subscribers. As of March 31, 2007, we also had a total of 37.72 million subscribers to our CDMA services. For the three months ended March 31, 2007, average minutes of usage, or MOU, per subscriber per month for GSM and CDMA services in our combined service areas were 237.2 minutes and 257.4 minutes, respectively. ARPU for GSM services in our combined service areas was RMB46.8 for the three months ended March 31, 2007. ARPU for CDMA services in our combined service areas was RMB58.6 for the three months ended March 31, 2007. For the three months ended March 31, 2007, outgoing public switched and IP telephony long distance calls totaled 2.64 billion minutes and 2.98 billion minutes, respectively.
Cellular Services
     Our cellular business is our largest business, with our GSM and CDMA businesses together having contributed 96.3% of our total revenue in 2006.

22


Table of Contents

     We offer both GSM and CDMA cellular services. We also offer GSM international roaming services in conjunction with 260 operators in 170 countries and regions and CDMA international roaming services in conjunction with 22 operators in 16 countries and regions.
     In 2004, we began to offer GSM and CDMA dual mode cellular handset service under the brand name “Worldwind.” In April 2005, we launched “Worldwind” dual-mode card service based on the dual mode handset service. In 2006, we introduced the “dual-standby” technology into our “Worldwind” services and now offer “dual-mode, dual-standby” services under the brand name “Worldwind.”
     In October 2005, we successfully launched our CDMA network in Macau to provide roaming services for all CDMA users in Macau. In 2006, we obtained approval from the Macau government to provide CDMA services to local users in Macau and also received a 3G license to operate a CDMA 2000 network in Macau.
     We also offer a broad range of value-added services, or VAS, to our cellular subscribers, including short message services, or SMS, personalized ring-back tone services, CDMA 1X wireless data services and GSM wireless data services, under the integrated business brand of “uni”, which represents various wireless VAS we offer for our cellular subscribers. The proportion of our total cellular service revenue generated from VAS increased significantly from 15.2% in 2005 to 19.5% in 2006.
      GSM Cellular Services
     Our GSM cellular networks reach all cities, county centers, major towns, major highways and railways in our cellular service areas. We continue to selectively deploy GSM systems that operate in the 1800 MHz frequency band in high-density population and high call volume centers to supplement our GSM networks operating in the 900 MHz frequency band. In 2006, we continued to focus on optimizing the operational efficiency and stability of our GSM networks, and will continue to improve our GSM networks to support the development of our various cellular services. In particular, we started to upgrade our GSM networks to launch general packet radio service, or GPRS, services since 2005. We have upgraded our GSM networks in 65 major cities to be able to offer GPRS services as of the end of 2006. On May 17, 2007, we launched the commercial operation of GPRS services in 70 cities on a trial basis. We plan to continue and expand our GPRS upgrade to additional cities in 2007.
      Post-paid Services and Pre-paid Services
     We offer two main categories of GSM cellular services: post-paid and pre-paid services that target different consumer segments. Generally, we promote our pre-paid services to migrant population and temporary residents as well as mass market subscribers and target our post-paid services at consumers who have relatively high usage of telecommunications services.

23


Table of Contents

      Subscribers and Usage
     The following table sets forth selected historical information about our GSM cellular operations and our subscriber base for the periods indicated.
                                 
    CUCL (4) and                    
    Unicom New                   CUCL (5) as of or
    World, as of or                   for the three
    for the year ended   CUCL (5) as of or for   months ended
    December 31,   the year ended December 31,   March 31,
    2004   2005   2006   2007
Number of subscribers (in thousands)
    84,267       95,072       105,873       109,158  
Post-paid
    42,844       48,166       54,267       56,158  
Pre-paid
    41,423       46,906       51,606       53,000  
Estimated market share in our service areas (1)
    26.8 %     25.6 %     23.3 %     23.0 %
Average minutes of usage per subscriber per month (2)
    188.9       202.2       237.2       237.2  
Average revenue per subscriber per month (in RMB) (3)
    49.4       48.5       49.2       46.8  
SMS Volume (in billions)
    32.39       39.51       58.89       17.28  
 
(1)   Market share in a given area is determined by dividing the number of our GSM subscribers in the area by the total number of cellular subscribers in the area. Source : Ministry of Information Industry.
 
(2)   Average minutes of usage per subscriber per month is calculated by dividing the total minutes of usage during the period by the average number of our GSM subscribers during the period, and dividing the result by the number of months in the relevant period.
 
(3)   Average revenue per subscriber per month, or ARPU, is calculated by dividing the sum of GSM cellular services revenue during the relevant period by the average number of our GSM subscribers during the period, and dividing the result by the number of months in the period.
 
(4)   Includes Unicom New Century, which merged into CUCL on July 30, 2004.
 
(5)   Includes Unicom New Century and Unicom New World, which merged into CUCL on July 30, 2004 and September 1, 2005, respectively.
      Subscriber Increase : As of December 31, 2006, our total number of GSM subscribers increased from 95.07 million as of December 31, 2005 to 105.87 million, including 54.27 million post-paid subscribers and 51.61 million pre-paid subscribers. We believe that this growth was attributable to a number of factors, including, among others, (i) continued growth of the Chinese cellular telecommunications market, driven by economic growth and reduction in the cost of cellular handsets and services, (ii) our sales and marketing efforts in retaining existing subscribers and expanding our subscriber base, (iii) relatively competitive pricing of our services and (iv) quality of our customer service. However, our share of the cellular market in terms of total cellular subscribers in our GSM cellular service areas was 23.3% as of December 31, 2006, as compared with 25.6% as of December 31, 2005.
      MOU and ARPU : MOU and ARPU of our GSM services were 286.05 billion minutes and RMB49.2, respectively, in 2006. The average MOU per subscriber per month was 237.2 minutes in 2006, an increase of 35.0 minutes from 202.2 minutes in 2005. The increase in MOU was attributable to increased competition with our competitor, which resulted in the provision of more call minutes in the package service plans offered to subscribers. The decreasing effective tariffs as a result of such competition also encouraged higher usage among subscribers. ARPU of our GSM services increased slightly from RMB48.5 in 2005 to RMB49.2 in 2006, which was attributable to higher penetration rate of VAS services based on GSM networks.
      Churn Rate : In 2006, the monthly average churn rate for our GSM services slightly increased from 2.41% in 2005 to 2.44% primarily as a result of intensified competition and the fact that a larger portion of our new GSM subscribers are low- to mid-end subscribers. Our calculation of churn rate reflects those subscribers who switch to services of other operators and those whose services we terminate as a result of account inactivity or payment delinquency. If competition continues to intensify, our churn rate from subscribers voluntarily discontinuing our services may further increase in the future.

24


Table of Contents

      Payment Delinquency : Payment delinquency increased in 2006. As of December 31, 2006, the doubtful debt ratio for our GSM cellular services, calculated as the amount of doubtful debt provided in 2006 divided by revenue from GSM cellular services, is 1.9%, higher than the 1.7% at the end of 2005 due to the fact that a larger portion of our new GSM subscribers are low- to mid- end subscribers. In some of our cellular service areas we require our post-paid subscribers to deposit service charges and maintain a certain level of account balances with us or with commercial banks that collect service fees for us. We classify the creditworthiness of our subscribers into various levels and have adopted other credit control measures. We also closely manage payment delinquencies through confirmation of customer address and other registration information, expansion of collection channels, advance notification of inadequate deposits, close monitoring of call patterns and account balances and prompt termination of services.
      Tariffs
     Generally the categories of tariffs we charge our cellular subscribers include, among others, basic monthly fees, usage charges, roaming charges, long-distance call charges and charges for value-added services.
     The cellular tariffs are set forth by the MII and tariff adjustments are subject to regulation by various government authorities, including the MII, the National Development and Reform Commission and the relevant provincial price regulatory authorities. The following table summarizes the present State-guidance tariff rates for post-paid and pre-paid cellular services:
                 
    Post-paid Services   Pre-paid Services
    RMB   RMB
Basic monthly fee
    50       0  
Local usage charge (per minute)
    0.4       0.6  
Domestic roaming charge (per minute)
    0.6       0.8  
 
Source:   MII.
     Intense competition in our cellular service areas has resulted in tariff discounts and service promotions offered by both us and our main competitor from time to time, which may lower effective tariffs. These discounts and promotions have taken many forms, including promotional tariff rates, free call minutes, reduced roaming charges, off-peak discounts or discounts for high-usage subscribers and package service plans with fixed monthly fees. See “D. Risk Factors — Risks Relating to the Telecommunications Industry in China — Regulatory or policy changes relating to the PRC telecommunications industry or any future industry restructuring may materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects” under Item 3.
     We have introduced a number of package service plans. Under these plans, subscribers typically pay a fixed monthly fee for a specified number of call minutes. The plans vary in the level of the fixed monthly fee, the number of specified call minutes and the tariff rates for call minutes in excess of the specified call minutes. The terms of these plans also vary depending on the local markets and generally offer some price discounts to similar plans of our main competitor. We have also introduced in selected cities promotional plans for certain qualified subscribers, which allow such subscribers to receive incoming calls without incurring per-minute usage charges in exchange for a fixed monthly fee.
     In 1997, the PRC government granted us preferential treatment by allowing us to reduce our tariffs by up to 10% below the State-guidance tariff rates. In the past, this preferential treatment has helped us capture a significant number of cellular subscribers by allowing us to market our cellular services at discounted rates. As we and our main competitor introduced various package service plans and other

25


Table of Contents

promotional programs, the tariff structure has become more complex. While we continue to maintain tariff levels that are generally lower than those of our main competitor, the more complex tariff structure has, to some extent, made our price advantages less obvious to subscribers compared to previous tariff schemes that were largely based on simple per-minute charges. Beginning in 2005, as we continued to offer package service plans in our service areas, we have significantly reduced the variety of such plans and stopped offering service plans that were not profitable. We also further centralized the package service planning to provincial-level branches and higher.
     Beginning in 2006, the MII has stepped up its efforts to encourage wireless telecommunications operators to offer tariff packages featuring “calling-party-pays” billing arrangements. In light of such policy move, in early 2007, we have started to offer package service plans with “calling-party-pays” billing arrangements in selected service areas such as Beijing and Guangdong. Depending on the regulatory and business competitive environment, the service areas in which we offer package service plans with “calling-party-pays” features may further expand.
      CDMA Cellular Services
     Our controlling shareholder, Unicom Group, currently has the exclusive license to offer CDMA cellular services in China. It has constructed a CDMA network with comprehensive nationwide coverage through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Unicom New Horizon Mobile Telecommunications Company Limited, or Unicom New Horizon. We have leased CDMA network capacity from Unicom Group and offer CDMA cellular services and CDMA 1X wireless data services.
     As of 2006, Unicom Group’s total CDMA network capacity amounted to approximately 84 million subscribers. This level of capacity provides sufficient room for the growth of our CDMA subscriber base and ensured our CDMA nationwide network coverage and telecommunications quality, including both outdoor and indoor coverage, as well as the data-processing capacity of our CDMA 1X services.
      Our Lease of CDMA Networks from Unicom Group
     After the acquisitions of Unicom New Century and Unicom New Horizon, we entered into a consolidated lease agreement, or the 2005 CDMA Lease, with Unicom Group and Unicom New Horizon on March 24, 2005 to replace the three then existing lease agreements, or the Old CDMA Leases, between Unicom Group and Unicom Horizon on the one hand, and CUCL, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World, respectively, on the other hand. On October 26, 2006, we entered into a further updated lease agreement, or the 2006 CDMA Lease, with Unicom Group and Unicom Horizon, to replace the 2005 Lease Agreement. See “B. Related Party Transactions ¾ Leasing of CDMA Network Capacity” under Item 7.
     The 2006 CDMA Lease has an initial term of one year commencing from January 1, 2007. We may extend the 2006 CDMA Lease for another year until December 31, 2008 by giving no less than 180 days’ prior written notice to Unicom New Horizon on or before December 31, 2007. We currently intend to extend the 2006 CDMA Lease to December 31, 2008. The lease fee for each year of 2007 and 2008 will be (i) 31% of the audited service revenue generated in that year by our CDMA business or (ii) 30% of the audited service revenue generated in that year by our CDMA business, if the audited income before taxation of our CDMA business for the relevant year is less than the audited income before taxation of our CDMA business for 2006. The term of the 2006 CDMA Lease may be renewed for additional terms at our option, with the length of such renewed terms and lease fee to be agreed upon.
     We lease all constructed CDMA network capacity from Unicom Group and operate these CDMA networks in our cellular service areas on an exclusive basis and receive all revenue generated from the

26


Table of Contents

operation. We may terminate the lease arrangements upon giving at least 180 days’ prior written notice to Unicom Group.
     In addition to leasing network capacity, we also have the option, exercisable at any time during the lease period and for an additional year thereafter, to purchase the CDMA network in our cellular service areas. The acquisition price will be negotiated between Unicom New Horizon and us. It will be based on the appraisal value of the CDMA network determined by an independent appraiser in accordance with applicable PRC laws and regulations and take into account the then prevailing market conditions and other factors. However, the purchase price will not exceed an amount which would, taking into account all lease fee payments made by us to Unicom New Horizon and lease fee discounts as a result of any delay of delivery, enable Unicom New Horizon to recover its total network construction costs, together with an internal rate of return of 8%. The exercise of the purchase option will be subject to the relevant laws, regulations and the HKSE Listing Rules, including approvals of our minority shareholders for connected transactions. See “B. Related Party Transactions — Leasing of CDMA Network Capacity” under Item 7 for a more detailed description of the New CDMA Lease.
      Services
     The CDMA services we offer include basic voice and value-added services such as call forwarding and voicemail, caller identity display, SMS services and CDMA 1X wireless data services. Like our GSM services, our CDMA services also offer both post-paid and pre-paid services.
     In August 2004 and April 2005, we launched CDMA and GSM dual-mode cellular handset and card services, respectively, under the brand name “Worldwind.” In 2006, we further integrated “dual-standby” technology into our services to launch the “dual-mode, dual-standby” services. “Worldwind” “dual-mode, dual-standby” services, which are available to our subscribers who use either a “dual-mode, dual-standby” handset or a “dual-mode, dual-standby” user card, have the following features:
    users can switch between GSM and CDMA networks in China, thereby offering wireless coverage in areas of the country covered by only one of these networks;
 
    when roaming in areas outside of China, users can use the cellular services of local operators, whether they are GSM or CDMA, who signed roaming agreements with us; and
 
    our GSM users who sign up for “Worldwind” can continue to use the basic GSM services, while enjoying the additional benefits of the CDMA 1X services.
      Subscriber Base
     The following table sets forth selected historical information about our CDMA cellular operations and our subscriber base for the periods indicated.
                                 
    CUCL (4)                   CUCL (5)
    and Unicom                   as of or
    New World,                   for the three
    as of or for the year   CUCL (5) as of or for   months ended
    ended December 31,   the year ended December 31,   March 31,
    2004   2005   2006   2007
Number of subscribers (in thousands)
    27,815       32,723       36,493       37,724  
Post-paid
    25,824       30,010       33,454       34,605  
Pre-paid
    1,991       2,713       3,039       3,119  
Estimated market share in our service areas (1)
    8.8 %     8.8 %     8.0 %     8.0 %
Average minutes of usage per subscriber per month (2)
    292.3       276.9       274.7       257.4  
Average revenue per subscriber per month (in RMB) (3)
    85.3       75.1       65.9       58.6  
SMS Volume (in billions)
    11.83       15.02       16.78       4.52  

27


Table of Contents

 
(1)   Market share in a given area is determined by dividing the number of our CDMA subscribers in the area by the total number of cellular subscribers in the area. Source : Ministry of Information Industry.
 
(2)   Average minutes of usage per subscriber per month is calculated by dividing the total minutes of usage during the period by the average number of our CDMA subscribers during the period, and dividing the result by the number of months in the relevant period.
 
(3)   Average revenue per subscriber per month, or ARPU, is calculated by dividing the sum of CDMA cellular services revenue during the relevant period by the average number of our CDMA subscribers during the period, and dividing the result by the number of months in the period.
 
(4)   Includes Unicom New Century, which merged into CUCL on July 30, 2004.
 
(5)   Includes Unicom New Century and Unicom New World, which merged into CUCL on July 30, 2004 and September 1, 2005, respectively.
     As of December 31, 2006, our total CDMA subscriber base reached 36.49 million, representing an increase of 11.5% from 32.72 million subscribers at December 31, 2005. Among the total CDMA subscribers, post-paid subscribers increased by 11.5% from 30.01 million as of December 31, 2005 to 33.45 million as of December 31, 2006, while pre-paid subscribers increased by 12.0% from 2.71 million as of December 31, 2005 to 3.04 million as of December 31, 2006. We believe the growth in our CDMA subscriber base was primarily attributable to:
    increased brand awareness and our distribution and marketing efforts, including our adoption of an effective subsidizing policy that (i) offers various forms of subsidies such as free minutes and free trials of VAS services and (ii) ties the subsidies to subscribers’ ARPU;
 
    decreased retail sale prices of and the availability of more varieties of CDMA handsets as a result of our centralized purchasing policy;
 
    the launching and promotion of our “Worldwind” “dual-mode, dual-standby” services, which ensures our subscribers wider coverage based on both of our networks and additional benefits of the CDMA 1X wireless data services;
 
    the competitiveness of our network coverage and quality; and
 
    the advantages of the CDMA technology, including the lower radio transmitting power of CDMA handsets as compared to GSM handsets, better voice quality and enhanced security.
      MOU, ARPU and Churn Rate
     In 2006, total MOU for our CDMA services was 113.85 billion minutes, an increase of 11.9% from 101.75 billion minutes in 2005, and ARPU for our CDMA services was RMB65.9, a decrease from RMB75.1 in 2005. Average MOU per subscriber per month for our CDMA services was 274.7 minutes, 15.8% higher than the average MOU of 237.2 minutes for GSM services, while our RMB65.9 CDMA ARPU was 33.9% higher than the RMB49.2 ARPU for our GSM subscribers. The reasons for the increase in MOU for our CDMA services in 2006 are similar to the reasons for similar trends in GSM services. See “B. Business Overview — Cellular Services — GSM Cellular Services — MOU and ARPU” under this Item 4. The decrease in ARPU for our CDMA services in 2006 was attributed to intensified market competition and regional promotional activities that led to a decline in effective tariffs, as well as non-renewal by some contractual subscribers upon the expiration of their previous handset subsidy packages.

28


Table of Contents

     The monthly average churn rate for our CDMA services is calculated in the same way as the churn rate for our GSM services and was 1.57% in 2006, slightly higher than 1.49% in 2005, but is significantly lower than the churn rate for our GSM services.
      Payment Delinquency
     As of December 31, 2006, the doubtful debt ratio for our CDMA cellular services, calculated as the amount of provision for doubtful debt divided by revenue from CDMA cellular services, stood at 1.7%. In 2006, we continued to take various measures to control payment delinquency for our CDMA services, which measures are similar to the ones taken to control payment delinquency for our GSM services. See “B. Business Overview — Cellular Services — GSM Cellular Services — Payment Delinquency” under this Item 4.
      Tariffs and Promotion
     The tariff rates for our CDMA services are generally the State-guidance rates for cellular services without the 10% discount we are permitted to adopt for GSM services. However, we have adopted other promotional programs. Generally we charge our CDMA subscribers the following categories of tariffs: basic monthly fees, local usage charges, roaming charges, long-distance call charges and VAS service charges.
     To accelerate the growth in our CDMA subscriber base, we have been offering CDMA handset promotion packages since the second half of 2002, providing discounts towards our customers’ CDMA handset purchase prices on the basis of their committed minimum amount of monthly service fees. Due to the high cost of the handset promotional packages, and in light of the improved coverage of our CDMA network and the growing number of CDMA 1X functions, we have significantly reduced the use of such promotion packages since 2005, and concentrated instead on alternative promotional programs to develop our CDMA services. We offer differentiated services with various combinations of voice and VAS services to effectively target various market sectors. Moreover, we established a subsidiary, Unicom Huasheng, in 2005 to centralize the purchases and distribution of CDMA handsets to control the costs of our CDMA promotion packages.
     See “D. Risk Factors ¾ Risks Relating to Our Business ¾ Our CDMA services may not succeed in gaining a broader market acceptance in China.” under Item 3.
      Value-added Services
     By leveraging our integrated telecommunications operations and advanced network system, we offer a broad range of value-added cellular services under a uniform business brand of “uni”, including SMS, personalized ring-back tone services, wireless internet services and other wireless information services. Our value-added services have achieved rapid growth in recent years.
     The volume of our SMS continued to increase rapidly in 2006. A total of 75.68 billion short messages were transmitted by our GSM and CDMA subscribers in 2006, an increase of 38.8% over 2005. Our SMS services mainly include the following: SMS transmission and receipt through handsets, service provider-assisted SMS, business SMS platform, voice SMS and other information services. We continue to promote the use of SMS as a convenient and cost effective method of business and personal communication. The SMS platforms of our GSM and CDMA networks are interconnected with each other. Our SMS platforms are also interconnected with the SMS platforms of China Mobile’s GSM network, China Telecom’s “Little Smart” network, and China Netcom’s “Little Smart” network.

29


Table of Contents

     We market our personalized ring-back tone service under the brand name “Cool Ringtong.” This new value-added service has maintained a high growth rate since its introduction. As of December 31, 2006, we had a total number of 35.88 million subscribers to our Cool Ringtong service, representing 25.2% of our total cellular subscriber base from December 31, 2005.
     We offer nationwide GSM wireless data services under the service brand of “Uni-Info”. The Uni-Info services are based on a nationwide wireless information services platform and offer a variety of services including games, downloads and other entertainment services, information and notification services, personal information management and transactions services. We have upgraded our GSM networks in 65 major cities to be able to offer GPRS services as of December 31, 2006. On May 17, 2007, we launched the commercial operation of GPRS services in 70 cities on a trial basis. We plan to continue and expand our GPRS upgrade to additional cities in 2007.
     We also offer CDMA 1X wireless value-added services under the uniform business brand of “uni”, with individual services offered under various sub-brands, including “U-Info”, “U-Net”, “U-Mail”, “U-Magic”, “U-Map” and “Uni-Web.” In 2006, we continued to focus our efforts in promoting CDMA 1X wireless value-added services in three areas: (1) increasing market penetration, (2) easing the handset supply bottleneck by centralizing the purchase and distribution of CDMA handsets and (3) offering new services and service contents to activate more market demand. By the end of 2006, we had 20.04 million subscribers to CDMA 1X wireless value-added service, representing a substantial increase of 33.2% over 2005.
     In 2006, in order to further develop our value-added services, we continued to implement a brand-centric development strategy and adopted the following measures:
    through the improvement of the value-added services, more staff training, advertising and promotions, trial programs and our various other efforts, we strengthened marketing efforts for our value-added services under the uniform business brand of “uni”;
 
    we improved the content of our value-added services, through strengthening service support of and cooperation with content providers and service providers, in order to increase the appeal of these services;
 
    we improved the quality of our value-added services by strengthening certain customer protection measures, such as requiring service providers to obtain re-confirmation from the subscribers before they activate the service and to provide subscribers trial periods before the service provider starts to charge for the service;
 
    we actively developed value-added services specifically catering to the youth and campus markets to increase the market share of our “U-Power” services;
 
    we targeted mid- to high-end subscribers by emphasizing the technological advantages of “dual-mode, dual-standby” services to facilitate the development of our “Worldwind” CDMA and GSM dual mode services and our CDMA 1X data services;
 
    through cooperation with partners in specific industries, we launched applications such as “SAIC Enforcement Horizon”, “Maritime Horizon”, “Agriculture Horizon” and “Police Horizon” to extend corporate and industry applications to institutional and industrial customers in markets such as maritime and agriculture. For example, we recently introduced the “SAIC Enforcement Horizon” application, which aims to offer tailored wireless services to law enforcement personnel of the State Administration of Industries

30


Table of Contents

      and Commerce. We also expanded the application of our CDMA 1X data services in certain industries by providing information solutions to small- and medium-sized enterprises; and
 
    we introduced push mail mobile email services, which allows our subscribers to send and receive emails and view multimedia attachments via a mobile device, such as a handset.
     We have designed and implemented a fee structure under which we earn transmission fees from the use of our GSM and CDMA value-added services and charge a certain percentage of information service fees for the billing and collection services we provide to content providers and service providers.
Strategic Cooperation
     On June 20, 2006, we entered into a strategic alliance framework agreement with SK Telecom Co., Ltd., or SKT, a mobile telecommunications service provider in Korea. Pursuant to this agreement, we and SKT agreed to cooperate on the further development of CDMA cellular communication services in China. We have identified SKT as our sole and exclusive partner in relation to our CDMA cellular communication business operations for a maximum period of 18 months in the PRC in the areas of CDMA handsets, value-added services and related business platforms, marketing, information technology infrastructure and network technologies. Detailed terms of our business cooperation with SKT are expected to be negotiated in the future and set forth in definitive legal agreements to be entered into by SKT and us. We and SKT have jointly established a designated team to further explore and implement the aforementioned business cooperation initiatives. In addition, pursuant to this agreement, if SKT and/or any of its affiliates, individually or collectively, hold more than 5% of our issued share capital, SKT will be entitled to nominate a representative to our board of directors. SKT has undertaken to cause such director to resign if it and/or its affiliates, individually or collectively, hold no more than 5% of our issued share capital for a period of three months.
Long Distance, Data and Internet Services
     We offer international and domestic long distance services in China based on both the PSTN standard and the IP telephony standard. We leverage our ability to integrate our long distance services with a broad range of services to target different customer segments. For example, we have developed a nationwide video-conferencing network that reaches hundreds of cities. In addition to long distance services, we also offer data and Internet services throughout China. Our long distance, data and Internet services are supported by our advanced, unified nationwide network system.
     The following table sets forth the total number of outgoing call minutes for our long distance services, leased bandwidth of our data services and number of dedicated access subscribers of Internet services for the periods indicated.
                         
    As of or for the year ended December 31,
    2004   2005   2006
Public switched telephony (in billions of minutes):
                       
Domestic
    9.94       10.33       11.07  
International
    0.16       0.15       0.16  
Total
    10.10       10.48       11.23  
IP telephony (in billion of minutes):
                       
Domestic
    13.81       14.60       13.02  
International
    0.14       0.13       0.11  
Total
    13.95       14.73       13.13  

31


Table of Contents

                         
    As of or for the year ended December 31,
    2004   2005   2006
Data Services
                       
Bandwidth leased to customers (2Mbps)
    9,007       8,706       7,428  
Internet Services
                       
Dedicated access subscribers
    61,569       38,000       31,350  
      Public Switched Telephony Services
     We offer PSTN services to business and residential customers who register their telephone numbers with us. They can access our services by dialing a prefix of “193.” We also distribute pre-paid long distance calling cards that purchasers can use to access our services by dialing a prefix of “193300.” For some corporate and government customers, we also offer our public switched long distance services over dedicated lines, frequently as part of our integrated offerings of long distance and data services.
     The following table sets forth selected information about our PSTN services for the periods indicated.
                         
    As of or for the year ended on December 31,
    2004   2005   2006
Number of cities reached
    332       333       333  
Minutes of outgoing long distance calls (in billions)
    10.10       10.48       11.23  
Market share of outgoing long distance call minutes (1)
    13.6 %     11.57 %     11.55 %
Minutes of incoming international calls (in billions)
    2.47       2.34       2.39  
 
(1)   Source : MII. In calculating market share, the total minutes of outgoing long distance calls include ours and those of the incumbent operators.
     Starting from October 2005, the PRC government regulates the tariff rates for PSTN services by setting the maximum tariff rates. The following table sets forth our present tariff rates (including rates applicable to domestic and international long distance calls made by our cellular subscribers):
                 
    Maximum Tariff Rates   Preferential Rates
    RMB per six seconds   RMB per six seconds
Public switched Domestic Long Distance:
    0.06       0.03  
Public switched International Long Distance:
               
To Hong Kong, Taiwan and Macau
    0.18       0.15  
To all other international destinations
    0.72       0.38  
     Since 2001, we adjusted the discount rates set forth in the table above as follows:
    RMB0.04 per six seconds every day from 8pm to 10pm;
 
    RMB0.03 per six seconds every day from 10pm to 7am of the following day; and
 
    RMB0.04 per six seconds on public holidays and weekends from 7am to 8pm.
     Settlement of outgoing and incoming international calls with international operators is conducted through negotiated contracts with such individual international operators, which contracts must be approved by the MII.

32


Table of Contents

      IP Telephony Services
     We offer domestic and international long distance IP telephony services through interconnection of our IP network with the Internet and other telecommunications networks based on a manageable IP network configuration to enhance service quality. The following table sets forth selected information about our IP telephony services for the periods indicated.
                         
    As of or for the year ended December 31,
    2004   2005   2006
Number of cities reached
    341       341       343  
Minutes of outgoing IP telephony calls (in billions)
    13.95       14.73       13.13  
Minutes of incoming international calls (in billions)
    0.28       0.25       0.22  
     In February 2001, the PRC government ceased regulatory control of tariffs for IP telephony long distance calls and allowed operators to set their own rates. The following table sets forth our present tariff rates for our IP telephony services (including rates applicable to IP long distance calls made by our cellular subscribers):
         
    Our Tariff Rates (RMB)
IP Telephony Domestic Long Distance
  0.30 per minute
IP Telephony International Long Distance
       
To Hong Kong, Taiwan and Macau
  1.50 per minute
To U.S. and Canada
  2.40 per minute
To other international destinations
  3.60 per minute
     Effective September 1, 2001, we adjusted our tariff rates for our IP telephony services for calls to 14 countries, including India, to RMB4.60 per minute.
      Data Services
     We presently provide data services in 328 cities in China. We target high volume users of integrated voice, data and video communications and offer them data services as part of our integrated offerings of long distance, data and Internet services. Our target customer groups are government offices, financial institutions, multinational or multi-regional corporations, large- and medium-sized enterprises in China, and Internet service providers and Internet content providers that provide telecommunications services. As of December 31, 2006, the total leased bandwidth of our ATM and FR data services was 7,428 x 2 Mbps.
     Our data service offerings mainly consist of broadband, managed data services, including:
    Frame relay, or FR, services, which provide high speed and cost effective data communications services linking remote business sites using FR technology;
 
    Asynchronous transfer mode, or ATM, services, which employ ATM technology and are able to handle high bandwidth, integrated voice, video, data and Internet traffic; and
 
    Broadband video-conferencing and video-telephony services, which are provided under the brand name of “Uni-Video.” These services currently include video-conferencing, video-telephony, video conference room leasing and video public telephony services. These services are based on our existing unified data network platform. Two or more users can use our services by connecting to the Internet or our video network through video-conferencing terminals or computer terminals.

33


Table of Contents

     The following table sets forth selected information about our data services for the periods indicated.
                         
    As of December 31,
    2004   2005   2006
Number of cities reached
    328       328       328  
Bandwidth leased to customers
    9,007       8,706       7,428  
     We provide data services through an advanced, unified nationwide network system, the backbone of which is our advanced nationwide fiber optic transmission network. This network is the second largest fiber optic transmission network in China. We have also built metropolitan area networks in many cities throughout China. These networks provide local transmission capacity for our different services. See “— Networks — Transmission Network” below.
     We believe that our ability to offer integrated access to customers’ premises is important to the success of our data services. We continue to build integrated access networks linking major office buildings to our networks in major cities. See “ ¾ Networks ¾ Long Distance, Data and Internet Networks” below.
     Our charges for ATM and FR services include one-time, up-front charges for installation materials (currently RMB500 per circuit or port for ATM services and RMB300 per circuit or port for FR services) and testing (currently RMB500 per circuit or port for ATM services and RMB300 per circuit or port for FR services), a monthly port fee and a monthly circuit fee. Our tariff charges are generally offered at a 10% discount from the State-guidance tariffs.
     The following table sets forth our tariff rates for monthly port fees for FR data services of selected bandwidths.
     
FR Services Port Fee (RMB per month)
Bandwidth (bps)   Port Fee
64k
    260
128k     300
256k     400
384k     450
512k     500
768k     650
  1M     750
  2M   1,000
     The following table sets forth our tariff rates for monthly permanent virtual circuit (PVC) fees for FR data services of selected bandwidths and selected distance categories.
                                                 
    FR Services PVC Fee (RMB per month)  
                            Hong Kong,   International   International
    Local   Local   Domestic   Macau &   long distance   long distance
Bandwidth   (intra-district)   (inter-district)   long distance   Taiwan   (Asia)   (outside of Asia)
8kbps
    290       440       990       1,550       8,800       9,400  
16kbps
    390       540       1,190       1,800       10,000       10,500  
32kbps
    450       650       1,300       2,000       11,500       11,500  
48kbps
    500       750       1,500       2,300       13,000       13,500  
64kbps
    550       800       1,700       2,600       14,500       14,600  
128kbps
    700       1,000       2,100       3,400       18,000       18,400  
256kbps
    800       1,150       2,200       3,500       19,000       19,600  
384kbps
    850       1,350       2,300       3,800       20,000       20,500  
516kbps
    1,000       1,450       2,500       4,100       22,300       23,100  
768kbps
    1,150       1,600       2,700       4,600       25,800       26,550  
1Mbps
    1,250       2,000       3,000       5,200       28,900       30,050  
2Mbps
    1,500       2,200       4,000       7,000       39,000       39,000  

34


Table of Contents

     The following table sets forth our tariff rates for monthly port fees for ATM services of selected bandwidth.
         
ATM Services Port Fee (RMB per month)
Bandwidth   Port Fee
256K
    400  
512K
    500  
1M
    750  
2M
    1,000  
4M
    2,000  
6M
    3,000  
8M
    4,000  
10M
    5,000  
12M
    6,000  
34M
    7,000  
45M
    8,000  
100M
    9,000  
155M
    10,000  
     The following table sets forth our tariff rates for monthly circuit fees for ATM data services of selected bandwidths and selected distance categories.
                                                 
    ATM Services Circuit Fee (RMB per month)  
                            Hong Kong,   International   International
    Local   Local   Domestic   Macau &   long distance   long distance
Bandwidth   (intra-district)   (inter-district)   long distance   Taiwan   (Asia)   (outside of Asia)
256Kbps
    800       1,150       2,200       3,500       19,000       19,600  
512Kbps
    1,000       1,450       2,500       4,100       22,300       23,100  
1Mbps
    1,250       2,000       3,000       5,200       28,900       30,050  
2Mbps
    1,500       2,200       4,000       8,000       39,000       39,000  
4Mbps
    2,000       3,000       6,000       12,900       72,200       72,200  
6Mbps
    2,500       5,500       9,000       19,800       105,400       105,400  
8Mbps
    3,500       8,500       12,000       26,700       138,700       138,700  
10Mbps
    5,000       11,500       15,500       30,600       157,800       157,800  
15Mbps
    7,000       15,000       22,000       40,000       205,000       205,000  
20Mbps
    7,500       17,500       29,000       49,000       252,300       252,300  
25Mbps
    8,000       21,000       36,000       59,000       300,000       300,000  
30Mbps
    9,000       24,000       42,000       69,000       348,500       348,500  
40Mbps
    10,000       29,000       52,000       88,500       416,000       416,000  
50Mbps
    10,500       32,000       60,000       108,200       486,600       486,600  
60Mbps
    11,000       33,000       68,000       122,600       567,900       567,900  
70Mbps
    11,500       35,000       76,000       137,000       649,100       649,100  
80Mbps
    12,000       36,000       84,000       151,300       730,400       730,400  
90Mbps
    12,500       37,000       92,000       165,700       811,600       811,600  
100Mbps
    13,000       37,500       100,000       180,100       892,900       892,900  
110Mbps
    13,500       38,000       107,500       187,300       933,500       933,500  
130Mbps
    13,800       38,500       122,500       201,600       1,014,800       1,014,800  
155Mbps
    14,500       39,000       130,000       216,000       1,096,000       1,096,000  
     Effective April 2003, we began charging our corporate customers fees for our “Uni-Video” services based on package service plans, including up-front charges for testing, a monthly fee and usage charges. Retail customers of our “Uni-Video” services purchase re-chargeable cards to pay for such services.
      Internet Services
     The Internet services we offer include:

35


Table of Contents

    Dedicated Internet Access . We offer business customers high speed Internet access through dedicated lines. As of December 31, 2006, we had a total of 31,350 subscribers for dedicated Internet access. We package this service with voice and data services to provide integrated communications solutions to our business customers and cooperate with cable operators and real estate developers to offer broadband access to residential customers.
 
    IDC Services . We have built Internet data centers, or IDCs, in selected cities including Shanghai, Beijing, Guangzhou and certain provincial capitals, and provide server hosting, server rental, virtual servers and other IDC services to commercial customers and virtual IDC operators.
 
    “Ruyi Mailbox” Services . This service allows our cellular subscribers to use their cellular phone numbers as e-email addresses. As of December 31, 2006, the number of “Ruyi Mailbox” subscribers was approximately 12.22 million.
 
    Other Internet Services . Other Internet services we offer include international Internet Protocol-Virtual Private Network (or IP-VPN), Virtual Private Data Network (or VPDN), Virtual Internet Service Provider (or VISP), Uninet international roaming and corporate e-mail services.
     The following table sets forth selected historical information about our dedicated Internet access service operations and our subscriber base for the periods indicated.
                         
    As of December 31,
    2004   2005   2006
Number of cities reached by our dedicated Internet access services
    327       334       334  
Number of subscribers of dedicated Internet access services
    61,569       38,000       31,350  
     Our tariff charges for dedicated Internet access include a network usage fee, an account set-up fee and a fixed telecommunications fee. Network usage fee is calculated based on monthly service plans. The account set-up fee is RMB100. The fixed telecommunications charge is based on the relevant tariff for the particular type and bandwidth of leased lines used to access the Internet. The following table summarizes the monthly network usage fees for selected bandwidths denoted as “R.”
         
Bandwidth   Standard network usage fees (RMB per month)
R £ 64Kbps
    2,700-3,600  
64Kbps<R £ 128Kbps
    3,600-4,900  
128Kbps<R £ 256Kbps
    4,800-6,600  
384Kbps <R £ 512Kbps
    8,500-12,000  
1024Kbps<R £ 2Mbps
    18,000-27,000  
8Mbps <R £ 10Mbps
    59,400-70,000  
20Mbps<R £ 34Mbps
    165,900-195,200  
34Mbps <R £ 45Mbps
    210,000-250,000  
45Mbps<R £ 100Mbps
    428,400-504,000  
100Mbps<R £ 155Mbps
    664,100-781,200  
     Our provincial and local branches are permitted to make tariff decisions within the range set forth above. For customers who lease a high number of dedicated access lines, we provide discounts of up to 20% of the tariffs set forth in the table above.

36


Table of Contents

     We charge a monthly usage fee for our “Ruyi Mailbox” services, which is currently RMB6 per month. We do not charge for SMS notifications of e-mail receipt. Other e-mail functions performed through SMS are charged based on the SMS tariff rates for our “uni-Info” services.
      Leased Line Services
     We lease transmission lines to large business customers and other telecommunications operators. Our leased line services provide customers with dedicated digital links directly connecting customer sites. As of December 31, 2006, we had a total leased bandwidth of an equivalent of 50,391 x2 Mbps circuits.
     Leased line tariffs are primarily based on the bandwidths of the lines leased and the distance of transmission. The following table sets forth State tariff rates for monthly fees of selected types and bandwidths of leased lines and selected distance categories:
                         
    State Tariff Rates (RMB per month)
    Local (intra-district)   Local (inter-district)   Long distance
Digital Line (2 Mbps)
    2,000       4,000       6,000  
Digital Line (34 Mbps)
    16,000       31,000       47,000  
Digital Line (155 Mbps)
    44,000       88,000       132,000  
 
Source :   MII.
     Similar to PSTN service operators, we can adopt tariffs that are different from the above State tariff rates as long as we do not offer services at tariff rates below cost. We generally offer our leased line services at a 10% discount to the State-guidance tariff rates and market these services to institutional customers through our own dedicated teams and our sales agents.
      Sale and Lease of Other Network Elements
     We have substantially completed the construction of our nationwide transmission network. See “ ¾ Networks ¾ Transmission Network” below. We have started to offer some network elements such as optic fibers or fiber channels for lease to other telecommunications operators or corporate customers.
Interconnection and Roaming Arrangements
      Interconnection
     Interconnection refers to various arrangements that permit the connection of our telecommunications networks to other networks. Our cellular and long distance networks interconnect with Unicom Group’s cellular networks. Under current arrangements, settlement between Unicom Group and us is based on an internal settlement standard that takes into account either the internal costs of the relevant networks or the government standard applicable between third-party operators, whichever is the more favorable to us.
     Unicom Group’s cellular networks, our cellular networks and our long distance networks interconnect with the fixed telephone networks of China Telecom, China Netcom and China Railcom. Unicom Group’s cellular networks and our cellular networks also interconnect with China Mobile’s cellular networks. Our Internet network interconnects with the Internet networks of China Telecom and China Netcom. Although we continue to encounter some difficulties in the execution of our interconnection arrangement with other operators in limited service areas, the situation has been significantly improved since 2004 due to improved regulatory supervision by the PRC government in this area.

37


Table of Contents

     In October 2003, the MII issued regulations relating to settlement between telecommunications networks. These new regulations contain provisions regarding revenue sharing methods and settlement mechanisms for interconnection arrangements between other operators and us. These interconnection arrangements under the new regulations are described in “ ¾ Regulatory and Related Matters ¾ Interconnection Arrangements” below.
     Unicom Group entered into interconnection arrangements with China Telecom, China Netcom and China Mobile with the following agreements, which equally apply to us:
    Framework interconnection and settlement agreement between Unicom Group and the former China Telecom, dated September 30, 2001, the rights and obligations of which were divided and continued after the former China Telecom was split into China Telecom and China Netcom pursuant to an agreement among Unicom Group, China Telecom and China Netcom, dated April 23, 2003. These interconnection and settlement agreements with China Telecom and China Netcom were superseded by the interconnection and settlement agreement between Unicom Group and China Telecom, dated March 29, 2004 and the interconnection and settlement agreement between Unicom Group and China Netcom, dated April 2, 2004. The 2004 agreements contained more detailed provisions relating to interconnection quality, pursuant to new MII directives in this area.
 
    Interconnection and settlement agreements between Unicom Group and China Mobile relating to the interconnection between Unicom Group’s GSM and CDMA cellular networks and China Mobile’s GSM cellular networks, both dated November 14, 2001, which were subsequently amended and supplemented by the respective parties on December 31, 2003.
 
    Interconnection and settlement agreement between Unicom Group and China Mobile regarding the interconnection of point-to-point short messaging services, dated April 1, 2002.
 
    Interconnection and settlement agreement between Unicom Group and China Mobile regarding the interconnection between China Mobile’s GSM cellular networks and Unicom’s telecommunications networks, including its local fixed line telephony networks, cellular networks, domestic long distance telephony networks, international telephony networks and IP telephony network, and the interconnection between China Mobile’s international gateways and IP telephony network and Unicom Group’s cellular networks and local fixed line telephony networks, dated December 31, 2003.
 
    Agreement between Unicom Group and China Mobile regarding the mutual provision of open service platforms, dated November 5, 2003.
 
    Agreement between Unicom Group and China Mobile regarding the mutual provision of open multimedia messaging service and interconnection and settlement business, dated April 6, 2007.
     Unicom Group has also entered into the following interconnection arrangements, which equally apply to us:
    Interconnection and settlement agreements between Unicom Group and China Railcom relating to the interconnection of Unicom Group’s cellular networks and local fixed line telephony networks and China Railcom’s local fixed line telephony networks, domestic

38


Table of Contents

      long distance networks and IP telephony networks, dated January 25, 2002 and April 9, 2002.
 
    Supplemental agreements between Unicom Group and China Railcom, which allow each party to offer its domestic and international long distance telephony services and IP telephony services to the cellular or fixed line telephony service subscribers of the other party, dated April 23, 2003.
 
    Interconnection and settlement agreement between Unicom Group and China Satcom relating to the interconnection between Unicom Group’s networks and China Satcom’s “Global Star” satellite mobile communications network, dated September 27, 2003.
 
    Framework interconnection and settlement agreement between Unicom Group and China Satcom relating to the interconnection between Unicom Group’s cellular networks and China Satcom’s IP telephony networks, dated September 24, 2003.
 
    Interconnection agreement among major Internet operators, including Unicom Group, and three national Internet switching centers relating to the interconnection of Internet backbone networks, dated December 20, 2001.
 
    Interconnection and settlement agreement between Unicom Group and China Telecom relating to the provision of point-to-point SMS services between Unicom Group’s and China Telecom’s networks, dated October 10, 2004.
 
    Interconnection and settlement agreement between Unicom Group and China Netcom relating to the provision of point-to-point SMS services between Unicom Group’s and China Netcom’s networks, dated October 11, 2004.
     For all interconnection services, we are required to pay the interconnection fees regardless of our ability or inability to collect the tariff from our subscribers. The fixed line operators are required to pay interconnection fees regardless of their ability or inability to collect the tariff from their subscribers, except for the interconnection by fixed line subscribers calling our subscribers in the same region where no interconnection fee will be charged. Interconnection charges are accrued on a monthly basis based on the actual call volume and applicable tariff rate. See “B. Related Party Transactions — Provision of Ongoing Telecommunications and Ancillary Services and Premises — Interconnection Arrangements” under Item 7 below for the interconnection and settlement arrangements between Unicom Group and us.
      Roaming
     As of December 31, 2006, our cellular subscribers can roam on cellular networks in Europe, North America and other Asian countries and regions through Unicom Group’s international roaming agreements with 260 GSM operators in 170 countries and regions and 22 CDMA operators in 16 countries and regions. Unicom Group has also agreed to arrange for us to participate in its future international roaming arrangements.
     A cellular subscriber using roaming services is charged at our roaming usage rate for both incoming and outgoing calls, plus applicable long distance tariffs. Under our roaming agreement with Unicom Group, our subscribers who roam on Unicom Group’s networks are charged for each call made or received. We collect this tariff, retain RMB0.20 and pay the remaining amount to Unicom Group. On the other hand, when Unicom Group’s subscribers roam on our networks, Unicom Group collects the roaming tariff, retains only RMB0.04 and pays us the remaining amount.

39


Table of Contents

     In early 2007, MII officials publicly indicated that the MII may evaluate the existing policy that caps the roaming fees a wireless telecommunications operator may charge its subscribers with a view to further reducing roaming charges for wireless services. We do not know if or when such a regulatory move may be implemented. See “D. Risk Factors — Risks Relating to the Telecommunications Industry in China — Regulatory or policy changes relating to the PRC telecommunications industry or any future industry restructuring may materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.” under Item 3.
     The following table is a summary of roaming settlement between Unicom Group and us:
                         
            Paid to Unicom    
For our subscribers roaming on Unicom Group’s networks   Roaming Tariff   Group   Retained by Us
GSM pre-paid users (RMB/minute)
    0.60       0.40       0.20  
GSM post-paid users (RMB/minute)
    0.60       0.40       0.20  
CDMA users (RMB/minute)
    0.60       0.40       0.20  
                         
                    Retained by
For Unicom Group’s subscribers roaming on our networks   Roaming Tariff   Paid to Us   Unicom Group
GSM pre-paid users (RMB/minute)
    0.60       0.56       0.04  
GSM post-paid users (RMB/minute)
    0.60       0.56       0.04  
CDMA users (RMB/minute)
    0.60       0.56       0.04  
     With respect to international roaming, we settle roaming revenue with international operators through Unicom Group in accordance with roaming agreements between Unicom Group and each of the international operators.
     See “B. Related Party Transactions — Provision of Ongoing Telecommunications and Ancillary Services and Premises — Roaming Arrangements” under Item 7 below for further information regarding the roaming arrangements between Unicom Group and us.
Networks
     We operate an advanced network system to support our integrated operations. The backbone of the system is a nationwide fiber optic transmission network, which serves as the common platform for our cellular, long distance, data and Internet networks. In addition, we continue to develop management and network support systems to enhance the quality and reliability of our networks and improve our customer service and operating efficiency. We generally utilize a centralized network planning and equipment selection process, which ensures uniform nationwide design and network compatibility.
      Transmission Network
     We own and operate an advanced nationwide fiber optic transmission network (except for the Xizang Autonomous Region, in which we lease capacity from other operators). As of December 31, 2006, our fiber optic transmission network reached 346 cities with a total cable length of approximately 863,000 kilometers, of which fiber optic backbone transmission network accounted for approximately 125,000 kilometers.
     Our fiber optic transmission network is designed for broadband capacity with superior security and reliability, which supports our integrated telecommunications services and allows us to lease capacity to other telecommunications operators and corporate customers. The network deploys:

40


Table of Contents

    synchronous digital hierarchy, or SDH, architecture with protective two- or four-fiber rings, a self-healing system that allows for instantaneous rerouting, automatically protects service circuits and minimizes down time in the event of a fiber cut or equipment malfunction;
 
    dense wave division multiplexing, or DWDM, technology, a means of increasing transmission capacity by transmitting signals over multiple wavelengths through a single fiber; and
 
    a digital cross connection, or DXC, system, a specialized high-speed data channel exchange and connection system that effectively manages the routing and channeling of our services.
     Our SDH fiber rings have transmission bandwidths of 2.5 Gb/s in most routes and 10 Gb/s for the fiber ring that covers the eastern and southern coastal areas of China. We deploy mainly transmission equipment and technology supplied by Siemens, Nortel, Lucent, Alcatel, Huawei, ZTE and other vendors.
     Concurrently with the construction and expansion of our domestic backbone transmission network, we also seek to expand our international bandwidth. Through our participation in the Asia Pacific Cable Network No. 2 Project (APCN 2), a trans-pacific submarine cable project that connects major countries and regions in eastern Asia and southeastern Asia and links them to North America through Japan, and our membership in the US-Japan Sub-marine Cable Organization, we are linked with 11 operators in Japan, U.S., South Korea, Singapore and Taiwan with 155x62 Mbps capacity. In December 2006, we also participated in the construction of the trans-pacific submarine cable (TPE), a high-speed submarine cable that will connect eastern Asia and North America. The construction of TPE is expected to be completed in 2008 and we will have an initial transmission capacity of 50 Gbps upon completion. We also lease 3669 Mbps of international broadband transmission capacity. We have also opened transmission lines on land with the main operators in Hong Kong and Macau, with 30Gbps and 2.5Gbps of transmission capacity, respectively. In addition, we have established several fiber-optic interconnections with China’s neighboring countries such as Vietnam, Mongolia and Russia, with transmission capacity ranging from 622Mbps to 10Gbps.
     As of March 31, 2007, our metropolitan area networks cover 346 cities throughout China, with a total length of approximately 783,000 km. These networks provide a unified, high-speed local transmission platform for our cellular, data and Internet services.
      Cellular Networks
     A cellular network generally consists of:
    cell sites, which are physical locations, each equipped with a base station that houses transmitters, receivers and other equipment used to communicate through radio channels with subscribers’ cellular handsets within the range of a cell;
 
    base station controllers, which connect to, and control, the base stations;
 
    mobile switching centers, which control the base station controllers and the routing of telephone calls; and
 
    transmission lines, which link the mobile switching centers, base station controllers, base stations and the public switched telephone network.

41


Table of Contents

     We own most of the GSM cellular transmission network at the local and provincial level. We lease a portion of our inter-provincial transmission capacity for our GSM cellular networks as well as the CDMA cellular transmission network. We also use our own backbone fiber optic transmission network to provide transmission capacity for our cellular networks. We continue to focus on the management and operation of our cellular networks.
      GSM Cellular Networks. The following table sets forth selected information regarding our GSM cellular networks in our service areas as of the dates indicated.
                         
    As of December 31,
    2004   2005   2006
Network subscriber capacity (in thousands of subscribers)
    84,552       89,461       105,464  
Base stations
    81,819       94,444       122,205  
Base station controllers
    1,653       1,781       2,020  
Mobile switching centers
    477       502       502  
     Currently our GSM cellular network mainly operates at 900 MHz. We have deployed GSM technology that operates at 1800 MHz in some major metropolitan areas to supplement the capacity of our existing cellular network. We have the right to use 6 x 2 MHz of spectrum in the 900 MHz frequency band and 10 x 2 MHz in the 1800 MHz frequency band for our GSM network.
     Our cellular networks are supported by an advanced SS7 signaling system, which fosters efficient use of network capacity, reduces call set up time and enhances transmission capabilities. We have also installed intelligent networks that enable us to provide pre-paid services and a wide range of call features and value-added services.
     As of December 31, 2006, we have upgraded our GSM networks in 65 major China cities to be able to offer GPRS services. On May 17, 2007, we launched the commercial operation of GPRS services in 70 cities on a trial basis. We plan to continue and expand our GPRS upgrade to additional cities in 2007.
      CDMA Cellular Network. By the end of 2006, Unicom Group completed the construction of a comprehensive CDMA network, with an aggregate network capacity of approximately 84 million subscribers and nationwide coverage. We lease CDMA network capacity in our cellular service areas to operate Unicom Group’s network in those areas on an exclusive basis. We have the right to use 10x2 MHz of spectrum in the 800 MHz frequency band for our CDMA services.
      Long Distance, Data and Internet Networks
     By the end of 2006, our PSTN network reached 334 cities, while the coverage of our Internet networks, including our IP telephony networks, included over 341 cities throughout China.
      Long Distance Network. Our long distance network is supported by a nationwide billing system and an intelligent network, which allows us to provide multiple services. Our cellular subscribers can access these services directly through our cellular networks, but our other customers typically access our long distance telephony, IP telephony and Internet services through the public switched telephone networks of China Telecom and China Netcom. As of December 31, 2006, the total network capacity for our IP telephony services reached 20,038 E1. E1 is the European format for digital transmission and carries signals at 2Mbps.
      Data and Internet Networks. Our broadband data and Internet networks utilize a unified IP and ATM design, which is particularly suited for real-time, multimedia applications such as video and voice.

42


Table of Contents

ATM switches perform high-speed switching of voice and data traffic and minimize time delay and congestion. They can also prioritize applications that least tolerate time delay, such as telephony and video, over less time-sensitive applications such as e-mails and file transfer. As of December 31, 2006, the international and domestic interconnection bandwidths have reached 3.8 Gbps and 17.8 Gbps, respectively.
      Internet Network. Our Internet network, branded as “Uninet”, is also centrally designed and has a nationwide uniform architecture. It is supported by a nationwide, advanced billing system that facilitates roaming access and delivery of virtual ISP services and other value added services.
      Broadband Video Network . Our broadband video network utilizes the H.323 technological standard and two-tier network structure. H.323 is a widely used multi-media conferencing protocol approved by the International Telecommunications Union. As of December 31, 2006, it can provide video conference and video telephone services and currently reaches over 300 cities nationwide as well as the United States and Hong Kong.
      Integrated Access Networks. We believe that the key to the success of our data services is our ability to offer integrated access to customers’ premises. We are building integrated access networks in many cities throughout China. We focus the construction of our access networks on linking major office buildings to our metropolitan area transmission networks. We rely mainly on fiber optic cables to link office buildings to our networks and have offered narrow-band wireless access at the 3.5 GHz frequency band in approximately 3 municipalities, 18 provincial capitals and 14 provinces.
      Integrated Management and Network Support Systems
     We have developed various management and network support systems to support and manage our various networks. We have established, in each province, municipality or autonomous region, an integrated billing and settlement system that supports the billing and settlement services of our cellular, data and long distance businesses. We have also developed a management support system (MSS) that supports our business support system (BSS) and enterprise resource planning systems (ERP). We have integrated the billing and settlement system and business management system at our headquarters to manage our businesses.
Marketing, Sales and Distribution
     We centrally plan our nationwide marketing and sales strategies, but the implementation of these strategies is carried out at the provincial level by operating branches tailored to their specific markets. In 2006, we further implemented our brand-centric marketing strategy and established a comprehensive branding structure, with an equal focus on existing subscriber retention and subscriber base expansion.
      Sales and Marketing
     We focus on developing a strong brand image of “Connecting you freely” that conveys our strengths in high quality services, comprehensive network coverage, integrated solution offerings, advanced technology and customer focus. We market all of our services under the China Unicom brand name. In 2006, we continued to implement the customer-oriented branding system focusing on four customer brands – “Worldwind”, “U-Power”, “Ruyi Tong” and “Unicom Horizon.” We consolidated our products, tariff structure and channel resources to offer distinctive customized service packages under these four customer brands that are targeted to different market segments. We emphasized the technological advantages of “dual-mode, dual-standby” of “Worldwind” CDMA and GSM dual mode services, our premier customer brand for offering high quality and differentiated services to mid- to high-end individual CDMA and GSM cellular customers. We actively developed the youth and campus markets to increase the

43


Table of Contents

market share of our “U-Power.” We expended significant efforts in marketing the “Ruyi Tong” service, which is targeted to offer mainstream cellular services to individual customers in the mass market, including potential new subscribers in the rural areas. We actively developed institutional and industrial customers by providing integrated telecommunications solutions to government, small- and medium-sized enterprises and customers in industries such as agriculture, finance and capital markets. In addition to the four customer brands, we offer two business brands, “uni” and “Unicom Commerce”, which are used to market our value-added services to cellular subscribers and long-distance, data and Internet services to primarily institutional customers, respectively.
     Our marketing strategy utilizes our image as an integrated telecommunications service provider and leverages our comprehensive services and nationwide sales and distribution network. By using direct sales forces and sales agents and active market analysis and through sales channels such as service centers, sales outlets and large-scale chain stores, our marketing strategy can be targeted at different customer segments and adjusted timely in accordance with the demands of different markets. In addition, we also seek to enter into strategic alliances in order to further expand the breadth and depth of our marketing and sales efforts. In September 2004, we entered into a wireless Internet joint marketing agreement with Intel, HP, IBM, Lenovo and Digital China to develop the industry value chain for our “U-Net” services based on the CDMA 1X network. In June 2005, the Unicom Group and the Lenovo Group entered into an agreement on the cooperation of Lenovo’s notebook computers and our “U-Net” business to expand our “U-Net” business. In December 2005, the Unicom Group entered into a full and exclusive strategic partnership with the Chinese Table Tennis Association to leverage the popularity of table tennis in China to enhance our brand recognition. In July 2006, we entered into a strategic cooperation agreement with SKT, pursuant to which we and SKT agreed to cooperate on the further development of CDMA cellular communication services in China in the areas of CDMA VAS and marketing, among others. In December 2006, we signed a memorandum of understanding with Toyota Motor (China) Investment Co., Ltd. to engage in joint research and development of vehicle global positioning systems based on our CDMA 1X technology. We expect these cooperative arrangements will enhance our marketing ability and promote our brand recognition and our marketing in China.
     Moreover, we seek to formulate effective marketing strategies through customer relations management and analysis of customer segmentation, customer demand and consumption trends.
      Customer Segmentation : We have two main categories of customers: (i) institutional customers, comprised of mainly corporate, industry and government customers, and (ii) individual customers. We have set up dedicated sales and service departments for institutional customers, both at our headquarters and at our provincial and local branches. We focus on promoting our integrated and customized solutions to these institutional customers. For individual customers, we conduct our sales through our own service centers and the retail outlets of independent sales agents.
      Cellular services : In order to better coordinate our sales and marketing efforts in our cellular service provisions, in 2007 we separated our sales and marketing personnel and activities for our CDMA services from those for our GSM services. As a result, the sales and marketing department of our headquarters and our provincial-level branches have been separated into two independent departments for GSM and CDMA businesses respectively. By establishing a dedicated sales and marketing team for each cellular service segment, we aim to implement more competitive and focused sales and marketing strategies in a cost-effective way. In addition, a new department — a comprehensive sales and marketing department — was established at our headquarters to supervise and coordinate the sales and marketing activities of the GSM and CDMA business and formulate company-wide policies and strategies in respect of sales and marketing of our cellular services and products. See “D. Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business — Our CDMA and GSM businesses compete with each other in certain areas, which may adversely affect the growth and profitability of these businesses.” under Item 3.

44


Table of Contents

     We promote our CDMA services by leveraging our abundant CDMA network resources and the technological advantage of CDMA 1X to provide differentiated services targeted at different market segments, including tailoring different service packages for different consumer groups. In 2006, we focused on optimizing the correlation between handset subsidies and the revenue generated by the related subscribers. We centralized our purchasing of CDMA handsets to lower the entry barrier of our CDMA services caused by high handset prices and to make our CDMA services more attractive and affordable to the mass market. We have also coordinated the sourcing of certain models of CDMA handsets with SKT to accelerate the commercial launch of new models of CDMA handsets. In addition, by offering a one-stop solution for customers, based on the integrated service capacity of CDMA 1X network technology, we actively pursued integrated services marketing to promote our CDMA 1X services.
     We also continued to expand the subscriber base for our GSM voice and value-added services. Our marketing strategies for GSM services focused on the continued development of voice and SMS services and the rapid expansion of VAS. We also plan to leverage our newly upgraded GPRS networks in major Chinese cities to promote GPRS VAS services. Furthermore, we plan to capitalize on VAS and the release of new network number resources to develop high-end GSM service to enhance the profitability and image of our GSM business.
     For our wireless VAS business, we focused on increasing the penetration rate of SMS, Cool Ringtone and wireless data services to achieve higher ARPU for our VAS business. In addition, we also plan to expand our market share in newer services such as mobile music, instant message and stock information download.
     Recognizing the importance and the needs of our institutional customers and utilizing our advantages of being an integrated telecommunications operator, we formulated marketing strategies for our cellular services that were tailored to our institutional customers. In 2006, we continued to emphasize the development of advanced and customized industrial applications for our institutional customers. By offering industrial solutions, our business extended from the provision of basic telecommunications services to comprehensive value-added information services. For example, we expanded the CDMA IX-based applications for corporate and industrial customers in specific industries such as maritime. We introduced “Agriculture Horizon”, an integrated agriculture-related information service specifically targeting rural populations, based on our development of “Tianfu Agriculture Information Net”, an integrated agriculture information platform supported by our cellular, data and Internet network resources and information resources, which we launched in 2005. We recently introduced the “SAIC Enforcement Horizon” application which aims to offer tailored wireless services to law enforcement personnel of the State Administration of Industries and Commerce.
      Long distance, data and Internet services : In 2006, we continued to focus on institutional customers, including financial institutions, large corporations, multi-national corporations, government entities and Internet service providers and Internet content providers, in order to provide them with customized “one-stop” solutions. We fully launched “Unicom Commerce” to offer integrated telecommunications services specifically designed to cater to institutional customers’ needs. Our marketing efforts with respect to retail customers were focused on promoting profitable services and products.
      Service Bundling and Cross-Marketing : A key element of our sales and distribution strategy is to promote our strengths as a provider of a comprehensive range of integrated services. This strategy is implemented by our service centers, independent sales agents and direct sales forces, which distribute and support our various product offerings. For example, we cross-sell our long distance, data and Internet services to our cellular subscribers, as well as bundle wireless data service with voice services. In addition, based on the specific demands of our industry and institutional clients, we provide customized

45


Table of Contents

communications solutions by bundling VPN, IP telephony, “Uni-Video” broadband video-telephony and “U-Net” services under the brand “Unicom Commerce.”
      Distribution
     We have a diversified distribution network comprising of self-owned sales outlets, agent/distributor sales outlets and direct sales forces. We distribute our services to our individual customers through our self-owned sales outlets as well as other retail outlets. We distribute our services to large customers through our direct sales forces and agents. We have developed a nationwide distribution network of service centers and sales outlets, of which only a small portion are owned by us and the rest are owned by independent agents or distributors. As a part of the segregation of the sales and marketing functions for our GSM and CDMA businesses, we are in the process of reorganizing our existing distribution system into two distinctive distribution systems for each of our GSM and CDMA businesses. As of December 31, 2006, we had a total of approximately 220,000 sales outlets, of which over 7,775 were self-owned. These service centers and retail outlets distribute our cellular, long distance, data and Internet services and provide post-sales services such as service inquiry, customer complaint and collections.
     We generally aim to maintain a flat distribution structure, but utilize a multi-level distribution system in some service areas, in which our top-level distributors further distribute to lower level distributors and sales agents. In 2006, we further reduced the levels of such distribution system to control distribution costs. We are also in the process of setting up direct distribution centers to further flatten the distribution structure in some areas. We have also established direct sales and customer service teams to conduct one-on-one sales to high-usage institutional customers. These direct sales and customer service teams’ focus is to promote our cellular, domestic and international long distance, data and Internet services as integrated telecommunications services in order to provide differentiated and comprehensive solutions for our customers. In 2006, we actively pursued cooperation opportunities with third-party distribution channels to optimize our overall distribution system. In addition, we enhanced control and evaluation of third-party distribution channels by strengthening the assessment of potential customer contributions.
Customer Service
     We provide specialized, differentiated and “one-stop” services to our customers, based on the customer service resources of Unicom Group. In 2006, we developed a tiered customer service system based on our service brands, and launched a uniform service brand of “Unicom 10010” to consolidate all customer service resources and unify the service standards and processing procedures adopted in our outlets, customer service centers, customer clubs and other customer service channels. Our customer service centers in each service area can be accessed by our customers by dialing a nationwide hotline number “10010.” Our customer service system is a nationwide platform with regional centers, providing customer services for all of our businesses. This system is based on the customer service centers, and also relies on other systems, including operations, billing, account management and network management. This integrated system allows us to provide personalized and diversified services through customer service representatives or automated systems, including service inquiry, billing inquiry, response to customer complaints and suggestions, service initiation and termination, payment reminder services, emergency and club membership services, to different types of customers on a 24-hour basis. Our customers can access our customer services through various means, including telephone calls, faxes, e-mails and SMSs. To better serve our customers, we provide such value-added services as 10011 bill inquiry hotline, 101901 bill inquiry express line, 13010199999 international roaming service free hotline, bill payment through commercial banks, free copies of detailed statements, Internet account inquiry and a rechargeable card for all of our services. To better meet market demand, we continue to innovate in our customer services, in order to provide more pro-active, comprehensive and targeted customer services. We also continue to promote customer loyalty through our nationwide club member reward program.

46


Table of Contents

     To enhance customer satisfaction, we have launched a series of customer service campaigns such as “Reliable Network with Sincere Services.” Our headquarters and regional centers have set up hotlines for customer complaints. We also implemented a customer service responsibility system to require all levels of our branches to resolve customers’ problems within a prescribed period of time. Such a system has helped us to improve service quality and enhance our customer satisfaction.
     In addition, we also analyze our customer segments in detail, and tailor our services to the requirements of different customer segments. While we are focused on retention of our individual customers, we pay regular visits and provide one-on-one personalized services to our institutional customers and VIP customers and, through “customer clubs”, provide high-quality and differentiated services for high-net-worth individual customers and important institutional customers. For mass-market customers, we offer standardized services that aim at enhancing customer experience.
     We emphasize customer service and customer relations management and have taken various measures to improve customer satisfaction. Such measures include establishing and improving the customer service network, standardizing the content, manner and criteria of service and improving training of customer service representatives. We established our customer service workflow using a consistent set of standards in order to timely resolve problems for our customers. We have also strengthened our analysis and research of customer consumption behavior, consumption cycle and satisfaction levels in order to understand their consumption pattern and influence their consumption trend.
Billing and Collection
     We are able to leverage our strengths as an integrated service provider to offer integrated billing and collection services to our institutional and individual customers. We also integrate the billing systems for different services and distribute unified recharge cards that can be used to recharge various pre-paid services, including pre-paid cellular services, long distance telephony services and Internet dial-up services. Our billing system can distinguish between customers based on the marketing method and service package plans applicable to each customer. These additional functions would allow us to analyze customer data in more detail, thereby improving our ability to analyze the age of our accounts and control bad debts. The following table sets forth our billing and collection methods for each of our business segments:
         
Business Segment   Billing   Collection
Post-paid GSM and CDMA services
  Centralized at the provincial level and generally by monthly billing.   Subscribers may pre-deposit their service charges with us or commercial banks or China Post that collect payment for us, make payment in person at our service centers or branches of China Post, or through commercial banks.
 
       
Pre-paid GSM and CDMA services
  Centralized on our nationwide
intelligent network
  Subscribers can purchase and/or re-charge pre-paid cards through various channels. They can also re-charge cards by telephone.
 
       
PSTN long distance telephony
services
  Settlement through centralized
system at our headquarters with
billing handled at the provincial
branch level
  Subscribers mainly go to our service centers, commercial banks and branches of China Post for payment.
 
       
IP telephony services
  Settlement through centralized system at our headquarters with billing for 17910 business carried   Subscribers mainly go to our service centers, commercial banks and branches of China Post for payment.

47


Table of Contents

         
Business Segment   Billing   Collection
“Uni-Video” services
  out by our headquarters and 17911 by our provincial branches Centralized at our headquarters except that our Guangdong provincial branch is in charge of the billing of pre-paid subscribers to our video-telephony services in Guangdong Province.   Our corporate customers can pay either at the local service centers in the locations of the branches of such customer or at one local service center designated by the customer.
 
       
Internet services
  Centralized at the provincial level. Billing methods include monthly billing, volume-based billing and billing according to contractual provisions.   Subscribers may go to our service centers, commercial banks, and branches of China Post or use the Internet for payment.
 
       
“Unicom’s Internet Plaza”
  Customers of the Internet cafes either pay by membership or pay hourly rates.   N/A
 
       
Leased lines
  Monthly billing in accordance with
contractual provisions
  Customers mainly pay at our service centers or at commercial banks.
      Bad Debt Controls
      Cellular Services. Post-paid subscribers must register with us before they can begin using our cellular services. Customer registration allows us to better manage customer credit. If subscribers do not pay their bills on time, we charge a late fee and will either call or send SMSs to the delinquent subscribers to remind them to pay. We generally suspend a post-paid subscriber’s account if the account is more than 30 days overdue and terminate the account if it is overdue for more than three months after that. When an account is terminated, we will seek other remedies to collect the overdue payment, including personal visits to the subscriber to collect payments or taking legal action. At the same time, we encourage our subscribers to pre-deposit service charges with us, to be deducted against charges incurred in the future, or use our pre-paid services. We have developed a customer credit management system at the provincial branch level to enhance verification of the personal information of new subscribers and tighten credit control for new subscribers. We believe these measures will continue to improve our bad debt control.
      Domestic and International Long Distance Services. We actively encourage customers to use our pre-paid services. For international long distance services, we generally only provide such services after receiving certain amounts of pre-paid deposits. In addition, we perform credit checks on potential customers. For high-volume users, we open telephone banking accounts at commercial banks, set credit limits on such accounts and settle with such customers on a monthly basis. We also monitor those high-volume users on a daily basis.
      Internet services. We send e-mails to delinquent customers and use other methods to collect payment from delinquent customers. Accounts for individual customers which are delinquent for 20 days are suspended, and such accounts will be terminated if they are delinquent for more than 40 days. For corporate customers, our actions are based on the credit history of each delinquent customer.
Research and Development
     We focus on technology innovation in coordination with our various business departments, in order to provide technical support to the development of our various businesses. In 2006, we established a China Unicom Patent Library and were granted 10 technology invention patents from the State Intellectual

48


Table of Contents

Properties Bureau of the PRC. We also received six scientific and technological progress awards from the China Institute of Communications. Among them, our “CDMA/GSM dual-mode, dual-standby handset” technology ranked first among all First Prize recipients.
     In 2006, we also received an official mandate from the CDMA Development Group, an international consortium working on the adoption and evolution of 3G CDMA wireless systems around the world, to develop international mobile communications standards for “dual-mode, dual-standby handsets.”
Competition
      The Chinese telecommunications market has six basic telecommunications service providers — China Telecom, Unicom Group, China Mobile, China Netcom, China Satcom and China Railcom — and thousands of value-added service providers. As a relatively new entrant into this highly competitive landscape, we believe the following strengths have contributed to the development and growth of our business in recent years:
    Integrated service offerings and a uniform and advanced telecommunications network — We offer integrated cellular, domestic and international long distance, data and Internet services, and have a nationwide, uniform communications network that supports voice, data and Internet communications and allows us to provide integrated services to our customers and utilize our network resources in a cost-effective manner.
 
    Unique service offerings — Through our advanced integrated network platform and the implementation of our innovative marketing strategies, we introduced “Worldwind” CDMA and GSM dual-mode cellular services and a series of value-added services such as CDMA 1X wireless data services, “uni” value-added services and “Unicom Horizon” industry specific services, in order to satisfy the differentiated demand of our various customer segments.
 
    Advanced technologies — CDMA technology offers high bandwidth utilization, better voice quality, high data transmission capabilities, better security and lower handset radio transmitting power, and can be relatively cost-effectively and timely upgraded to 3G cellular telecommunications. We are the only provider for CDMA services in our service areas in China, and our CDMA network has been upgraded to CDMA 1X technology, which has higher data transmission capabilities. Our GSM services utilize 2G technology that is widely accepted internationally and we believe our GSM network coverage and voice quality meet international standards. Our uniform network platform (Unione) utilizes ATM+IP technology solutions to offer quality support to our voice, data, Internet, video conference, video telephony and mobile data services.
 
    Professional and quality customer service — Using the customer service resources of Unicom Group, we have built up a strong brand image in customer service that can be characterized as professional, differentiated and “one-stop” service under our uniform service brand of “Unicom 10010.”
However, the development of our business is also affected by certain competitive disadvantages, including:
    Market position — As a relatively new entrant to the market, we are still behind the traditional operators in such areas as market share and branding. Due to our late entry, we still need to strengthen our market position through expenditures to capture mid- to

49


Table of Contents

      high-end customers. In addition, we are reliant on the dominant operators in terms of interconnection and settlement.
 
    Financial resources — Compared to the dominant operators such as China Mobile, our capital scale is relatively small, our debt ratio is relatively high, and our share of the market revenue and profit is relatively low.
 
    Network coverage and upgrade — While we have made significant improvements in network construction in recent years, network coverage in certain in-door or remote areas still needs improvement. In addition, we are still in the process of upgrading our GSM networks to launch more GPRS services in selected cities.
      Cellular Competition
     Our main competitor in the cellular communications business is China Mobile. China Mobile continues to have competitive advantages over us in brand name, market share, financial resources and network management experience. To compete against China Mobile, we continue to improve our network coverage and voice quality, enhance network quality, develop value-added services (such as our CDMA 1X wireless data services), improve customer service and customize our package service plans to meet our various subscribers’ specific needs. We also seek to leverage our position as a fully integrated telecommunications operator to provide “one-stop” telecommunications solutions for our subscribers. In addition, we seek to compete against China Mobile’s GPRS wireless data services by the development of our CDMA 1X wireless data services, which offers such advantages as better voice quality, better security, higher data transmission rates and more comprehensive value-added wireless data services. Moreover, we have upgraded our GSM networks in selected cities and begun to offer GPRS wireless data services to our GSM subscribers in selected cities since 2007.
     Our cellular services also compete with the wireless local communications services of China Telecom and China Netcom, known as “Little Smart”, which are based on their fixed line networks and primarily utilize PHS technology. These services were previously offered primarily in small- to medium-sized cities, but have been introduced in most cities nationwide. The “Little Smart” services reportedly have attracted a substantial subscriber base in China and compete with us mostly in the lower end of the cellular market. Although many cellular users use “Little Smart” services as a supplement, rather than an alternative, to their existing cellular services, the availability of “Little Smart” services has led to a decrease in effective cellular tariffs and reduced the overall usage volume of cellular services. The main competitive advantage of “Little Smart” services is their relatively low tariff rates. However, they generally have limited network coverage and roaming capability.
     Since late 2006, the MII has stepped up its efforts to encourage wireless telecommunications operators to implement “calling-party-pays” billing arrangements by offering tariff packages with such billing arrangements in the future. In light of such a policy move, we have started to implement such billing arrangements in selected tariff packages offered in certain areas such as Beijing and Guangdong. In addition, the MII has also indicated that it may consider reducing the roaming fees cellular operators may charge their subscribers. Such regulatory actions may change the competitive environment of the PRC wireless telecommunications industry. For example, the implementation of “calling-party-pays” billing and the reduction of roaming charges may help us improve our competitive position against “Little Smart” service providers by reducing the price advantage of such services but it may also trigger more intensified competition among cellular service providers.
     In addition, we expect that the PRC government’s decision in respect of the 3G licenses may significantly change the overall competitive environment of the PRC wireless telecommunications industry

50


Table of Contents

and could further intensify the competition among cellular service providers. See “D. Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business — Our cellular businesses face competition from China Mobile Communications Corporation, or China Mobile, China Telecom Corporation Limited, or China Telecom, and China Network Communications Group Corporation, or China Netcom. Such competition may intensify and result in slower subscriber growth, lower tariffs and higher customer acquisition costs for us, which would materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.” and “D. Risk Factors — Risks Relating to the Telecommunications Industry in China — Issuance of additional telecommunications service licenses including 3G licenses, may further intensify competition in the PRC telecommunications industry and materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.” under Item 3.
     To implement differentiated management of our CDMA and GSM businesses and foster an appropriate degree of internal competition, which we believe will be beneficial to the enhancement of our overall competitiveness, we recently segregated the sales and marketing functions of the two businesses. As a result, the internal competition between the two businesses for our internal resources as well as cellular subscribers may increase. See “D. Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business — Our CDMA and GSM businesses compete with each other in certain areas, which may adversely affect the growth and profitability of these businesses.” under Item 3.
      Long Distance Telephony Competition
     China Telecom and China Netcom are the dominant providers and our primary competitors in the public switched long distance business in their respective service areas. They have advantages over us in their respective service areas in brand name, market share, financial resources, service area coverage, last-mile access, extensive access networks and experience in fixed line telecommunications business. However, the separation of China Telecom into two companies along geographic lines has weakened the competitiveness of the resulting entities on a nationwide basis.
     Since our network has been constructed recently and is equipped with the latest technology and advanced features, it enables us to offer a variety of high-quality services. Our long distance telephony services are also supported by a centralized billing system. However, our services are hindered by our lack of fixed line telephone number resources and last-mile access.
     In recent years, competition in the IP telephony market has been intensifying. Our IP telephony services currently face intense competition from China Telecom, China Netcom, China Mobile, China Railcom and China Satcom. Currently, China Telecom and China Netcom are the market leaders in their respective service areas.
      Data and Internet Competition
     China Telecom and China Netcom are our major competitors in the data services business in their respective service areas. Other competitors include China Railcom and China Satcom. While China Telecom, China Netcom, China Railcom, China Mobile, China Satcom and we are the only Internet backbone operators in China, there are many retail Internet service providers throughout China. China Telecom and China Netcom have leading positions in the Internet access market and are the largest wholesale Internet service providers in their respective service areas. Our data and Internet networks have nationwide access, which offers convenience and flexibility to our institutional customers, whereas the respective networks of China Telecom and China Netcom only extend to their respective service areas.
     The advanced features and design of our backbone network allow us to provide nationwide high quality virtual private network services, which are specifically tailored to the high-usage corporate

51


Table of Contents

customers and retail Internet service providers that we target. We have also built advanced metropolitan area networks and integrated access networks that allow us to connect to key commercial buildings throughout China. We also continue to cooperate with medium- to small-sized Internet service providers and other companies that have broadband access to concentrated residential areas to expand our broadband services.
Trademarks
     We conduct our businesses under the Unicom name and logo. Unicom Group is the registered proprietor in China of the “Unicom” trademark in English and the trademark bearing the Unicom logo. Unicom Group is also the registered proprietor of the trademark of the word “Unicom” in Chinese. Unicom Group has granted us the right to use these trademarks on a royalty-free basis, and to license to us any trademark that it registers in China in the future which incorporates the word Unicom.
Regulatory and Related Matters
     The telecommunications industry in China is subject to a high degree of government regulation. The primary regulatory authority of the Chinese telecommunications industry is the MII. The State Council, the National Development and Reform Commission (the successor to the former State Development Planning Commission), or the NDRC, the Ministry of Commerce (formerly, the Ministry of Foreign Trade and Economic Cooperation) and other governmental authorities also maintain regulatory responsibilities over certain aspects of the Chinese telecommunications industry.
     The MII, under the supervision of the State Council, is responsible for, among other things:
    formulating and enforcing industry policies and regulations, as well as technical standards,
 
    granting telecommunications service licenses,
 
    supervising the operations and quality of service of telecommunications service providers,
 
    allocating and administering telecommunications resources such as spectrum and number resources,
 
    together with other relevant regulatory authorities, formulating tariff standards for telecommunications services,
 
    formulating interconnection and settlement arrangements between telecommunications networks, and
 
    maintaining fair and orderly market competition among service providers.
     The MII has established a Telecommunications Administration Bureau in each province, which is mainly responsible for enforcement of telecommunications policies and regulations in that province.
     The MII is in the process of drafting a telecommunications law that, once adopted by the National People’s Congress, will become the basic telecommunications statute and provide the principal legal framework for telecommunications regulations in China. It is currently uncertain when the law will be adopted and become effective.
      Telecommunications Regulations
     The State Council promulgated the Telecommunications Regulations, which became effective as of September 25, 2000. The Telecommunications Regulations are substantially consistent with, and are primarily intended to streamline and clarify, the existing rules and policies for the telecommunications industry. They provide the current primary regulatory framework for China’s telecommunications industry in the interim period prior to the adoption of the proposed telecommunications law.

52


Table of Contents

     The Telecommunications Regulations are intended to develop a transparent and fair regulatory environment to foster orderly competition and encourage development in the telecommunications industry. The Telecommunications Regulations address all key aspects of the telecommunications industry, including entry into the industry, scope of business, tariff setting, interconnection arrangements, quality of services, technology standards and allocation of telecommunications resources.
      Entry into the Industry
     The Telecommunications Regulations adopt the existing regulatory distinction between basic and value-added telecommunications services. An addendum to the Telecommunications Regulations sub-categorizes basic and value-added telecommunications services. In February 2003, the MII revised the addendum to the Telecommunications Regulations; and the revised addendum took effect in April 2003. Basic telecommunications services include, among others, fixed line local and domestic long distance telephony services, international telecommunications services, IP telephony services, mobile voice and data services, Internet and other public data transmission services, lease or sale of network elements, and paging services. Value added telecommunications services include, among others, e-mail, voice mail, electronic data interchange, Internet access, Internet content and video conferencing services.
     The MII promulgated Measures on the Administration of Telecommunications Business Licenses, which took effect on January 1, 2002. Those rules apply to the application for, examination and approval of, telecommunications business licenses in China. Providers of any basic telecommunications services as well as providers of value-added services in two or more provinces, autonomous regions and municipalities in China must apply for licenses from the MII. Licenses for basic telecommunications services will be granted through a tendering process.
     After its accession to the WTO in December 2001, China promulgated the Administrative Regulations on Telecommunications Companies with Foreign Investment, effective on January 1, 2002, implementing its commitments to the WTO. Those commitments include the gradual reduction of foreign ownership restrictions in the telecommunications industry and the step-by-step opening of the telecommunications market in China to foreign operators. However, the presence or absence of foreign investments in an applicant for telecommunications licenses will presumably bear no direct relation to the decision on whether to issue licenses, in as much as the issuance of new licenses is governed by a separate set of rules and regulations. In recent years, China gradually fulfilled the market-opening commitments it made to the WTO and lifted many restrictions for foreign investors and service providers in respect of telecommunications services. The remaining restrictions regarding mobile services, value-added telecommunications services and fixed line services are as follows.
    For mobile voice and data services:
  §   there is no longer any geographic restriction and the foreign ownership shall be no more than 49%.
    For value-added telecommunications services:
  §   there is no longer any geographic restriction and foreign ownership shall be no more than 50%.
    For fixed line services:
  §   the services areas have been expanded to include services in and between 17 cities of Shanghai, Guangzhou, Beijing, Chengdu, Chongqing, Dalian, Fuzhou,

53


Table of Contents

Hangzhou, Nanjing, Ningbo, Qingdao, Shenyang, Shenzhen, Xiamen, Xi’an, Taiyuan and Wuhan, or, the additional 14 cities; foreign ownership shall be no more than 35%; and after December 11, 2007, there will be no geographic restriction and ownership shall be no more than 49%.
      Spectrum and Network Number Resources
     The MII allocates all telecommunications-related frequencies, including those used in cellular, paging and microwave operations. The 800 MHZ, 900 MHZ and 1,800 MHZ frequency bands have been reserved for mobile cellular applications. The frequency assigned to a licensee may not be leased or transferred without obtaining the approval of the MII.
     Since July 1, 2002, the MII has made some adjustments to the standard spectrum usage fees to be charged to teecommuincations network operators and the specific fee standards are as follows: (i) for the nation-wide GSM network frequency, an annual rate of RMB15 million per MHz of frequency, to be charged progressively over a period of three years, i.e., 50% for the first year; 75% for the second year and 100% for the third year and years thereafter; (ii) for the nation-wide CDMA network frequency, an annual rate of RMB15 million per MHz of frequency, to be charged progressively over a period of five years, i.e., 20% for the first year; 40% for the second year; 60% for the third year; 80% for the fourth year and 100% for the fifth year and thereafter and (iii) for any local telecommunications network frequency, an annual rate of RMB1.5 million per MHz of frequency for each province. In 2006, the aggregate fees we paid for frequency usage amounted to approximately RMB580 million.
     The MII is also responsible for the administration of network number resources within China, including cellular network numbers and subscriber numbers. In January 2003, it issued the Administrative Rules for Telecommunications Network Numbers, which took effect on March 1, 2003. According to these rules, the telecommunications network number resources are properties of the PRC government, and the use of number resources by any telecommunications operator is subject to the approval of MII. Users of number resources, including us, are required to pay a usage fee to the PRC government. The rules also provide for procedures for application for the use, upgrade and adjustment of number resources by telecommunications operators.
     In December 2004, the MII, the Ministry of Finance and the NDRC jointly issued the Provisional Administrative Measures with respect to the Collection of the Usage Fee of Telecommunications Network Number Resources, under which telecommunications companies are required to pay a usage fee to the PRC government by the 10th day of the first month of each quarter starting from 2005. Under these provisional measures, mobile telecommunications companies are required to pay an annual usage fee of RMB12 million for each network number. In addition, we are also required to pay usage fees for certain other network numbers. In 2006, the usage fees we paid for network numbers totaled RMB44.24 million.
      Tariff Setting and Price Controls
     The levels and categories of our current tariffs are subject to regulation by various government authorities, including the MII, the NDRC, and, at the local level, the relevant provincial Telecommunications Administration Bureaus and price regulatory authorities. Under the Telecommunications Regulations, telecommunications tariffs are categorized into State-fixed tariffs, State-guidance tariffs and market-based tariffs. For example, there are State-guidance tariffs for cellular services, fixed line telephony services and leased lines services that are set jointly by the MII and the NDRC. Tariffs for telecommunications services where adequate competition has already developed may be set by the service providers as market-based tariffs. The government is required to hold public hearings before setting or changing important State-tariff rates, which are attended by telecommunications

54


Table of Contents

operators, consumers and others. Operators are required to provide complete and adequate cost data and other materials for those hearings.
     In 1997, the PRC government granted us preferential treatment by allowing us to vary our cellular tariffs by up to 10% from the State-guidance rates.
     In December 2000, the MII, the former State Development Planning Commission and the Ministry of Finance jointly issued a tariff adjustment circular, which provides for tariff adjustments for a wide range of telecommunications services. Effective from February 21, 2001, we have adopted these government tariff adjustments.
     In June 2001, the Ministry of Finance and the MII jointly issued a circular to revoke certain fees including one-time installation fees charged to the fixed line telephone users and one-time activation fees charged to the cellular subscribers.
     In June 2004, the MII and the NDRC jointly issued a notice aimed at further strengthening the regulatory oversight of telecommunications tariffs. The notice requires telecommunications services providers to strengthen their internal control and management of tariff setting activities. Specifically, the notice requires services providers to strictly comply with the relevant government regulations relating to the procedures for the approval and registration of telecommunications tariffs.
     In August 2005, the MII and NDRC jointly issued a notice stipulating that, with the exception of IP telephony services, maximum charges for many telecommunications services may not exceed the current level of charges.
     In September 2006, the MII issued a notice stipulating that the telecommunications operators shall be responsible for the accuracy of the fees to be charged and collected for the wireless information services. In providing the wireless information services, the telecommunications operators shall respect users’ choice and information rights and treat users in a fair manner.
     Beginning in 2006, the MII has stepped up efforts to encourage wireless telecommunications operators to adopt “calling-party-pays” billing practices. MII has encouraged new service packages featured with “calling-party-pays” billing arrangements. In addition, MII officials have also indicated that they may evaluate the existing policy that caps the roaming charges at a certain level, to further reduce roaming fees wireless operators charge their subscribers. We do not know if or when such regulations will be promulgated or implemented.
      Interconnection Arrangements
     On October 28, 2003, the MII issued regulations on interconnection and settlement arrangements, which superseded the provisional regulations on interconnection and settlement arrangements issued by the MII in 1999 and 2001, respectively. The regulations contain specific provisions regarding, among other things, revenue sharing methods and settlement mechanisms and interconnection agreements among telecommunications service providers. The Telecommunications Regulations reaffirmed the obligations of dominant telecommunications operators in China to provide interconnection with other operators. We have entered into interconnection and settlement agreements with China Telecom, China Netcom, China Mobile and China Railcom that implement the regulatory requirements.
     The following table sets forth our current interconnection revenue sharing and settlement arrangements with fixed line operators and China Mobile for local calls after the regulations issued in 2003.

55


Table of Contents

         
Network from   Network at    
which calls originated   which calls terminated   Settlement Arrangement
 
Unicom’s cellular network
  Fixed line operators’ public
fixed line network
  (1) Unicom collects the local cellular usage charge from its subscribers
(2) Unicom pays RMB0.06 per minute to fixed line operators
 
       
Fixed line operators’ public fixed line network
  Unicom’s cellular network   No revenue sharing or settlement
 
       
Unicom’s cellular network
  China Mobile’s cellular network   (1) Each of Unicom and China Mobile collects the cellular usage charge from its subscribers
(2) Unicom pays RMB0.06 per minute to China Mobile
 
       
China Mobile’s cellular
network
  Unicom’s cellular network   (1) Each of Unicom and China Mobile collects the cellular usage charge from its subscribers
(2) China Mobile pays RMB0.06 per minute to Unicom
     The following table sets forth our interconnection revenue sharing and settlement arrangement with fixed line operators and China Mobile for domestic long distance calls after the regulations issued in 2003.
         
Network from   Network at    
which calls originated   which calls terminated   Settlement Arrangement
 
Unicom’s cellular network at area A
  Fixed line operators’ public fixed line network at area B, if through the long distance network of such fixed line operator   (1) Unicom collects the domestic long distance tariff and local call tariff from its subscribers
(2) Unicom keeps RMB0.06 per minute and pays the rest of the domestic long distance tariff to fixed line operators
 
       
Unicom’s cellular network at area A
  Fixed line operators’ public fixed line network at area B, if through the long distance network of Unicom   (1) Unicom collects the domestic long distance tariff and local call tariff from its subscribers
(2) Unicom pays RMB0.06 per minute to fixed line operators, and keeps the rest of the domestic long distance tariff
 
       
Fixed line operators’ public fixed line network at area A
  Unicom’s cellular network at area B, if through the long distance network of Unicom   (1) Fixed line operators collect the domestic long distance tariff from their subscribers
(2) Fixed line operators keep RMB0.06 per minute and pay the rest to Unicom
 
       
Fixed line operators’ public fixed line network at area A
  Unicom’s cellular network at area B, if through the long distance network of such fixed line operator   (1) Fixed line operators collect the domestic long distance tariff from their subscribers
(2) Fixed line operators pay RMB0.06 per minute to Unicom and keep the rest
 
       
Fixed line operators’ public fixed line network at area A
  Fixed line operators’ public fixed line network at area B, if through the long distance network of Unicom   (1) Fixed line operators on the originating end collect the domestic long distance tariff from their subscribers
(2) Fixed line operators keep RMB0.06 per minute and pay the rest to Unicom
(3) Unicom then pays RMB0.06 per minute to fixed line operators on the receiving end
 
       
Unicom’s cellular network at area A
  China Mobile’s cellular network at area B, if through the long distance network of China Mobile   (1) Unicom collects the domestic long distance tariff and local call tariff from its subscribers
(2) Unicom keeps RMB0.06 per minute and pays the rest of the domestic long distance tariff to

56


Table of Contents

         
Network from   Network at    
which calls originated   which calls terminated   Settlement Arrangement
 
 
      China Mobile
 
       
China Mobile’s cellular network at area A
  Unicom’s cellular network at area B, if through the long distance network of Unicom   (1) China Mobile collects the domestic long distance tariff and local call tariff from its subscribers
(2) China Mobile keeps RMB0.06 per minute and pays the rest of the domestic long distance tariff to Unicom
     The following table sets forth our interconnection revenue sharing and settlement arrangement with fixed line operators for international long distance calls through their international gateways after the regulations issued in 2003.
     
Type of calls   Settlement Arrangements
 
Outgoing calls from Unicom’s cellular network, if through the international long distance network of fixed line operators
  (1) Unicom collects the international long distance tariff and local call tariff from its subscribers
(2) Unicom keeps RMB0.06 or RMB0.54 per minute (depending on whether through Unicom’s domestic long distance network) and pays the rest of the international long distance tariff to fixed line operators
 
   
Incoming calls to Unicom’s cellular network, if through the international long distance network of fixed line operators
  (1) Unicom receives RMB0.06 or RMB0.54 per minute from fixed line operators (depending on whether through Unicom’s domestic long distance network)
     The following table sets forth our interconnection revenue sharing and settlement arrangements with other operators for IP telephony long distance calls through our network after the regulations issued in 2003.
         
Network from which   Network at which calls    
calls originated   terminated   Settlement Arrangement
 
Unicom’s cellular network at area A
  Other operators’ public telecommunications network at area B (if through Unicom’s IP telephony network)   (1) Unicom collects the IP telephony long distance charges and local call tariff from its subscribers
(2) Unicom pays RMB0.06 per minute to other operators on the receiving end
 
       
Other operators’ public telecommunications network at area A
  Other operators’ public telecommunications network at area B (if through Unicom’s IP telephony network)   (1) Unicom collects the IP telephony long distance charges from its subscribers
(2) Unicom pays RMB0.06 per minute to other operators on the receiving end
(3) No settlement between Unicom and other operators on the originating end
     For all interconnection services, we are required to pay the interconnection fees regardless of our ability or inability to collect the tariff from our subscribers. The fixed line operators are required to pay interconnection fees regardless of their ability or inability to collect the tariff from their subscribers, except for the interconnection by fixed line subscribers calling our subscribers in the same region where no interconnection fee will be charged. Interconnection charges are accrued on a monthly basis based on the actual call volume and applicable tariff rate.

57


Table of Contents

      Technical Standards
     The MII sets industry technical standards for the Chinese telecommunications industry. Most of the standards set by the MII conform to the standards recommended by the International Telecommunications Union and other international telecommunications standards organizations. In January 2006, the MII issued the technical standards for TD-SCDMA, a 3G mobile telephony technology. In May 2007, the MII released the technical standards for two additional 3G technologies, WCDMA and CDMA2000. In cases where the MII has not set certain industry technical standards, we set our own enterprise technical standards. The MII also requires all network operators in China to purchase only telecommunications equipment certified by the MII, including cellular and paging equipment, radio equipment and interconnection terminal equipment.
      Universal Services
     Telecommunications service providers in China are required to fulfill universal service obligations in accordance with relevant regulations to be promulgated by the PRC government, and the MII has the authority to delineate the scope of its universal service obligations. The MII may also select universal service providers through a tendering process. The MII, together with the finance and pricing authorities, is also responsible for formulating administrative rules relating to the establishment of a universal service fund and compensation schemes for universal services. The MII and other relevant government authorities are still in the process of formulating the detailed regulations relating to the provision of such universal services. Such regulations, if promulgated, may require us to incur significant expenses to fulfill our universal service obligations and therefore could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
     The MII has required major Chinese telecommunications service providers, including Unicom Group, to participate in a project to provide telecommunications services in a number of remote villages in certain designated provinces in China as transitional measures prior to the formalization of a universal service obligation framework. In participating in this project, Unicom Group undertook the universal service obligation to extend telecommunications service coverage to a total of more than 5,700 administrative-level villages from 2004 to 2006 primarily through its CDMA and satellite transmission networks. In 2007, the MII indicated that it may consider requiring Unicom Group and other telecommunications service providers to further extend telecommunications service coverage to tens of thousands of natural villages in remote areas. We have been assisting Unicom Group in providing mobile telecommunications services to these remote villages and are responsible for the operation and maintenance of the relevant network facilities in our service areas.
     See “D. Risk Factors — Risks Relating to the Telecommunications Industry in China — The PRC government may require us, along with other telecommunications service providers in China, to provide universal services with specified obligations, and we may not be compensated adequately for providing such services.” under Item 3.
      Capital Investment
     On July 16, 2004, the State Council promulgated, effective immediately, the Decision on Reform of Investment System, or the Investment Reform Decision, which significantly modified the government approval process for major investment projects in China. The Investment Reform Decision eliminated the government approval requirements for investment projects that do not involve direct government funding unless the investment projects are in the restricted sectors specified in the annually adjusted catalogue released by the State Council. The 2004 catalogue, which was attached as an annex to the Investment Reform Decision, sets forth approval requirements for individual investment projects in restricted sectors.

58


Table of Contents

Within the telecommunications sector, the investment projects that require the approval of the NDRC include:
    domestic backbone transmission networks (including broadcasting and television networks);
 
    international telecommunications transmission circuits;
 
    international gateways;
 
    international telecommunications facilities for dedicated telecommunications networks; and
 
    other telecommunications infrastructure projects involving information security.
      Others
     As a company with substantially all of our operations in China, we, along with our controlling shareholder, Unicom Group, are subject to various regulations of the PRC government in addition to those regulating the telecommunications industry. PRC regulatory authorities, such as the State Bureau of Taxation, National Audit Office, State Administration of Industry and Commerce and local price bureaus, exercise extensive control over various aspects of our businesses and conduct various regular inspections, examinations and/or audits on us and Unicom Group. As required by the relevant PRC laws and regulations, Unicom Group, as one of the key State-owned enterprises under the direct supervision of the SASAC, is also subject to routine audits by the National Audit Office, or the NAO, including the senior management departure audit which involves a mandatory review by the NAO of the economic responsibilities of a departing senior management member of Unicom Group.
     In addition, as our controlling shareholder, Unicom Group, is under the direct supervision of SASAC, SASAC has an indirect influence over us. In particular, SASAC may designate certain nominees and request Unicom Group to propose the appointment of such nominees as our directors and senior management; SASAC may also request Unicom Group to remove our directors and senior management in accordance with relevant procedures provided by applicable law and our articles of association.
C. Organizational Structure
     We are incorporated in Hong Kong and are 76.59% indirectly owned by the Unicom Group and 23.41% owned by public shareholders as of May 31, 2007. See “A. History and Development of the Company” under Item 4. Set forth below are details of our significant subsidiaries:
         
Name of Subsidiary   Country of Incorporation   Ownership Interest
China Unicom Corporation Limited   China   100%
China Unicom International Limited   Hong Kong SAR   100%
China Unicom (Macau) Company Limited   Macau SAR   100%
D. Properties
     Our principal executive offices are located in Hong Kong. We also maintain executive offices in Beijing. We own and lease a large number of offices, retail outlets, equipment rooms and base stations throughout China. A number of the properties that we lease and operate on do not have land use rights

59


Table of Contents

certificates or building ownership certificates. In some cases, we have not entered into formal lease agreements with the lessors or the lessors may not possess requisite title certificates. We believe that it is unlikely that we would be denied our right to use a large number of these properties at any given time.
Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments
     None.
Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
     You should read the following discussion and analysis together with the selected financial data set forth in Item 3 and the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report. The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with HKFRS, which differ in certain respects from US GAAP. Note 38 to the consolidated financial statements summarizes the nature and effects of significant differences between HKFRS and US GAAP as they relate to our financial statements and provides a reconciliation to US GAAP of our net income and shareholders’ equity. In addition, Note 38 to our consolidated financial statements includes our condensed consolidated financial information prepared and presented in accordance with US GAAP for the relevant periods. Our consolidated financial statements present, and the discussion and analysis under this Item 5 pertain to, our consolidated financial position and results of operations as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006.
     On December 31, 2002 and 2003, we completed the acquisition of Unicom New Century from Unicom Group, and the acquisition of Unicom New World from Unicom Group and sale of Guoxin Paging to Unicom Group, respectively. Our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2004 reflect the results of operations of both Unicom New Century (which was merged into CUCL in July 2004) and Unicom New World (which was merged into CUCL in September 2005), but do not include the results of operations of Guoxin Paging. Our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2003 reflect the results of operations of Unicom New Century and Guoxin Paging but do not include the results of operations of Unicom New World. In addition, in September 2004, we completed the acquisition of Unicom International from Unicom Group. Accordingly, the operating results of Unicom International for the period from the effective date of the acquisition to December 31, 2004 have been included in our consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2004. See “ ¾ Acquisitions of Unicom New Century, Unicom New World and Unicom International and the Sale of Guoxin Paging” below.
Overview
     We are an integrated provider of telecommunications services in China and offer a comprehensive range of telecommunications services, including the following, which also constitute our major operating segments:
    GSM cellular service in 21 provinces, 5 autonomous regions and 4 municipalities;
 
    CDMA cellular service in 21 provinces, 5 autonomous regions and 4 municipalities of China and in Macau;
 
    domestic and international long distance service and other related services nationwide in China; and
 
    data and Internet and other related services nationwide in China.

60


Table of Contents

     The table below sets forth revenue from our major businesses and the respective percentage of our total revenue in 2004, 2005 and 2006.
                                                 
    For the year ended December 31,
    2004 (1)   2005   2006
    RMB in   % of Total   RMB in   % of Total   RMB in   % of Total
    millions   Revenue   millions   Revenue   millions   Revenue
Total revenue
    79,087       100.0 %     87,049       100.0 %     94,294       100.0 %
Total service revenue
    77,397       97.9 %     84,287       96.8 %     90,027       95.5 %
GSM
    47,509       60.1 %     52,135       59.9 %     59,291       62.9 %
CDMA
    24,378       30.9 %     27,577       31.7 %     27,293       28.9 %
Long distance revenue
    1,848       2.3 %     1,525       1.7 %     1,068       1.2 %
Data and Internet revenue
    3,662       4.6 %     3,050       3.5 %     2,375       2.5 %
Sales of telecommunications products
    1,690       2.1 %     2,762       3.2 %     4,267       4.5 %
 
(1)   The adoption of HKFRS on January 1, 2005 resulted in changes in certain accounting policies which have been reflected in the financial statements either in accordance with the transitional provisions in the applicable accounting standards, or to the extent there are no transitional provisions, applied retrospectively. Accordingly, the comparative financial data prior to January 1, 2005 presented herein was restated, as applicable, in 2005 to conform to the changed accounting policies.
     Our service revenue comes primarily from the following:
    Usage fees for our GSM, CDMA, long distance and data and Internet services, including, for our cellular subscribers, roaming-out fees for calls made by them outside their local service areas. We recognize usage fee revenue when the service is rendered.
 
    Monthly fees, of fixed amounts, charged to certain of our GSM, CDMA, data and Internet subscribers for access to the relevant service. We recognize monthly fee revenue in the month during which the services are rendered.
 
    Value-added service revenue from the provision of value-added services, such as short message services, personalized ring-back tone services, CDMA 1X wireless data services and certain receptionist services to subscribers.
 
    Interconnection revenue from other telecommunications operators, including Unicom Group, for calls made from their networks to our networks and roaming-in fees for calls made by cellular subscribers of other operators using our cellular networks. We recognize interconnection revenue when the relevant calls are made by subscribers.
 
    Rental income from leases of transmission lines on our networks and indefeasible rights of use (“IRU”) to Unicom Group, business customers and other telecommunications carriers in China. We recognize leased line rental revenue on a straight-line basis over the relevant lease term, except for the lease of specific and identified network assets that transfer substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership to the lessee, which is recognized as capacity sales.
     Along with the continued growth of China’s telecommunications industry, particularly in the cellular communications sector, our total revenue in 2006 increased by 8.3% from 2005. This increase was primarily the result of the continued growth in revenue of our GSM cellular business. Service revenue from our cellular businesses has increased from RMB79.71 billion in 2005 to RMB86.58 billion in 2006, representing a growth of 8.6%. We aim to further leverage our position as an integrated telecommunications operator in order to continue to drive the growth of our GSM and CDMA cellular businesses.

61


Table of Contents

     The following table sets forth our major costs and expenses items and income before income tax, both in terms of amount and as a percentage of total revenue in 2004, 2005 and 2006.
                                                 
    For the year ended December 31,  
    2004   2005   2006
    RMB in   % of Total   RMB in   % of Total   RMB in   % of Total
    millions   Revenue   millions   Revenue   millions   Revenue
Total Revenue
    79,087       100.0 %     87,049       100.0 %     94,294       100.0 %
Costs and expenses
    72,616       91.8 %     79,947       91.8 %     87,799       93.1 %
Leased line and network capacities
    7,398       9.4 %     8,748       10.0 %     8,764       9.3 %
Interconnection charges
    7,517       9.5 %     8,372       9.6 %     9,595       10.2 %
Depreciation and amortization
    19,011       24.0 %     20,368       23.4 %     22,423       23.8 %
Employee benefit expenses
    4,615       5.8 %     5,616       6.5 %     6,649       7.1 %
Selling and marketing
    19,523       24.7 %     20,558       23.6 %     19,252       20.4 %
General, administrative and other expenses
    10,500       13.3 %     11,742       13.5 %     13,415       14.2 %
Cost of telecommunications products sold
    2,563       3.2 %     3,575       4.1 %     4,930       5.2 %
Finance costs
    1,696       2.1 %     1,099       1.2 %     654       0.7 %
Unrealized loss on changes in fair value of derivative component of the convertible bonds
          0.0 %           0.0 %     2,397       2.5 %
Interest income
    -103       -0.1 %     -96       -0.1 %     -259       -0.3 %
Other gains, net
    -104       -0.1 %     -35       -0.0 %     -21       -0.0 %
Income before income tax
    6,471       8.2 %     7,102       8.2 %     6,495       6.9 %
     Our major costs and expenses include the following:
    Depreciation and amortization expenses, mainly relating to our property, plant and equipment and other assets;
 
    Selling and marketing expenses, including commissions, promotion and advertising expenses, amortization of capitalized customer acquisition costs of certain CDMA contractual subscribers and customer retention costs;
 
    General, administrative and other expenses, primarily including operating lease expenses, repair and maintenance costs and provision for doubtful debts. Other components of general, administrative and other expenses include utilities, general office expenses and travel expenses;
 
    Leased line and network capacities charges, representing lease expenses for transmission capacity from other operators and CDMA network capacities from Unicom Group;
 
    Interconnection expenses, representing amounts paid to other operators, including Unicom Group, for calls from our networks to their networks and roaming-out fees paid to other operators, including Unicom Group, for calls made by our subscribers roaming in their networks;
 
    Employee benefit expenses, representing staff salaries and wages, bonuses and medical benefits, contributions to defined contribution pension schemes and housing benefits, share-based compensation costs amortized over the vesting period of share options;

62


Table of Contents

    Costs of telecommunications products sold; and
 
    Unrealized loss on changes in fair value of derivative component of the convertible bonds.
     As we continue to aim to strengthen management, integrate our businesses and control costs to achieve greater overall efficiency, total costs and expenses, as a percentage of total revenue in 2006, was 93.1%, representing an increase of 1.3% from that in 2005.
Acquisitions of Unicom New Century, Unicom New World and Unicom International and Sale of Guoxin Paging
     In December 2002, we acquired from Unicom Group the GSM cellular assets and businesses and CDMA businesses of Unicom New Century in the following six provinces, two autonomous regions and one municipality in China: Sichuan, Heilongjiang, Jilin, Henan, Jiangxi, Shaanxi, Chongqing, Guangxi and Xinjiang. The total purchase price was HK$4,909,000,000, payable in cash. On July 30, 2004, Unicom New Century was merged into CUCL and legally dissolved upon the completion of such merger.
     In December 2003, we acquired from Unicom Group the GSM cellular assets and businesses and CDMA businesses of Unicom New World in the following nine provinces and autonomous regions in China: Shanxi, Hunan, Hainan, Yunnan, Gansu and Qinghai provinces and Inner Mongolia, Ningxia Hui and Xizang autonomous regions. The total purchase price was HK$3,014,886,000, payable in cash. On the same date, we also completed the sale of the entire equity interests of Guoxin Paging to Unicom Group for a total sale price of HK$2,590,917,656, and such proceeds were applied to our general working capital. On September 1, 2005, Unicom New World was merged into CUCL and legally dissolved upon the completion of such merger.
     In September 2004, we completed the acquisition from Unicom Group of Unicom International, a limited liability company established in Hong Kong engaging in voice wholesale business, telephone cards business, line leasing services, managed bandwidth services and mobile virtual network services in Hong Kong and the United States. The total purchase price was HK$37,465,996, payable in cash.
     Under HKFRS, we have adopted the purchase method to account for our prior acquisitions from Unicom Group of Unicom New Century, which became effective on December 31, 2002, Unicom New World, which became effective on December 31, 2003, and Unicom International, which became effective in September 2004. Under the purchase method, our consolidated financial statements incorporate the results of operations of Unicom New Century, Unicom New World and Unicom International only from the effective dates of the respective acquisitions. The differences between the cost of the acquisitions and the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired was recognized as goodwill or negative goodwill, which were amortized on a straight line basis over its beneficial life or the remaining weighted average useful life of the acquired identifiable non-monetary assets. We ceased the amortization of goodwill from January 1, 2005 upon the adoption of HKFRS and the accumulated amortization as of December 31, 2004 has been eliminated with a corresponding decrease in the cost of goodwill. We also derecognized the negative goodwill previously recognized on or prior to January 1, 2005, with a corresponding adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings. Starting from January 1, 2005, we no longer amortize goodwill but test it for impairment on an annual basis or when there is indication of impairment.
     Under US GAAP, the acquisitions of Unicom New Century, Unicom New World and Unicom International are accounted for as a transfer of businesses under common control. Under this method, the acquired assets and liabilities are accounted for at their historical cost under US GAAP and the consolidated financial statements prepared under US GAAP for all periods presented are retroactively restated as if

63


Table of Contents

Unicom New Century, Unicom New World and Unicom International had always been part of our company since inception. This method is reflected in the significant differences between HKFRS and US GAAP provided in Note 38 to our consolidated financial statements.
     The acquisitions of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World have had a material impact on our overall results of operations. In particular, our financial results in 2004 were significantly affected by the inclusion of the results of operations for Unicom New World we acquired effective December 31, 2003. These acquisitions have, among other things, significantly expanded the size of the telecommunications markets we serve and increased the number of our subscribers and usage of our services. As a result, our revenue and costs and expenses have also increased significantly.
Critical Accounting Policies
     The preparation of our financial statements and this annual report requires us to make estimates and judgment that affect the reported and disclosed amounts of assets and liabilities, including contingent assets and liabilities, as at the relevant dates and revenue and expenses for the relevant periods. We have identified the accounting policies and estimates below as critical to our business operations and an understanding of our results of operations and financial position. The impact and any associated risks related to these policies on our business operations are discussed throughout this Item 5 where such policies affect our reported and expected financial results. For a discussion of the application of these and other accounting policies, see Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements included in this annual report. There can be no assurance that actual results will not differ from those estimates and assumptions.
      Capitalization of CDMA Customer Acquisition Costs
     We have been operating the CDMA business since the beginning of 2002. In order to accelerate the development of the CDMA business and subscriber growth, we have offered certain promotional packages. As part of the contractual arrangements with certain CDMA contractual subscribers under these special promotional packages, CDMA handsets were provided to the subscribers for their use at no additional charge during the specified contract periods ranging from six months to two years. In return, the subscribers are required to incur a minimum amount of service fees during the contract period. If the contractual subscribers can fulfill the minimum contract spending amounts by the end of the contract period, they will not be obliged to repay the remaining costs of the CDMA handsets given for their use. In addition, to secure contract performance, these subscribers are required under their contracts to (i) prepay certain amounts of service fees or deposits, (ii) maintain a bank deposit in one of the designated commercial banks to secure their minimum contract amounts, or (iii) provide a guarantor who will compensate us for any loss in the event of the subscriber’s non-performance of related contractual obligations.
     We consider the costs of the CDMA handsets provided to contractual subscribers under these promotional packages as customer acquisition costs for the development of new CDMA contractual subscribers. Such customer acquisition costs are deferred to the extent expected to be recoverable, and amortized over the contractual periods (not exceeding two years), over which future economic benefits are expected to be received by us in the form of minimum contract revenue.
     We determined the accounting policy for capitalization of customer acquisition costs of contractual CDMA subscribers after a careful evaluation of specific facts and circumstances, and believe that the capitalization of such costs is appropriate because future economic benefits are expected to be received by us in the form of future contractual revenues, taking into consideration (i) the historically high ARPUs and low churn rate, and low default or bad debt rates of these subscribers; (ii) our established procedures in and the relative low cost of enforcement of contracts in default; and (iii) the existence of specified contract periods with minimum contract spending amounts and built-in contractual safeguarding measures such as

64


Table of Contents

non-refundable prepayments, bank deposits, and guarantees received, as well as penalty clauses imposed on subscribers.
     Therefore, we believe that the customer acquisition costs are recoverable from future revenue to be derived from these promotional packages, and the capitalization and amortization of these customer acquisition costs is an appropriate accounting policy. Furthermore, we continuously assess and evaluate the recoverability of these customer acquisition costs, based on detailed review of historical subscriber churn rates and estimated default rate. Based on our current assessment and evaluation, we believe that there is no significant problem in recovering the carrying amounts of the customer acquisition costs as of December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006.
     We have made the above recoverability assessments based on the current legal and operating environment relating to the subscribers’ contract performance and other information currently available to us. Actual results may differ significantly from the current situation and our current estimates. If the situation changes significantly in the future, we may need to accelerate the amortization of customer acquisition costs based on conditions at that time.
      Recognition of Upfront Non-refundable Revenue and Direct Incremental Costs
     We capitalize and amortize upfront non-refundable revenue, including connection fees and activation fees of SIM cards or user identity module cards, or UIM cards, from our GSM and CDMA cellular subscribers over the expected customer service period. Accordingly, the related direct incremental costs of acquiring and activating GSM and CDMA businesses, including costs of SIM or UIM cards and commissions which are directly associated with upfront non-refundable revenue received upon activation of cellular services, are also capitalized and amortized over the same expected customer service period. We only capitalize costs to the extent that they will generate future economic benefits. The excess of the direct incremental costs over the corresponding upfront non-refundable revenue, if any, are expensed to the statement of income immediately as incurred.
     The expected customer service period for our cellular business is estimated based on the expected stabilized churn rates of subscribers after taking into account factors such as customer retention experience, the expected level of competition, the risk of technological or functional obsolescence of our services and the current regulatory environment. If the estimate of the expected stabilized churn rate changes for future periods as a result of unexpected changes in competitive environment, telecommunications technology development or regulatory environment, the amount and timing of recognition of these direct incremental costs and our deferred revenue would also change.
      Lease of CDMA Network Capacity
     We had entered into a CDMA network capacity lease agreement with Unicom Group and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Unicom New Horizon, in November 2001. Pursuant to this CDMA lease agreement, Unicom New Horizon agreed to lease the capacity of the CDMA network to us covering the nine provinces and the three municipalities. In addition, on December 31, 2002 and 2003, we acquired all the equity interests in Unicom New Century and Unicom New World, respectively, which together operate GSM and CDMA cellular businesses in another 12 provinces, one municipality and five autonomous regions in the PRC. Unicom New Century and Unicom New World had also respectively entered into a CDMA lease agreement with Unicom Group and Unicom New Horizon on similar terms and conditions. These lease agreements and the lease agreement entered in 2001 are collectively referred to as the “Old CDMA Leases.”

65


Table of Contents

     According to the terms of the Old CDMA Leases, the initial lease period is one year, renewable for an additional one-year term at our own option. We have the exclusive right to lease and operate the CDMA network capacity in the above regions. Also, we have the option to add or reduce the capacity leased by giving advance notice. The lease fee per unit of capacity is calculated on the basis that if full capacity is leased, it would permit Unicom New Horizon to recover its investment in constructing the CDMA network in seven years, with an internal return of 8%. In January 2004, we renewed the CDMA network capacity for an additional one-year term. We had the option to purchase the network assets based on the appraised value of the network determined by an independent appraiser.
     Unicom New Horizon has the legal ownership of the CDMA network, is directly responsible for the planning, financing and construction of the CDMA network, and directly enters into all contracts with suppliers and constructors. We believe we only bear the risks associated with the operation of the CDMA business during the relevant leasing periods and are free from any ownership risks of the CDMA network and the risks and rewards of ownership of the leased assets rest substantially with the lessor.
     At the inception of the Old CDMA Leases, there was a high degree of uncertainty related to the market condition and operating results of the CDMA business. It was highly uncertain whether we would continue to lease the network in the future or to estimate the future network capacity to be leased. We were also unable to determine whether or not we would exercise the purchase option in the future. Given these uncertainties and due to the fact that the risks associated with the ownership of the CDMA assets substantially remained with Unicom Group and Unicom New Horizon, we accounted for the leasing of the CDMA network as operating leases for the initial three-year lease period, so as to reflect the respective rights and obligations of the relevant parties to the Old CDMA Leases.
     On March 24, 2005, we entered into the 2005 CDMA Lease with Unicom Group and Unicom New Horizon to replace the Old CDMA Leases. Key terms of the 2005 CDMA Lease, including exclusive operating rights and purchase option, are substantially similar to those contained in the Old CDMA Leases except that the 2005 CDMA Lease has an initial term of two years and the lease fee of the CDMA Network is to be determined on the basis of the audited CDMA service revenue. Given that the uncertainties continued, we considered the risks associated with the ownership of the CDMA assets still substantially remain with Unicom Group and Unicom New Horizon, and have concluded the leasing of the CDMA network continues to be an operating lease.
     On October 26, 2006, we entered into the 2006 CDMA Lease with Unicom Group and Unicom New Horizon to replace the 2005 CDMA Lease. The 2006 CDMA Lease became effective from January 1, 2007. Pursuant to the 2006 CDMA Lease, the initial lease period is for one year, renewable for an additional one-year term at our option. The lease fee of the CDMA network for 2007 and 2008 is calculated as follows:
    31% of the audited CDMA service revenue of the lessee for each of the years 2007 and 2008; or
 
    30% of the audited CDMA service revenue of the lessee for the year 2007 or 2008, where the audited CDMA income before taxation of the lessee for the relevant year is less than the audited CDMA income before taxation of the lessee for the year 2006 as set out in the relevant annual audited financial statements of the lessee;
provided, that the annual lease fee of the CDMA network shall not be less than a certain minimum level (the “Minimum Lease Fee”) regardless of the amount of CDMA service revenue for that year. The Minimum Lease Fee for 2007 shall be 90% of the total amount of lease fee paid by us to Unicom New Horizon for 2006 pursuant to the 2005 CDMA Lease. The Minimum Lease Fee for 2008 shall be 90% of the total amount of lease fee paid by us to Unicom New Horizon for 2007 pursuant to the 2006 CDMA Lease. The

66


Table of Contents

level of lease fee under the 2006 CDMA Lease has been set by reference to our view of the industry trends, including factors such as CDMA subscribers and average revenue per user per month levels.
     Under the 2006 CDMA Lease, we believe the uncertainties of the CDMA business continue to exist, particularly due to the fact that (i) the service revenue of CDMA business was stagnant in 2006; (ii) the uncertainty of the future success of CDMA business arising from intense market competition; and (iii) the uncertainty of the future changes in technology, technological standards and government regulatory environment. Moreover, at the inception of the 2006 CDMA Lease, we were still unable to determine whether to renew the lease after the initial one-year lease term or whether to exercise the purchase option. As a result, we considered the risks associated with the ownership of the CDMA assets still substantially remain with Unicom Group and Unicom New Horizon, and have concluded the leasing of the CDMA network should still be accounted for as an operating lease in 2007. At the beginning of each future lease term, we will reassess the appropriate classification based on the relevant factors and circumstances at that time.
     Based on the above accounting judgment made, the operating lease expense for the leasing of the CDMA network has been recorded in the statement of income, and the carrying value of the CDMA assets and the related liabilities have not been reflected in the balance sheets. For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, we recorded lease expense of approximately RMB6.59 billion, RMB7.92 billion and RMB 8.08 billion, respectively, under the leased lines and network capacities in the statement of income.
      Convertible Bonds
     On July 5, 2006, we issued the zero coupon convertible bonds with an aggregate principal amount of USD1 billion. The three-year convertible bonds were issued with a conversion price of HKD8.63 and will mature on July 5, 2009. As the functional currency of us is RMB, the conversion option of the convertible bonds denominated in Hong Kong Dollars will not result in settlement by the exchange of a fixed amount of cash in RMB for a fixed number of our shares. In accordance with the requirements of HKAS 39, Financial Instruments — Recognition and Measurement, the convertible bonds contract must be separated into two component elements: a derivative component consisting of the conversion option and a liability component consisting of the straight debt element of the bond.
     The embedded conversion option of the convertible bonds has been separated from the host debt contract and accounted for as a derivative liability carried at fair value on the balance sheet with any changes in fair value being charged or credited to the statement of income in the period when the change occurs. The remainder of the proceeds is allocated to debt element of the convertible bonds, net of transaction costs, and is recorded as the liability component. The liability component is subsequently carried at amortized cost until extinguished on conversion or redemption. Interest expense is calculated using the effective interest method by applying the effective interest rate to the liability component through the maturity date. If the convertible bonds are converted, the carrying amounts of the derivative and liability components are transferred to share capital and share premium as consideration for the shares issued. If the convertible bonds are redeemed, any difference between the amount paid and the carrying amounts of both components is recognized in the statement of income.
     The fair value of the conversion option which is not traded in an active market is determined by using valuation techniques. We use our judgment to select an appropriate valuation method and make assumptions that are mainly based on market conditions existing at each balance sheet date. The valuation model requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the volatility of share price, stock closing price, dividend yield, risk-free rate, and expected option life. Changes in subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate. For the year ended December 31, 2006, we recognized unrealized

67


Table of Contents

loss of approximately RMB2.40 billion resulting from changes in the fair value of the conversion option of the convertible bonds.
      Depreciation on Property, Plant and Equipment
     Depreciation on our property, plant and equipment is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate cost or revalued amounts to residual values over the estimated useful lives. We review the useful lives and residual values periodically to ensure that the method and rates of depreciation are consistent with the expected pattern of realization of economic benefits from property, plant and equipment. We use estimates of useful lives of property, plant and equipment based on historical experience, taking into account anticipated technological changes. If there are significant changes from previously estimated useful lives, the amount of depreciation expense may be adjusted. The cost or revalued amount and accumulated depreciation on property, plant and equipment as of December 31, 2006 amounted to RMB205.76 billion and RMB94.38 billion, respectively, as compared to RMB186.69 billion and RMB74.31 billion, respectively, as of December 31, 2005.
      Impairment of Non-current Assets
     At each balance sheet date, we perform a review of internal and external sources of information to identify indications that our non-current assets, including property, plant and equipment and goodwill, may be impaired. In addition, we review (i) our assets that have indefinite useful lives or are not yet available for use are not subject to amortization and (ii) our assets that are subject to depreciation or amortization for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. We continually monitor our businesses, markets and business environment and make judgments and assessments as to whether any impairment event or change has occurred. An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of (i) an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and (ii) value-in-use. We estimate value-in-use based on estimated discounted pre-tax future cash flows of a cash-generating asset unit, which is the smallest group of assets that generates cash flows independently.
     In making judgments on the recoverability of non-current assets, we need to assess whether: (i) an event has occurred that may affect an asset’s value; (ii) the carrying value of an asset can be supported by the discounted pre-tax future cash flows from such asset and (iii) the cash flow is discounted at an appropriate rate. Changes in any of these assessments could result in significant changes to our estimates of the recoverability of our non-current assets.
      Provision for Doubtful Debts
     Accounts receivables are stated at cost, less provision for doubtful debts. We evaluate specific accounts receivable where there are indications that the receivable may be doubtful or is not collectible. We record a provision based on our best estimates to reduce the receivable balance to the amount that is expected to be collected. For the remaining receivable balances at each reporting date, we make a provision based on observable data indicating that there is a measurable decrease in the estimated future cash flows from the remaining receivable balances. We make such estimates based on our past experience, historical collection patterns, subscribers’ creditworthiness and collection trends. For general subscribers of cellular, long distance, data and Internet services, we make a full provision for receivables aged over three months, which is consistent with our credit policy with respect to relevant subscribers.
     Our estimates described above are based on our past experience, subscribers’ creditworthiness and collection trends. If circumstances change (e.g., due to factors including developments in our business and

68


Table of Contents

the external market environment), we may need to re-evaluate our policies on doubtful debts, and make additional provisions in the future.
      Provision for Subscriber Point Reward Program
     We have implemented a subscriber point reward program, which is a bonus point-based scheme that rewards subscribers according to their service consumption, loyalty and payment history. The cost of the subscriber point reward program is charged to the statement of income as “selling and marketing” expenses, instead of a reduction of revenue. The estimated liability is recognized based on (i) the value of each bonus point awarded to subscribers and (ii) the number of bonus points relating to subscribers who are qualified or expected to be qualified to exercise their redemption right at each balance sheet date. If subscribers redeem rewards or their entitlements expire, the provision will be adjusted accordingly. We have recognized a liability for this program amounting to RMB0.56 billion as of December 31, 2006, as compared to RMB0.34 billion as of December 31, 2005. As we have not had much historical incentive redemption experience in the past, we may need to re-assess our accruing method for the potential bonus point liability when we obtain more reliable historical redemption statistics in the future.
      Income Tax and Deferred Taxation
     We estimate our income tax provision and deferred taxation in accordance with the prevailing tax rules and regulations, taking into account any special approvals obtained from relevant tax authorities and any preferential tax treatment to which it is entitled in each location or jurisdiction in which we operate. There are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain during the ordinary course of business. We recognize liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the income tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made.
     For the evaluation of temporary differences, we have assessed the likelihood that the deferred tax assets could be recovered. Major deferred tax assets relate to interest on loans from China-China-Foreign (“CCF”) joint ventures, loss arising from terminations of CCF arrangements, provisions for doubtful debts and write-down of inventory to net realizable value and additional depreciation deductible for tax purposes. Due to the effects of these temporary differences on income tax, we have recorded deferred tax assets amounting to RMB0.31 billion and RMB0.34 billion as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Deferred tax assets are recognized based on our estimates and assumptions that they will be recovered from taxable income arising from the continuing operations in the foreseeable future.
     We believe we have recorded adequate current tax provision and deferred taxes based on the prevailing tax rules and regulations and our current best estimates and assumptions. In the event that future tax rules and regulations or related circumstances change, adjustments to current and deferred taxation may be necessary.
Operating Results
Year Ended December 31, 2006 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2005
     In 2006, our revenue continued to increase, by 8.3% from RMB87.05 billion in 2005 to RMB94.29 billion in 2006. This growth was principally due to the steady growth of our GSM cellular business. For the reasons discussed below, our GSM and CDMA cellular businesses continued to increase in terms of revenues, while our long distance and data and Internet businesses continued to decrease in terms of revenues.

69


Table of Contents

     Due to factors discussed below, in 2006 our costs and expenses increased by 9.8% to RMB87.80 billion from 2005. As a result, our income before income tax decreased by 8.5% to RMB6.50 billion, and our income before income tax margin decreased by 1.3% from that of 2005. Our net income in 2006 decreased by 24.3% to RMB3.73 billion from 2005, for reasons discussed below.
     We issued the convertible bonds (as defined in “ ¾ Costs and Expenses” below) to SKT in 2006. Due to the substantial increase in our share price during the period, we recorded an unrealized loss of approximately RMB2.40 billion on changes in the fair value of the derivative component of the convertible bonds. For detailed discussion, please refer to “ ¾ Liquidity and Capital Resource” below and Note 17 to our consolidated financial statements. Excluding the effect of the RMB2.40 billion unrealized loss on changes in fair value of derivative component of the convertible bonds, our total costs and expenses would be RMB85.40 billion, an increase of 6.8% from 2005, which would be slower than the 8.3% growth in the total revenue in 2006, and our net income would be RMB6.13 billion, an increase of 24.3% from 2005.
Revenue
     Revenue from our GSM cellular business grew steadily in 2006 and continued to generate a majority of our total revenue, while revenue from our CDMA cellular business slightly increased in 2006. Due to the increase of the percentage of sales of telecommunications products in the total revenue, revenues from our GSM and CDMA cellular businesses as a percentage of our total revenue increased from 94.7% in 2005 to 96.3% in 2006. The share of revenue from the CDMA cellular business in our total revenue decreased from 34.8% in 2005 to 33.5% in 2006, while the share of revenue from the GSM cellular business in our total revenue increased from 59.9% in 2005 to 62.9% in 2006 as a result of the revenue growth of our GSM business. Aggregate revenues from our long distance business and our data and Internet businesses represented 3.7% of our total revenue in 2006, as compared with 5.3% in 2005.
Cellular Revenue
     For the reasons discussed below, revenues from our GSM and CDMA cellular businesses (including revenues from sales of telecommunications products) together increased by 10.2%, from RMB82.46 billion in 2005 to RMB90.85 billion in 2006.
      GSM Cellular Business. Revenue from our GSM cellular business increased by 13.7%, from RMB52.14 billion in 2005 to RMB59.30 billion in 2006, primarily due to the continued increases in the total number of our total GSM cellular subscribers and in our subscribers’ average MOU as well as ARPU. The total number of our GSM cellular subscribers increased by 11.4%, from 95.07 million as of December 31, 2005 to 105.87 million as of December 31, 2006. ARPU from the GSM cellular business also increased 1.4%, from RMB48.5 in 2005 to RMB49.2 in 2006, primarily due to the increase in GSM value-added services. The average MOU per subscriber per month increased 17.3%, from 202.2 minutes in 2005 to 237.2 minutes in 2006.
     The table below sets forth the revenue composition of our GSM cellular business and each revenue item’s respective share of total GSM revenue in the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006.
                                                 
    2004   2005   2006
    RMB in   As percentage   RMB in   As percentage   RMB in   As percentage
    million   of total   million   of total   million   of total
Revenue
    47,513       100.0 %     52,139       100.0 %     59,298       100.0 %
Service Revenue
    47,509       100.0 %     52,136       100.0 %     59,290       100.0 %
Usage Fee
    31,997       67.3 %     32,077       61.5 %     33,609       56.7 %
Monthly Fee
    6,922       14.6 %     6,841       13.1 %     7,370       12.4 %
Interconnection Revenue
    2,614       5.5 %     3,466       6.6 %     4,915       8.3 %
Value-added Service Revenue
    4,819       10.1 %     7,967       15.3 %     11,543       19.5 %

70


Table of Contents

                                                 
    2004   2005   2006
    RMB in   As percentage   RMB in   As percentage   RMB in   As percentage
    million   of total   million   of total   million   of total
Others
    1,157       2.5 %     1,785       3.5 %     1,853       3.1 %
Sales of Telecommunications Products
    4       0.0 %     3       0.0 %     8       0.0 %
     As a result of the increase in the average MOU, which is partially offset by the decrease in effective tariffs, usage fees for GSM cellular services increased by 4.8% from RMB32.08 billion in 2005 to RMB33.61 billion in 2006, representing 56.7% of total GSM service revenue, a decrease from 61.5% in 2005. Monthly fees increased by 7.7%, from RMB6.84 billion in 2005 to RMB7.37 billion in 2006, and represented 12.4% of total GSM service revenue as compared with 13.1% in 2005. This increase is primarily due to our GSM expanded subscriber base. Interconnection revenue increased by 41.8% from RMB3.47 billion in 2005 to RMB4.92 billion in 2006, and represented 8.3% of total service revenue as compared with 6.6% in 2005. This increase is primarily due to the increased total usage of our GSM cellular services.
     While continuing to meet the diverse needs of our customers in the mass market, our GSM cellular business aims to actively develop and promote value-added services. As a result, revenue from value-added services significantly increased its contribution to our total GSM cellular revenue. Revenue from our GSM value-added cellular services increased 44.9%, from RMB7.97 billion in 2005 to RMB11.54 billion in 2006. Its share of total GSM service revenue increased significantly from 15.3% in 2005 to 19.5% in 2006. Of the total revenue from GSM value-added cellular services, revenue from short messaging services increased 31.0% from RMB3.74 billion in 2005 to RMB4.90 billion in 2006, and its share of total GSM service revenue grew from 7.2% in 2005 to 8.3% in 2006.
      CDMA Cellular Business. Our CDMA subscriber base has continued to expand. In 2006, revenue from our CDMA cellular business reached RMB31.55 billion in 2006, a 4.1% increase over RMB30.32 billion in 2005. This increase was primarily due to a 55.2% increase in the sales of telecommunications products. However, CDMA service revenue in 2006 was RMB27.29 billion and decreased by 1.0% from 2005 due to a 12.3% decrease of the ARPU from RMB75.1 in 2005 to RMB65.9 in 2006 which offset the increases in the total number of our CDMA subscribers and in total MOU. Such ARPU decrease was because certain high-end contractual customers did not renew their contracts upon expiration of the contract period under the CDMA handset promotional packages while the average ARPU of new customers was relatively lower.
     The table below sets forth the revenue composition of our CDMA cellular business and each revenue item’s respective share of total CDMA revenue for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006.
                                                 
    2004   2005   2006
    RMB in   As percentage   RMB in   As percentage   RMB in   As percentage
    million   of total   million   of total   million   of total
Revenue
    26,046       100.0 %     30,320       100.0 %     31,550       100.0 %
Service Revenue
    24,378       93.6 %     27,577       91.0 %     27,293       86.5 %
Usage Fee
    16,165       62.1 %     16,727       55.2 %     14,696       46.6 %
Monthly Fee
    4,638       17.8 %     4,905       16.2 %     5,025       15.9 %
Interconnection Revenue
    927       3.6 %     1,399       4.6 %     1,732       5.5 %
Value-added Service Revenue
    2,371       9.1 %     4,116       13.6 %     5,314       16.8 %
Others
    277       1.0 %     430       1.4 %     526       1.7 %
Sales of Telecommunications Products
    1,668       6.4 %     2,743       9.0 %     4,257       13.5 %
     CDMA usage fees decreased by 12.1% from RMB16.73 billion in 2005 to RMB14.70 billion in 2006, and represented 53.8% of total CDMA service revenue as compared with 60.7% in 2005. The decrease of usage fees in the percentage of total CDMA service revenue was primarily due to the decrease in the ARPU of our CDMA subscribers. With the expansion of our CDMA 1X wireless data services in

71


Table of Contents

2006, we have been actively developing our CDMA wireless data business, by making efforts to leverage the competitive edge of the CDMA technology. Revenue from CDMA value-added cellular services reached RMB5.31 billion in 2006, an increase of 29.1% from RMB4.12 billion in 2005, and accounted for 19.5% of total service revenue from the CDMA cellular business in 2006. Of the total revenue from CDMA value-added cellular services, revenue from CDMA 1X wireless data services increased 49.2% from RMB1.33 billion in 2005 to RMB1.99 billion in 2006, and its share of total CDMA service revenue grew from 4.8% in 2005 to 7.3% in 2006. We expect revenue from value-added CDMA services will continue to grow significantly, as we will continue to focus on the development and marketing of such value-added services.
     Monthly fees increased by 2.4% from RMB4.91 billion in 2005 to RMB5.03 billion in 2006, and represented 18.4% of total CDMA service revenue as compared with 17.8% in 2005. The increase of monthly fees in the percentage of total CDMA service revenue was primarily due to an increasing number of subscribers who subscribe to package plans that set minimum monthly fee. Interconnection revenue increased by 23.8% from RMB1.40 billion in 2005 to RMB1.73 billion in 2006, and represented 6.3% of total service revenue as compared with 5.1% in 2005. This increase is primarily due to the increased usage of our CDMA cellular services.
Long Distance and Data and Internet Revenue
      Long Distance Business . Revenue from our domestic and international long distance business (including revenues from sales of telecommunications products) decreased by 30.3%, from RMB1.53 billion in 2005 to RMB1.07 billion in 2006. Such decrease is primarily due to the continued decrease in tariffs as a result of intensified competition as well as a decrease in the total minutes of outgoing long distance calls.
      Data and Internet Business . Revenue from our data and Internet businesses (including revenues from sales of telecommunications products) decreased by 22.2% from RMB3.06 billion in 2005 to RMB2.38 billion in 2006 primarily due to the decrease in tariffs as a result of intensified competition and our termination of unprofitable services and products.
     As a result of the foregoing, revenues from our long distance and data and Internet businesses were RMB3.45 billion, a decrease of 24.9% from 2005.
Costs and expenses
     Costs and expenses in 2006 were RMB87.80 billion, representing an increase of 9.8% over 2005, exceeding the 8.3% growth in revenue for the same period. Excluding the effect of the RMB2.40 billion unrealized loss on changes in fair value of derivative component of the convertible bonds, costs and expenses would be RMB85.40 billion, increase by 6.8% from 2005, which would be slower than the 8.3% growth in the total revenue in 2006. Certain items of costs and expenses, however, had a higher rate of increase, such as the 14.6% increase in interconnection charges and the 18.4% increase in employee benefit expenses and 14.3% increase in the general, administrative and other expenses. As our various business segments continued to develop, interconnection charges also increased faster than our revenue in 2006 since the interconnection rates remain unchanged while our effective tariffs have been declining due to continued price competition in 2006. Our employee benefit expenses also grew faster than our revenue in 2006 due to factors including a general increase in employee insurance and social security expenses and an increase in share-based compensation costs. Due to increased rents for bases stations, sales outlets, maintenance fees, utilities charges and other expenses, general, administrative and other expenses increased by 14.3% from RMB11.74 billion in 2005 to RMB13.42 billion in 2006.

72


Table of Contents

     In 2006, we continued to implement the business strategy of “effective growth”, i.e., profit-driven growth, by strengthening cost control and optimization of our expense structure in order to ensure continued growth in earnings. Our costs and expenses as a percentage of total revenue stood at 93.1% in 2006, as compared with 91.8% in 2005. Excluding the effect of the RMB2.40 billion unrealized loss in connection with the convertible bonds, costs and expenses as a percentage of total revenue would be 90.6%.
     The table below illustrates the major expense items from 2004, 2005 and 2006 and their respective shares of total revenue.
                                                 
    For the year ended December 31,
    2004   2005   2006
            % of           % of           % of
    RMB in   Total   RMB in   Total   RMB in   Total
    million   Revenue   million   Revenue   million   Revenue
Costs and expenses
    72,616       91.8 %     79,947       91.8 %     87,799       93.1 %
Leased lines and network capacities
    7,398       9.4 %     8,748       10.0 %     8,764       9.3 %
Interconnection charges
    7,517       9.5 %     8,372       9.6 %     9,595       10.2 %
Depreciation and amortization
    19,011       24.0 %     20,368       23.4 %     22,423       23.8 %
Employee benefit expenses
    4,615       5.8 %     5,616       6.5 %     6,649       7.1 %
Selling and marketing
    19,523       24.7 %     20,558       23.6 %     19,252       20.4 %
General, administrative and other expenses
    10,500       13.3 %     11,742       13.5 %     13,415       14.2 %
Cost of telecommunications products sold
    2,563       3.2 %     3,575       4.1 %     4,930       5.2 %
Finance costs
    1,696       2.1 %     1,099       1.2 %     654       0.7 %
Unrealized loss on changes in fair value of derivative component of the convertible bonds
          0.0 %           0.0 %     2,397       2.5 %
Interest income
    -103       -0.1 %     -96       -0.1 %     -259       -0.3 %
Other gains, net
    -104       -0.1 %     -35       -0.0 %     -21       -0.0 %
      Leased Lines and Network Capacities . With the increase in the lease fee from 29% of the audited service revenue of the CDMA business in 2005 to 30% of the audited service revenue of the CDMA business in 2006, the lease expense for CDMA network capacities slightly increased by 0.2%, from RMB7.92 billion in 2005 to RMB8.08 billion in 2006. Leased lines and network capacities expenses as a percentage of total revenue decreased slightly from 10.0% in 2005 to 9.3% in 2006.
      Interconnection Charges . Interconnection charges reached RMB9.60 billion in 2006, representing an increase of 14.6% from 2005, primarily due to the increase in interconnection traffic volume as a result of the development of our GSM and CDMA cellular business and long distance, data and Internet businesses. Interconnection charges as a percentage of total revenue also slightly increased from 9.6% in 2005 to 10.2% in 2006.
      Depreciation and Amortization . Depreciation and amortization expenses increased by 10.1% to RMB22.42 billion in 2006, being a higher growth rate than the growth rate in revenue. The increase in depreciation and amortization expenses resulted from expanded network capacity and the expansion of assets scale, including increased investments in GSM equipment and increased scale of construction-in-process. Depreciation and amortization expenses as a percentage of total revenue increased slightly from 23.4% in 2005 to 23.8% in 2006.
      Employee Benefit Expenses . As of the end of 2006, we had 53,120 employees, a slight increase from 53,070 at the end of 2005. Our employee benefit expenses increased from RMB5.62 billion in 2005 to RMB6.65 billion in 2006 representing an increase of 18.4% from 2005. Its share as a percentage of total revenue increased from 6.5% in 2005 to 7.1% in 2006. The increase in employee benefit expenses in 2006

73


Table of Contents

was mainly due to the following factors: (i) increase in headcount resulting from business expansion; (ii) a general increase in mandatory employee insurance and social security expenses; and (iii) increase of share-based compensation costs from grant of new share options under the share option scheme in 2006.
      Selling and Marketing . Our major selling and marketing expenses included commissions, promotion and advertising expenses, amortization of customer acquisition costs of contractual CDMA subscribers and customer retention costs. Due to our effective cost control measures, selling and marketing expenses totaled RMB19.25 billion in 2006, a decrease of 6.4% from 2005. Amortization of contractual CDMA subscribers acquisition costs in 2006 were RMB4.21 billion, a decrease of 29.3% from 2005. The balance of unamortized deferred CDMA subscriber acquisition costs decreased from RMB2.94 billion as of the end of 2005 to RMB2.10 billion as of the end of 2006 primarily due to our efforts in reducing the use of CDMA handset promotional packages. Due to the continued growth in the subscriber base of our various business segments, the commissions to distributors and sales agents rose to RMB9.84 billion, an increase of 10.7%. Promotion and advertising expenses were RMB2.63 billion, an increase of 3.9%. As a result of our effective cost management, selling and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased from 23.6% in 2005 to 20.4% in 2006.
      General, Administrative and Other Expenses . As a result of our increased network maintenance costs due to the expiration of many equipment warranties, increased rents for sales outlets, base stations, increased utilities charges, and increased other expenses such as audit and audit-related expenses, our general, administrative and other expenses were RMB13.42 billion in 2006, representing an increase of 14.3% from RMB11.74 billion in 2005. General, administrative and other expenses as a percentage of total revenue increased slightly from 13.5% in 2005 to 14.2% in 2006.
      Cost of Telecommunications Products Sold . The cost of telecommunications products sold increased by 37.9% from RMB3.58 billion in 2005 to RMB4.93 billion in 2006. This increase was primarily due to the increase in the number of CDMA handsets we purchased through Unicom Huasheng and sold to our customers. The share of cost of telecommunications products sold as a percentage of revenue increased from 4.1% in 2005 to 5.2% in 2006.
      Interest Income and Finance Costs . Our interest income was RMB0.26 billion in 2006, representing a significant increase of 169.3% from RMB0.10 billion in 2005. Our finance costs decreased from RMB1.10 billion in 2005 to RMB0.65 billion in 2006, primarily due to the reductions in our bank loans. In addition, we recorded a foreign exchange gain of RMB0.37 billion as compared to RMB0.27 billion in 2005, primarily due to the revaluation of Renminbi against U.S. dollars, which significantly contributed to the decrease of our finance costs. The above factors resulted in net finance costs of RMB0.40 billion in 2006, a decrease of 60.6% from the net finance costs of RMB1.00 billion in 2005.
      Unrealized Loss on Changes in Fair Value of Derivative Component of Convertible Bonds. In accordance with the requirements of applicable accounting standards, the bond contract underlying the convertible bonds must be separated into two components: a derivative component consisting of the conversion option and a liability component consisting of the straight debt element of the bond. The conversion option is carried at fair value on the balance sheet with any changes in fair value being charged or credited to the income statement in the period when the change occurs. The fair value of the derivative component of the convertible bonds is calculated using the Binomial model, which considers various factors including exercise price, volatility, expected dividend yield, risk free rate, expected life of options and the closing price of our share at valuation date. Due to the substantial increase in our share price from HKD6.95 as of July 5, 2006 (the issuance date of the convertible bonds), to HKD11.40 as of December 31, 2006, the fair value of the derivative component in respect of the convertible bonds has increased and therefore resulted in an unrealized loss on changes in fair value of derivative component of the convertible bonds of the RMB2.40 billion recognized in the statement of income. The unrealized loss had no effect on

74


Table of Contents

our cash flows or other aspects of our operations in 2006. For more detailed discussions of such unrealized loss in connection with the convertible bonds, please refer to Note 17 to our consolidated financial statements.
      Segment income before income tax
     In 2006, our income before income tax reached RMB6.50 billion, a decrease of 8.5% from 2005. Excluding the effect of the RMB2.40 billion unrealized loss on changes in fair value of derivative component of the convertible bonds, our income before income tax would be RMB8.89 billion, an increase of 25.2% from 2005, our income before taxation margin was 6.9% and 8.2% in 2006 and 2005, respectively.
      GSM Cellular Business . In our GSM cellular business, segment income before income tax was RMB7.48 billion in 2006, an increase of 2.8% from 2005. The increase in the segment income before income tax of our GSM cellular business mainly reflects the 31.6% increase in total MOU and 1.4% increase in the ARPU for our GSM cellular business, partially offset by the decrease in the effective tariff. Our segment income before taxation margin in the GSM cellular business decreased from 14.0% in 2005 to 12.6% in 2006 primarily due to the increases in marketing expenses, interconnection charges and administrative expenses.
      CDMA Cellular Business . Our segment income before income tax was RMB1.06 billion in 2006 for our CDMA business, as compared to the segment loss before income tax of RMB0.2 billion in 2005. The increase of segment income before income tax of our CDMA cellular business was primarily due to the continued expansion of CDMA cellular business subscriber base, the rapid growth of CDMA value-added services and the effective control of sales and marketing costs, partially offset by the decrease in CDMA cellular subscribers’ average MOU per month and the ARPU.
      Long Distance Business . In our long distance business, segment income before income tax increased 104.3%, from RMB0.18 billion in 2005 to RMB0.38 billion in 2006, primarily due to effective control over operational expenses and termination of unprofitable services and products. As a result, the segment income before taxation margin in our long distance business increased from 6.8% in 2005 to 13.2% in 2006.
      Data and Internet Business . In our data and Internet businesses, we had a segment income before income tax of RMB0.11 billion in 2006, compared with the segment loss before income tax of RMB0.04 billion in 2005.
      Net Income
      Income Tax . Our income tax increased to RMB2.76 billion in 2006, an increase of 27.3% from 2005. Our effective tax rates in 2005 and 2006 were 30.6% and 42.5%, respectively. Excluding the effects of the RMB2.40 billion unrealized loss on changes in fair value of derivative component of the convertible bonds, which, as discussed above, had no effect on our cash flows or other aspects of our operations in 2006, the effective tax rate would be 31.1%.
     In addition, our future effective income tax rate depends on various factors, including applicable tax laws and regulations, the geographic composition of our pre-tax income and non-tax deductible expenses as incurred. Pursuant to the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law that was enacted on March 16, 2007 and will become effective on January 1, 2008, a uniform enterprise income tax rate of 25% is adopted for all enterprises (including foreign-invested enterprises). The exact impact of this new law on our financial condition and results of operations will depend on detailed pronouncements that are to be issued.

75


Table of Contents

      Net Income . As a result of the foregoing, our net income was RMB3.73 billion in 2006, representing a decrease of 24.3% from 2005. Net income per share decreased by 24.5%, from RMB0.39 in 2005 to RMB0.30 in 2006. Excluding the effects of the RMB2.40 billion unrealized loss on changes in fair value of derivative component of the convertible bonds, which, as discussed above, had no effect on our cash flows or other aspects of our operations in 2006, our net income would be RMB6.13 billion, an increase of 24.3% from 2005, and net income per share that would be RMB0.49, increased by 24.0% from 2005.
      Impact of Differences between HKFRS and US GAAP
     In addition to the above management discussion and analysis of our results of the operation under HKFRS between the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, in connection with the preparation and reconciliation of our consolidated financial statements in accordance with US GAAP, except for the accounting treatment of the convertible bonds discussed in Note 38 to our consolidated financial statements included in this annual report, we believe there are no material differences between HKFRS and US GAAP that would have a significant impact on the discussion and analysis of our results of operations between the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005. Our combined revenue under US GAAP increased from RMB87.25 billion in 2005 to RMB94.50 billion in 2006, representing an increase of 8.3%. Our net income under US GAAP increased from RMB5.01 billion in 2005 to RMB6.16 billion in 2006, representing an increase of 22.8%. See also Note 38 to the consolidated financial statements for a more detailed summary of all significant accounting differences between HKFRS and US GAAP that are relevant to us.
Year Ended December 31, 2005 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2004
     In 2005, our revenue continued to increase, by 10.1% from RMB79.09 billion in 2004 to RMB87.05 billion in 2005. This growth was principally due to the relatively rapid growth of our CDMA cellular business and steady growth of our GSM cellular business. For the reasons discussed below, our cellular businesses continued to increase in terms of revenues and in their percentage contribution to our overall business, while our long distance, data and Internet businesses continued to decrease in terms of revenues and in their contribution to our business.
     Due to factors discussed below, in 2005 our costs and expenses grew 10.1%, the same rate as that of our revenue. As a result, while our income before income tax increased by 9.8% to RMB7.10 billion, our income before income tax margin stood at 8.2%, the same as that of 2004. Segment income before income tax margin in our GSM cellular business decreased from 14.3% in 2004 to 14.0% in 2005. Our CDMA cellular business maintained relatively rapid growth in 2005 and its loss before income tax decreased by 64.5%. In our long distance and data and Internet businesses, segment income before income tax decreased 66.8% in 2005 and segment income before income tax margin decreased to 1.7% in 2005 from 4.8% in 2004.
     Our net income in 2005 increased by 9.7% to RMB4.93 billion, for reasons discussed below.
Revenue
     Revenue from our GSM cellular business grew steadily in 2005 and continued to generate a majority of our total revenue, while revenue from our CDMA cellular business maintained its growth in 2005 and further increased its share of our total revenue for the year. Revenues from our GSM and CDMA cellular businesses represented 94.7% of our total revenue in 2005, as compared with 93.0% in 2004. The share of revenue from the CDMA cellular business in our total revenue increased from 32.9% in 2004 to 34.8% in 2005, while the share of revenue from the GSM cellular business in our total revenue slightly decreased from 60.1% in 2004 to 59.9% in 2005. Revenues from our long distance and data and Internet

76


Table of Contents

businesses decreased from RMB5.53 billion in 2004 to RMB4.59 billion in 2005. Aggregate revenues from our long distance business and our data and Internet businesses represented 5.3% of our total revenue in 2005, as compared with 7.0% in 2004. We believe the changes in our revenue composition reflect our focus on the development of our cellular businesses.
Cellular Revenue
     For the reasons discussed below, revenues from our GSM and CDMA cellular businesses (including revenues from sales of telecommunications products) together increased by 12.1%, from RMB73.56 billion in 2004 to RMB82.46 billion in 2005.
      GSM Cellular Business. Revenue from our GSM cellular business increased by 9.7%, from RMB47.51 billion in 2004 to RMB52.14 billion in 2005, primarily due to the continued increases in the total number of our total GSM cellular subscribers and in our subscribers’ average MOU. The total number of our GSM cellular subscribers increased by 12.8%, from 84.27 million as of December 31, 2004 to 95.07 million as of December 31, 2005. With the continually increasing cellular penetration in China, an increasing proportion of new subscribers are relatively low-end subscribers. As a result, ARPU from the GSM cellular business declined 1.8%, from RMB49.4 in 2004 to RMB48.5 in 2005. The average MOU per subscriber per month increased 7.0%, from 188.9 minutes in 2004 to 202.2 minutes in 2005.
     The table below sets forth the revenue composition of our GSM cellular business and each revenue item’s respective share of total GSM revenue in the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005.
                                                 
    2003   2004   2005
    RMB in   As percentage   RMB in   As percentage   RMB in   As percentage
    million   of total   million   of total   million   of total
Revenue
    41,201       100.0 %     47,513       100.0 %     52,139       100.0 %
Service Revenue
    41,153       99.9 %     47,509       100.0 %     52,136       100.0 %
Usage Fee
    29,072       70.6 %     31,997       67.3 %     32,077       61.5 %
Monthly Fee
    7,042       17.1 %     6,922       14.6 %     6,841       13.1 %
Interconnection Revenue
    1,927       4.7 %     2,614       5.5 %     3,466       6.6 %
Value-added Service Revenue
    1,978       4.8 %     4,819       10.1 %     7,967       15.3 %
Others
    1,134       2.7 %     1,157       2.5 %     1,785       3.5 %
Sales of Telecommunications Products
    48       0.1 %     4       0.0 %     3       0.0 %
     The growth in total usage of our GSM cellular services has been offset to some extent by the decrease in the ARPU. As a result, usage fees for GSM cellular services only increased by 0.3% from RMB32.00 billion in 2004 to RMB32.08 billion in 2005, representing 61.5% of total GSM service revenue, a decrease from 67.3% in 2004. Monthly fees decreased by 1.2%, from RMB6.92 billion in 2004 to RMB6.84 billion in 2005, and represented 13.1% of total GSM service revenue as compared with 14.6% in 2004. This decrease is primarily due to an increasing proportion of new subscribers who subscribe to package plans charging no monthly fee. Interconnection revenue increased by 32.6% from RMB2.61 billion in 2004 to RMB3.47 billion in 2005, and represented 6.6% of total service revenue as compared with 5.5% in 2004. This increase is primarily due to the increased total usage of our GSM cellular services.
     While continuing to meet the diverse needs of our customers in the mass market, our GSM cellular business aims to actively promote value-added services. As a result, revenue from value-added services significantly increased its contribution to our total GSM cellular revenue. Revenue from our GSM value-added cellular services increased 65.3%, from RMB4.82 billion in 2004 to RMB7.97 billion in 2005. Its share of total GSM service revenue increased from 10.1% in 2004 to 15.3% in 2005. Of the total revenue from GSM value-added cellular services, revenue from short messaging services increased 34.1% from RMB2.79 billion in 2004 to RMB3.74 billion in 2005, and its share of total GSM service revenue grew from 5.9% in 2004 to 7.2% in 2005.

77


Table of Contents

      CDMA Cellular Business. Our CDMA subscriber base has continued to expand at a relatively fast pace. In 2005, the growth in our CDMA subscriber base resulted in increased revenue from the CDMA cellular business. Revenue from our CDMA cellular business reached RMB30.32 billion in 2005, a 16.4% increase over RMB26.05 billion in 2004. This increase was primarily due to a 17.6% increase in our CDMA subscribers.
     The table below sets forth the revenue composition of our CDMA cellular business and each revenue item’s respective share of total CDMA revenue for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005.
                                                 
    2003   2004   2005
    RMB in   As percentage   RMB in   As percentage   RMB in   As percentage
    million   of total   million   of total   million   of total
Revenue
    18,063       100.0 %     26,046       100.0 %     30,320       100.0 %
Service Revenue
    16,667       92.3 %     24,378       93.6 %     27,577       91.0 %
Usage Fee
    11,672       64.6 %     16,165       62.1 %     16,727       55.2 %
Monthly Fee
    3,488       19.3 %     4,638       17.8 %     4,905       16.2 %
Interconnection Revenue
    608       3.4 %     927       3.6 %     1,399       4.6 %
Value-added Service Revenue
    700       3.9 %     2,371       9.1 %     4,116       13.6 %
Others
    199       1.1 %     277       1.0 %     430       1.4 %
Sales of Telecommunications Products
    1,396       7.7 %     1,668       6.4 %     2,743       9.0 %
     CDMA usage fees increased by 3.5% from RMB16.17 billion in 2004 to RMB16.73 billion in 2005, and represented 60.7% of total CDMA service revenue as compared with 66.3% in 2004. The decrease in the percentage of total CDMA service revenue was primarily due to the rapid increase in revenue from value-added CDMA services. With the expansion of our CDMA 1X wireless data services in 2005, we have been actively developing our CDMA IX wireless data business, by making efforts to leverage the competitive edge of the CDMA technology. Revenue from CDMA value-added cellular services reached RMB4.12 billion in 2005, an increase of 73.6% from RMB2.37 billion in 2004, and accounted for 14.9% of total service revenue from the CDMA cellular business in 2005. Of the total revenue from CDMA value-added cellular services, revenue from CDMA 1X wireless data services increased 95.6% from RMB0.68 billion in 2004 to RMB1.33 billion in 2005, and its share of total CDMA service revenue grew from 2.8% in 2004 to 4.8% in 2005. We expect revenue from value-added CDMA services will continue to grow significantly, as we will continue to focus on the development and marketing of such value-added services.
     Monthly fees increased by 5.8%, from RMB4.64 billion in 2004 to RMB4.91 billion in 2005, and represented 17.8% of total CDMA service revenue as compared with 19.0% in 2004. Interconnection revenue increased by 50.9% from RMB0.93 billion in 2004 to RMB1.40 billion in 2005, and represented 5.1% of total service revenue as compared with 3.8% in 2004. This increase is primarily due to the increased usage of our CDMA cellular services.
Long Distance and Data and Internet Revenue
      Long Distance Business . Revenue from our domestic and international long distance business (including revenues from sales of telecommunications products) decreased by 17.2%, from RMB1.85 billion in 2004 to RMB1.53 billion in 2005. Such decrease is primarily due to the decrease in tariffs as a result of intensified competition.
      Data and Internet Business . Revenue from our data and Internet businesses (including revenues from sales of telecommunications products) decreased by 16.9% from RMB3.68 billion in 2004 to RMB3.06 billion in 2005 primarily due to the decrease in tariffs as a result of intensified competition.

78


Table of Contents

     As a result of the foregoing, revenues from our long distance and data and Internet businesses were RMB4.59 billion, a decrease of 17.0% from 2004.
Costs and expenses
     Costs and expenses in 2005 were RMB79.95 billion, representing an increase of 10.1% over 2004, same as the 10.1% growth in revenue for the same period. Certain items of costs and expenses, however, had a higher rate of increase, such as the 18.2% increase in leased lines and network capacities expenses, the 11.4% increase in interconnection charges and the 21.7% increase in employee benefit expenses. Due to the expansion of our CDMA business, leased lines and network capacities expenses (which include the expenses from the CDMA network leases) increased faster than our revenue in 2005. As our various business segments continued to develop, interconnection charges also increased faster than our revenue in 2005 since the interconnection rates remain unchanged while our effective tariffs have been declining due to continued price competition in 2005. Our employee benefit expenses also grew faster than our revenue in 2005 due to factors including a general increase in employee insurance and social security expenses.
     In 2005, we effectively implemented the business strategy of “effective growth”, i.e., profit driven growth, by focusing on cost control and optimization of our expense structure in order to ensure continued growth in earnings. Our costs and expenses as a percentage of total revenue stood at 91.8% in 2005, the same as that in 2004.
     The table below illustrates the major expense items from 2003, 2004 and 2005 and their respective shares of total revenue.
                                                 
    For the year ended December 31,
    2003   2004   2005
            % of           % of           % of
    RMB in   Total   RMB in   Total   RMB in   Total
    million   Revenue   million   Revenue   million   Revenue
Costs and expenses
    60,956       90.8 %     72,616       91.8 %     79,947       91.8 %
Leased lines and network capacities
    4,320       6.4 %     7,398       9.4 %     8,748       10.0 %
Interconnection charges
    5,921       8.8 %     7,517       9.5 %     8,372       9.6 %
Depreciation and amortization
    16,359       24.4 %     19,011       24.0 %     20,368       23.4 %
Employee benefit expenses
    4,596       6.8 %     4,615       5.8 %     5,616       6.5 %
Selling and marketing
    15,264       22.7 %     19,523       24.7 %     20,558       23.6 %
General, administrative and other expenses
    9,139       13.7 %     10,500       13.3 %     11,742       13.5 %
Include: Impairment loss and assets write-off of the Paging Business
    557       0.8 %           0.0 %           0.0 %
Cost of telecommunications products sold
    2,939       4.4 %     2,563       3.2 %     3,575       4.1 %
Loss on sale of discontinued operation (Guoxin Paging)
    663       1.0 %           0.0 %           0.0 %
Finance costs
    1,946       2.9 %     1,696       2.1 %     1,099       1.2 %
Interest income
    -173       -0.3 %     -103       -0.1 %     -96       -0.1 %
Other gains, net
    -18       -0.0 %     -104       -0.1 %     -35       -0.0 %
      Leased Lines and Network Capacities . With the increase in our CDMA subscribers, the lease expense for CDMA network capacities increased by 20.3%, from RMB6.59 billion in 2004 to RMB7.92 billion in 2005. Leased lines and network capacities expenses as a percentage of total revenue rose slightly from 9.4% in 2004 to 10.0% in 2005.
      Interconnection Charges . Interconnection charges reached RMB8.37 billion in 2005, representing an increase of 11.3% from 2004, primarily due to the increase in interconnection traffic volume as a result of the development of our GSM and CDMA cellular business and long distance, data and Internet businesses. As our various business segments continued to develop, interconnection charges as a percentage of total revenue also slightly increased from 9.5% in 2004 to 9.6% in 2005.

79


Table of Contents

      Depreciation and Amortization . Depreciation and amortization expenses increased by 7.2% to RMB20.37 billion in 2005, being a lower growth rate than the growth rate in revenue. The increase in depreciation and amortization expenses resulted from expanded network capacity and the expansion of assets scale, which was partly offset by our cessation of the amortization of goodwill in 2005 in accordance with the changed accounting policies described above. Depreciation and amortization expenses as a percentage of total revenue decreased slightly from 24.0% in 2004 to 23.4% in 2005.
      Employee Benefit Expenses . As of the end of 2005, we had 53,070 employees, an increase of 34.1% from 39,589 at the end of 2004. Our employee benefit expenses increased from RMB4.62 billion in 2004 to RMB5.62 billion in 2005. Its share as a percentage of total revenue increased from 5.8% in 2004 to 6.5% in 2005. The increase in employee benefit expenses in 2005 was mainly due to the following factors: (i) a general increase in mandatory employee insurance and social security expenses; (ii) the adoption of HKFRS which required the share-based payments arising from the share options to be amortized over the vesting period and recorded as employee benefit expenses and (iii) the conversion of a significant number of previously contracted workers to our formal employees.
      Selling and Marketing . Our major selling and marketing expenses included commissions, promotion and advertising expenses, amortization of customer acquisition costs of contractual CDMA subscribers and customer retention costs. Due to our effective cost control measures, selling and marketing expenses totaled RMB20.56 billion in 2005, an increase of 5.3% from 2004, significantly lower than the growth rate of the total revenue in 2005. Amortization of contractual CDMA subscribers acquisition costs in 2005 were RMB5.95 billion, a decrease of 2.8% from 2004. The balance of unamortized deferred CDMA subscriber acquisition costs significantly decreased from RMB4.74 billion as of the end of 2004 to RMB2.94 billion as of the end of 2005 primarily due to our efforts in reducing the use of CDMA handset promotional packages. Due to the continued growth in the subscriber base of our various business segments, the commissions to distributors and sales agents rose to RMB8.89 billion, an increase of 7.5%. Promotion and advertising expenses were RMB2.53 billion, an increase of 6.3%. Selling and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased from 24.7% in 2004 to 23.6% in 2005.
      General, Administrative and Other Expenses . As a result of our increased network maintenance costs due to the expiration of many equipment warranties, our general, administrative and other expenses were RMB11.74 billion in 2005, representing an increase of 11.8% from RMB10.50 billion in 2004. General, administrative and other expenses as a percentage of total revenue increased slightly from 13.3% in 2004 to 13.5% in 2005. In 2005, as a result of our credit control measures, the provision for doubtful debts fell to RMB1.50 billion, a significant decrease of 31.6% from 2004. Provision for doubtful debts as a percentage of service revenue decreased from 2.8% in 2004 to 1.7% in 2005.
      Cost of Telecommunications Products Sold . The cost of telecommunications products sold increased by 39.5% from RMB2.56 billion in 2004 to RMB3.58 billion in 2005. This increase was primarily due to a significant increase in CDMA handset units purchased from manufacturers and sold to customers during 2005 as compared to 2004. The share of cost of telecommunications products sold as a percentage of revenue increased from 3.2% in 2004 to 4.1% in 2005.
      Interest Income and Finance Costs . Our interest income was RMB0.10 billion in 2005, the same as in 2004. Our finance costs decreased from RMB1.70 billion in 2004 to RMB1.10 billion in 2005, primarily due to the increased portion of short-term borrowings with lower borrowing cost in our indebtedness. In addition, we recorded a foreign exchange gain of RMB0.20 billion due to the revaluation of Renminbi against U.S. dollars, which significantly contributed to the decrease of our finance costs. The above factors resulted in net finance costs of RMB1.00 billion in 2005, a decrease of 37.0% from the net finance costs of RMB1.59 billion in 2004.

80


Table of Contents

      Segment income (loss) before income tax
     In 2005, our revenue and our costs and expenses both increased by 10.1%. While our income before income tax reached RMB7.10 billion, an increase of 9.8% from 2004, our income before taxation margin was 8.2% in both 2005 and 2004.
      GSM Cellular Business . In our GSM cellular business, segment income before income tax was RMB7.28 billion in 2005, an increase of 6.5% from 2004. The increase in the segment income before income tax of our GSM cellular business mainly reflects the 7% increase in the average monthly MOU per subscriber which was partially offset by the 1.8% decline in the ARPU for our GSM cellular business. Our segment income before taxation margin in the GSM cellular business slightly decreased from 14.3% in 2004 to 14.0% in 2005.
      CDMA Cellular Business . We incurred a segment loss before income tax of RMB0.2 billion in 2005 for our CDMA business, a 64.5% decrease from the segment loss before income tax of RMB0.56 billion in 2004. The decrease of segment loss before income tax of our CDMA cellular business was primarily due to the continued expansion of CDMA cellular business subscriber base, the rapid growth of CDMA value-added services and the effective control of sales and marketing costs, partially offset by the decrease in CDMA cellular subscribers’ average MOU per month and the ARPU.
      Long Distance Business . In our long distance business, segment income before income tax decreased 62.8%, from RMB0.50 billion in 2004 to RMB0.18 billion in 2005, primarily due to reduced tariff level as a result of increased competition. As a result, the segment income before taxation margin in our long distance business decreased from 15.9% in 2004 to 6.8% in 2005.
      Data and Internet Business . In our data and Internet businesses, we had a segment loss before income tax of RMB0.04 billion in 2005, compared with the segment loss before income tax of RMB0.07 billion in 2004.
      Net Income
      Income Tax . As a result of our increased income before income tax, our income tax increased to RMB2.17 billion in 2005, an increase of 9.8% from 2004. Our effective tax rates in 2004 and 2005 were both 30.6%.
      Net Income . As a result of the foregoing, our net income was RMB4.93 billion in 2005, representing an increase of 9.7% from 2004. Net income per share increased 8.3%, from RMB0.36 in 2004 to RMB0.39 in 2005.
      Impact of Differences between HKFRS and US GAAP
     In addition to the above management discussion and analysis of our results of the operation under HKFRS between the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, in connection with the preparation and reconciliation of our consolidated financial statements in accordance with US GAAP, we believe there are no material differences between HKFRS and US GAAP that would have a significant impact on the discussion and analysis of our results of operations between the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004. Our combined revenue under US GAAP increased from RMB79.39 billion in 2004, to RMB87.25 billion in 2005, representing an increase of 9.9%. Our net income under US GAAP increased from RMB4.71 billion in 2004 to RMB5.01 billion in 2005, representing an increase of 6.4%. See also Note 38 to the consolidated financial statements for a more detailed summary of all significant accounting differences between HKFRS and US GAAP that are relevant to us.

81


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources
      Working Capital and Cash Flows
     As of the end of 2006, we had RMB12.18 billion of cash and cash equivalents and RMB0.20 billion of short-term bank deposits, as compared with RMB5.47 billion of cash and cash equivalents and RMB0.28 billion of short-term deposits as of December 31, 2005. As of the end of 2006, we had working capital deficit (current assets minus current liabilities) of RMB29.88 billion, a 16.0% decrease from the working capital deficit of RMB35.59 billion at the end of 2005. The decrease in working capital deficit in 2006 was primarily resulted from increased operating cash flow. In view of our credit worthiness and the current availability of funds in China and Hong Kong, we believe that we will have access to debt and equity financing, in particular bank financing in the PRC and elsewhere, which together with net cash inflows from operations will be sufficient to fund our anticipated capital and liquidity needs.
     The following table sets forth cash inflows and outflows in 2004, 2005 and 2006.
                         
    For the year ended December 31,  
    2004     2005     2006  
    (RMB in millions)  
Net cash generated from operating activities
    23,819       30,804       35,451  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (18,958 )     (16,748 )     (17,337 )
 
                 
Net cash inflows before financing activities
    4,861       14,056       18,114  
Net cash used in financing activities
    (9,401 )     (13,213 )     (11,403 )
 
                 
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
    (4,540 )     843       6,711  
 
                 
     Net cash generated from operating activities increased 29.3% from RMB23.82 billion in 2004 to RMB30.80 billion in 2005, and increased further by 15.1% to RMB35.45 billion in 2006, mainly reflecting the growth in our business.
     Net cash used in investing activities were RMB17.34 billion in 2006, compared to RMB16.75 billion in 2005. This increase in net cash outflows from investing activities in 2006 primarily resulted from increased purchase of other assets, including prepaid rents for premises and increased leased lines. Net cash used in investing activities were RMB18.96 billion in 2004. The decrease in net cash outflows from investing activities in 2005 primarily resulted from our effort to control capital investment and reduce investment cost.
     Net cash used in financing activities were RMB11.40 billion in 2006, a decrease of 13.7% from the outflow of RMB13.21 billion in 2005, resulting primarily from issuance of the convertible bonds and decrease in repayments of short-term and long-term bank loans. Net cash used in financing activities were RMB9.40 billion in 2004. The increase in net cash used in financing activities in 2005 was primarily due to an increase in repayment of short-term bank loans, from RMB12.27 billion in 2004 to RMB20.10 billion in 2005 as we attempted to further optimize our debt structure.
      Indebtedness and Capital Structure
     The following table sets forth the amount of cash, assets, short-term and long-term debt, equity as well as debt-to-assets and debt-to-equity ratios as of the end of 2004, 2005 and 2006.

82


Table of Contents

                         
    As of December 31,
    2004   2005   2006
    (RMB in millions, except percentages)
Cash and cash equivalent and short-term bank deposits
    5,317       5,754       12,378  
Total assets
    149,038       142,630       146,438  
Short-term debt
    20,953       22,456       11,171  
Long-term debt
    26,626       12,127       14,475  
Shareholders’ equity
    72,442       76,287       79,412  
Debt-to-assets ratio (1)
    39.6 %     31.2 %     24.4 %
Debt-to-equity ratio (2)
    65.7 %     45.3 %     32.3 %
 
(1)   Debt-to-assets ratio = (long-term interest bearing debt + short-term interest bearing debt)/(long-term interest bearing debt + short-term interest bearing debt + shareholders’ equity).
 
(2)   Debt-to-equity ratio = (long-term interest bearing debt + short-term interest bearing debt)/shareholders’ equity.
     Our debt-to-assets ratio decreased from 31.2% at the end of 2005 to 24.4% at the end of 2006. Our debt-to-equity ratio decreased from 45.3% at the end of 2005 to 32.3% at the end of 2006. The sum of our long-term and short-term interest bearing debt exceeded the amount of our cash and cash equivalents and short-term bank deposits by RMB13.27 billion as of December 31, 2006. We continue to seek to optimize our capital structure, develop multiple financing sources and reduce overall financing costs.
     Outstanding short-term and long-term bank loans, denominated in RMB, HK dollar or the U.S. dollar, decreased from RMB24.15 billion at the end of 2005 to RMB8.12 billion at the end of 2006 primarily due to repayments of RMB8.91 billion short-term bank loans and RMB10.35 billion long-term bank loans, which was partially offset by RMB2.14 billion short-term bank loans and RMB1.35 billion long-term bank loans raised in year 2006. Our long-term bank loans generally bear floating interest rates that range from US$ London Inter-Bank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, plus 0.35% to 0.44% per annum in 2006 with maturity through 2010. The loan agreements do not include financial performance or other covenants which materially restrict our operations or those of CUCL, our principal operating subsidiary in China. As of December 31, 2006, no short-term bank loans or long-term bank loans were guaranteed by Unicom Group.
     We finance a significant portion of our business operations and capital expenditures with short-term and long-term debt. We have established and maintained high credit ratings among PRC financial institutions. In view of our creditworthiness and the current availability of funds in China, we believe that we are able to continue to obtain sufficient financing from PRC financial institutions.
     Our long-term and short-term debts have declined in recent years. In order to further rationalize our debt structure and reduce our interest expense, we may continue to finance a portion of our business operations and capital expenditures through short-term borrowings. Our liquidity in the future will primarily depend on our ability to maintain adequate cash inflow from operations and obtain adequate external financing to meet our debt service obligations and planned capital expenditures. Our operating cash flows could be adversely affected by numerous factors beyond our control, including but not limited to changes in telecommunications tariffs, decreased demand for our telecommunications services and further intensified competition. Our ability to obtain external financing also depends on numerous factors, including but not limited to our financial condition and creditworthiness as well as our relationship with lenders. See “D. Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business — If we are unable to fund our capital expenditure and debt service requirements, our financial condition and growth prospects will be adversely affected.” under Item 3.
     In September 2003 we entered into a US$700 million term loan facility with 13 financial institutions, which consisted of three tranches: a three-year US$200 million tranche, with an interest rate of

83


Table of Contents

0.28% over the US$ LIBOR per annum, a five-year US$300 million tranche, with an interest rate of 0.35% over the US$ LIBOR per annum, and a seven-year US$200 million tranche, with an interest rate of 0.44% over the US$ LIBOR per annum. The three-year US$200 million tranche was fully repaid in 2006.
     In February 2004, our operating entity, CUCL, entered into a US$500 million term loan facility with 12 financial institutions, which is repayable in three years at an interest rate of 0.40% over the US$ LIBOR per annum. This term loan was fully repaid in February 2007.
     In July 2005, CUCL completed an offering of two tranches of short-term bonds in the PRC interbank debenture market. The first tranche of the bonds was issued for an aggregate amount of RMB9.0 billion with a maturity period of 365 days. The second tranche of the bonds was issued for an aggregate amount of RMB1.00 billion with a maturity period of 180 days. These two tranches were fully repaid in 2006.
     In March 2006, CUCL completed an offering of short-term bonds of RMB1.00 billion with a maturity period of 365 days, which were fully repaid in March 2007. In July 2006, CUCL completed another offering of short-term bonds in an aggregate amount of RMB6.00 billion, consisting of three tranches of RMB2.00 billion each, with a maturity period of 180 days, 270 days and 365 days, respectively. The first two tranches were fully repaid in the first half of 2007. The weighted average effective interest rate of these short-term bonds as at December 31, 2006 was 3.19%. As a result, our fixed rate debt obligation as of December 31, 2006 was RMB7.00 billion.
     On June 20, 2006, we and SKT entered into a subscription agreement whereby SKT agreed to subscribe for US$1 billion zero coupon convertible bonds due 2009 to be issued by us on July 5, 2006, or such other date agreed by us and SKT which may not be later than July 12, 2006. On July 5, 2006, we and SKT completed the issuance and subscription, respectively, of the convertible bonds. Subject to certain adjustments pursuant to the terms of the convertible bonds, such bonds can be converted into our ordinary shares one year after the issuance at an initial conversion price of HK$8.63 (US$1.11) per share, representing a 28.8% premium over the closing price of our ordinary shares on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange on June 20, 2006. Assuming a full conversion of the convertible bonds at this initial conversion price, the bonds would be convertible into 899,745,075 ordinary shares, representing approximately 7.15% of our issued and outstanding share capital as of June 20, 2006 and approximately 6.67% of our enlarged issued and outstanding share capital as of June 20, 2006. Unless previously redeemed, converted or purchased and cancelled pursuant to the terms of the convertible bonds, we will redeem all the outstanding bonds at 104.26% of their principal amount on July 5, 2009. In addition, the holder of such bonds, with prior written notice to us, may require us to redeem, on July 5, 2008, all or a portion of their bonds at 102.82% of the principal amount of the convertible bonds to be redeemed. The proceeds from this issuance of the convertible bonds have been used for the repayments of our long-term loans and other general corporate purposes.
      Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments
     The following table sets forth the amount of our outstanding contractual cash obligations as of December 31, 2006.
                                                         
    Payments Due by Period (RMB in millions)
            Due in   Due in   Due in   Due in   Due in   Due after
Contractual Obligations   Total   2007   2008   2009   2010   2011   2011
Long-term bank loans (1)
    8,124       3,984       2,378             1,762              
Convertible bonds
    8,137                   8,137                    
Finance lease obligations (2)
    115       105       8             1       1        
Interest payment obligations on bank loans
    628       270       198       94       66              
Capital commitments (3)
    3,642       3,642                                

84


Table of Contents

                                                         
    Payments Due by Period (RMB in millions)
            Due in   Due in   Due in   Due in   Due in   Due after
Contractual Obligations   Total   2007   2008   2009   2010   2011   2011
Operating leases (3)
                                                       
CDMA network capacity leasing arrangement (4)
    7,271       7,271                                
Others
    4,141       1,066       679       534       416       338       1,108  
Other commitments (3) (5)
    1,237       1,237                                
Total obligations
    33,295       17,575       3,263       8,765       2,245       339       1,108  
 
(1)   See Note 16 “Long-term Bank Loans” to our consolidated financial statements.
 
(2)   See Note 18 “Obligations Under Finance Leases” to our consolidated financial statements.
 
(3)   See Note 34 “Contingencies and Commitments” to our consolidated financial statements.
 
(4)   We entered into the CDMA network capacity leasing arrangement with Unicom Group and its subsidiary Unicom New Horizon by our wholly-owned subsidiaries, CUCL (including Unicom New Century, which was merged into CUCL on July 20, 2004, and Unicom New World, which was merged into CUCL on September 1, 2005) in our cellular service areas. See Note 34.2 “Contingencies and Commitments — Operating Lease Commitments” to our consolidated financial statements for details.
 
(5)   Other commitments represented our commitment to purchase CDMA handsets from vendors. See Note 34.3 “Contingencies and Commitments — Commitment to purchase CDMA Handsets” to our consolidated financial statements for details.
      Off-balance Sheet Arrangements
     As of December 31, 2006, except for the operating lease for CDMA network capacity set forth above in “— Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments”, we did not have any other off-balance sheet arrangements.
     We operate our CDMA cellular business based on the CDMA network capacity we have leased from Unicom New Horizon, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Unicom Group. Such CDMA network capacity leasing arrangement is important to us in respect of our liquidity, capital resources, market risk support and credit risk support. The details of the CDMA network capacity leasing arrangement are described in “B. Business Overview — Cellular Services — CDMA Cellular Services — Our Lease of CDMA Networks from Unicom Group” under Item 4; “Critical Accounting Policies — Lease of CDMA Network Capacity” under Item 5; “B. Related Party Transactions — Leasing of CDMA Network Capacity” under Item 7 and Note 4.2(c) “Lease of CDMA network capacity” and Note 34.2 “Contingencies and Commitments — Operating Lease Commitments” to our consolidated financial statements. There is no known event, demand, commitment, trend or uncertainty that will or is reasonably likely to result in the termination or material reduction in availability to us, of the CDMA network capacity lease arrangement.
      Capital Expenditures
     The following table sets forth our historical and planned capital expenditure requirements for the periods indicated. Actual future capital expenditures may differ from the amounts indicated below.
                         
    For the years ended December 31,
    2005   2006   2007
    (RMB in billions)
Cellular
    7.33       10.58       13.60  
Long distance, data and Internet
    1.18       1.44       1.00  
Transmission network (1)
    2.95       3.70       3.90  
Others (2)
    6.15       5.83       7.50  
Total
    17.61       21.55       26.00  
 
(1)   Expenditures on transmission network refer to investment in the inter-province and intra-province backbone transmission network, the local network and the access network.

85


Table of Contents

(2)   Other expenditures represent investment in billing, customer service and information systems, office buildings, construction of integrated access network and miscellaneous items.
     Capital expenditures in 2006 totaled RMB21.55 billion. Capital expenditures attributable to the GSM cellular business, the long distance, data and Internet businesses, the transmission network and other projects were RMB10.58 billion, RMB1.44 billion, RMB3.70 billion, and RMB5.83 billion, respectively. Expenditures for other projects were mainly related to the set-up of the billing, customer service and information system, office building, construction of integrated access network and miscellaneous purchases.
     Projected capital expenditures for 2007 is RMB26.00 billion, which will be used primarily for upgrading and expanding the GSM networks and for billing systems, customer services and information technology system.
     We expect to fund our capital expenditure needs through a combination of cash generated from operating activities, short-term and long-term borrowings and other debt and equity financing. See “D. Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business — If we are unable to fund our capital expenditure and debt service requirements, our financial condition and growth prospects will be adversely affected.” under Item 3.
US GAAP Reconciliation
     Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with HKFRS, which differs in certain material respects from US GAAP. Differences relate primarily to the effect of the acquisitions of Unicom New Century, Unicom New World and Unicom International, the convertible bonds, employees’ housing benefits, revaluation of properties performed in connection with the reorganization, capacity transaction of leased lines and recognition of employee compensation costs under our share options scheme. Reconciliation between HKFRS and US GAAP which affect our net income and shareholders’ equity arising from the aforementioned differences are included in Note 38 to the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report. In addition, additional disclosures on the condensed financial information under US GAAP, including condensed statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows information, as well as condensed balance sheets information and other additional financial information which have been restated for relevant periods presented to reflect the impact of the effects of the acquisitions of Unicom New Century, Unicom New World and Unicom International under common control are included in Note 38 to the consolidated financial statements presented in this annual report.
Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees
A. Directors and Senior Management
     The following table sets forth certain information concerning our current directors and executive officers.
             
Name   Age   Position
Chang Xiaobing
    50     Chairman of the Board of Directors; Executive Director; Chief Executive Officer
 
           
Shang Bing
    51     Executive Director; President
 
           
Tong Jilu
    49     Executive Director; Chief Financial Officer
 
           
Li Jianguo
    53     Executive Director
 
           
Yang Xiaowei
    43     Executive Director; Vice President

86


Table of Contents

             
Name   Age   Position
Li Zhengmao
    45     Executive Director; Vice President
 
           
Li Gang
    49     Executive Director; Vice President
 
           
Zhang Junan
    50     Executive Director; Vice President
 
           
Lu Jianguo
    61     Non-Executive Director
 
           
Wu Jinglian
    77     Independent Non-Executive Director
 
           
Shan Weijian
    53     Independent Non-Executive Director
 
           
Linus Cheung Wing Lam
    59     Independent Non-Executive Director
 
           
Wong Wai Ming
    49     Independent Non-Executive Director
     Chang Xiaobing was appointed in December 2004 as an Executive Director, Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Mr. Chang, a professor level senior engineer, graduated in 1982 from the Nanjing Institute of Posts and Telecommunications with a B.S. degree in telecommunications engineering and received a master’s degree in business administration from Tsinghua University in 2001. He received a doctor’s degree in business administration from the Hong Kong Polytechnic University in 2005. Prior to joining the Unicom Group, Mr. Chang served as a Deputy Director of the Nanjing Municipal Posts and Telecommunications Bureau and a Deputy Director General of the Directorate General of Telecommunications of the Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications and a Deputy Director General and Director General of the Department of Telecommunications Administration of the MII, as well as Vice President of China Telecom Group. Mr. Chang was appointed the Chairman of Unicom Group in November 2004. He also serves as the Chairman of the A Share Company and CUCL, respectively. Mr. Chang has over 25 years of operational and managerial experience in the telecommunications industry in China.
     Shang Bing was appointed in November 2004 as an Executive Director and President of the Company. Mr. Shang, a senior economist, graduated in 1982 from Shenyang Chemical Industry Institution with a bachelor’s degree in chemical industry and received a master’s degree in business administration from New York State University. He received a doctor’s degree in business administration from the Hong Kong Polytechnic University in 2005. From 1986 to 1998, Mr. Shang served as a Director of Industrial Technology Development Centre in Liaoning Province, a Deputy General Manager and General Manager of Economic and Technological Development Company in Liaoning Province. Mr. Shang joined Unicom Group in August 1998. From 1998 to 2001, Mr. Shang served as a Deputy General Manager and General Manager of Unicom Group Liaoning Branch. Mr. Shang was appointed a Vice President of Unicom Group in March 2001 and also became a Director of Unicom Group in September 2003. Mr. Shang was appointed the President of Unicom Group in November 2004. At present, Mr. Shang is also a Director and President of the A Share Company and CUCL. Mr. Shang has extensive management experience and knowledge in telecommunications operations.
     Tong Jilu was appointed in February 2004 as an Executive Director and Chief Financial Officer of the Company. He assists the President in handling issues relating to finance. Mr. Tong graduated in 1987 from the Department of Economic Management at the Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications. He received a master’s degree in business administration from National University of Australia in 2002 and is an Executive Director of the Association of Chief Accountants and Vice Chairman of Internal Audit Association of China. From August 1989 to October 1999, he served first as a Deputy Director, a Director and later as a Deputy Director General of the Finance Bureau of the Posts and Telecommunications Administration of Liaoning Province. From November 1999 to June 2000, Mr. Tong served as a Deputy Director General of the Posts Office of Liaoning Province. Mr. Tong joined Unicom Group in July 2000 and served as Chief Accountant of Unicom Group from July 2000 to February 2001. Since March 2001, Mr. Tong has served as a Vice President of Unicom Group. Mr. Tong has served as a

87


Table of Contents

Director in the Unicom Group since September 2003 and the Chief Accountant of the Unicom Group since December 2004. Mr. Tong is also a Director in the A Share Company and a Director and Vice President in CUCL. Mr. Tong has extensive experience in management of telecommunications companies and finance management of listed companies.
     Li Jianguo was appointed in April 2006 as an Executive Director of the Company. She graduated from the Xiangtan University with a bachelor’s degree in Chemical Engineering in 1982 and received a master’s degree in business administration from the Hong Kong Polytechnic University in 2006. Ms. Li is a senior economist and held leading positions in various enterprises, local governments and state ministries and committees for a significant period of time. Ms. Li joined the Unicom Group in June 2000 and has been the Chairperson of the labor union of the Unicom Group since December 2001 and a Director of the Unicom Group since September 2003. Ms. Li is also a Director of CUCL and the Chairperson of the board of supervisors of the A Share Company. Ms. Li has extensive experience in working for the government and enterprises and in management.
     Yang Xiaowei was appointed in April 2006 as an Executive Director and Vice President of the Company. He received a bachelor’s degree from the Computer Application Department of Chongqing University in 1998 and a master’s degree in engineering from the Management Engineering Department of Chongqing University in 2001. Mr. Yang is a senior engineer. From December 1992 to January 2002, Mr. Yang held the positions of Assistant to Director and Deputy Director of Chongqing Telecommunications Bureau, a Deputy Director of the Chongqing Telecommunications Administration Bureau and a Director of Chongqing Municipal Communication Administration Bureau. Mr. Yang joined the Unicom Group in January 2002 and served as General Manager of the Chongqing branch and the Guangdong branch of the Unicom Group. Mr. Yang has been a Vice President of the Unicom Group since December 2003 and a Director of the Unicom Group since December 2004. Mr. Yang is also a Director and a Vice President of CUCL and the Chairman of Unicom Huasheng. Mr. Yang has extensive experience in management and the telecommunications industry.
     Li Zhengmao was appointed in April 2006 as an Executive Director and Vice President of the Company. He received a doctor’s degree in communications and electronic engineering from the Southeast University in 1988. From 1992 to 1994, he was a Professor of the University of Electronic Science and Technology of China. Mr. Li joined the Unicom Group in August 1994 and held various positions in the Unicom Group, including Deputy Head of the Network Technology Department, Head of the Wireless Communication Department, Head of the Technology Department and Deputy Chief Engineer. From April 2000 to May 2002, he was an Executive Director and a Vice President of the Company. From May 2002 to December 2003, he was General Manager of the Yunnan branch of the Unicom Group. Mr. Li has been a Vice President of the Unicom Group since December 2003 and has been a Director of the Unicom Group since December 2004. Mr. Li serves as a Director and a Vice President of CUCL, as well as the Chairman of Unisk (Beijing) Information Technology Co. Ltd. and Unicom-BREW Telecommunications Technologies Ltd. Mr. Li has extensive experience in engineering technology and business operations.
     Li Gang was appointed in April 2006 as an Executive Director and Vice President of the Company. He graduated from Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications in 1985 and received a master’s degree in business administration from the Department of Advanced Business Administration of Jinan University in 2004. Mr. Li is a senior engineer and previously served as a Deputy Director of the Telecommunications Division, a Deputy Director of the Telecommunications Department, a Deputy Director of the Rural Telephone Bureau, a Deputy Director and a Director of the Telecommunications Operation and Maintenance Department of the Posts and Telecommunications Administration Bureau in Guangdong Province and as a Director of the Mobile Communication Bureau. From 1999 to 2005, he served as the Vice Chairman, General Manager and Chairman of Guangdong Mobile Communication Co., Ltd. and as the Chairman and General Manager of Beijing Mobile Communication Co., Ltd. From 2000 to

88


Table of Contents

2005, he also served as an Executive Director of China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited. Mr. Li joined the Unicom Group in December 2005 and is currently a Vice President of the Unicom Group. Mr. Li is also a Director and Vice President of CUCL and Unicom Xin Guo Xin Communications Ltd. Mr. Li has worked in the telecommunications industry for a long period of time and has extensive management experience.
     Zhang Junan was appointed in April 2006 as an Executive Director and Vice President of the Company. He graduated from the Nanjing University of Posts and Telecommunications majoring in carrier communication in 1982. He received a master’s degree in business administration from the National Australian University in 2002. Mr. Zhang is a senior engineer. He previously served as a Director of the Bengbu Municipal Posts and Telecommunications Bureau in Anhui Province and a Deputy Director of the Anhui Provincial Posts and Telecommunications Bureau. From 2000 to 2005, he served as a Deputy General Manager and General Manager of the Anhui Provincial Telecommunications Company and the Chairman and General Manager of the Anhui Provincial Telecommunications Co., Ltd. Mr. Zhang joined the Unicom Group as a Vice President in December 2005. Mr. Zhang also serves as a Director and Vice President of CUCL. Mr. Zhang has worked in the telecommunications industry for a long period of time and has extensive management experience.
     Lu Jianguo was appointed in April 2006 as a Non-Executive Director of the Company. He is an engineer. He graduated from the PLA Air Force Academy of Engineering in 1968 majoring in radio. From 1988 to 1994, he served as a Director of Beijing Long Distance Call Bureau, a Deputy Director-General of the Communication Department of the Posts and Telecommunications Ministry, a Deputy Director of Office of State Radio Regulatory Commission. Mr. Lu served as a Vice President of the Unicom Group from October 1994 to December 2005 and a Director of the Unicom Group from February 2000 to December 2005 and is currently also a Director of the A Share Company. Mr. Lu is experienced in telecommunications operations and has extensive management experience.
     Wu Jinglian was appointed in April 2000 as an Independent Non-Executive Director of the Company. Mr. Wu is a senior researcher at the Development Research Center of the State Council, or DRC, and a professor at the Graduate School of the Chinese Academy of Social Sciences and China Europe International Business School. Mr. Wu graduated from Fudan University and received honorary doctoral degrees in Social Science from the Hong Kong Baptist University and the University of Hong Kong in 2000 and 2005, respectively. Mr. Wu was previously an Executive Director of the DRC and Deputy Director of the Programming Office for Economic Reform of the State Council. Mr. Wu has been a visiting scholar at Yale University, a visiting professor at the Asia-Pacific Research Center of Stanford University and a visiting researcher at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
     Shan Weijian was appointed in May 2003 as an Independent Non-Executive Director. Mr. Shan is a Partner of TPG Capital Limited. Mr. Shan serves on the boards of BOC Hong Kong (Holdings) Limited, Lenovo Group Limited and TCC International Holdings Limited, among others. Before joining TPG, Mr. Shan was a Managing Director of J.P. Morgan. Prior to that, he taught at the Wharton School of Business at University of Pennsylvania. His earlier employers include the World Bank, Graham and James, a law firm based in San Francisco, and Beijing University of International Business and Economics. Mr. Shan received a Ph.D. degree from the University of California, Berkeley.
     Linus Cheung Wing Lam was appointed in May 2004 as an Independent Non-Executive Director of the Company. Before this, Mr. Cheung was Deputy Chairman of PCCW Limited, prior to the merger of Pacific Century Cyberworks Limited and Cable & Wireless HKT Limited, or Hongkong Telecom. Mr. Cheung was the Chief Executive of Hongkong Telecom and an Executive Director of Cable & Wireless plc in the United Kingdom. Mr. Cheung also worked at Cathay Pacific Airways for 23 years before departing as Deputy Managing Director. He was appointed an Official Justice of the Peace in 1990 and a Non-official Justice of the Peace in 1992. Mr. Cheung is currently a member of the Chinese People’s Political

89


Table of Contents

Consultative Conference for the Tianjin Municipal Government. Mr. Cheung received a bachelor’s degree in social science and a diploma in management studies from the University of Hong Kong. He is also an Honorary Fellow of the University of Hong Kong and of The Chartered Institute of Marketing in the United Kingdom.
     Wong Wai Ming was appointed in January 2006 as an Independent Non-Executive Director of the Company. Mr. Wong is an Executive Director and Chief Executive Officer of Roly International Holdings Ltd. and an Executive Director of Linmark Group. Mr. Wong is also an Independent Non-Executive Director of Lenovo Group Limited and I.T Limited. Prior to his current executive position, he was an Executive Director and Chief Executive Officer of the Sing Tao News Corporation Limited. He was previously an investment banker with more than 15 years of experience in investment banking business in Greater China and was a member of the Listing Committee of The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited. Mr. Wong is a chartered accountant and holds a bachelor of science degree (with Honors) in management science from the Victoria University of Manchester in the United Kingdom.
B. Compensation
     The aggregate compensation and other benefits paid by us to our directors and executive officers as a group in 2006 was approximately RMB29.24 million, while retirement benefits paid by us were approximately RMB0.14 million. Each of our executive directors and executive officers participated in a bonus scheme with us that ties the amount of bonus he or she will receive at the end of a year to our operating results of the year and his or her job performance. Some of our directors also hold options to purchase shares in our company. See “E. Share Ownership” below for detailed descriptions of our share option schemes and options granted to our directors and executive officers as well as compensation for the year 2006.
C. Board Practices
General
     Pursuant to our Articles of Association, at each annual general meeting, one-third of our directors retire from office by rotation. The retiring Directors are eligible for re-election. The Board may at any time appoint a new director to fill a vacancy or as an additional director. The Board may also appoint and remove our executive officers. No benefits are payable to our directors or executive officers upon termination of their service with us in accordance with the provisions of their service agreements, except certain statutory compensation. The following table sets forth certain information concerning our current directors and former directors who served as directors in 2006.
             
Name       Appointment Date           Re-appointment Date       Resignation Date
Current Directors
           
Chang Xiaobing
  December 21, 2004   May 12, 2006  
Shang Bing
  November 5, 2004   May 12, 2005 and    
        May 11, 2007  
Tong Jilu
  February 1, 2004   May 12, 2004 and    
        May 12, 2006  
Li Jianguo
  April 1, 2006   May 12, 2006 and    
 
      May 11, 2007  
Yang Xiaowei
  April 1, 2006   May 12, 2006 and    
 
      May 11, 2007  

90


Table of Contents

             
Name         Appointment Date               Re-appointment Date         Resignation Date
Li Zhengmao
  April 1, 2006   May 12, 2006  
Li Gang
  April 1, 2006   May 12, 2006  
Zhang Junan
  April 1, 2006   May 12, 2006  
Lu Jianguo
  April 1, 2006   May 12, 2006  
Wu Jinglian
  April 20, 2000   May 13, 2002,  
 
      May 12, 2004,    
 
      May 12, 2005 and    
 
      May 11, 2007    
Shan Weijian
  May 12, 2003   May 12, 2005 and    
 
      May 11, 2007  
Linus Cheung Wing Lam
  May 12, 2004   May 12, 2006  
Wong Wai Ming
  January 19, 2006   May 12, 2006  
Former Directors
           
Li Qiuhong
  July 19, 2005     April 1, 2006
William Lo Wing Yan
      April 1, 2006
Ye Fengping
      April 1, 2006
Liu Yunjie
      April 1, 2006
Audit Committee
     The audit committee reviews and supervises our financial reporting process and internal financial controls. The duties of the audit committee include, among others:
    considering and approving the appointment, resignation and removal of our external auditor and the auditor’s fees;
 
    reviewing our interim and annual financial statements and disclosures before submission to the board of directors;
 
    discussing with the auditor any problems and reservations arising from the audit of the interim and final results;
 
    reviewing any correspondence from the auditor to the management and the responses of the management;
 
    reviewing the relevant reports concerning our internal controls and procedures;
 
    pre-approving the audit and non-audit services to be provided by the external auditor, and determining whether any non-audit services would affect the independence of the auditor;
 
    discussing with the management the timing and procedures for the rotation of the partner of the auditing firm responsible for the audit of our company and the partner responsible for the review of audit related documents;
 
    supervising the internal audit department, which will directly report to the committee; and

91


Table of Contents

    having the right to approve the appointment or removal of the head of internal audit department.
     As of May 31, 2007, the members of the audit committee are Wong Wai Ming, Chairman of the committee, Wu Jinglian, Shan Weijian and Linus Cheung Wing Lam.
Remuneration Committee
     The remuneration committee meets regularly to consider human resources issues, issuance of share options and other matters relating to compensation. In particular, the remuneration committee makes recommendations to the Board on executive compensation. The primary duties of the remuneration committee are to make recommendations to the Board regarding the remuneration structure of the executive directors and to determine specific remuneration packages for the executive directors on behalf of the Board. The remuneration committee is also responsible for operating our employee share option scheme and any other incentive scheme as they apply to the executive directors, including determining the granting of options to executive directors. As of May 31, 2007, the members of the remuneration committee are Wu Jinglian, Chairman of the committee, Lu Jianguo and Linus Cheung Wing Lam.
D. Employees
     As of December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, we had 39,589, 53,070, and 53,387 employees, respectively. The employees as of December 31, 2006 are classified by function as follows:
         
    Number of  
By Function   Employees  
Management and administration
    8,410  
Other general administration
    7,866  
Marketing and sales
    18,996  
Technical, engineering and network maintenance
    13,847  
Retail and customer service
    3,882  
General support
    386  
 
     
Total
    53,387  
         
    Number of  
By Business Segment   Employees  
Cellular
    46,205  
GSM
    30,055  
CDMA
    16,150  
Long distance
    2,336  
Data and Internet
    4,846  
 
     
Total
    53,387  
     As of December 31, 2006, we also employed approximately 60,000 temporary employees.
E. Share Ownership
     As of May 31, 2007, except for Mr. Li Zhengmao and Mr. Linus Cheung Wing Lam who hold 20,000 shares and 200,000 shares, respectively, of our company, our directors and executive officers as a group do not own any shares in our company.
     As of May 31, 2007, our directors and executive officers as a group hold options for 11,361,600 shares, or less than 0.1% of our issued and outstanding share capital, including the following options granted under our pre-global offering share option scheme and share option scheme:
Options granted under the share option scheme
                                             
                                        Compensation  
    Capacity and   Number of             Exercise   Consideration   for 2006  
Name   Nature   Shares Covered     Expiration Date   Price   Paid   (RMB)  
Chang Xiaobing
  Beneficial Owner     526,000     December 20, 2010   HK$6.20   HK$1.00     4,571,000  
 
  (Personal)     800,000     February 14, 2012   HK$6.35   HK$1.00      

92


Table of Contents

                                             
                                        Compensation  
    Capacity and   Number of             Exercise   Consideration   for 2006  
Name   Nature   Shares Covered     Expiration Date   Price   Paid   (RMB)  
Shang Bing 
  Beneficial Owner      292,000     July 19, 2010   HK$5.92   HK$1.00     4,771,000  
  (Personal)     128,000     December 20, 2010   HK$6.20   HK$1.00        
 
      700,000     February 14, 2012   HK$6.35   HK$1.00      
Tong Jilu
  Beneficial Owner      292,000     June 22, 2010   HK$15.42   HK$1.00     4,020,000  
 
  (Personal)     292,000     July 19, 2010   HK$5.92   HK$1.00        
      500,000     February 14, 2012   HK$6.35   HK$1.00      
 
  Beneficial Owner     32,000     July 19, 2010   HK$5.92   HK$1.00        
 
  (Spouse)     40,000     February 14, 2012   HK$6.35   HK$1.00        
Li Jianguo (1)
  Beneficial Owner      176,000     July 9, 2008   HK$6.18   HK$1.00     2,756,000  
 
  (Personal)       80,000     May 20, 2009   HK$4.30   HK$1.00        
 
        292,000     June 22, 2010   HK$15.42   HK$1.00        
 
      292,000     July 19, 2010   HK$5.92   HK$1.00        
      500,000     February 14, 2012   HK$6.35   HK$1.00      
Yang Xiaowei (2)  
  Beneficial Owner      122,000     July 9, 2008   HK$6.18   HK$1.00     2,686,000  
 
  (Personal)     292,000     July 19, 2010   HK$5.92   HK$1.00        
      500,000     February 14, 2012   HK$6.35   HK$1.00      
Li Zhengmao (3)  
  Beneficial Owner      176,000     July 9, 2008   HK$6.18   HK$1.00     2,257,000  
 
  (Personal)     292,000     July 19, 2010   HK$5.92   HK$1.00        
      500,000     February 14, 2012   HK$6.35   HK$1.00      
Li Gang (4)
  Beneficial Owner
(Personal)
    500,000     February 14, 2012   HK$6.35   HK$1.00     1,791,000  
Zhang Junan (5)
  Beneficial Owner
(Personal)
    500,000     February 14, 2012   HK$6.35   HK$1.00     1,791,000  
Lu Jianguo (6)  
  Beneficial Owner      292,000     July 9, 2008   HK$6.18   HK$1.00     1,525,000  
 
  (Personal)     292,000     July 19, 2010   HK$5.92   HK$1.00        
      500,000     February 14, 2012   HK$6.35   HK$1.00      
Wu Jinglian 
  Beneficial Owner      292,000     July 9, 2008   HK$6.18   HK$1.00     420,000  
 
  (Personal)     292,000     May 20, 2009   HK$4.30   HK$1.00        
      292,000     July 19, 2010   HK$5.92   HK$1.00      
Shan Weijian 
  Beneficial Owner     292,000     May 20, 2009   HK$4.30   HK$1.00     379,000  
  (Personal)     292,000     July 19, 2010   HK$5.92   HK$1.00      
Cheung Wing Lam, Linus 
  Beneficial Owner
(Personal)
    204,000     July 19, 2010   HK$5.92   HK$1.00     400,000  
Wong Wai Ming (7)
  Beneficial Owner
(Personal)
    ¾         ¾       ¾       ¾     390,000  
Li Qiuhong (8)(12)  
  Beneficial Owner      204,000     July 9, 2008   HK$6.18   HK$1.00     584,000  
 
  (Personal)       204,000     May 20, 2009   HK$4.30   HK$1.00        
 
      204,000     July 19, 2010   HK$5.92   HK$1.00        
      280,000     February 14, 2012   HK$6.35   HK$1.00      
Lo Wing Yan, 
  Beneficial Owner      88,000     May 20, 2009   HK$4.30   HK$1.00     611,000  
William (9)(12)
  (Personal)     262,000     July 19, 2010   HK$5.92   HK$1.00        
      280,000     February 14, 2012   HK$6.35   HK$1.00      
Ye Fengping (10)(12)  
  Beneficial Owner      132,000     July 9, 2008   HK$6.18   HK$1.00     349,000  
 
  (Personal)       204,000     May 20, 2009   HK$4.30   HK$1.00        
 
        136,000     June 22, 2010   HK$15.42   HK$1.00        
 
      262,000     July 19, 2010   HK$5.92   HK$1.00        
      280,000     February 14, 2012   HK$6.35   HK$1.00      
Liu Yunjie (11)(12)  
  Beneficial Owner     292,000     May 20, 2009   HK$4.30   HK$1.00     81,000  
  (Personal)     292,000     July 19, 2010   HK$5.92   HK$1.00      
 
(1)   Ms. Li was appointed as Executive Director of our company on April 1, 2006.
 
(2)   Mr. Yang was appointed as Executive Director and Vice President of our company on April 1, 2006.
 
(3)   Mr. Li was appointed as Executive Director and Vice President of our company on April 1, 2006.
 
(4)   Mr. Li was appointed as Executive Director and Vice President of our company on April 1, 2006.
 
(5)   Mr. Zhang was appointed as Executive Director and Vice President of our company on April 1, 2006.
 
(6)   Mr. Lu was appointed as Non-Executive Director of our company on April 1, 2006.
 
(7)   Mr. Wong was appointed as Independent Non-Executive Director of our company on January 19, 2006.
 
(8)   Mr. Li was appointed as Executive Director and Vice President of our company on July 19, 2005 and resigned as Executive Director of our company on April 1, 2006.
 
(9)   Mr. Lo resigned as Executive Director and Vice President of our company on April 1, 2006.

93


Table of Contents

(10)   Mr. Ye resigned as Executive Director and Vice President of our company on April 1, 2006.
 
(11)   Mr. Liu resigned as Non-Executive Director of our company on April 1, 2006.
 
(12)   For the directors who resigned during the year 2006, the numbers of options indicated represent the numbers of options held by those respective directors as of their dates of resignation.
Options granted under the pre-global offering share option scheme
                                         
    Capacity and     Number of Shares                     Consideration  
Name   Nature     Covered     Expiration Date     Exercise Price     Paid  
Shang Bing
  Beneficial Owner
(Personal)
    204,400     June 21, 2010   HK$15.42   HK$1.00
Li Zhengmao (1)
  Beneficial Owner
(Personal)
    292,600     June 21, 2010   HK$15.42   HK$1.00
Lu Jianguo (2)
  Beneficial Owner
(Personal)
    292,600     June 21, 2010   HK$15.42   HK$1.00
Li Qiuhong (3)
  Beneficial Owner
(Personal)
    204,400     June 21, 2010   HK$15.42   HK$1.00
Liu Yunjie (4)
  Beneficial Owner
(Personal)
    292,600     June 21, 2010   HK$15.42   HK$1.00
 
(1)   Mr. Li was appointed as Executive Director and Vice President of our company on April 1, 2006.
 
(2)   Mr. Lu was appointed as Non-Executive Director of our company on April 1, 2006.
 
(3)   Mr. Li was appointed as Executive Director and Vice President of our company on July 19, 2005 and resigned as Executive Director on April 1, 2006.
 
(4)   Mr. Liu resigned as Non-Executive Director of our company on April 1, 2006.
Stock Incentive Schemes
     We retained a compensation consulting firm to help us design stock incentive schemes that align the interests of our management and employees with those of our shareholders and link their compensation with our operating results and share performance.
      Share Option Scheme. We adopted a share option scheme on June 1, 2000 and amended the scheme on May 13, 2002 and May 11, 2007, respectively. The amended scheme provides for the grant of options to our employees, including executive directors and non-executive directors. Any grant of share options to a “connected person” (as defined in the HKSE Listing Rules) of Unicom requires approval by our independent non-executive directors, excluding any independent non-executive director who is the grantee of the option. We plan to grant options that cover a total number of ordinary shares not exceeding 10% of the total number of our issued and outstanding shares as of May 13, 2002. The option period commences on any date after the date on which an option is offered, but may not exceed 10 years from the offer date. The subscription price of a share in respect of any particular option granted under this share option scheme will be determined by our board of directors in its discretion at the grant date, which shall be no less than the higher of: (i) the nominal value of the shares; (ii) the closing price of the shares on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange on the grant date in respect of such option; and (iii) the average closing price of the shares on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange for the five trading days immediately preceding the grant date. As of May 31, 2007, 272,182,800 options granted by us were outstanding and held by 12 directors and approximately 2,900 of our employees. As of May 31, 2007, 26,385,200 options with an exercise price of HK$6.18, 82,022,000 options with an exercise price of HK$4.3, 366,000 options with an exercise price of HK$4.65 and 35,418,000 options with an exercise price of HK$5.92 had been exercised.

94


Table of Contents

      Pre-Global Offering Share Option Scheme. We also adopted a pre-global offering share option scheme on June 1, 2000 and amended the scheme on May 13, 2002 and May 11, 2007, respectively. As of May 31, 2007, 24,178,000 options granted by us were outstanding and held by 3 directors and approximately 250 of our employees. We do not expect to grant further options under this scheme. The amended terms of the pre-global offering share option scheme are substantially the same as the share option scheme, except for the following:
    The subscription price of a share in respect of any particular option granted under the pre-global offering share option scheme is HK$15.42, the offer price in the Hong Kong public offering portion of our initial public offering, excluding brokerage fees and transaction levy.
 
    The period during which an option may be exercised commences two years from the date of grant and ends 10 years from June 22, 2000.
     As of May 31, 2007, no options granted under this scheme had been exercised.
Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions
A. Major Shareholders
     As of May 31, 2007, our controlling shareholder, Unicom Group, through its 17.90% direct interest in Unicom BVI, and its majority-owned subsidiary, China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited, which in turn holds 82.10% of Unicom BVI, beneficially owned approximately 6,670 million shares of Unicom, or 52.53% of our total outstanding shares. See “A. History and Development of the Company” under Item 4 above. Unicom Group’s shares are held by the SASAC and a group of thirteen companies, most of which are state-owned enterprises in China. Shares beneficially owned by Unicom Group do not carry voting rights different from our other issued shares.
     As of May 31, 2007, most of our record shareholders were located outside of the United States. In addition, as of May 31, 2007, there were approximately 40 million ADSs outstanding, each representing 10 shares and together representing 3.2% of our total outstanding shares or 6.6% of our total outstanding shares not beneficially owned by our controlling shareholder.
B. Related Party Transactions
     Principal transactions between us and our controlling shareholder, Unicom Group, include the following categories:
    leasing of CDMA network capacity by us from Unicom Group and related interconnection and roaming arrangements;
 
    provision of ongoing telecommunications and ancillary services and premises;
 
    agreements relating to the acquisition of Unicom International from Unicom Group;
 
    agreements relating to the acquisition of Unicom New World from Unicom Group and the sale of Guoxin Paging to Unicom Group;
 
    agreements relating to the restructuring in connection with the acquisition of Unicom New Century from Unicom Group; and
 
    agreements relating to the restructuring in connection with our initial public offering.

95


Table of Contents

Leasing of CDMA Network Capacity
      Old CDMA Leases
     Under the Old CDMA Leases, Unicom New Horizon agreed to lease capacity on its CDMA network to each of CUCL, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World in their respective cellular service areas. In 2004, our total lease fee payment under the Old CDMA Leases was RMB6.59 billion.
     Under the Old CDMA Leases, Unicom New Horizon agreed to plan, finance and construct the CDMA network, including the procurement of all equipment, and to ensure that the CDMA network was constructed in accordance with the detailed specifications and timetable agreed to between Unicom New Horizon and us. All payments, costs, expenses and amounts paid or incurred by Unicom New Horizon that were directly attributable to the construction of the CDMA network form the total network construction cost, which was used in calculating the lease fee payable by us, including:
    construction, installation and equipment procurement costs and expenses,
 
    survey and design costs,
 
    investment in technology, software and other intangible assets,
 
    insurance premiums and capitalized interest on loans,
 
    any taxes levied or paid in respect of the procurement of equipment and the construction of the CDMA network, including import taxes and custom duties, and
 
    all costs incurred in relation to any upgrade of technology.
     The Old CDMA Leases required that the network construction cost be verified and appropriate documentation provided to us or our auditors for verification. The lease fee was calculated so as to enable Unicom New Horizon to recover its total network construction cost within seven years, together with an internal rate of return of 8%.
     We were responsible for the operation, management and maintenance of the CDMA network in accordance with the relevant requirements of the Old CDMA Leases and had the exclusive right to provide CDMA services in our cellular service areas. All revenue, including airtime charges, monthly subscription fees, interconnection charges, income from sales of UIM cards and handsets and other income generated from or in connection with the operation of the CDMA network belonged to us. All costs of operating and managing the CDMA network and all maintenance costs of a non-capital nature should be borne by us except that constructed capacity-related costs (i.e. those costs of operating and managing the CDMA network which related directly to the constructed capacity on the CDMA network, including the rental fees for stations and base stations and related expenses including water and electricity charges, heating charges and fuel charges for the relevant equipment etc., as well as maintenance costs of a non-capital nature) should be borne by us only to the extent of such part of the costs that corresponded to the proportion of capacity actually leased under the Old CDMA Leases. Such part of the Constructed Capacity Related Costs that corresponded to the proportion of capacity not actually leased under the Old CDMA Leases should be borne by Unicom New Horizon.
     In addition to the capacity that we agreed to lease in the first term, subject to giving not less than 180 days’ prior notice to Unicom New Horizon, we could request to lease additional capacity. Unicom New Horizon was required to ensure that all capacity which we had so requested was supplied by the due date of delivery of the capacity, provided that, unless otherwise agreed, Unicom New Horizon would not be obliged to expand the CDMA network beyond a certain limit. We could not reduce the amount of capacity leased during the initial one-year lease term. However, subject to providing not less than 180 days’ prior written notice to or with the prior written consent of Unicom New Horizon, we could reduce the amount of

96


Table of Contents

capacity leased for any additional lease term, provided that we must lease all capacity which we had requested or otherwise committed to lease for at least one year following the date of delivery or renewal of the lease of such capacity.
     Subject to certain exceptions, including delay caused by a force majeure event, a material breach of the Old CDMA Leases by us or compliance with applicable laws and regulations, if any capacity was not ready for operational service by the relevant delivery date, then Unicom New Horizon should be liable to provide a delay discount to us, equal to the daily lease fee in respect of the relevant capacity multiplied by the number of days of delay, which should be credited against future lease fee payments.
     We had the option to purchase the CDMA network, which could be exercised at any time during the initial lease term or any additional lease term of the lease and within one year thereafter. The acquisition price would be negotiated between Unicom New Horizon and us, based on the appraised value of the CDMA network determined by an independent assets appraiser in accordance with applicable PRC laws and regulations and taking into account prevailing market conditions and other factors, provided that it would not exceed such price as would, taking into account all lease fee payments made by us to Unicom New Horizon and all delay discounts of lease fee, enable Unicom New Horizon to recover its total network construction cost, together with an internal rate of return on its investment of 8%. The exercise of the purchase option would be subject to the relevant laws, regulations and listing rules in Hong Kong and the PRC, particularly those governing connected transactions. Title to the CDMA network assets would remain vested in Unicom New Horizon until the CDMA network assets were transferred to us following exercise of the purchase option.
     In consideration of our entering into the Old CDMA Leases, Unicom Group unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed the due and punctual performance by Unicom New Horizon of its obligations under the Old CDMA Leases. Unicom Group also agreed to indemnify us for any loss suffered as a result of any defect in any of the equipment or any loss caused by any negligence, default, act or omission of Unicom New Horizon or Unicom Group under the Old CDMA Leases or in connection with the CDMA network. The aggregate liability of Unicom Group for any claim should not exceed the total amount of lease fee payments made to Unicom New Horizon and, where the purchase option had been exercised, the total purchase price paid for the CDMA network. The guarantee and indemnity provided by Unicom Group under the Old CDMA Leases would continue in force until the expiration of the relevant Old CDMA Lease.
     We could terminate the Old CDMA Leases by not less than 180 days’ prior written notice, with effect from the end of any additional term. In addition, Unicom Group or we could terminate an Old CDMA Lease if the other committed any continuing or material breach of the relevant Old CDMA Leases. Neither Unicom Group nor Unicom New Horizon was otherwise permitted to terminate the lease.
      2005 CDMA Lease
     On March 24, 2005, we entered into a 2005 CDMA lease agreement, or 2005 CDMA Lease, with Unicom Group and its subsidiary Unicom New Horizon to replace the Old CDMA Lease. The 2005 CDMA Lease has an initial term of two years commencing January 1, 2005 and may be renewed at our option. The length of each renewed term shall be agreed by all parties to the 2005 CDMA Lease.
     Under the 2005 CDMA Lease, Unicom New Horizon has agreed to lease all constructed capacity of its CDMA network to us and the lease fee for the CDMA network will be as follows:
    in 2005, 29% of the audited annual service revenue generated by our CDMA business; and
 
    in 2006, 30% of the audited annual service revenue generated by our CDMA business;

97


Table of Contents

provided that the annual lease fee may not be less than a certain minimum level. The minimum lease fee for 2005 was 90% of the total amount of lease fee paid by us to Unicom New Horizon pursuant to the Old CDMA Leases for 2004. The minimum lease fee for 2006 was 90% of the total amount of lease fee paid by us to Unicom New Horizon pursuant to the 2005 CDMA Lease for 2005. The lease fee arrangements for any renewed term of the 2005 CDMA Lease would be subject to negotiations among the parties to the 2005 CDMA Lease.
     Subject to certain exceptions, including delay caused by a force majeure event (including natural disasters, national emergencies, civil disturbances, riots, acts of terrorism, industrial disputes and other similar events beyond the control of the parties), a material breach of the 2005 CDMA Lease by us or compliance with applicable laws and regulations, if Unicom New Horizon fails to provide any capacity of its CDMA network which affects the provision of services by us, Unicom New Horizon shall be liable to provide a discount for delay to us, calculated pursuant to the following formula:
                         
Discount for delay
  =   Number of our CDMA   x   delay period   x   ARPU of CDMA
 
      subscribers affected by       (number of days)       subscribers
 
                       
 
      the delay               the number of days in
 
                      the relevant month
     In the above formula, “number of our CDMA subscribers affected by the delay” shall be confirmed by us on the basis of substantive evidence; “ARPU of CDMA subscribers” shall be the average monthly ARPU figure of the CDMA subscribers in the relevant areas for the three months immediately prior to the delay, as calculated and confirmed by us.
     The proportion of the constructed capacity related costs to be borne by us shall be calculated by reference to the actual amount of capacity leased by us, which is calculated based on the actual number of our cumulative CDMA subscribers at the end of the month prior to the occurrence of the costs divided by 90%, as a percentage of the total amount of capacity (expressed in terms of the number of subscribers) constructed on the CDMA network.
     The other key terms of the 2005 CDMA Lease, including exclusive operating rights, purchase option, guarantee and indemnity, are substantially similar to those of the Old CDMA Leases.
      2006 CDMA Lease
     On October 26, 2006, we entered into a new CDMA lease agreement, or 2006 CDMA Lease, with Unicom Group and its subsidiary Unicom New Horizon to replace the 2005 CDMA Lease, which was due to expire by the end of 2006. The 2006 CDMA Lease has an initial term of one year commencing on January 1, 2007 and may be extended until December 31, 2008 at our option by giving Unicom New Horizon not less than 180 days’ prior written notice. The 2006 CDMA Lease may be renewed at our option. The length, the lease fee and the minimum annual lease fee of each renewed term shall be agreed upon by all parties to the 2006 CDMA Lease. We currently intend to extend the term of the 2006 CDMA Lease until December 31, 2008.
     Under the 2006 CDMA Lease, Unicom New Horizon has agreed to lease all constructed capacity of its CDMA network to us, and the lease fee for the CDMA network will be as follows:
    31% of the audited service revenue generated by our CDMA business for each of the years 2007 and 2008; or

98


Table of Contents

    30% of the audited service revenue generated by our CDMA business for the year 2007 or 2008, where our audited CDMA income before taxation for the relevant year is less than our audited CDMA income before taxation for the year 2006;
provided that the annual lease fee may not be less than a certain minimum level. The minimum lease fee for 2007 shall be 90% of the total amount of lease fee paid by us to Unicom New Horizon pursuant to the 2005 CDMA Leases for 2006. The minimum lease fee for 2008 shall be 90% of the total amount of lease fee paid by us to Unicom New Horizon pursuant to the 2006 CDMA Lease for 2007. The lease fee arrangements for any renewed term of the 2006 CDMA Lease will be subject to negotiations among the parties to the 2006 CDMA Lease. In 2006, our total lease fee payment under the 2005 CDMA Lease was RMB8.08 billion.
     Subject to certain exceptions, including delay caused by a force majeure event (including natural disasters, national emergencies, civil disturbances, riots, acts of terrorism, industrial disputes and other similar events beyond the control of the parties), a material breach of the 2006 CDMA Lease by us or compliance with applicable laws and regulations, if Unicom New Horizon fails to provide any capacity of its CDMA network which affects the provision of services by us, Unicom New Horizon shall be liable to provide a discount for delay to us, calculated pursuant to the following formula:
                         
Discount for delay
  =   Number of our CDMA   x   delay period   x   ARPU of CDMA
 
      subscribers affected by       (number of days)       subscribers
 
                       
 
      the delay               the number of days in
 
                      the relevant month
     In the above formula, the “number of our CDMA subscribers affected by the delay” shall be confirmed by us on the basis of substantive evidence; “ARPU of CDMA subscribers” shall be the average monthly ARPU figure of the CDMA subscribers in the relevant areas for the three months immediately prior to the delay, as calculated and confirmed by us.
     The proportion of the constructed capacity-related costs to be borne by us shall be calculated by referencing to the actual amount of capacity leased by us, which is calculated based on the actual number of our cumulative CDMA subscribers at the end of the month prior to the occurrence of the costs divided by 90%, as a percentage of the total amount of capacity (expressed in terms of the number of subscribers) constructed on the CDMA network.
     The other key terms of the 2006 CDMA Lease, including exclusive operating rights, purchase option, guarantee and indemnity, are substantially similar to those of the 2005 CDMA Leases.
Provision of Ongoing Telecommunications and Ancillary Services and Premises
     We had entered into a number of service arrangements with Unicom Group and/or its subsidiaries with respect to provision of ongoing telecommunications and ancillary services between Unicom Group and us, including supply of international telecommunications network gateway services, supply of various telephone cards, supply of equipment procurement services, supply of value-added services to cellular subscribers, supply of customer services, supply of agency services, leasing of transmission line capacity and interconnection and roaming arrangements, as well as provision of premises.
     On March 24, 2005, we and Unicom Group entered into a comprehensive services agreement, or the 2005 Comprehensive Services Agreement, a comprehensive operator services agreement, or the 2005 Comprehensive Operator Services Agreement, and a premise leasing agreement, or the 2005 Guoxin Premises Leasing Agreement, to replace the previous service arrangements between Unicom Group and us.

99


Table of Contents

     Each of the 2005 Comprehensive Services Agreement, the 2005 Comprehensive Operator Services Agreement and the 2005 Guoxin Premises Leasing Agreement has an initial term of two years commencing on January 1, 2005 and is renewable for further two-year terms at our option.
     On October 26, 2006, we and Unicom Group entered into a new comprehensive services agreement, or the Current Comprehensive Services Agreement, to replace the 2005 Comprehensive Services Agreement, the 2005 Comprehensive Operator Services Agreement and the 2005 Guoxin Premises Leasing Agreement. The Current Comprehensive Services Agreement has an initial term of three years from January 1, 2007 and is renewable for three-year terms at our option. In 2006, our total payment under the 2005 Comprehensive Services Agreement was RMB1.10 billion.
      Supply of International Telecommunications Network Gateway Services
     Unicom Group provides us with access to international connections for our international long distance service through its international telecommunications network gateways. CUCL and Unicom Group previously entered into a services agreement, dated May 25, 2000, under which Unicom Group agreed to supply international telecommunications network gateway services to us. Unicom Group has undertaken not to supply international telecommunications network gateway services to third parties. The charges for these services were based on Unicom Group’s cost of operation and maintenance of the international telecommunications network gateway facilities, including depreciation, plus a margin of 10% over cost. We retained all revenues generated by our international long distance service.
     The Current Comprehensive Services Agreement, which replaced the service agreement entered in 2000, contains similar terms with respect to the supply of international telecommunications network gateway services.
      Supply of Telephone Cards
     Each of CUCL, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World previously entered into a services agreement with Unicom Group, dated May 25, 2000, November 20, 2002 and November 20, 2003, respectively, to provide for a telephone cards supply arrangement under which Unicom Group agreed through its subsidiary, Unicom Xingye, to supply various kinds of telephone cards, including SIM cards, UIM cards, IP telephony cards and rechargeable calling cards, to us. Charges for the supply of these cards were based on the actual cost incurred by Unicom Xingye in supplying the cards plus a margin over cost to be agreed upon from time to time, but in any case not to exceed 20% of the cost, subject to specified volume discounts. Under these three services agreements, prices and volumes would be reviewed by the parties on an annual basis.
     The Current Comprehensive Services Agreement, which replaced the previous telephone card supply arrangements, contains similar terms with respect to the supply of telephone cards.
      Supply of Equipment Procurement Services
     Prior to the restructuring in connection with our initial public offering, Unicom Import and Export Co. Ltd., a 95.0% direct subsidiary of Unicom Group, handled most procurement of foreign and domestic telecommunications equipment and other materials required for construction of Unicom Group’s networks. Each of CUCL, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World previously entered into a services agreement with Unicom Group, dated May 25, 2000, November 20, 2002 and November 20, 2003, respectively, to provide for this procurement service arrangement under which we were allowed to continue to use Unicom Group’s procuring service at the rate of:

100


Table of Contents

    0.7% of the contract value in the case of imported equipment, or
 
    0.5% of the contract value in the case of domestic equipment.
     These three agreements were amended on November 22, 2004 so that with effect from July 1, 2004, the above rates were lowered as follows:
    0.55% of the contract value of those contracts under US$30 million (including US$30 million) and 0.35% of the contract value of those procurement contracts over US$30 million, in the case of imported equipment, or
 
    0.25% of the contract value of those contracts under RMB200 million (including RMB 200 million) and 0.15% of the contract value of those contracts over RMB 200 million, in the case of domestic equipment.
     In addition, pursuant to this amendment on November 22, 2004, Unicom Group agreed to indemnify us for any loss caused by any negligence, default, act or omission of Unicom Group or Unicom Import and Export Co. Ltd. up to an amount equal to the total amount of agency services fees paid to Unicom Group under the three agreements.
     Under the Current Comprehensive Services Agreement, Unicom Group agreed to provide us comprehensive procurement services at the same rates as those applied with effect from July 1, 2004 pursuant to the November 22, 2004 amendment mentioned above. Unicom Group has also agreed to continue to indemnify us for any loss caused by any negligence, default, act or omission of Unicom Group or Unicom Import and Export Co. Ltd. up to an amount equal to the total amount of agency services fees paid to Unicom Group under the Current Comprehensive Services Agreement.
      Interconnection Arrangements
     Our various telecommunications networks interconnect with various telecommunications networks of Unicom Group. CUCL previously entered into two services agreements with Unicom Group, dated May 25, 2000 and November 22, 2001, respectively, and each of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World previously entered into a services agreement with Unicom Group, dated November 20, 2002 and November 20, 2003, respectively. These four services agreements provided for our interconnection arrangements with Unicom Group, under which interconnection settlement between Unicom Group’s networks and our networks was based on relevant standards established from time to time by the MII. However, in the case of calls between cellular subscribers of different networks in different provinces, settlement was based on either the relevant standards established by the MII or a cost-based internal settlement arrangement applied by Unicom Group prior to the restructuring in connection with our initial public offering, whichever is more favorable to us.
     Under the Current Comprehensive Services Agreement, interconnection settlements between Unicom Group’s networks and our networks are as follows:
     With respect to cellular calls between different provinces, settlement between the cellular networks of Unicom Group and us will be made by one of the following two methods that is more favorable to us:
    the cellular network from which the outgoing calls originate and the cellular network which receives the incoming calls will each retain 4% of the long distance call fee incurred and the remaining 92% of the long distance call fee will be credited to us; or

101


Table of Contents

    pursuant to the settlement standard stipulated in the Notice Concerning the Issue of the Measures on Settlement of Interconnection between Public Telecommunications Networks and Sharing of Relaying Fees (Xin Bu Dian [ 2003 ] No. 454) promulgated by the MII on October 28, 2003, the cellular network from which the outgoing calls originate and the cellular network which receives the incoming calls will each retain RMB0.06 from the long distance call fee. The remaining long distance call fee will be credited to us.
     For other interconnection settlements between the networks of Unicom Group and us, both parties agree to conduct settlement in accordance with the relevant provisions in the Notice Concerning the Issue of the Measures on Settlement of Interconnection between Public Telecommunications Networks and Sharing of Relaying Fees (Xin Bu Dian [2003] No. 454) promulgated by the MII on October 28, 2003 (as amended from time to time).
      Roaming Arrangements
     We and Unicom Group provide roaming services to each other. In addition, we make our long distance network available to Unicom Group in its implementation of its roaming arrangements with other operators. CUCL previously entered into two services agreements with Unicom Group, dated May 25, 2000 and November 22, 2001, respectively, and each of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World previously entered into a services agreement with Unicom Group, dated November 20, 2002 and November 20, 2003, respectively. These four services agreements provided for our roaming arrangements with Unicom Group, under which charges for these roaming services between us and Unicom Group were based on our respective internal costs of providing these services, and would be on no less favorable terms than those available to any third party. We received 50% of Unicom Group’s international roaming revenue from third party international operators for calls using our long distance network.
     Under the Current Comprehensive Services Agreement, the roaming fee arrangements between Unicom Group and us are as follows:
    The cellular subscribers using roaming services will pay roaming fees at the agreed rate of RMB0.60 per minute of roaming usage for both incoming and outgoing calls based on MII guidelines.
  §   If our cellular subscribers roam in the service areas of Unicom Group, we will be entitled to receive the roaming fees, which will be apportioned in the following way: (i) RMB0.40 per minute (the rate for local call charges under MII guidelines) will be paid to Unicom Group; and (ii) the remaining RMB0.20 per minute will be withheld by us; and
 
  §   If the cellular subscribers of Unicom Group roam in our service areas, Unicom Group will be entitled to receive the roaming fees, which will be apportioned in the following way: (i) RMB0.56 per minute will be paid to us; and (ii) RMB0.04 per minute will be withheld by Unicom Group; and
 
  §   If our cellular business expands to cover all regions throughout the PRC, the arrangements set out above will be terminated automatically; and
    If the network of a third party cellular network operator is made available to the cellular subscribers of Unicom Group pursuant to the international roaming arrangements of Unicom Group, or if the network of Unicom Group is made available to the subscribers of

102


Table of Contents

      any third party cellular network operator pursuant to such arrangements, we will receive 50% of all roaming revenue to be received under such international roaming arrangements.
      Leasing of Transmission Line Capacity
     Unicom Group leases fixed-line transmission capacity from CUCL. CUCL previously entered into a services agreement with Unicom Group, dated May 25, 2000, to provide for this transmission line capacity leasing arrangement under which lease charges were based on tariffs stipulated by the MII from time to time less a discount of up to 10%. The discount given by CUCL to Unicom Group must not be more than what CUCL offered to other third party lessees for a similar lease. When new tariffs were adopted by the MII, the discount rate would be reviewed.
     The Current Comprehensive Services Agreement contains similar terms with respect to the leasing of transmission line capacity by us to Unicom Group.
      Supply of Operator-based Value-added Services to Cellular Subscriber
     Prior to the sale of Guoxin Paging to Unicom Group, it provided operator-based value-added services to our cellular subscribers through its paging network, equipment and operators. Such services include the “Unicom Assistant” services. Following the sale of Guoxin Paging to Unicom Group at the end of 2003, Unicom Group has agreed to provide (through the successor company to Guoxin Paging) to us cellular subscriber value-added services pursuant to a previous comprehensive operator services agreement dated November 20, 2003. The various local branches of Guoxin Paging and us would agree on the proportion for sharing the revenue derived and actually received by us from such value-added services, provided that the agreed-upon proportion for Guoxin Paging may not be higher than the average agreed-upon proportion for independent value-added telecommunications content providers who provided value-added communications content to us in the same region. The revenue sharing proportions would be adjusted annually.
     Under the 2005 Comprehensive Operator Services Agreement, we will retain 40% of the revenue derived and actually received by us from value-added services provided to our subscribers by Unicom Group (through the successor company to Guoxin Paging) and allocate 60% of such revenue to Guoxin Paging, on the condition that such proportion for Guoxin Paging may not be higher than the average agreed-upon proportion for independent value-added telecommunications content providers who provide value-added communications content to us in the same region. The Current Comprehensive Services Agreement contains similar terms with respect to supply of cellular subscriber value-added services as the 2005 Comprehensive Services Agreement.
      Supply of Value-added Services for Cellular Subscribers
     Under the Current Comprehensive Services Agreement, Unicom Group or its subsidiaries will provide our cellular subscribers with various value-added services through its cellular communication network and data platform. Pursuant to the Current Comprehensive Services Agreement, we retain a portion of the revenue generated from the value-added services provided to our subscribers and allocate a portion of such revenue to Unicom Group for settlement, on the condition that such proportion allocated to Unicom Group shall not be higher than the average proportion for independent value-added telecommunications content providers who provide similar value-added telecommunications content to us in the same region. The percentage of revenue to be allocated to Unicom Group by us varies depending on the types of value-added services provided by Unicom Group.

103


Table of Contents

      Supply of Customer Services
     Pursuant to a previous comprehensive operator services agreement dated November 20, 2003, Unicom Group or its subsidiaries has agreed to provide to us customer services. These customer services included business inquiries, tariff inquiries, account maintenance, complaints handling, customer interviews and subscriber retention. Service fees payable by us to Unicom Group or its subsidiaries were calculated on the basis of the costs of the customer service plus a profit margin of no more than 10%. The costs of the customer service were the costs per operator seat multiplied by the number of effectively operating operator seats. The cost per operator seat in economically developed areas, such as Beijing and Shanghai, was the actual cost, i.e., actual wages, administration expenses, operation and maintenance expenses, depreciation of equipment and leasing fees for premises attributable to the customer service in such area for the previous year. The cost per operator seat in other area was agreed upon between the local branches of Guoxin Paging and us, subject to our final confirmation, provided that such cost could not exceed the nationwide (other than Beijing and Shanghai) weighted average of such costs plus 10%. Unicom Group would notify us the number of effectively operating operator seats of each month within 10 days after the end of that month, and then we would confirm that number within five business days based on criteria set forth in the relevant MII regulations.
     Under the 2005 Comprehensive Operator Services Agreement, the cost per operator seat in economically developed areas such as Beijing and Shanghai remains the actual cost per operator seat, while the cost per operator seat in an area other than economically developed areas will be the lower of the actual cost per operator seat in that area and the nationwide (excluding Beijing and Shanghai) average of actual cost per operator plus 10%. Other than this, the 2005 Comprehensive Services Agreement contains similar terms with respect to the supply of customer services. The Current Comprehensive Services Agreement contains similar terms with respect to the supply of customer services as the 2005 Comprehensive Services Agreement, except Guangdong has been added as one of the economically developed areas in determining the cost per operator seat.
      Supply of Agency Services
     Pursuant to a previous comprehensive operator services agreement dated November 20, 2003, Unicom Group agreed to provide (through Guoxin Paging) to us subscriber development services, including by telephone or through other channels utilizing Guoxin Paging’s paging network, equipment and operators. Agency fees payable by us to Unicom Group or Guoxin Paging could not exceed the average of agency fees payable to any third party agent providing subscriber development services to us in the same region.
     The 2005 Comprehensive Operator Services Agreement and the Current Comprehensive Services Agreement contains similar terms with respect to the supply of agency services by Unicom Group (or its subsidiaries).
      Mutual Provision of Premises
     Unicom Group and CUCL provide to each other premises from time to time pursuant to the services agreement between Unicom Group and CUCL, dated May 25, 2000. Unicom Group also provided premises to Unicom New Century and Unicom New World pursuant to services agreements with each of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World, dated November 20, 2002 and November 20, 2003, respectively. Other than premises leased from third parties, the rental rates in each case were based on the lower of depreciation costs and market prices for similar premises in that locality, but CUCL could charge Unicom Group market rates for premises leased to Unicom Group. In cases where the premises were leased from a third party, the rental was the amount payable in the head lease. In the case of shared premises, the

104


Table of Contents

price was split in proportion to the respective areas occupied by the parties. In connection with our provision of premises to Guoxin Paging, which was effective from January 1, 2004, the rental was based on the higher of depreciation costs and market prices for similar premises in each locality. The 2005 Guoxin Premises Leasing Agreement has been replaced by the Current Comprehensive Services Agreement.
     The terms in the 2005 Comprehensive Services Agreement and the Current Comprehensive Services Agreement with respect to mutual provision of premises between Unicom Group or its subsidiaries and us are similar to those in the previous agreements.
      Engineering design and technical services
     China Information Technology Designing & Consulting Institute, or CITDCI, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Unicom Group, provides engineering design and technical services to us pursuant to the Current Comprehensive Services Agreement. We will select the providers of engineering design services and technical services by way of public tender. Unicom Group will ensure that CITDCI possesses qualifications and conditions which are not inferior to those of an independent third party, and participates in the tendering process equally with any independent third parties. The service standard for engineering design and technical services provided by CITDCI to us should not be less favorable than those similar services provided by an independent third party to us. The pricing standard for the engineering design and technical services will be implemented with reference to but should not be higher than those set out in the applicable regulations and other relevant national standards. In addition, such pricing standard shall not be higher than those adopted by an independent third party providing similar services in the same industry.
      Procurement of CDMA Handsets
     Pursuant to a framework agreement for procurement of CDMA handsets dated December 19, 2006, the Guizhou branch of Unicom Huasheng sells CDMA handsets to the Guizhou branch of Unicom Group. The selling prices are determined based on factors including the cost of the CDMA handsets acquired by Unicom Huasheng and the cost in distributing CDMA handsets to recipients. In 2006, the total sales from Unicom Huasheng to the Guizhou branch of Unicom Group under this framework agreement was RMB 98.5 million.
Agreements relating to the Acquisition of Unicom International from Unicom Group
     In relation to the acquisition by us of Unicom International from Unicom Group, we and China Unicom (Hong Kong) Group Limited, which is a indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of Unicom Group, entered into a conditional sale and purchase agreement, dated July 28, 2004. This agreement includes the following terms:
    China Unicom (Hong Kong) Group Limited’s agreement to transfer all of its equity interest in Unicom International to us;
 
    our agreement to pay China Unicom (Hong Kong) Group Limited a cash consideration in the amount of HK$37,159,995.77; and
 
    warranties given by China Unicom (Hong Kong) Group Limited to us in relation to Unicom International.

105


Table of Contents

Agreements relating to the Acquisition of Unicom New World from Unicom Group and the Sale of Guoxin Paging to Unicom Group
      The Reorganization Agreement
     In relation to the restructuring in connection with the acquisition by us of Unicom New World from Unicom Group, Unicom Group entered into a reorganization agreement with Unicom New World, dated November 4, 2003. This agreement includes the following terms:
    Unicom Group’s agreement to transfer to Unicom New World the assets and liabilities attributable to the businesses as described under “A. History and Development of the Company - Acquisitions of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World and the Sale of Guoxin Paging” under Item 4;
 
    mutual warranties and indemnities given by Unicom Group and Unicom New World in relation to the assets and liabilities transferred to Unicom New World and in relation to the restructuring; and
 
    undertakings by Unicom Group in favor of Unicom New World, including undertakings:
  §   to hold and maintain all licenses received from the MII in connection with any of the transferred businesses for the benefit of Unicom New World, and to allocate spectrum and to provide other resources to Unicom New World;
 
  §   subject to applicable Chinese laws and regulations in effect at the relevant time, to take all actions necessary to obtain, maintain, renew and otherwise extend to or for the benefit of Unicom New World such governmental or regulatory licenses, consents, permits or other approvals as Unicom New World may require to continue to operate its businesses; and
 
  §   not to engage in any business which competes with our businesses except for the existing competing businesses of Unicom Group.
      Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement with respect to Unicom New World
     In relation to the acquisition by us of Unicom New World from Unicom Group, we and Unicom BVI entered into a conditional sale and purchase agreement, dated November 20, 2003. This agreement includes the following terms:
    Unicom BVI’s agreement to transfer all of its equity interest in Unicom New World (BVI) Limited, which holds 100% of the equity interest in Unicom New World, to us;
 
    our agreement to pay Unicom BVI a cash consideration in the amount of HK$3,014,886,000 (approximately RMB3.2 billion); and
 
    warranties given by Unicom BVI to us in relation to Unicom New World.

106


Table of Contents

      Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement with respect to Guoxin Paging
     In relation to the sale by us of Guoxin Paging to Unicom Group, CUCL and the A Share Company entered into a conditional sale and purchase agreement, dated November 20, 2003. This agreement includes the following terms:
    CUCL’s agreement to sell to the A Share Company, and the A Share Company’s agreement to acquire from CUCL, all of CUCL’s equity interest in Guoxin Paging;
 
    the A Share Company’s agreement to pay CUCL a cash consideration in the amount of HK$2,590,917,656 (approximately RMB2.75 billion); and
 
    warranties given by CUCL to the A Share Company in relation to Guoxin Paging.
Agreements relating to the Restructuring in connection with Acquisition of Unicom New Century from Unicom Group
      The Reorganization Agreement
     In relation to the restructuring in connection with the acquisition by us of Unicom New Century from Unicom Group, Unicom Group entered into a reorganization agreement with Unicom New Century, dated November 18, 2002. This agreement includes the following terms:
    Unicom Group’s agreement to transfer to Unicom New Century the assets and liabilities attributable to the businesses as described in “A. History and Development of the Company - Acquisitions of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World and the Sale of Guoxin Paging” under Item 4;
 
    mutual warranties and indemnities given by Unicom Group and Unicom New Century in relation to the assets and liabilities transferred to Unicom New Century and in relation to the restructuring; and
 
    undertakings by Unicom Group in favor of Unicom New Century, including undertakings:
  §   to hold and maintain all licenses received from the MII in connection with any of the transferred businesses for the benefit of Unicom New Century, and to allocate spectrum and to provide other resources to Unicom New Century;
 
  §   subject to applicable Chinese laws and regulations in effect at the relevant time, to take all actions necessary to obtain, maintain, renew and otherwise extend to or for the benefit of Unicom New Century such governmental or regulatory licenses, consents, permits or other approvals as Unicom New Century may require to continue to operate its businesses; and
 
  §   not to engage in any business which competes with our businesses except for the existing competing businesses of Unicom Group.

107


Table of Contents

      Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement
     In relation to the acquisition by us of Unicom New Century from Unicom Group, we and Unicom BVI entered into a conditional sale and purchase agreement, dated November 20, 2002. This agreement includes the following terms:
    Unicom BVI’s agreement to transfer all of its equity interest in Unicom New Century (BVI) Limited, which holds 100% of the equity interest in Unicom New Century, to us;
 
    our agreement to pay Unicom BVI a cash consideration in the amount of HK$4,523,181,304 (approximately RMB4.8 billion); and
 
    warranties given by Unicom BVI to us in relation to Unicom New Century.
Agreements Relating to the Restructuring in Connection with Our Initial Public Offering
      The Reorganization Agreement
     In relation to the restructuring in connection with our initial public offering, our wholly-owned subsidiary, CUCL, entered into a reorganization agreement with Unicom Group dated April 21, 2000. This agreement includes the following terms:
    Unicom Group’s agreement to transfer to CUCL the assets and liabilities attributable to the businesses as described in “A. History and Development of the Company - The Restructuring of Unicom Group and Our Initial Public Offering in 2000” under Item 4,
 
    mutual warranties and indemnities given by Unicom Group and CUCL in relation to the assets and liabilities transferred to CUCL and in relation to the restructuring,
 
    undertakings by Unicom Group in favor of CUCL, including, among others:
  §   to hold and maintain all licenses received from the MII in connection with any of our businesses for our benefit, and to allocate spectrum and to provide other resources to us;
 
  §   subject to applicable Chinese laws and regulations in effect at the relevant time, to take all actions necessary to obtain, maintain, renew and otherwise extend to or for our benefit such governmental or regulatory licenses, consents, permits or other approvals as we shall require to continue to operate our businesses;
 
  §   to arrange for us to participate in its international roaming arrangements;
 
  §   not to engage in any business which competes with our businesses except for the existing competing businesses of Unicom Group;
 
  §   to grant us a right of first refusal in relation to any government authorization, license or permit, or other business opportunity to develop any new telecommunications technology, product or service;

108


Table of Contents

  §   to ensure that we can continue to use premises for which title documentation cannot be obtained at this time for a period of three years following the restructuring;
 
  §   not to dispose of any of our shares it beneficially owns or to take or permit any other actions, including primary issuances of securities by us or CUCL, which would result in us or CUCL no longer constituting majority owned subsidiaries of Unicom Group; and
 
  §   not to seek an overseas listing for any of its businesses or the businesses of its subsidiaries in which we are engaged or may engage in the future except through us;
    an option granted by Unicom Group to us to acquire Unicom Group’s interest in any telecommunications interest such as Unicom Paging, Unicom Xingye and Unicom Group’s CDMA telephony license and business; and
 
    a commitment by Unicom Group that it will provide continuous financial support to us when necessary.
     The Current Comprehensive Services Agreement provides that the determination of whether we or CUCL would constitute majority owned subsidiaries of the Unicom Group shall be made in accordance with the PRC Enterprise Accounting Standards as amended by the Ministry of Finance from time to time.
      Equity Transfer Agreement
     In relation to the restructuring in connection with our initial public offering, we, Unicom Group, China Unicom (Hong Kong) Group Limited and China Unicom (BVI) Limited entered into an equity transfer agreement, dated April 21, 2000. This agreement includes the following terms:
    Unicom Group’s agreement to transfer all of its equity interest in CUCL to us;
 
    our agreement to issue shares to China Unicom (BVI) Limited, China Unicom (BVI) Limited’s agreement to issue shares to China Unicom (Hong Kong) Group Limited and China Unicom (Hong Kong) Group Limited’s agreement to issue shares to Unicom Group;
 
    Unicom Group’s and our agreement that:
  §   we shall be entitled to apply in Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and in all places outside of China for all trademarks incorporating the word Unicom in English and Chinese and for the Unicom logo; and
 
  §   once these trademarks have been registered, we will sublicense these trademarks to Unicom Group, CUCL, Guoxin Paging and Guoxin Paging’s subsidiaries on a royalty-free basis; and
    warranties and indemnities given by Unicom Group to us in relation to CUCL.

109


Table of Contents

      Trademark Agreement
     Unicom Group is the registered owner of the Unicom trademark in English and the trademark bearing the Unicom logo, which are registered at the People’s Republic of China State Trademark Bureau. Under a PRC trademark license agreement entered into on May 25, 2000 between Unicom Group and CUCL, CUCL and our affiliates were granted the right to use these trademarks on a royalty-free basis for an initial period of five years, renewable at the option of CUCL. Under the terms of this agreement, we and our affiliates are the exclusive licensees of these trademarks provided that Unicom Group may also license these trademarks to any of its existing or future subsidiaries. Unicom Group also agreed to license to CUCL any trademark that it registers in China in the future which incorporates the word Unicom.
     CUCL entered into a service agreement with Unicom Paging on August 1, 2001. Under the terms of the agreement, both parties agreed to license their respective trademarks and logos to each other on equitable terms and free of charge.
C. Interests of Experts and Counsel
     Not applicable.
Item 8. Financial Information
     See Item 18, “Financial Statements.” Other than as disclosed elsewhere in this annual report, no significant change has occurred since the date of the annual financial statements.
Legal Proceedings
     We are not involved in any material litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings. So far as we are aware, we do not have any pending or threatened litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings expected to have a material effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Policy on Dividend Distribution
     The objective of our dividend policy is to achieve a long-term, sustainable and steadily increasing dividend, with a view to maximize our shareholders’ value. The declaration and payment of future dividends will depend upon, among other things, financial condition, business prospects, future earnings, cash flow, liquidity level and cost of capital. We believe such policy will provide our shareholders with a stable return in the long term along with the growth of our company. We may only pay dividends out of our distributable profits.
     Having taken into account such factors as our financial condition, cash flow position and requirements to ensure the sustainable future growth of our business, our board of directors recommended payment of a final dividend of RMB0.18 per share for the financial year ended December 31, 2006. This represents an increase of 63.6% over the annual dividend of RMB0.11 per share for the financial year ended December 31, 2005 and a dividend payout ratio of 60.8%.
Item 9. The Offer and Listing
Market Price Information
     Our American depositary shares, each representing ten ordinary shares, are listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange. Our ordinary shares are listed and traded on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange.

110


Table of Contents

The New York Stock Exchange and the Hong Kong Stock Exchange are the principal trading markets for our ADSs and ordinary shares, which are not listed on any other exchanges in or outside the United States.
     The high and low closing prices of our ordinary shares on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange and of our ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange since listing are as follows:
                                 
    Price per Ordinary Share (HK$)   Price per ADS (US$)
    High   Low   High   Low
Annual:
                               
2002
    8.90       4.15       11.54       5.35  
2003
    8.00       3.92       10.55       5.02  
2004
    10.20       5.20       13.18       6.78  
2005
    7.20       5.65       9.19       7.30  
2006
    12.44       6.25       15.46       8.03  
 
                               
Quarterly:
                               
First Quarter, 2005
    7.20       5.65       9.19       7.30  
Second Quarter, 2005
    6.65       5.90       8.42       7.61  
Third Quarter, 2005
    6.95       6.15       9.08       7.83  
Fourth Quarter, 2005
    6.65       5.90       8.55       7.54  
First Quarter, 2006
    7.00       6.25       9.12       8.03  
Second Quarter, 2006
    7.80       6.40       10.33       8.10  
Third Quarter, 2006
    7.80       6.60       9.91       8.53  
Fourth Quarter, 2006
    12.44       7.76       15.46       9.84  
 
                               
Monthly:
                               
January 2007
    11.78       9.51       15.09       12.80  
February 2007
    10.78       9.90       13.82       12.22  
March 2007
    11.32       9.10       14.34       11.75  
April 2007
    11.86       11.18       15.24       14.42  
May 2007
    12.00       11.12       15.50       14.41  
June 2007 (through June 27)
    13.48       11.06       17.33       14.39  
Item 10. Additional Information
A. Share Capital
     Not applicable.
B. Memorandum and Articles of Association
General
     Under our Memorandum of Association, we have the capacity, rights, powers, liabilities and privileges of a natural person. The following is a summary of selected provisions of our Articles of Association:
Directors
      Material Interests and Voting
     A director shall not vote (or be counted in the quorum) on any resolution of our board of directors in respect of any contract or arrangement or proposal in which he or any of his associates (as defined in the Hong Kong Stock Exchange Listing Rules) is, to his knowledge, materially interested, and if he shall do so,

111


Table of Contents

his vote shall not be counted (nor shall he be counted in the quorum for that resolution), but this prohibition does not apply to any contract, arrangement or other proposal for or concerning:
    the giving of any security or indemnity either (i) to the director or any of his associates (as defined in the Hong Kong Stock Exchange Listing Rules) in respect of money lent or obligations incurred by him or any of them at the request of or for the benefit of Unicom or any of its subsidiaries or (ii) to a third party in respect of a debt or obligation of Unicom or any of its subsidiaries for which the director or any of his associates has himself assumed responsibility or guaranteed or secured in whole or in part;
 
    an offer of shares or debentures or other securities of or by Unicom (or any other company which Unicom may promote or be interested in) where the director or any of his associates is a participant in the underwriting or sub-underwriting of the offer;
 
    any other company in which the director or any of his associates is interested only, whether directly or indirectly, as an officer or shareholder or in which the director is beneficially interested in shares of that company, provided that he, together with any of his associates, is not beneficially interested in 5% or more of (i) the issued shares of any class of such company (or of any third company through which such interest is derived) or (ii) the voting rights attached to such issued shares or securities (excluding for the purpose of calculating such 5% interest, any indirect interest of such director or any of his associates by virtue of an interest of Unicom in such company);
 
    the benefit of employees of Unicom or any of its subsidiaries including (i) the adoption, modification or operation of any employees share scheme under which the director or any of his associates may benefit or (ii) the adoption, modification or operation of a pension fund or retirement, death or disability benefits scheme which relates both to directors, their associates and employees of Unicom or any of its subsidiaries and does not provide in respect of the director or any of his associates, any privilege or advantage not generally accorded to the class of persons to which such scheme or fund relates; or
 
    any contract or arrangement in which the director or any of his associates is interested in the same manner as other holders of shares or debentures or other securities of Unicom by virtue only of his interest in shares or debentures or other securities of Unicom.
      Remuneration and Pensions
     The directors of Unicom are entitled to receive by way of remuneration for their services such sum as is from time to time determined by Unicom in general meeting. The directors are also entitled to be repaid all traveling, hotel and other expenses reasonably incurred by them in or about the performance of their duties as directors. The board of directors may grant special remuneration to any director who performs services which in the opinion of the board are outside the scope of the ordinary duties of a director.
     The board may establish and maintain any contributory or non-contributory pension or superannuation funds for the benefit of, or give donations, gratuities, pensions, allowances or emoluments to, any persons (i) who are or were at any time in the employment or service of Unicom, or of any company which is a subsidiary of Unicom, or is allied or associated with Unicom or with any such subsidiary company, or (ii) who are or were at any time directors or officers of Unicom or of any such other company above, and holding or who have held any salaried employment or office in Unicom or such other company, and the wives, widows, families and dependants of any such persons, and may make payments for or towards the insurance of any such persons. Any director holding any such employment or office is entitled

112


Table of Contents

to participate in, and retain for his own benefit, any such donation, gratuity, pension, allowance or emolument.
      Borrowing Powers
     The directors may exercise all the powers of Unicom to borrow money and to mortgage or charge all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital of Unicom and to issue debentures, debenture stocks, bonds and other securities, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of Unicom or of any third party.
      Qualification of Directors
     A director of Unicom is not required to hold any qualification shares. No person is required to vacate office or be ineligible for re-election or reappointment as a director.
      Rotation of Directors
     At every annual general meeting, one-third of the directors for the time being, or, if the number is not three or a multiple of three, then the number nearest one-third, shall retire from office by rotation. The directors to retire in every year shall be those who have been longest in office since their last election. In addition, a director appointed by the board to fill in a casual vacancy or as an addition to the board shall retire at the next following general meeting and shall not be taken into account in determining the number of directors who are to retire by rotation at each annual general meeting. The retiring directors shall be eligible for re-election.
Rights Attached to Ordinary Shares
      Voting Rights
     Under the Companies Ordinance, any action to be taken by the shareholders in a general meeting requires the affirmative vote of either an ordinary or a special resolution passed at the meeting. An ordinary resolution is one passed by the majority of such shareholders as are entitled to, and do, vote in person or by proxy at a general meeting. A special resolution is one passed by not less than three-quarters of such shareholders as are entitled to, and do, vote in person or by proxy at a general meeting. Most shareholders decisions are passed by ordinary resolutions. However, the Companies Ordinance and our articles of association stipulate that certain matters may only be passed by special resolutions.
     Subject to any special rights, privileges or restrictions as to voting that may from time to time be attached to any class or classes of shares, at any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a show of hands unless a poll is required by the Listing Rules of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange or is demanded by:
    the chairman of the meeting,
 
    at least three shareholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting,
 
    any shareholder or shareholders present in person or by proxy and representing in the aggregate not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all shareholders having the right to attend and vote at the meeting, or

113


Table of Contents

    any shareholder or shareholders present in person or by proxy and holding shares conferring a right to attend and vote at the meeting on which there have been paid up sums in the aggregate equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all shares conferring that right.
     On a show of hands, every individual shareholder who is present in person and every corporate shareholder who is present by a representative duly authorized under section 115 of the Companies Ordinance has one vote.
     On a poll, every shareholder present in person or, if the shareholder is a corporation, by duly authorized representative, or by proxy has one vote for every share of which he or she is the shareholder which is fully paid up or credited as fully paid up. However, no amount paid up or credited as paid up on a share in advance of calls or installments is treated for the foregoing purposes as paid up on the share.
     Any action to be taken by the shareholders requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares at a meeting of shareholders. There are no cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the shares voting for the election of directors can elect all the directors if they choose to do so.
      Issue of Shares
     Under the Companies Ordinance, our board of directors may, without prior approval of our shareholders, offer to issue new shares to existing shareholders proportionately according to their shareholdings. Our board of directors may not offer to issue new shares in any other manner without the prior approval of our shareholders in a general meeting. Any such approval given in a general meeting will continue in force until the conclusion of the following annual general meeting or the expiration of the period within which the next annual general meeting is required by law to be held or when revoked or varied by an ordinary resolution of our shareholders in a general meeting, whichever comes first. If such approval is given, the un-issued shares shall be at the disposal of our board of directors, which may offer, allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of them to such persons, at such times and for such consideration and upon such terms and conditions as our board of directors may determine.
     In accordance with the Listing Rules of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, any such approval given by the shareholders must be limited to shares with an aggregate nominal value not exceeding 20 per cent of the aggregate nominal value of our share capital in issue plus the aggregate nominal amount of share capital repurchased by us since the granting of such approval.
      Dividends
     Subject to the Companies Ordinance and as set out in our articles of association, our shareholders in a general meeting may from time to time by ordinary resolution declare dividends to be paid to our shareholders according to their rights and interests in the profits available for distribution, but no dividend shall be declared in excess of the amount recommended by our board of directors.
     In addition to any dividends declared in a general meeting upon the recommendation of the board of directors, our board of directors may from time to time declare and pay to our shareholders such interim dividends as appear to our board of directors to be justified by our financial position. Our board of directors may also pay any fixed dividend which is payable on any of our shares on any other dates, whenever our financial position, in the opinion of our board of directors, justifies such payments.

114


Table of Contents

     All dividends or bonuses unclaimed for one year after having become payable may be invested or otherwise made use of by the board for the benefit of Unicom until claimed. All dividends or bonuses unclaimed for six years after having been declared may be forfeited by the board and will revert to Unicom.
      Winding Up
     If we are wound up, the surplus assets remaining after payment to all creditors shall be divided among the shareholders in proportion to the capital paid up on the shares held by them, subject to the rights of the holders of any shares which may be issued on special terms or conditions.
     If we are wound up, the liquidator may, with the sanction of a special resolution, divide among our shareholders in specie or in kind the whole or any part of our assets or vest any part of our assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of our shareholders or any of them as the resolution shall provide.
      Miscellaneous
     Shareholders are not entitled to any redemption rights, conversion rights or preemptive rights on the transfer of ordinary shares.
     The transfer agent and registrar for the shares is Hong Kong Registrars Limited, 46th Floor, Hopewell Centre, 183 Queen’s Road East, Hong Kong.
      Modification of Rights
     Subject to the Companies Ordinance, any of the rights from time to time attaching to any class of shares may, subject to the provisions of the Companies Ordinance, be varied or abrogated with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than three-fourths of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of shares of that class. The provisions of our Articles of Association relating to general meetings apply to such separate general meetings, except that the necessary quorum is not less than two persons holding or representing by proxy one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of that class, and that any holder of the shares of the class present in person or by proxy may demand a poll.
Annual General and Extraordinary General Meetings
     We must hold in each year a general meeting as our annual general meeting in addition to any other meetings in that year. The annual general meeting is held at such time (within a period of not more than fifteen months, or such longer period as the Registrar of Companies of Hong Kong may authorize in writing, after the holding of the last preceding annual general meeting) and place as may be determined by the Directors. All other general meetings are called extraordinary general meetings. The Directors may call an extraordinary general meeting at any time or upon request in accordance with the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance.
     Subject to the Companies Ordinance, an annual general meeting and a meeting called for the passing of a special resolution can be called by not less than twenty-one days’ notice in writing, and any other general meeting can be called by not less than fourteen days’ notice in writing. The notice must specify the place, date and time of meeting, and, in the case of special business, the general nature of that business.

115


Table of Contents

Limitations on Rights to Own Securities
     There are no limitations on the rights to own securities, including the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on the securities, imposed by Hong Kong law or by our Memorandum of Association or our Articles of Association.
Changes in Capital
     We may exercise any powers conferred or permitted by the Companies Ordinance to purchase or otherwise acquire our own shares and warrants at any price or to give, directly or indirectly, by means of a loan, guarantee, the provision of security or otherwise, financial assistance for the purpose of or in connection with a purchase made by any person of any shares or warrants in Unicom. Repurchases of our own shares may be made either by way of a general offer to all shareholders in proportion to their shareholdings, by purchasing our shares on a stock exchange or by an off-market contract with individual shareholders. Any such purchase or other acquisition or financial assistance must be made or given in accordance with any relevant rules or regulations issued by the Hong Kong Stock Exchange or the Securities and Futures Commission of Hong Kong.
     We in general meeting may, from time to time, by ordinary resolution increase our authorized share capital by the creation of new shares, and prescribe the amount of new capital and number of new shares. We may from time to time by ordinary resolution:
    consolidate and divide all or any of our share capital into shares of a larger amount than our existing shares;
 
    divide our shares into several classes and attach to them any preferential, deferred, qualified or special rights, privileges or conditions;
 
    cancel any shares which at the date of the passing of the resolution have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person, and diminish the amount of our share capital by the amount of the shares so canceled;
 
    sub-divide our shares or any of them into shares of a smaller amount than is fixed by our Memorandum of Association, subject nevertheless to the provisions of the Companies Ordinance; and
 
    make provision for the issue and allotment of shares which do not carry any voting rights.
C. Material Contracts
     In addition to contracts we have entered into with our controlling shareholder, Unicom Group, or its subsidiaries, as described in “B. Related Party Transactions” under Item 7, Unicom Group, we or our subsidiaries have entered into the following contracts that are not in the ordinary course of business within the two years preceding the date of this annual report that are or may be material:
    Subscription Agreement between our Company and SK Telecom Co., Ltd., dated June 20, 2006, relating to US$1 billion zero coupon convertible bonds due 2009. See “B. Liquidity and Capital Resources — Indebtedness and Capital Structure” under Item 5.

116


Table of Contents

D. Exchange Controls
     The ability of our operating subsidiary, CUCL, to satisfy their respective foreign exchange obligations and to pay dividends to us depends on existing and future exchange control regulations in China. The Renminbi is currently convertible under the current account, which includes trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions. Renminbi currently cannot be converted under the capital account, which includes foreign direct investment. CUCL, our wholly-owned subsidiary that holds substantially all of our assets, is a foreign investment enterprise. The foreign investment enterprise status will allow it to purchase foreign exchange at designated foreign exchange banks for settlement of current account transactions without the approval of the State Administration for Foreign Exchange. These current account transactions include payment of dividends. However, the relevant PRC government authorities may in the future limit or eliminate the authorizations for a foreign investment enterprise to retain its foreign exchange to satisfy its foreign exchange obligations or to pay dividends in the future. Furthermore, certain foreign exchange transactions of this subsidiary under the capital account still require approvals from the State Administration for Foreign Exchange. This requirement affects our subsidiary’s ability to obtain foreign exchange through equity financing, including by means of capital contributions from us.
     Under existing Hong Kong law, (i) there are no foreign exchange controls or other laws which restrict the import or export of capital and which would affect the availability of cash and cash equivalents for our use, (ii) there are no foreign exchange controls or other laws, decrees or regulations that affect the remittance of interest, dividends or other payments on our outstanding debt and equity securities to U.S. residents and (iii) there are no limitations on the rights of non-resident or foreign owners to hold our debt or equity securities.
E. Taxation
     The taxation of income and capital gains of holders of ordinary shares or ADSs is subject to the laws and practices of Hong Kong and of jurisdictions in which holders of ordinary shares or ADSs are resident or otherwise subject to tax. The following summary of certain relevant taxation provisions is based on current law and practice, is subject to change and does not constitute legal or tax advice. The discussion does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in the ordinary shares or ADSs. In particular, the discussion does not address the tax consequences under state, local and other laws, such as non-Hong Kong and non-U.S. federal laws. The discussion is based upon laws and relevant interpretations in effect as of the date of this annual report.
Hong Kong
      Tax on Dividends
     Under the current practices of the Hong Kong Inland Revenue Department, no tax is payable in Hong Kong in connection with dividends paid by us, either by withholding or otherwise, unless such dividends are attributable to a trade, profession or business carried on in Hong Kong.
      Profits
     No tax is imposed in Hong Kong in respect of capital gains from the sale of shares and ADSs. Trading gains from the sale of shares or ADSs by persons carrying on a trade, profession or business in Hong Kong where such gains are derived from or arise in Hong Kong from such trade, profession or business will be chargeable to Hong Kong income tax rates of 17.5% on corporations and 16.0% on individuals. Gains from sales of shares effected on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange will be considered to be derived from or arise in Hong Kong. Liability for Hong Kong income tax would thus arise in respect of

117


Table of Contents

trading gains from sales of shares or ADSs realized by persons carrying on a business of trading or dealing in securities in Hong Kong.
      Stamp Duty
     Hong Kong stamp duty, currently charged at the rate of 0.1% of the higher of the consideration for or the value of the shares, will be payable by the purchaser on every purchase and by the seller on every sale of shares. In addition, a fixed duty of HK$5 is currently payable on any instrument of transfer of shares. If one of the parties to the sale is a non-resident of Hong Kong and does not pay the required stamp duty, the duty not paid will be assessed on the instrument of transfer (if any) and the transferee will be liable for payment of such duty.
     The withdrawal of shares upon the surrender of ADRs, and the issuance of ADRs upon the deposit of shares, will also attract stamp duty at the rate described above unless such withdrawal or deposit does not result in a change in the beneficial ownership of the shares under Hong Kong law. The issuance of the ADRs upon the deposit of shares issued directly to The Bank of New York, as depositary of the ADSs, or for the account of The Bank of New York does not attract stamp duty. No Hong Kong stamp duty is payable upon the transfer of ADSs outside Hong Kong.
      Estate Duty
     The Revenue (Abolition of Estate Duty) Ordinance 2005 became effective on February 11, 2006 in Hong Kong. No Hong Kong estate duty is payable and no estate duty clearance papers are needed for an application for a grant of representation in respect of holder of the shares, whose deaths occur on or after February 11, 2006.
United States
      United States Federal Income Taxation
     This section describes the material United States federal income tax consequences to a U.S. holder (as defined below) of owning shares or ADSs. It applies to you only if you hold your shares or ADSs as capital assets for tax purposes. This section does not apply to you if you are a member of a special class of holders subject to special rules, including:
    a dealer in securities,
 
    a trader in securities that elects to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for your securities holdings,
 
    a tax-exempt organization,
 
    an insurance company,
 
    a person liable for alternative minimum tax,
 
    a person that actually or constructively owns 10% or more of our voting stock,
 
    a person that holds shares or ADSs that are a hedge or that are hedged against currency risks or as part of a straddle or a conversion transaction, or
 
    a person whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar.
     This section is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations, published rulings and court decisions, all as currently in effect. These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. In addition, this section is based in part upon the

118


Table of Contents

representations of the Depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms.
     You are a U.S. holder if you are a beneficial owner of shares or ADSs and you are:
    a citizen or resident of the United States,
 
    a corporation organized under the laws of the United States or any States,
 
    an estate whose income is subject to United States federal income tax regardless of its source, or
 
    a trust if a United States court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more United States persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust.
     You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the United States federal, state and local tax consequences of owning and disposing of shares and ADSs in your particular circumstances.
     This discussion addresses only United States federal income taxation.
     In general, taking into account the earlier assumptions, for United States federal income tax purposes, if you hold ADRs evidencing ADSs, you will be treated as the owner of the shares represented by those ADSs. Exchanges of shares for ADSs, and ADSs for shares, generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax.
      Taxation of Dividends
     Under the United States federal income tax laws, and subject to the passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, rules discussed below, if you are a U.S. holder, the gross amount of any dividend we pay out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for United States federal income tax purposes) is subject to United States federal taxation. If you are a non-corporate U.S. holder, dividends paid to you in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2002 and before January 1, 2011 that constitute qualified dividend income will be taxable to you at a maximum tax rate of 15% provided that you hold the shares or ADSs for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and meet other holding period requirements. Dividends we pay with respect to the shares or ADSs will be qualified dividend income provided that, in the year that you receive the dividend, the shares or ADSs are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States.
     The dividend is taxable to you when you, in the case of shares, or the Depositary, in the case of ADSs, receive the dividend, actually or constructively. The dividend will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to United States corporations in respect of dividends received from other United States corporations. The amount of the dividend distribution that you must include in your income as a U.S. holder will be the U.S. dollar value of the Hong Kong Dollar payments made, determined at the spot Hong Kong/U.S. dollar rate on the date the dividend distribution is includible in your income, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars. Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date you include the dividend payment in income to the date you convert the payment into U.S. dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss and will not be eligible for the special tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income. The gain or loss generally will be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for United States federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of your basis in the shares or ADSs and thereafter as capital gain.

119


Table of Contents

     Special rules apply in determining the foreign tax credit limitation with respect to dividends that are subject to the maximum 15% tax rate. Dividends will be income from sources outside the United States, but dividends paid in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2007 generally will be “passive income” or “financial services income” and dividends paid in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2006 will, depending on your circumstances, be “passive income” or “general income” which, in either case, is treated separately from other types of income for purposes of computing the foreign tax credit allowable to you.
      Taxation of Capital Gains
     Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, if you are a U.S. holder and you sell or otherwise dispose of your shares or ADSs, you will recognize capital gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the U.S. dollar value of the amount that you realize and your tax basis, determined in U.S. dollars, in your shares or ADSs. Capital gain of a non-corporate U.S. holder that is recognized on or after May 6, 2003 and before January 1, 2011 is generally taxed at a maximum rate of 15% where the property is held more than one year. The gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. Your ability to deduct capital losses is subject to limitations. Any Hong Kong stamp duty that you pay will not be a creditable tax for United States federal income tax purposes, but you may be able to deduct such stamp duty subject to limitations under the Code.
      Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules . We believe that we should not be treated as a passive foreign investment company for United States federal income tax purposes, but this conclusion is a factual determination that is made annually and thus may be subject to change.
     In general, if you are a U.S. holder, we will be a passive foreign investment company with respect to you if for any taxable year in which you held our ADSs or shares:
    at least 75% of our gross income for the taxable year is passive income; or
 
    at least 50% of the value, determined on the basis of a quarterly average, of our assets is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income.
     Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents (other than certain rents and royalties derived in the active conduct of a trade or business), annuities and gains from assets that produce passive income. If a foreign corporation owns directly or indirectly at least 25% by value of the stock of another corporation, the foreign corporation is treated for purposes of the passive foreign investment company tests as owning its proportionate share of the assets of the other corporation, and as receiving directly its proportionate share of the other corporation’s income.
     If we are treated as a passive foreign investment company, and you are a U.S. holder that does not make a mark-to-market election, as described below, you will be subject to special rules with respect to:
    any gain you realize on the sale or other disposition of your shares or ADSs; and
 
    any excess distribution that we make to you. Generally, any distributions to you during a single taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received by you in respect of the shares or ADSs during the three preceding taxable years or, if shorter, your holding period for the shares or ADSs.

120


Table of Contents

     Under these rules:
    the gain or excess distribution will be allocated ratably over your holding period for the shares or ADSs;
 
    the amount allocated to the taxable year in which you realized the gain or excess distribution will be taxed as ordinary income;
 
    the amount allocated to each prior year, with certain exceptions, will be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for that year; and
 
    the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed in respect of the tax attributable to each such year.
     Special rules apply for calculating the amount of the foreign tax credit with respect to excess distributions by a passive foreign investment company.
     If you own shares or ADSs in a passive foreign investment company that are treated as marketable stock, you may make a mark-to-market election. If you make this election, you will not be subject to the passive foreign investment company rules described above. Instead, in general, you will include as ordinary income each year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of your shares or ADSs at the end of the taxable year over your adjusted basis in your shares or ADSs. You will also be allowed to take an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of your shares or ADSs over their fair market value at the end of the taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of previously included income as a result of the mark-to-market election). Your basis in the shares or ADSs will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts. Your gain, if any, recognized upon the sale of your shares or ADSs will be taxed as ordinary income.
     In addition, notwithstanding any election you make with regard to the shares or ADSs, dividends that you receive from us will not constitute qualified dividend income to you if we are a PFIC either in the taxable year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year. Dividends that you receive that do not constitute qualified dividend income, are not eligible for taxation at the 15% maximum rate applicable to qualified dividend income. Instead, you must include the gross amount of any such dividend paid by us out of our accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for United States federal income tax purposes) in your gross income, and it will be subject to tax at rates applicable to ordinary income.
     If you own shares or ADSs during any year that we are a passive foreign investment company, you must file Internal Revenue Service Form 8621.
F. Dividends and Paying Agents
     Not applicable.
G. Statement by Experts
     Not applicable.
H. Documents on Display
     You can read and copy documents referred to in this annual report that have been filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, at the SEC’s public reference room located at 100 F

121


Table of Contents

Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference rooms and their copy charges. The SEC also maintains a web site at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC.
     The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” the information we file with the SEC. This means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to another document filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is considered to be part of this annual report on Form 20-F.
I. Subsidiary Information
     Not applicable.
Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risks
     Our exposure to financial market risks relates primarily to changes in interest rates and currency exchange rates.
Interest Rate Risk
     We are subject to market risks due to fluctuations in interest rates, principally as a result of our long-term loans, all of which bear variable interest rates. The original maturities of our long-term loans range from one to seven years.
     The People’s Bank of China has the sole authority in China to establish official interest rates for Renminbi-denominated loans. Financial institutions in China set their effective interest rates within the range established by the People’s Bank of China. The fair value of our borrowings is approximately the same as the carrying value since the interest rates on all our bank loans are variable. These bank loans, denominated in Renminbi, are borrowed from domestic banks at interest rates that vary in accordance with the standard guidance interest rates announced by relevant PRC government authorities.
     Interest rates and payment methods on loans denominated in foreign currencies are set by financial institutions based on interest rate changes in the international financial market, cost of funds, risk levels and other factors. In September 2003, we entered into a US$700 million term loan facility with 13 financial institutions, which is consisted of three tranches: a three-year US$200 million tranche, with an interest rate of 0.28% over the US$ LIBOR, a five-year US$300 million tranche, with an interest rate of 0.35% over the US$ LIBOR, and a seven-year US$200 million tranche, with an interest rate of 0.44% per annum over the US$ LIBOR. The three-year tranche of US$200 million was fully repaid in 2006.
     In February 2004, we entered into a US$500 million long-term syndicated loan agreement with 12 financial institutions to finance working capital and network construction expenditure. This facility is repayable in three years and carries an interest rate of 0.40% over US$ LIBOR per annum. The term loan was fully repaid in February 2007.
     In July 2005, CUCL completed an offering of two tranches of short-term bonds in the PRC inter-bank debenture market. The first tranche of the bonds was issued for an aggregate amount of RMB9.0 billion with a maturity period of 365 days and was repaid in July 2006. The second tranche of the bonds was issued for an aggregate amount of RMB1.0 billion with a maturity period of 180 days and was fully repaid in January 2006.

122


Table of Contents

     In March 2006, CUCL completed an offering of short-term bonds of RMB1.0 billion with a maturity period of 365 days, which were fully repaid in March 2007. In July 2006, CUCL completed another offering of short-term bonds in an aggregate amount of RMB6.0 billion, consisting of three tranches of RMB2.0 billion each, with a maturity period of 180 days, 270 days and 365 days, respectively. The first two tranches were fully repaid in the first half of 2007. The weighted average effective interest rate of these short-term bonds as at December 31, 2006 was 3.19%. As a result, our fixed rate debt obligation as of December 31, 2006 was RMB7.0 billion.
     On July 5, 2006, we issued US$1 billion zero coupon convertible bonds due 2009 to SKT. Subject to certain adjustments pursuant to the terms of the convertible bonds, such bonds can be converted into our ordinary shares one year after the issuance at an initial conversion price of HK$8.63 (US$1.11) per share. Unless previously redeemed, converted or purchased and cancelled pursuant to the terms of the convertible bonds, we will redeem all the outstanding bonds at 104.26% of their principal amount on July 5, 2009. In addition, the holder of such bonds, with prior written notice to us, may require us to redeem, on July 5, 2008, all or a portion of their bonds at 102.82% of the principal amount of the convertible bonds to be redeemed.
     As a result, we are exposed to interest rate risk resulting from fluctuations in interest rates on our debts. Increases in interest rates will increase the cost of new borrowing and the interest expense with respect to our outstanding floating rate debt, and therefore could have a material adverse effect on our financial position. From time to time, we may enter into interest rate swap agreements designed to mitigate our exposure to interest rate risks in connection with our borrowings denominated in foreign currencies, although we did not consider it necessary to do so in 2006. We are also considering hedging our borrowings denominated in Renminbi once interest rate swaps become available for Renminbi-denominated borrowings in China.
     The following table provides information, by maturity date, regarding our interest rate-sensitive financial instruments, which consist of variable rate debt obligation, as of December 31, 2006.
                                                                 
                                                            As of December  
    Expected Maturity Date     31, 2006  
                                            There-              
    2007     2008     2009     2010     2011     after     Total     Fair Value  
    (RMB equivalent in million, except interest rate)                  
Variable rate bank and other loans (RMB)
    80       35             200                   315       315  
Average interest rate (1)
    4.14 %     3.62 %     3.50 %     3.67 %                        
Variable rate bank and other loans (U.S. dollars)
          3,904       2,343       1,562                   7,809       7,809  
Average interest rate (2)
    5.74 %     5.77 %     5.57 %     5.39 %                        
 
(1)   The interest rates for variable rate bank and other loans are calculated based on the weighted average interest rates at the end of 2006.
 
(2)   The interest rates are the implied future LIBOR rates calculated based on U.S. swap as a proxy.
     For the year ended December 31, 2006, if the average interest rates for our variable rate bank and other loans had increased by 10%, we estimate that we would have incurred additional interest expenses of RMB105 million in 2006.
Exchange Rate Risk
     The majority of our indebtedness and capital expenditures are in Renminbi. Currency exchange rate risk exists with respect to our repayment of indebtedness to our foreign lenders, payables to equipment suppliers and contractors and our dividend payments to holders of ordinary shares and ADSs in foreign

123


Table of Contents

currencies. As of December 31, 2006, we had approximately RMB200 million of capital commitments in currencies other than Renminbi. We also had foreign currency-denominated debt outstanding, representing our five-year US$300 million term loan and seven-year US$200 million term loan entered into with 13 financial institutions in September 2003 and US$1 billion convertible bonds as described above. In addition, we had approximately US$501 million in bank balances and cash, and short-term bank deposits as of December 31, 2006. Fluctuations in exchange rates may lead to significant fluctuations in the exposure of our foreign currency-denominated liabilities and assets. We may, from time to time, enter into currency swap agreements and foreign exchange forward contracts designed to mitigate our exposure to foreign currency risks, although we did not consider this to be necessary in 2006. Although the Renminbi-to-U.S. dollar exchange rate has been relatively stable since 1994, we cannot predict or give any assurance of its future stability. On July 21, 2005, the PRC government changed its decade-old policy of pegging the value of the Renminbi to the U.S. dollar. As a result of the revaluation of the Renminbi, we recorded a foreign exchange gain of RMB0.37 billion in 2006. On May 19, 2007, the People’s Bank of China announced a policy to expand the maximum daily floating range of RMB trading prices against the U.S. dollar in the inter-bank spot foreign exchange market from 0.3% to 0.5%.
     The following table provides information regarding our foreign currency-sensitive financial instruments and transactions, which consist of short-term bank deposits, bank balances and cash, long-term debt obligations and capital commitments as of December 31, 2006.
                                                                 
    Expected Maturity Date     As of December 31, 2006  
                                            There-              
    2007     2008     2009     2010     2011     after     Total     Fair Value  
            (RMB equivalent in millions, except interest rate)          
On-balance sheet financial instruments:
                                                               
Short-term deposits with banks:
                                                               
in U.S. dollars
    174                                     174       174  
in Hong Kong dollars
    13                                     13       13  
Bank balances and cash:
                                                               
in U.S. dollars
    3,736                                     3,736       3,736  
in Hong Kong dollars
    655                                     655       655  
in EUR
    17                                     17       17  
Debts:
                                                               
Variable rate bank and other loans (U.S. dollars)
          3,904       2,343       1,562                   7,809       7,809  
Average interest rate (1)
    5.74 %     5.77 %     5.57 %     5.39 %                        
Convertible bonds (U.S. dollars)
                8,137                         8,137       10,325  
Average interest rate
    5.53 %     5.53 %     5.53 %                              
Off-balance sheet commitments:
                                                               
Capital commitments authorized and contracted for in U.S. dollars
    203                                     203       203  
 
(1)   The interest rates are the implied future LIBOR rates calculated based on U.S. swap as a proxy.
Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities
     Not Applicable.
PART II
Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies
     None.

124


Table of Contents

Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds
     None.
Item 15. Controls and Procedures
      Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
     Our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, after evaluating the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as of December 31, 2006, the end of the period covered by this annual report, have concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that material information relating to our Company was made known to them by others within our Company.
      Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
     Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) for the Company. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of our financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with applicable generally accepted accounting principles. Our internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions and dispositions of assets; provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with applicable generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and our directors; and provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect all misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
     As of December 31, 2006, our management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, or COSO. Based on this assessment, our management has concluded that our Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006 was effective.
     Our management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing on pages F2 and F3.

125


Table of Contents

      Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
     There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this annual report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
     We are fully aware of the importance of maintaining and improving our controls and procedures in relation to internal control over financial reporting. As disclosed in our annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2005, our assessment of the progress made for the period relevant for the preparation of our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2005 revealed that there were significant control deficiencies relating to: (i) the sufficiency of monitoring controls over period-end financial closing procedures of certain individual branches and (ii) the sufficiency of advanced knowledge, experiences and skills of our accounting personnel when applying international accounting standards. In 2006, we implemented a series of measures that have addressed these control deficiencies, strengthened control processes and procedures, and improved our internal control over financial reporting. These measures included, among others:
    standardizing control procedures for monitoring the financial reporting and period-end financial closing procedures at branch level and upgrading our business performance review processes and controls;
 
    expanding accounting manuals to clearly document key controls and processes for preparing consolidated financial statements in accordance with applicable accounting standards;
 
    hiring additional accounting professionals with experience in financial reporting and familiarity with international accounting practices and increasing technical training for our finance and accounting personnel in respect of relevant accounting standards;
 
    enhancing monitoring controls over branches by assessing the effectiveness of internal controls at branch-level based on our enterprise risk assessment results; and
 
    continuing to improve the policies and standards for the control environment within The Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission risk control framework.
     Our management, with the oversight of our audit committee and board of directors, is committed to having proper internal control over financial reporting. We believe that the measures already being implemented will continue to improve our internal control over financial reporting since many of these measures relate to people and processes that require time before they are fully effective.
Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert
     Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Wong Wai Ming, an Independent Non-executive Director and a member of our audit committee, is an audit committee financial expert.
Item 16B. Code of Ethics
     In 2003, we adopted a code of ethics that applies to our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, president, vice-presidents, controller and other senior officers. A copy of our Code of Ethics for Senior Officers was filed as Exhibit 11.1 to our annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003. In February 2006, we adopted another code of ethics that applies to our employees generally. A copy of our Code of Ethics for Employees is filed as Exhibit 11.2 to this annual report on Form

126


Table of Contents

20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005. Copies of our Code of Ethics for Senior Officers and Code of Ethics for Employees may also be downloaded from our website at http://www.chinaunicom.com.hk. Information on that website is not a part of this annual report on Form 20-F.
Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
     The following table sets forth the aggregate audit fees, audit-related fees, tax fees and other fees our principal accountant billed for products and services they provided for audit services, audit-related services, tax services and other services for each of the fiscal years 2005 and 2006:
                 
    For the years ended  
    December 31,  
    2005     2006  
    (in U.S. dollars)  
Audit fees
    7,350,000       15,418,000  
Audit-related fees
    3,704,800       1,445,000  
Tax fees
    4,300       11,000  
All other fees
          5,000  
 
           
Total
    11,059,100       16,879,000  
 
           
     Audit services include the standard audit work that needs to be performed each year in order to issue an opinion on the consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries. Audit services in 2006 also include audit work in connection with the evaluation of the Company management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and the audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. It also includes performing agreed upon procedures on quarterly financial statements and pre-issuance reviews of interim financial statements.
     Audit-related services include other assurance and related services that can be reasonably provided by the external auditor, including acquisition audit, special audit for the issuance of short-term bonds, agreed-upon procedures on certain transactions, and advisory services in respect of the Company’s internal control.
     Tax services include the assistance with compliance and reporting of enterprise taxes.
     Other services include providing the Company with access to an online database of global financial reporting literature regarding new pronouncements and guidance.
Audit Committee’s Pre-approval Policies and Procedures
     The Audit Committee of our Board of Directors is responsible, among other things, for the oversight of the external auditor subject to the requirements of the Hong Kong Company Ordinance and our Articles of Association. The Audit Committee has adopted a policy regarding pre-approval of audit and permissible non-audit services to be provided by our independent accountants. Under the policy, proposed services either (i) may be pre-approved by the Audit Committee without consideration of specific case-by-case services; or (ii) require the specific pre-approval of the Audit Committee. General approval applies to services of a recurring and predictable nature. These types of services, once approved by the Audit Committee, will not require further approval in the future, except when actual fees and expenses exceed pre-approved budget levels. In such a case, the Audit Committee may authorize one of its members to approve budget increases subject to the requirement that such member provide a report on his decision to

127


Table of Contents

approve or deny an application for budget increases to the Audit Committee at an Audit Committee meeting held immediately after such member grants or denies the approval.
     Specific pre-approval applies to all other services. These services must be approved by the Audit Committee on a case-by-case basis after an application including proposed budget and scope of services to be provided by our independent auditors is submitted to the Audit Committee.
Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees
     Not applicable.
Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
     Not applicable.
PART III
Item 17. Financial Statements
     We have elected to provide financial statements and related information specified in Item 18 in lieu of Item 17.
Item 18. Financial Statements
     See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” for a list of all financial statements filed as part of this annual report.
Item 19. Exhibits
     
Exhibit    
Number   Description of Exhibit
 
1.1
 
Memorandum of Association of Unicom, dated January 27, 2000 (1) .
 
   
1.2
  Amended Articles of Association of Unicom (as amended) (1) .
 
   
1.3
 
Amended Articles of Association of Unicom (as amended on May 12, 2004) (6) .
 
   
2.1
 
Deposit Agreement, among Unicom, The Bank of New York, as Depositary, and Owners and Beneficial Owners of American Depositary Receipts issued thereunder, including the form of American Depositary Receipt (2) .
 
   
2.2
  Form of specimen certificate for the shares (1) .
 
   
4.1
 
CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement among CUCL, Unicom Group and Unicom New Horizon, dated November 22, 2001 (4) .
 
   
4.2
 
Reorganization Agreement between Unicom Group and CUCL (together with English translation) (1) .
 
   
4.3
 
Services Agreement between Unicom Group and CUCL (together with English translation) (1) .
 
   
4.4
 
Lease Agreement between CUCL and Unicom Xingye Science and Technology Trade Co. Ltd. (together with English translation) (1) .
 
   
4.5
 
Transmission Line Lease and Services Agreement between Unicom Group, CUCL and Guoxin Paging (together with English translation) (1) .
 
   
4.6
 
Pre-Global Offering Share Option Scheme, adopted by ordinary resolution of the Company on June 1, 2000 and amended by ordinary resolution of the Company on May 13, 2002 (4) .

128


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit    
Number   Description of Exhibit
4.7
 
Pre-Global Offering Share Option Scheme, adopted by ordinary resolution of the Company on June 1, 2000 and amended by ordinary resolutions of the Company on May 13, 2002 and May 11, 2007*.
 
 
 
4.8
 
Share Option Scheme, adopted by ordinary resolution of the Company on June 1, 2000 and amended by ordinary resolutions of the Company on May 13, 2002 (4) .
 
 
 
4.9
 
Share Option Scheme, adopted by ordinary resolution of the Company on June 1, 2000 and amended by ordinary resolutions of the Company on May 13, 2002 and May 11, 2007*.
 
 
 
4.10
 
Service Agreements between executive directors of Unicom and Unicom (3) .
 
 
 
4.11
 
Reorganization Agreement between Unicom Group and Unicom New Century, dated November 18, 2002. (English translation) (5) .
 
 
 
4.12
 
Form of Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement between Unicom BVI and our company, dated November 20, 2002 (5) .
 
 
 
4.13
 
Comprehensive Services Agreement between Unicom Group and A Share Company, dated November 20, 2002. (English translation) (5) .
 
 
 
4.14
 
Transfer Agreement with respect to the Comprehensive Services Agreement between A Share Company and Unicom New Century, dated November 20, 2002. (English translation) (5) .
 
 
 
4.15
 
Form of CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement among Unicom New Horizon, A Share Company and Unicom Group, dated November 20, 2002 (5) .
 
 
 
4.16
 
Transfer Agreement with respect to the CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement between A Share Company and Unicom New Century, dated November 20, 2002. (English translation) (5) .
 
 
 
4.17
 
Reorganization Agreement between Unicom Group and Unicom New World, dated November 4, 2003. (English translation) (6) .
 
 
 
4.18
 
Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement between Unicom BVI and our Company, dated November 20, 2003 (6) .
 
 
 
4.19
 
Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement between CUCL and A Share Company, dated November 20, 2003. (English translation) (6) .
 
 
 
4.20
 
Comprehensive Services Agreement between Unicom Group and A Share Company, dated November 20, 2003. (English translation) (6) .
 
 
 
4.21
 
Transfer Agreement with respect to the Comprehensive Services Agreement between A Share Company and Unicom New World, dated November 20, 2003. (English translation) (6) .
 
 
 
4.22
 
CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement among Unicom New Horizon, A Share Company and Unicom Group, dated November 20, 2003 (6) .
 
 
 
4.23
 
Transfer Agreement with respect to the CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement between A Share Company and Unicom New World, dated November 20, 2003. (English translation) (6) .
 
 
 
4.24
 
Comprehensive Operator Services Agreement between Unicom Group and A Share Company, dated November 20, 2003. (English translation) (6) .
 
 
 
4.25
 
Transfer Agreement with respect to the Comprehensive Operator Services Agreement between A Share Company, CUCL, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World, dated November 20, 2003. (English translation) (6) .
 
 
 
4.26
 
Service Agreement between Mr. William Lo Wing Yan, executive director of Unicom, and Unicom. (English translation) (6) .
 
 
 
4.27
 
Letter Agreement between Mr. Wang Jianzhou, executive director of Unicom, and Unicom with respect to the Extension of the Service Agreement between Mr. Wang and Unicom. (English translation) (6) .

129


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit    
Number   Description of Exhibit
4.28
 
Conditional Sales and Purchase Agreement between China Unicom (Hong Kong) Group Limited and our Company with respect to the acquisition of Unicom International, dated July 28, 2004 (7) .
 
   
4.29
 
CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement between Unicom New Horizon, A Share Company and Unicom Group, dated March 24, 2005 (7) .
 
   
4.30
 
Transfer Agreement of The CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement between A Share Company, CUCL and Unicom New World, dated March 24, 2005. (English translation) (7) .
 
   
4.31
 
Comprehensive Services Agreement between A Share Company and Unicom Group, dated March 24, 2005. (English translation) (7) .
 
   
4.32
 
Transfer Agreement of the Comprehensive Services Agreement between A Share Company, CUCL and Unicom New World, dated March 24, 2005. (English translation) (7) .
 
   
4.33
 
Operator-based Comprehensive Services Agreement between Unicom New Guoxin and A Share Company, dated March 24, 2005. (English translation) (7) .
 
   
4.34
 
Transfer Agreement of the Operator-based Comprehensive Services Agreement between A Share Company and CUCL and Unicom New World, dated March 24, 2005. (English translation) (7) .
 
   
4.35
 
Premise Leasing Agreement between CUCL, Unicom New World and A Share Company, dated March 24, 2005. (English translation) (7) .
 
   
4.36
 
Transfer Agreement of the Premise Leasing Agreement between A Share Company and Unicom New Guoxin, dated March 24, 2005. (English translation) (7) .
 
   
4.37
  Subscription Agreement between Unicom and SK Telecom Co., Ltd., dated June 20, 2006 (8) .
 
   
4.38
 
CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement among Unicom New Horizon, A Share Company and Unicom Group, dated October 26, 2006*.
 
   
4.39
 
Transfer Agreement of The CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement between A Share Company and CUCL, dated October 26, 2006. (English translation)*.
 
   
4.40
 
Comprehensive Services Agreement between A Share Company and Unicom Group, dated October 26, 2006. (English translation)*.
 
   
4.41
 
Transfer Agreement of the Comprehensive Services Agreement between A Share Company and CUCL, dated October 26, 2006. (English translation)*.
 
   
8.1
  List of our significant subsidiaries (7) .
 
   
11.1
  Code of Ethics for Senior Officers (6) .
 
   
11.2
  Employee Code of Ethics (English translation) (8) .
 
   
12.1
  Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)*.
 
   
12.2
  Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)*.
 
   
13.1
  Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b)*.
 
   
13.2
  Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b)*.
 
(1)   Incorporated by reference to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-11938) filed with the SEC in connection with our initial public offering in June 2000.
 
(2)   Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form F-6 (File No. 333-11952) filed with the SEC with respect to American Depositary Shares representing our shares.
 
(3)   Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-15028) for the year ended December 31, 2000.
 
(4)   Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-15028) for the year ended December 31, 2001.
 
(5)   Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-15028) for the year ended December 31, 2002.

130


Table of Contents

(6)   Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-15028) for the year ended December 31, 2003.
 
(7)   Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-15028) for the year ended December 31, 2004.
 
(8)   Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-15028) for the year ended December 31, 2005.
 
*   Filed herewith.

131


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE
     The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.
Date: June 29, 2007
         
  CHINA UNICOM LIMITED
 
 
  By:   /s/ Chang Xiaobing    
    Name:   Chang Xiaobing   
    Title:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer   
 

132


Table of Contents

INDEX OF CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
      CHINA UNICOM LIMITED AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
 

 


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SHAREHOLDERS OF CHINA UNICOM LIMITED (Incorporated in the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China (“Hong Kong”) with limited liability)
We have completed an integrated audit of the 2006 consolidated financial statements and the internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006 of China Unicom Limited and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) and audits of its 2005 and 2004 consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Our opinions, based on our audits, are presented below.
Consolidated financial statements
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006 in conformity with the accounting principles generally accepted in Hong Kong. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit of financial statements includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
As discussed in Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted the Revised Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards (“HKFRS”) issued by the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants during the year ended December 31, 2005. The effect of adoption of certain HKFRS, which results in changes to some accounting policies of the Company, is set out in Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements.
Accounting principles generally accepted in Hong Kong vary in certain significant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”). Information relating to the nature and effect of such differences is presented in Note 38 to the consolidated financial statements.
Internal control over financial reporting
Also, in our opinion, management’s assessment, included in the Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting included in Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F, that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006 based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”), is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on those criteria. Furthermore, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the COSO. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on management’s assessment and on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. An audit of internal control over financial reporting includes obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we consider necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

F - 2


Table of Contents

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
PricewaterhouseCoopers
Certified Public Accountants
Hong Kong
June 21, 2007

F - 3


Table of Contents

CHINA UNICOM LIMITED AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2005 AND 2006
(Expressed in thousands)
                             
    Note   2005   2006   2006
        RMB   RMB   US$
ASSETS
                           
Non-current assets
                           
Property, plant and equipment
  6, 36     112,373,285       111,381,505       14,272,178  
Goodwill
  7     3,143,983       3,143,983       402,863  
Other assets
  8, 36     11,501,730       11,176,569       1,432,141  
Deferred income tax assets
  9     335,234       309,668       39,680  
 
                           
 
        127,354,232       126,011,725       16,146,862  
 
                           
 
                           
Current assets
                           
Inventories
  10     2,107,812       2,333,902       299,061  
Accounts receivable, net
  11     4,548,429       3,419,343       438,147  
Prepayments and other current assets
  12     2,342,467       1,988,019       254,740  
Amounts due from related parties
  33.1     384,531       168,548       21,597  
Amounts due from Domestic Carriers
  33.2     138,485       138,521       17,750  
Short-term bank deposits
  13     282,457       195,820       25,092  
Cash and cash equivalents
  14     5,471,576       12,182,108       1,560,988  
 
                           
 
        15,275,757       20,426,261       2,617,375  
 
                           
 
                           
Total assets
        142,629,989       146,437,986       18,764,237  
 
                           
 
                           
EQUITY
                           
Capital and reserves attributable to the Company’s equity holders
                           
Share capital
  15     1,333,621       1,344,440       172,273  
Share premium
  15     52,601,014       53,222,976       6,819,874  
Reserves
        2,827,331       3,554,930       455,521  
Retained profits
                           
- Proposed final dividend
  31     1,383,169       2,282,578       292,484  
- Others
        18,139,210       19,003,893       2,435,117  
 
                           
 
        76,284,345       79,408,817       10,175,269  
 
                           
Minority interest
  22(a)     2,734       2,841       364  
 
                           
 
                           
Total equity
        76,287,079       79,411,658       10,175,633  
 
                           
The accompany notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F - 4


Table of Contents

                             
    Note   2005   2006   2006
        RMB   RMB   US$
LIABILITIES
                           
Non-current liabilities
                           
Long-term bank loans
  16     11,981,518       4,139,349       530,407  
Convertible bonds
  17           10,324,949       1,323,016  
Obligations under finance leases
  18     145,367       10,230       1,311  
Deferred income tax liabilities
  9     5,613       5,879       753  
Deferred revenue
        3,348,232       2,243,384       287,462  
 
                           
 
        15,480,730       16,723,791       2,142,949  
 
                           
 
                           
Current liabilities
                           
Payables and accrued liabilities
  19     18,526,628       26,290,074       3,368,751  
Taxes payable
        1,016,128       1,632,195       209,146  
Amounts due to Unicom Group
  33.1     38,094       45,081       5,777  
Amounts due to related parties
  33.1     116,621       325,308       41,684  
Amounts due to Domestic Carriers
  33.2     822,006       850,975       109,042  
Short-term bonds
  20     9,865,900       7,087,217       908,140  
Short-term bank loans
  21     7,024,358              
Current portion of long-term bank loans
  16     5,145,190       3,984,350       510,546  
Current portion of obligations under finance leases
  18     420,631       99,566       12,758  
Advances from customers
        7,886,624       9,987,771       1,279,811  
 
                           
 
        50,862,180       50,302,537       6,445,655  
 
                           
 
                           
Total liabilities
        66,342,910       67,026,328       8,588,604  
 
                           
 
                           
Total equity and liabilities
        142,629,989       146,437,986       18,764,237  
 
                           
 
                           
Net current liabilities
        (35,586,423 )     (29,876,276 )     (3,828,280 )
 
                           
 
                           
Total assets less current liabilities
        91,767,809       96,135,449       12,318,582  
 
                           
The accompany notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F - 5


Table of Contents

CHINA UNICOM LIMITED AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004, 2005 AND 2006
(Expressed in thousands, except per share data)
                                     
    Note   2004   2005   2006   2006
        RMB   RMB   RMB   US$
Revenue (Turnover)
                                   
GSM Business
  5, 23, 33     47,508,952       52,135,528       59,290,421       7,597,343  
CDMA Business
  5, 23, 33     24,377,674       27,576,936       27,293,142       3,497,282  
Data and Internet Business
  5, 23, 33     3,662,734       3,049,967       2,375,316       304,368  
Long Distance Business
  5, 23, 33     1,848,009       1,524,573       1,068,422       136,905  
 
                                   
Total service revenue
        77,397,369       84,287,004       90,027,301       11,535,898  
 
                                   
Sales of telecommunications products
  5, 23, 33     1,689,755       2,761,827       4,267,192       546,788  
 
                                   
 
  5, 23                                
 
                                   
Total revenue
        79,087,124       87,048,831       94,294,493       12,082,686  
 
                                   
 
                                   
Leased lines and network capacities
  24, 33     (7,398,128 )     (8,747,317 )     (8,763,865 )     (1,122,982 )
Interconnection charges
  33     (7,516,586 )     (8,372,370 )     (9,595,622 )     (1,229,562 )
Depreciation and amortization
  24     (19,011,074 )     (20,368,181 )     (22,422,812 )     (2,873,209 )
Employee benefit expenses
  25, 26, 27     (4,615,057 )     (5,616,312 )     (6,648,699 )     (851,949 )
Selling and marketing
  24, 33     (19,523,280 )     (20,557,878 )     (19,251,704 )     (2,466,871 )
General, administrative and other expenses
  24, 33     (10,500,241 )     (11,741,560 )     (13,415,568 )     (1,719,041 )
Cost of telecommunications products sold
  24, 33     (2,562,645 )     (3,575,316 )     (4,929,988 )     (631,718 )
Unrealized loss on changes in fair value of derivative component of convertible bonds
  17                 (2,396,592 )     (307,094 )
Finance costs
  24     (1,696,075 )     (1,099,321 )     (654,220 )     (83,830 )
Interest income
        102,907       96,196       259,040       33,193  
Other gains — net
        103,647       34,925       21,353       2,736  
 
                                   
 
                                   
Income before income tax
        6,470,592       7,101,697       6,495,816       832,359  
Income tax expenses
  9     (1,977,141 )     (2,170,411 )     (2,763,885 )     (354,158 )
 
                                   
 
                                   
Net income
        4,493,451       4,931,286       3,731,931       478,201  
 
                                   
 
                                   
Attributable to:
                                   
Equity holders of the Company
        4,493,451       4,931,052       3,731,824       478,187  
Minority interest
              234       107       14  
 
                                   
 
        4,493,451       4,931,286       3,731,931       478,201  
 
                                   
 
                                   
Proposed final dividend
  31     1,256,349       1,383,169       2,282,578       292,484  
 
                                   
 
                                   
Dividend paid during the year
  31     1,256,160       1,256,924       1,384,146       177,361  
 
                                   
The accompany notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F - 6


Table of Contents

                                     
    Note   2004   2005   2006   2006
        RMB   RMB   RMB   US$
Earnings per share for income attributable to the equity holders of the Company during the year
                                   
 
                                   
Basic earnings per share
  30     0.36       0.39       0.30       0.04  
 
                                   
 
                                   
Diluted earnings per share
  30     0.36       0.39       0.30       0.04  
 
                                   
 
                                   
Number of shares outstanding for basic earnings (in thousands)
  30     12,561,242       12,570,398       12,599,018       12,599,018  
 
                                   
 
                                   
Number of shares outstanding for diluted earnings (in thousands)
  30     12,593,054       12,607,476       12,649,306       12,649,306  
 
                                   
 
                                   
Basic earnings per ADS
  30     3.58       3.92       2.96       0.38  
 
                                   
 
                                   
Diluted earnings per ADS
  30     3.57       3.91       2.95       0.38  
 
                                   
 
                                   
Number of ADS outstanding for basic earnings (in thousands)
  30     1,256,124       1,257,040       1,259,902       1,259,902  
 
                                   
 
                                   
Number of ADS outstanding for diluted earnings (in thousands)
  30     1,259,305       1,260,748       1,264,931       1,264,931  
 
                                   
The accompany notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F - 7


Table of Contents

CHINA UNICOM LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004, 2005 AND 2006
(Expressed in thousands of RMB)
                                                                         
                    Employee                            
                    share-based                            
    Share   Share   compensation   Revaluation   Statutory   Retained           Minority   Total
    capital   premium   reserve   reserve   reserve   profits   Total   interest   equity
Balance at December 31, 2003
    1,331,390       52,483,266       21,707       176,853       1,542,478       13,496,174       69,051,868             69,051,868  
Net income
                                  4,493,451       4,493,451             4,493,451  
Employees share option scheme:
                                                                       
- Value of employee services
                88,957                         88,957             88,957  
- Recognition of shares issued on exercise of options (Note 29)
    1,097       63,028                               64,125             64,125  
Appropriation to statutory reserve (Note 28)
                            429,300       (429,300 )                  
Dividends relating to 2003
                                  (1,256,160 )     (1,256,160 )           (1,256,160 )
Derecognition of negative goodwill
                                  7,425       7,425             7,425  
 
                                                                       
Balance at December 31, 2004
    1,332,487       52,546,294       110,664       176,853       1,971,778       16,311,590       72,449,666             72,449,666  
 
                                                                       
Net income
                                  4,931,052       4,931,052       234       4,931,286  
Subscription of shares of a subsidiary by minority shareholder (Note 22(a))
                                              2,500       2,500  
Employee share option scheme:
                                                                       
-Value of employee services
                108,417                         108,417             108,417  
-Recognition of shares issued on exercise of options (Note 29)
    1,134       54,720       (3,720 )                       52,134             52,134  
Appropriation to statutory reserve (Note 28)
                            463,339       (463,339 )                  
Dividends relating to 2004
(Note 31)
                                  (1,256,924 )     (1,256,924 )           (1,256,924 )
 
                                                                       
Balance at December 31, 2005
    1,333,621       52,601,014       215,361       176,853       2,435,117       19,522,379       76,284,345       2,734       76,287,079  
 
                                                                       
Net income
                                  3,731,824       3,731,824       107       3,731,931  
Revaluation of buildings — gross (Note 6)
                      200,330                   200,330               200,330  
Revaluation of buildings — tax (Note 6)
                      (105,129 )                 (105,129 )           (105,129 )
Employee share option scheme:
                                                                       
-Value of employee services
                146,294                         146,294             146,294  
-Recognition of shares issued on exercise of options (Note 29)
    10,819       621,962       (97,482 )                       535,299             535,299  
Appropriation to statutory reserve (Note 28)
                            583,586       (583,586 )                  
Dividends relating to 2005
(Note 31)
                                  (1,384,146 )     (1,384,146 )           (1,384,146 )
 
                                                                       
Balance at December 31, 2006
    1,344,440       53,222,976       264,173       272,054       3,018,703       21,286,471       79,408,817       2,841       79,411,658  
 
                                                                       
The accompany notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F - 8


Table of Contents

CHINA UNICOM LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004, 2005 AND 2006
(Expressed in thousands)
                                     
    Note   2004   2005   2006   2006
        RMB   RMB   RMB   US$
Cash flows from operating activities
                                   
Cash generated from operations
  (a)     27,703,311       33,974,778       38,522,310       4,936,163  
Interest received
        106,365       95,731       248,924       31,897  
Interest paid
        (2,310,270 )     (1,792,398 )     (1,206,933 )     (154,654 )
Tax paid
        (1,680,111 )     (1,474,423 )     (2,113,144 )     (270,774 )
 
                                   
 
                                   
Net cash generated from operating activities
        23,819,295       30,803,688       35,451,157       4,542,632  
 
                                   
 
                                   
Cash flows from investing activities
                                   
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
        (18,939,138 )     (16,643,005 )     (16,744,789 )     (2,145,640 )
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
        53,970       91,851       59,341       7,604  
Decrease in short-term bank deposits
        250,769       379,568       86,637       11,101  
Payment of direct acquisition cost of Unicom New Century
        (4,566 )                  
Payment of direct acquisition cost of Unicom New World
        (14,039 )                  
Purchase of Unicom International, net of cash acquired
        44,267                    
Proceeds from of sale of Guoxin Paging, net of cash disposed
        450,000                    
Purchase of other assets
        (799,866 )     (576,755 )     (738,500 )     (94,630 )
 
                                   
 
                                   
Net cash used in investing activities
        (18,958,603 )     (16,748,341 )     (17,337,311 )     (2,221,565 )
 
                                   
 
                                   
Cash flows from financing activities
                                   
Proceeds from exercise of share options
        64,125       52,134       535,299       68,592  
Proceeds from minority interest of a subsidiary in respect of share capital contribution
              2,500              
Proceeds from short-term bonds
              9,690,800       6,949,700       890,519  
Proceeds from short-term bank loans
        10,224,971       12,532,071       2,143,000       274,599  
Proceeds from long-term bank loans
        11,083,383       5,798,657       1,345,050       172,352  
Proceeds from issuance of convertible bonds
                    7,993,500       1,024,269  
Repayment of short-term bonds
                    (9,731,800 )     (1,247,011 )
Repayment of short-term bank loans
        (12,271,753 )     (20,104,146 )     (8,905,858 )     (1,141,177 )
Repayment of long-term bank loans
        (17,245,641 )     (19,928,416 )     (10,348,059 )     (1,325,977 )
Dividends paid
  31     (1,256,160 )     (1,256,924 )     (1,384,146 )     (177,361 )
 
                                   
 
                                   
Net cash used in financing activities
        (9,401,075 )     (13,213,324 )     (11,403,314 )     (1,461,195 )
 
                                   
 
                                   
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
        (4,540,383 )     842,023       6,710,532       859,872  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
        9,169,936       4,629,553       5,471,576       701,116  
 
                                   
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  14     4,629,553       5,471,576       12,182,108       1,560,988  
 
                                   
 
                                   
Analysis of the balances of cash and cash equivalents:
                                   
 
                                   
Cash balances
        4,756       9,319       4,458       571  
Bank balances
        4,650,708       5,462,257       12,177,650       1,560,417  
Less: Restricted bank deposits
  (i)     (25,911 )                  
 
                                   
 
        4,629,553       5,471,576       12,182,108       1,560,988  
 
                                   
 
    Note (i): As of December 31, 2006, no bank balances (2004: RMB26 million; 2005: Nil) were restricted by the bank as collateral for long-term bank loans.

F - 9


Table of Contents

(a)   The reconciliation of income before income tax to cash generated from operations was as follows:
                                 
    2004   2005   2006   2006
    RMB   RMB   RMB   US$
Income before income tax
    6,470,592       7,101,697       6,495,816       832,359  
Adjustments for:
                               
Depreciation and amortization
    19,011,074       20,368,181       22,422,812       2,873,209  
Amortization of customer acquisition costs of contractual CDMA subscribers
    6,120,737       5,947,631       4,205,253       538,852  
Interest income
    (102,907 )     (96,196 )     (259,040 )     (33,193 )
Interest expense
    1,668,467       1,060,271       454,742       58,270  
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
    10,537       25,134       144,644       18,534  
Share-based compensation costs
    88,957       108,417       146,294       18,746  
Provision for doubtful debts
    2,191,820       1,498,510       1,741,765       223,186  
Unrealized loss on changes in fair value of derivative component of convertible bonds
                2,396,592       307,094  
 
                               
Changes in working capital:
                               
Increase in accounts receivable
    (1,915,496 )     (816,959 )     (612,679 )     (78,507 )
(Increase)/decrease in inventories
    (939,899 )     1,006,820       (226,090 )     (28,970 )
Increase in other assets
    (5,536,980 )     (2,738,580 )     (1,748,235 )     (224,015 )
Increase in prepayments and other current assets
    (792,416 )     (477,665 )     (451,215 )     (57,818 )
(Increase)/decrease in amounts due from Domestic Carriers
    (85,306 )     131,434       (36 )     (5 )
Decrease in amounts due from Unicom Group
          61,401              
Decrease/(increase) in amounts due from related parties
    70,516       (191,483 )     215,983       27,676  
Increase in payables and accrued liabilities
    1,835,813       604,410       2,354,762       301,734  
Increase in advances from customers
    367,431       851,629       2,101,147       269,236  
Increase/(decrease) in deferred revenue
    244,486       (492,261 )     (1,104,848 )     (141,573 )
Increase/(decrease) in amounts due to Domestic Carriers
    169,733       (126,568 )     28,969       3,712  
(Decrease)/increase in amounts due to Unicom Group
    (943,448 )     38,094       6,987       895  
(Decrease)/increase in amounts due to related parties
    (230,400 )     110,861       208,687       26,741  
 
                               
 
                               
Cash generated from operations
    27,703,311       33,974,778       38,522,310       4,936,163  
 
                               
(b)   Supplemental information:
 
    Payables to equipment suppliers for construction-in-progress during 2006 increased by approximately RMB5.0 billion (2004: decreased by approximately RMB775 million; 2005: increased by approximately RMB633 million).
The accompany notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F - 10


Table of Contents

CHINA UNICOM LIMITED AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts expressed in RMB thousands unless otherwise stated)
1.   ORGANISATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES
 
    China Unicom Limited (the “Company”) was incorporated as a limited liability company in the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (“Hong Kong”), the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”) on February 8, 2000. The principal activities of the Company are investment holding and the Company’s subsidiaries are principally engaged in the provision of GSM and CDMA cellular, long distance, data and Internet services in the PRC. The GSM and CDMA businesses are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Cellular Business”. The Company and its subsidiaries are hereinafter referred to as the “Group”. The address of its registered office is 75th Floor, The Center, 99 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong.
 
    The shares of the Company were listed on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (“SEHK”) on June 22, 2000 and the American Depositary Shares of the Company were listed on the New York Stock Exchange on June 21, 2000.
 
    The immediate holding company of the Company is China Unicom (BVI) Limited (“Unicom BVI”). The majority of the equity interests in Unicom BVI is owned by China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited (“A Share Company”, a joint stock company incorporated in the PRC on December 31, 2001, with its A shares listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange on October 9, 2002). The majority of the equity interests in A Share Company are owned by China United Telecommunications Corporation (a state-owned enterprise established in the PRC, hereinafter referred to as “Unicom Group”). The directors of the Company consider Unicom Group to be the ultimate holding company.
 
2.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

F - 11


Table of Contents

2.1   Basis of Preparation
 
    The consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, modified by the revaluation of buildings, financial assets and financial liabilities (including derivative financial instruments) at fair value through profit or loss. They have been prepared in accordance with Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards (“HKFRS”) issued by the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“HKICPA”). These accounting standards differ from that used in the preparation of statutory financial statements for PRC statutory reporting purposes, which are based on the accounting principles and financial regulations applicable to enterprises established in the PRC (“PRC GAAP”).
 
    The principal adjustments made to conform to HKFRS include the following:
    reversal of revaluation surplus and related depreciation and amortization charges arising from the revaluation of assets performed by independent valuers for the purpose of reporting to relevant PRC government authorities;
 
    additional capitalization of borrowing costs;
 
    capitalization of the direct costs associated with the acquisition of subsidiaries;
 
    recognition of employee share-based compensation costs;
 
    reversal of goodwill amortization and recognition of negative goodwill in opening retained earnings;
 
    separation of the conversion option of convertible bond from the host debt contract and accounting for it as a derivative component at fair value through profit or loss;
 
    capitalization and amortization of upfront non-refundable revenue and the related direct incremental costs for activating cellular subscribers; and
 
    provision for deferred taxation on HKFRS adjustments.
As of December 31, 2006, the current liabilities of the Group had exceeded the current assets by approximately RMB29.9 billion (2005: RMB35.6 billion). Taking into account of available sources of financing and continuous net cash inflows from operating activities, the Group has sufficient funds to meet its working capital requirements and debt obligations. As a result, the consolidated financial statements of the Group for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 have been prepared under the going concern basis.
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with HKFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial statements are disclosed in Note 4.

F - 12


Table of Contents

(a)   New accounting pronouncements in 2006:
  (i)   The following are the series of amendments, new standards and interpretations issued by the HKICPA to existing standards that are not yet effective and have not been early adopted by the Group:
    HKFRS 7, Financial instruments: Disclosures (effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2007). HKFRS 7 introduces new disclosures relating to financial instruments. This standard is not expected to have any impact on the classification and valuation of the Group’s financial instruments;
 
    HKFRS 8, Operating segments (effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2009). HKFRS 8 sets out requirements for disclosure of information about an entity’s operating segments and also about the entity’s products and services, the geographical areas in which it operates and its major customers. This standard is not expected to have any impact on the classification and presentation of the Group’s consolidated financial statements;
 
    Amendment to HKAS 1, Presentation of financial statements — Capital Disclosure (effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2007). The amendment introduces new disclosures for managing capital. This amendment is not expected to have any impact on the classification and presentation of the Group’s consolidated financial statements;
 
    HK(IFRIC)-Int 8, Scope of HKFRS 2 (effective for annual periods beginning on or after May 1, 2006). HK(IFRIC)-Int 8 requires consideration of transactions involving the issuance of equity instruments — where the identifiable consideration received is less than the fair value of the equity instruments issued — to establish whether or not they fall within the scope of HKFRS 2. HK(IFRIC)-Int 8 is not expected to have any impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements;
 
    HK(IFRIC)-Int 9, Reassessment of embedded derivatives (effective for annual periods beginning on or after June 1, 2006). HK(IFRIC)-Int 9 requires an entity to assess whether an embedded derivative is required to be separated from the host contract and accounted for as a derivative when the entity first becomes a party to the contract. Subsequent reassessment is prohibited unless there is a change in the terms of the contract that significantly modifies the cash flows that otherwise would be required under the contract, in which case reassessment is required. As the Group’s entities have not changed the terms of their contracts, HK(IFRIC)-Int 9 is not expected to have any impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements;
 
    HK(IFRIC)-Int 10, Interim financial reporting and impairment (effective for annual periods beginning on or after November 1, 2006). HK(IFRIC)-Int 10 prohibits the impairment losses recognized in an interim period on goodwill, investments in equity instruments and investments in financial assets carried at cost to be reversed at a subsequent balance sheet date. The Group will apply HK(IFRIC)-Int 10 from January 1, 2007, but it is not expected to have any significant impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements; and

F - 13


Table of Contents

    HK(IFRIC)-Int 11, Group and treasury share transaction (effective for annual periods beginning on or after March 1, 2007). HK(IFRIC)-Int 11 requires a share-based payment arrangement in which an entity receives goods or services as consideration for its own equity-instruments to be accounted for as an equity-settled share-based payment transaction, regardless of how the equity instruments needed are obtained. HK(IFRIC)-Int 11 also provides guidance on whether share-based payment arrangements, in which suppliers of goods or services of an entity are provided with equity instruments of the entity’s parent, should be accounted for as cash-settled or equity-settled in the entity’s financial statements. HK(IFRIC)-Int 11 is not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.
  (ii)   Interpretations to existing standards issued by the HKICPA that are not yet effective and not relevant for the Group’s operations:
    HK(IFRIC)-Int 7, Applying the restatement approach under HKAS 29, Financial reporting in hyperinflationary economies (effective from March 1, 2006). HK(IFRIC)-Int 7 provides guidance on how to apply requirements of HKAS 29 in a reporting period in which an entity identifies the existence of hyperinflation in the economy of its functional currency, when the economy was not hyperinflationary in the prior period. As none of the group entities have a currency of a hyperinflationary economy as its functional currency, HK(IFRIC)-Int 7 is not relevant to the Group’s operations; and
 
    HK(IFRIC)-Int 12, Service concession arrangements (effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2008). HK(IFRIC)-Int 12 provides guidance on the accounting by operators for public-to-private service concession arrangements. As the Group does not have any public-to-private service concession arrangement, HK(IFRIC)-Int 12 is not relevant to the Group’s operations.
(b)   Adoption of HKFRS in 2005:
 
    In 2005, the Group adopted the new/revised standards and interpretations of HKFRS as listed below, which are relevant to the operations of the Group. The 2004 comparatives have been amended as required, in accordance with the relevant requirements.
 
HKAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements
HKAS 2 Inventories
HKAS 7 Cash Flow Statements
HKAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors
HKAS 10 Events after the Balance Sheet Date
HKAS 16 Property, Plant and Equipment
HKAS 17 Leases
HKAS 21 The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates
HKAS 23 Borrowing Costs
HKAS 24 Related Party Disclosures
HKAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements
HKAS 28 Investments in Associates
HKAS 31 Investments in Joint Ventures
HKAS 32 Financial Instruments: Disclosures and Presentation
HKAS 33 Earnings per Share
HKAS 36 Impairment of Assets
HKAS 38 Intangible Assets
HKAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement
HKAS Int 15 Operating Leases — Incentives
HKFRS 2 Share-based Payments
HKFRS 3 Business Combinations

F - 14


Table of Contents

(i)   The adoption of new/revised HKAS 1, 2, 7, 8, 10, 16, 21, 23, 27, 28, 31, 32, 33, 39 and HKAS Int 15 did not result in substantial changes to the Group’s accounting policies.
 
(ii)   The adoption of revised HKAS 17 has resulted in a change in the accounting policy relating to the reclassification of leasehold land and land use rights from property, plant and equipment to other assets — long-term prepayment for lease of land. The upfront prepayments made for the leasehold land and land use rights are expensed in the statements of income on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease. In prior years, the leasehold land was accounted for at cost less accumulated depreciation.
 
    The effects of adoption of revised HKAS 17 on the consolidated statements of income were:
                 
    2004   2005
    RMB in millions   RMB in millions
Decrease in depreciation and amortization
    (26 )     (28 )
Increase in general, administrative and other expenses
    26       28  
(iii)   HKAS 24 extended the identification of related parties and disclosure of related parties to include state-owned enterprises. Related parties include Unicom Group and its related parties, other state-owned enterprises and their subsidiaries directly or indirectly controlled by the PRC government (other than those shown on the face of balance sheets as related parties), other entities and corporations in which the Company is able to control, jointly control or exercise significant influence and key management personnel of the Company and Unicom Group as well as their close family members. Details of transactions with other major state-owned enterprises for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 are set forth in Note 33.3.
(iv)   The adoption of HKFRS 2 resulted in a change in the accounting policy for share-based payments. Until December 31, 2004, the provision of share options to employees did not result in an expense in the statements of income. Effective on January 1, 2005, the Group expenses the cost of share options in the statements of income over the vesting period of the options. As a transitional provision, the cost of share options granted after November 7, 2002 and not yet vested on January 1, 2005 was expensed retrospectively in the statements of income of the respective periods. The adoption of HKFRS 2 resulted in a decrease in the retained earnings as of January 1, 2005 by approximately RMB111 million.
 
    The effects of adoption of HKFRS 2 on the consolidated statements of income were:
                 
    2004   2005
    RMB in millions   RMB in millions
Increase in employee benefit expenses
    89       108  
Decrease in basic earnings per share (RMB)
    0.007       0.009  
Decrease in diluted earnings per share (RMB)
    0.007       0.009  

F - 15


Table of Contents

(v)   The adoption of HKFRS 3, HKAS 36 and HKAS 38 resulted in a change in the accounting policy for goodwill/ negative goodwill. Until December 31, 2004, goodwill was amortized on a straight-line basis over 20 years, and assessed for any indication of impairment at each balance sheet date. In accordance with the provisions of HKFRS 3, the Group ceased amortization of goodwill from January 1, 2005, and the accumulated amortization as of December 31, 2004 was eliminated with a corresponding decrease in the cost of goodwill. Starting from January 1, 2005 onwards, goodwill is no longer amortized but is tested for impairment on an annual basis, as well as when there is indication of impairment.
 
    Had the previous accounting policy for goodwill been applied in 2005, the effects of adoption of HKFRS 3 and HKAS 38 on the consolidated statements of income would have been:
               
    2004   2005
    RMB in millions   RMB in millions
Impact on depreciation and amortization (decrease)
          171
Increase in basic earnings per share (RMB)
          0.014
Increase in diluted earnings per share (RMB)
          0.014
    In addition, in accordance with HKFRS 3, from January 1, 2005, if the fair value of the net identifiable assets and liabilities acquired exceed the purchase consideration (i.e. an amount arising which would have been recorded as negative goodwill under the previous accounting policy), the excess is recognized immediately in the consolidated statement of income as it arises. Negative goodwill previously recognized has been derecognized at January 1, 2005, with a corresponding adjustment to the balance of retained earnings as of January 1, 2005 of the Group amounting to approximately RMB7 million.
 
(vi)   Upon the adoption of HKFRS on January 1, 2005, the Group changed its accounting policy for recognition of upfront non-refundable revenue (i.e. connection fee and receipts from SIM/UIM cards), which had previously been recognized upon the completion of activation services. Effective from January 1, 2005, upfront non-refundable revenue and the related direct incremental costs for activating cellular subscribers (including costs of SIM/UIM cards and commissions) are capitalized and amortized over the expected customer service periods. Direct incremental costs are capitalized only to the extent expected to be recoverable. The expected customer service period for the Cellular Business is estimated based on the expected stabilized churn rates of subscribers. Management judges that this change of accounting policy provides reliable and more relevant information because it better reflects the economic effects of the transactions. These changes in accounting policy for recognition of upfront and non-refundable revenue and direct incremental costs resulted in a decrease in the retained earnings as of December 31, 2005 by approximately RMB368 million.
 
    The following table summarizes the effects of adoption of this accounting policy on the consolidated statements of income:
             
    2004   2005
    RMB in millions   RMB in millions
(Decrease)/increase in revenue
    (244 )   492
Increase in selling and marketing expenses
    579     1,140
Decrease in costs of telecommunications products sold
    917     786
Decrease in income tax expenses
    102     40
Increase in basic earnings per share (RMB)
    0.016     0.014
Increase in diluted earnings per share (RMB)
    0.016     0.014

F - 16


Table of Contents

      All changes in the accounting policies have been made in accordance with the transitional provisions in the respective standards, wherever applicable. All of the new/revised standards adopted by the Group require retrospective application other than:
 
    HKFRS 2 – only retrospective application for all equity instruments granted after November 7, 2002 and not vested at January 1, 2005; and
 
    HKFRS 3 – prospectively from January 1, 2005.
2.2   Consolidation
 
    The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries made up to December 31.
 
    Subsidiaries are all entities (including special purpose entities) over which the Group has the power to govern the financial and operating policies generally accompanying a shareholding of more than one half of the voting rights. The existence and effect of potential voting rights that are currently exercisable or convertible are considered when assessing whether the Group controls another entity.
 
    Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases.
 
    The Group has acquired the equity interests of certain subsidiaries prior to 2005 (refer to Note 7 for details). The purchase method of accounting was used to account for the acquisition of those subsidiaries (including common control transactions) by the Group. Under the purchase method of accounting, the cost of an acquisition is measured at the fair value of the assets given, equity instruments issued and liabilities incurred or assumed at the date of exchange, plus costs directly attributable to the acquisition. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date, irrespective of the extent of any minority interest. The excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. If the cost of acquisition is less than the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired, the difference is recognized directly in the statement of income.
 
    Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealized gains on transactions between group companies are eliminated. Unrealized losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of subsidiaries would be changed when necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.
 
    Minority interest at the balance sheet date, being the portion of the net assets of subsidiaries attributable to interests that are not owned by the Company whether directly or indirectly through subsidiaries, are presented in the consolidated balance sheets and statements of changes in equity within equity, separately from equity attributable to the equity holders of the Company. Minority interests in the results of the Group are presented on the face of the consolidated statements of income as an allocation of the total income or loss for the year between minority interests and the equity holders of the Company.
 
    Where losses applicable to the minority exceed the minority’s interest in the equity of a subsidiary, the excess, and any further losses applicable to the minority, are charged against the Group’s interest except to the extent that the minority has a binding obligation to, and is able to, make additional investment to cover the losses. If the subsidiary subsequently reports income, the Group’s interest is allocated all such income until the minority’s share of losses previously absorbed by the Group has been recovered.

F - 17


Table of Contents

2.3   Segment Reporting
 
    A business segment is a group of assets and operations engaged in providing products or services that are subject to risks and returns that are different from those of other business segments. The Group has not presented geographical segments as the Group operates primarily in one geographical segment. This is also consistent with the Group’s internal financial reporting.
 
    Unallocated costs primarily represent corporate expenses, income tax expense and unrealized loss on changes in fair value of derivative component of convertible bonds, whilst unallocated income represents interest income that cannot be identified to different operating segments. Segment assets consist primarily of property, plant and equipment, other assets, prepayments, inventories, receivables and operating cash. Segment liabilities primarily comprise operating liabilities. Capital expenditure mainly comprises additions to property, plant and equipment.
 
2.4   Foreign Currency Translation
  (a)   Functional and presentation currency
 
      Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entities operate (“the functional currency”). The consolidated financial statements are presented in Renminbi (“RMB”), which is the Company’s functional and presentation currency.
 
  (b)   Transactions and balances
 
      Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in the statement of income.
For the convenience of the reader, translation of amounts for RMB into United States dollars (“US$”) has been made at the noon buying rate in New York city for cable transfer payables in foreign currencies as certified for customers purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on December 29, 2006 of US$1.00=RMB7.8041. No representation is made that RMB amounts could have been, or could be, converted into US$ at that rate on December 31, 2006, or at other rate.

F - 18


Table of Contents

2.5   Property, Plant and Equipment
 
    Buildings are stated at valuation. Independent valuations are performed periodically with the last valuation being performed on values as of August 31, 2006. In the intervening years, the directors review the carrying value of buildings and adjustment is made where in the directors’ opinion there has been a material change in value. Any increase in the values of the buildings is credited to the revaluation reserve; any decrease is first offset against the increase on earlier valuations recorded in the revaluation reserve, in respect of the same asset and is thereafter charged to the statement of income. Upon the disposal of revalued buildings, the realized portion of the revaluation reserve is transferred from the revaluation reserve to retained earnings.
 
    Other property, plant and equipment, comprising leasehold improvements, plant, telecommunications equipment, office furniture, fixtures and others, are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. The cost of an asset comprises its purchase price and any directly attributable costs of bringing the asset to its working condition and location for its intended use.
 
    Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable at the time the costs are incurred that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group, and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognized. All other repairs and maintenance costs are charged to the statement of income during the financial period in which they are incurred.
 
    Depreciation on property, plant and equipment is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate their costs or revalued amounts less their residual values over their estimated useful lives, as follows:
                 
    Depreciable life   Residual rate
Buildings
  10–40 years     3 %
Telecommunications equipment
  3–15 years     3 %
Office furniture, fixtures and others
  5–15 years     3 %
    Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of their estimated useful lives and the lease periods.
 
    The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each balance sheet date.
 
    Construction-in-progress (“CIP”) represents buildings, plant and equipment under construction and pending installation, and is stated at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Costs include construction and acquisition costs, and interest charges arising from borrowings used to finance the assets during the construction period. No provision for depreciation is made on construction-in-progress until such time as the assets are completed and ready for use.
 
    An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount (Note 2.8).
 
    The gain or loss on disposal of a property, plant or equipment is the differences between the net sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the relevant asset, and is recognized in the statement of income. Any revaluation reserve balance remaining attributable to the relevant asset is transferred to retained earnings and is shown as a movement in reserves.

F - 19


Table of Contents

2.6   Goodwill/Negative Goodwill
 
    Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the acquired subsidiary at the date of acquisition. Prior to the adoption of HKFRS 3 on January 1, 2005, goodwill was carried at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses. In year 2004, goodwill was amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated economic lives of the acquired business. Goodwill arising on major strategic acquisitions of the Group to expand its geographical market coverage was amortized over 20 years.
 
    Negative goodwill represents the excess of the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets and liabilities of the acquired subsidiary over the cost of acquisition at the date of acquisition. Prior to the adoption of HKFRS on January 1, 2005, negative goodwill was recognized using the straight-line method over the remaining weighted average useful life of acquired identifiable non-monetary assets.
 
    The adoption of HKFRS 3, HKAS 36 and HKAS 38 resulted in a change in the accounting policy for goodwill/negative goodwill. Effective from January 1, 2005, the Group ceased amortization of goodwill, and the accumulated amortization as of December 31, 2004 was eliminated with a corresponding decrease in the cost of goodwill. Goodwill is tested annually for impairment and carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed. Gain or loss on the disposal of an entity includes the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.
 
    In addition, in accordance with HKFRS 3, from January 1, 2005 onwards, if the fair value of the net identifiable assets and liabilities acquired exceed the cost of an acquisition (i.e. an amount arising which would have been known as negative goodwill under the previous accounting policy), the excess is recognized immediately in the consolidated statement of income as it arises. Negative goodwill recognized prior to January 1, 2005 was derecognized at January 1, 2005, with a corresponding adjustment to the balance of retained earnings as of January 1, 2005 of the Group.
 
    Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those cash-generating units or groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose. The Group has allocated goodwill to the GSM Business and the CDMA Business which it operates (Note 2.8).

F - 20


Table of Contents

2.7   Other Assets
 
    Other assets mainly represent (i) capitalized direct incremental costs for activating GSM and CDMA subscribers; (ii) customer acquisition costs under contractual CDMA subscriber packages; (iii) computer software; (iv) prepaid rentals for premises and leased lines; and (v) prepayment for lease of land.
 
    Capitalized direct incremental costs for activating GSM and CDMA subscribers, including costs of SIM/UIM cards and commissions which are directly associated with upfront non-refundable revenue received upon activation of cellular services, are amortized over the expected customer service periods. The expected customer service periods are estimated based on the expected stabilized churn rates of subscribers.
 
    Customer acquisition costs under contractual CDMA subscriber packages represent the cost of CDMA handsets given to contractual subscribers under special promotional packages. Such customer acquisition costs, to the extent recoverable, are amortized over the contractual period (not exceeding 2 years) during which the minimum contract revenue is expected to flow to the Group. Customer acquisition costs of contractual CDMA subscribers are included in “prepayment and other current assets” when the customer contract is within 1 year of expiry, whereas they are recorded as “other assets” when the unexpired contract period is over 1 year.
 
    Acquired computer software licences are capitalized on the basis of the costs incurred to acquire and bring to use the specific software. These costs are amortized over their estimated useful lives.
 
    Long-term prepaid rental for premises and leased lines are amortized using a straight-line method over the lease period.
 
    Long-term prepayments for lease of land are amortized over the period of the lease on a straight-line basis.
 
2.8   Impairment of Assets
 
    Assets that have an indefinite useful life or are not yet available for use are not subject to amortization and are tested for impairment at each balance sheet date. Assets that are subject to amortization are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units). Assets other than goodwill that suffered from impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

F - 21


Table of Contents

2.9   Inventories
 
    Inventories, which principally comprise handsets, SIM cards, UIM cards and accessories, are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is based on the weighted average method and comprises all costs of purchase and other costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition. Net realizable value for all the inventories including those CDMA handsets for promotional package purpose is determined on the basis of anticipated sales proceeds less estimated selling expenses.
 
2.10   Accounts Receivable and Other Receivables
 
    Accounts receivable and other receivables are recognized at fair value, less provision for impairment. A provision for impairment of accounts receivable and other receivables is established when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of the receivables. The amount of the provision is the difference between the assets’ carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows. The carrying amount of the assets is reduced through the use of a provision account, and the amount of the loss is recognized in the statement of income. When a receivable is uncollectible, it is written off against the provision account for receivables. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited to the statement of income.
 
2.11   Short-term Bank Deposits
 
    Short-term bank deposits are cash invested in fixed-term deposits with original maturities ranging from more than 3 months to 1 year.
 
2.12   Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
    Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks and other short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less.

F - 22


Table of Contents

2.13   Convertible Bonds
 
    As the functional currency of the Group is RMB, the conversion of the convertible bonds denominated in Hong Kong Dollars will not result in settlement by the exchange of a fixed amount of cash in RMB, the functional currency of the Group, for a fixed number of the Company’s shares. In accordance with the requirements of HKAS 39, Financial Instruments — Recognition and Measurement, the convertible bond contract must be separated into two component elements: a derivative component consisting of the conversion option and a liability component consisting of the straight debt element of the bonds.
 
    On the issue of the convertible bonds, the fair value of the embedded conversion option was calculated using the Binomial model. The derivative component, the embedded conversion option, is carried at fair value on the balance sheet with any changes in fair value being charged or credited to the statement of income in the period when the change occurs. The remainder of the proceeds is allocated to the debt element of the bonds, net of transaction costs, and is recorded as the liability component. The liability component is subsequently carried at amortized cost until extinguished on conversion or redemption. Interest expense is calculated using the effective interest method by applying the effective interest rate to the liability component through the maturity date.
 
    If the convertible bonds are converted, the carrying amounts of the derivative and liability components are transferred to share capital and share premium as consideration for the shares issued. If the convertible bonds are redeemed, any difference between the amount paid and the carrying amounts of both components is recognized in the statement of income.
 
2.14   Deferred Revenue and Advances from Customers
  (a)   Deferred revenue
 
      Deferred revenue represents upfront non-refundable revenue, including connection fee and receipts from activation of SIM/UIM cards relating to GSM and CDMA businesses, which are deferred and recognized over the expected service period.
 
  (b)   Advances from customers
 
      Advances from customers are amounts paid by customers for GSM and CDMA prepaid cards, Internet protocol (“IP”) telephone cards and other calling cards, GSM and CDMA prepaid service fees which cover future telecommunications services (over a period of one to twelve months). Advances from customers are stated at the amount of proceeds received less the amount already recognized as revenues upon the rendering of services.

F - 23


Table of Contents

2.15   Employee Benefits
  (a)   Retirement benefits
 
      For defined contribution plan, the Group pays contributions to publicly or privately administered pension insurance plans on a mandatory, contractual or voluntary basis. The Group has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid. The contributions are recognized as employee benefit expenses when they are due. Prepaid contributions are recognized as an asset to the extent that a reduction in the future payments is available.
 
  (b)   Housing benefits
 
      The Group’s contributions to the housing fund, special monetary housing benefits and other housing benefits are expensed as incurred.
 
  (c)   Share-based compensation costs
 
      The Group operates an equity-settled share-based compensation plan. The fair value of the employee services received in exchange for the grant of the share options is recognized as an expense. The total amount to be expensed over the vesting period is determined by reference to the fair value of the share options granted excluding the impact of any non-market vesting conditions (for example, revenue and profit targets). Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of options that are expected to vest. At each balance sheet date, the Group revises its estimates of the number of share options that are expected to become exercisable. The Group recognizes the impact of the revision of original estimates, if any, in the statement of income, and a corresponding adjustment to equity.
 
      The proceeds received net of any directly attributable transaction costs are credited to share capital (nominal value) and share premium when the share options are exercised.
2.16   Provisions
 
    Provisions are recognized when the Group has present legal or constructive obligations as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and the amount has been reliably estimated. Where there are a number of similar obligations, the likelihood that an outflow will be required in settlement is determined by considering the class of obligations as a whole. A provision is recognized even if the likelihood of an outflow with respect to any one item included in the same class of obligations may be small.
 
    Provisions are measured at the present value of the pre-tax amount of expenditures expected to be required to settle the obligation that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the obligation. The increase in the provision due to passage of time is recognized as interest expense.

F - 24


Table of Contents

2.17   Revenue Recognition
  (a)   Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for the services and sales of telecommunications products in the ordinary course of the Group’s activities. Revenue is shown net of business tax, government surcharges, returns and discounts and after eliminating revenue within the Group.
 
      Revenue is recognized when it is probable that the economic benefits associated with a transaction will flow to the Group and when the revenue and cost can be measured reliably, on the following basis:
    usage fees are recognized when the service is rendered;
 
    monthly fees are recognized as revenue in the month during which the services are rendered;
 
    revenue from telephone cards, which represent service fees received from customers for telephone services, is recognized when the related service is rendered upon actual usage of the telephone cards by customers;
 
    leased lines and indefeasible rights of use (“IRU”) are treated as operating leases with rental income recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term, except for the lease of specific and identified network assets that transfer substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to the ownership to the lessee, which is recognized as capacity sales;
 
    value-added services revenue, which mainly represents revenue from the provision of services such as short message, cool ringtone, CDMA1X wireless data services and secretarial services to subscribers, is recognized when service is rendered; and
 
    sales of telecommunications products, which mainly represent handsets and accessories, are recognized when title has been passed to the buyers.
  (b)   Interest income
 
      Interest income from deposits in banks or other financial institutions is recognized on a time proportion basis, using the effective interest method.
 
  (c)   Dividend income
 
      Dividend income is recognized when the rights to receive payment is established.

F - 25


Table of Contents

2.18   Leases (as the lessee)
  (a)   Operating lease
 
      Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases (net of any incentives received from the lessor) are expensed in the statement of income on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.
 
  (b)   Finance lease
 
      Leases of assets where the Group have substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as finance leases. Finance leases are capitalized at the lease’s commencement at the lower of the fair value of the leased property and the present value of the minimum lease payments. Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and finance charges so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the liability balance outstanding. The corresponding liabilities, net of finance charges, are recorded as obligations under finance leases. The interest element implicits in the lease payment is recognized in the statement of income over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period.
2.19   Costs under Subscriber Point Reward Program
 
    The estimated costs of providing telecommunications services or providing non-cash gifts under the subscriber point reward program are calculated based on the value of bonus points awarded to subscribers, and are recognized as selling and marketing expenses when subscribers accumulate bonus points. The value of a bonus point and the criteria for awarding bonus points are established by the Group at the inception of the program.
 
2.20   Borrowing Costs
 
    Borrowing costs are expensed as incurred, except for interest directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of an asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use, in which case they are capitalized as part of the cost of that asset. Capitalization of borrowing costs commences when expenditures for the asset and borrowing costs are being incurred and the activities to prepare the asset for its intended use are in progress. Borrowing costs are capitalized up to the date when the project is completed and ready for its intended use.
 
    To the extent that funds are borrowed specifically for the purpose of obtaining a qualifying asset, the amount of borrowing costs eligible for capitalization is determined at the actual borrowing costs incurred on that borrowing during the period less any investment income on the temporary investment of those borrowings.

F - 26


Table of Contents

    To the extent that funds are borrowed generally and used for the purpose of obtaining a qualifying asset, the amount of borrowing costs eligible for capitalization is determined by applying a capitalization rate to the expenditures on that asset. The capitalization rate is the weighted average of the borrowing costs applicable to the borrowings of the Group that are outstanding during the period, other than borrowings made specifically for the purpose of obtaining a qualifying asset. The amount of borrowing costs capitalized during a period should not exceed the amount of borrowing costs incurred during that period. Other borrowing costs are recognized as expenses when incurred.
 
    The capitalized borrowing rate represents the cost of capital for raising the related borrowings externally and varies from 3.60% to 5.83% for the year ended December 31, 2006 (2004: 4.78% to 5.73%; 2005: 3.60% to 5.58%).
 
2.21   Taxation
  (a)   Income tax
 
      Income tax is provided on the basis of income for statutory financial reporting purposes, adjusted for income and expense items, which are not assessable or deductible for tax purposes.
 
  (b)   Deferred income tax
 
      Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. However, if the deferred income tax arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable income or loss, it is not accounted for. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realized or the deferred income tax liability is settled.
 
      Deferred income tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable income will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized.

F - 27


Table of Contents

2.22   Dividend Distribution
 
    Dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders is recognized as a liability in the Group’s financial statements in the period in which the dividends are approved by the Company’s shareholders.
 
2.23   Related Parties
 
    Entities are considered to be related if one has the ability to control the other, directly or indirectly, or has the ability to exercise significant influence over the financial and operating decisions of the other. Entities are also considered to be related if they are subject to common control or common significant influence.
 
2.24   Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets
 
    A contingent liability is a possible obligation that arises from past events and whose existence will only be confirmed by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of the Group. It can also be a present obligation arising from past events that is not recognized because it is not probable that outflow of economic resources will be required or the amount of obligation cannot be measured reliably.
 
    A contingent liability is not recognized but is disclosed in the notes to the financial statements. When a change in the probability of an outflow occurs so that outflow is probable, the liability will then be recognized as a provision.
 
    A contingent asset is a possible asset that arises from past events and whose existence will be confirmed only by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of the Group.
 
    Contingent assets are not recognized but are disclosed in the notes to the financial statements when an inflow of economic benefits is probable. When an inflow is virtually certain, an asset is recognized.

F - 28


Table of Contents

2.25   Earnings per Share and per American Depositary Share (“ADS”)
 
    Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing the income attributable to equity holders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year.
 
    Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing the income attributable to equity holders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares, after adjusting for the effects of the dilutive potential ordinary shares.
 
    Basic and diluted earnings per ADS are computed by multiplying the net income per share by 10, which is the number of shares represented by each ADS.
3. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
  3.1   Financial risk factors
 
      The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, cash flow interest rate risk and fair value interest rate risks), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance.
 
      Financial risk management is carried out by the Group’s finance department in headquarter, following the overall directions determined by the Board of Directors. The Group’s finance department identifies and evaluates financial risks in close co-operation with the Group’s operating units.
  (a)   Market risk
  (i)   Foreign exchange risk
 
      The Group’s businesses are mainly conducted in RMB, except for certain subsidiaries located in Hong Kong, Macau and United States of America (“USA”). Dividends to equity holders are declared in RMB and paid in HK dollars. The Group is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to US dollars and HK dollars. As of December 31, 2006, the Group had approximately USD1.0 billion bank loans and a USD1.3 billion convertible bonds recorded in the financial statements. The Group also had cash and cash equivalents and short-term bank deposits of USD501 million and HKD664 million in total. The Group has not used any forward contracts or foreign currency swap arrangements to hedge its exposure to currency risk. However, the Group’s finance department in headquarter continuously monitors the foreign exchange risk regarding loans and deposits denominated in foreign currency.

F - 29


Table of Contents

  (ii)   Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk
 
      The Group’s interest-bearing assets are mainly represented by bank deposits. Apart from this, the Group’s income and operating cash flows are substantially independent of changes in market interest rates.
 
      The Group’s interest rate risk arises from long-term bank loans and liability component of convertible bonds. Bank loans issued at floating rates expose the Group to cash flow interest-rate risk. Bank loans, short-term bonds and liability component of convertible bonds issued at fixed rates expose the Group to fair value interest rate risk. As of December 31, 2006, RMB315 million (2005: RMB7,442 million) of long-term bank loans and RMB7,087 million (2005: RMB9,866 million) of short-term bonds and RMB7,117 million (2005: Nil) of liability component of convertible bonds were at fixed rates, while RMB7,809 million (2005: RMB9,684 million) of long-term bank loans were at floating rates.
 
      The Group does not expect any significant changes in interest rates which might materially affect the Group’s results of operations.
  (b)   Credit risk
 
      The Group has no significant concentrations of credit risk. The extent of the Group’s credit exposure is mainly represented by the aggregate balance of accounts receivable for services and amounts due from related parties and other operators.
 
      The Group has policies that limit the amount of credit exposure to accounts receivable for services and amounts due from related parties and other operators. The normal credit period granted by the Group is on an average 30 days from the date of invoice. The utilization of credit limits is regularly monitored by the Group.
 
  (c)   Liquidity risk
 
      Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and the availability of funding through an adequate amount of available financing, including short-term bank loans and issuance of bonds. Due to the dynamic nature of the underlying businesses, the Group’s finance department in headquarter maintains adequate amount of cash and cash equivalents and flexibility in funding through having available sources of financing.
3.2   Fair value estimation
 
    The estimate of the fair value of the conversion option of the convertible bonds, that is separated from the host debt contract and accounted for as a derivative liability, is determined by using valuation techniques. The Group selects an appropriate valuation method and makes assumptions with reference to market conditions existing at each balance sheet date. Please refer to Note 17 for details.
 
    The carrying value of trade receivables (net of impairment provision) and payable are a reasonable approximation of their fair values. The fair value of financial liabilities for disclosure purposes is estimated by discounting the future contractual cash flows at the current market interest rate that is available to the Group for similar financial instruments.

F - 30


Table of Contents

4.   CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS
 
    Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.
  4.1   Critical accounting estimates and assumptions
 
      The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, may not equal to the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below.
  (a)   Depreciation on property, plant and equipment
 
      Depreciation on the Group’s property, plant and equipment is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate cost or revalued amounts to residual values over the estimated useful lives. The Group reviews the useful lives and residual values periodically to ensure that the method and rates of depreciation are consistent with the expected pattern of realization of economic benefits from property, plant and equipment. The Group estimates the useful lives of property, plant and equipment based on historical experience, taking into account of anticipated technological changes. If there are significant changes from previously estimated useful lives, the amount of depreciation expenses may change. The cost or revalued amount and accumulated depreciation of property, plant and equipment as of December 31, 2006 amounted to RMB205.8 billion (2005: RMB186.7 billion) and RMB94.4 billion (2005: RMB74.3 billion), respectively.
 
  (b)   Impairment of non-current assets
 
      The Group tests whether non-current assets have suffered from any impairment, in accordance with the accounting policy stated in Note 2.8. The recoverable amount of an asset is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. Management estimates value in use based on estimated discounted pre-tax future cash flows of the cash generating unit at the lowest level to which the asset belongs. If there is a significant change in management’s assumptions and the estimated recoverable amounts of the non-current assets, the Group’s future results would be significantly affected.

F - 31


Table of Contents

  (c)   Provision for doubtful debts
 
      Accounts receivables are stated at costs, less provision for doubtful debts. The Group evaluates specific accounts receivable where there are indications that the receivable may be doubtful or is not collectible. The Group records a provision based on its best estimates to reduce the receivable balance to the amount that is expected to be collected. For the remaining receivable balances as of each reporting date, the Group makes a provision based on observable data indicating that there is a measurable decrease in the estimated future cash flows from the remaining balances. The Group makes such estimates based on its past experience, historical collection patterns, subscribers’ credibility and collection trends. For general subscribers of Cellular, Long Distance, Data and Internet businesses, the Group makes a full provision for receivables aged over 3 months, which is consistent with its credit policy with respect to relevant subscribers.
 
      The Group’s estimates described above are based on past experience, subscribers’ credibility and collection trends. If circumstances change (e.g. due to factors including developments in the Group’s business and the external market environment), the Group may need to re-evaluate its policies on doubtful debts, and make additional provisions in the future.
 
  (d)   Provision for subscriber point reward program
 
      The Group has implemented a subscriber point reward program, which is a bonus point based scheme that rewards subscribers according to their service consumption, loyalty and payment history. The cost of the subscriber point reward program is charged to the statement of income as “selling and marketing” expenses, instead of a reduction of revenue. The estimated liability is recognized based on (i) the value of each bonus point awarded to subscribers, and (ii) the number of bonus points related to subscribers who are qualified or expected to be qualified to exercise their redemption right at each balance sheet date. If subscribers redeem rewards or their entitlements expire, the provision is adjusted accordingly. The Group has recognized a liability for this program amounting to RMB556 million as of December 31, 2006 (2005: RMB337 million). As the Group has not had much historical incentive redemption experience in the past, the Group may need to re-assess the method for accruing for the potential bonus point liability when there is a more stabilized and reliable historical redemption statistics in future.

F - 32


Table of Contents

  (e)   Income tax and deferred taxation
 
      The Group estimates its income tax provision and deferred taxation in accordance with the prevailing tax rules and regulations, taking into account any special approvals obtained from relevant tax authorities and any preferential tax treatment to which it is entitled in each location or jurisdiction in which the Group operates. There are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain during the ordinary course of business. The Group recognizes liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the income tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made.
 
      For the evaluation of temporary differences, the Group has assessed the likelihood that the deferred tax assets could be recovered. Major deferred tax assets relate to interest on loans from China-China-Foreign (“CCF”) joint ventures, loss arising from terminations of CCF arrangements (Note 9(g)), provisions for doubtful debts and write-down of inventory to net realizable value and additional depreciation deductible for tax purposes. Due to the effects of these temporary differences on income tax, the Group has recorded deferred tax assets amounting to RMB0.31 billion as of December 31, 2006 (2005: RMB0.34 billion). Deferred tax assets are recognized based on the Group’s estimates and assumptions that they will be recovered from taxable income arising from the continuing operations in the foreseeable future.
 
      The Group believes it has recorded adequate current tax provision and deferred taxes based on the prevailing tax rules and regulations and its current best estimates and assumptions. In the event that future tax rules and regulations or related circumstances change, adjustments to current and deferred taxation may be necessary.
 
  (f)   Fair value of conversion option
 
      On July 5, 2006, the Company issued a zero coupon convertible bonds with an aggregate principal amount of USD1 billion. The three-year convertible bonds was issued with a conversion price of HKD8.63 and will mature on July 5, 2009. The embedded conversion option has been separated from the host debt contract and accounted for as a derivative liability carried at fair value through profit or loss (Note 17). The fair value of this conversion option which is not traded in an active market is determined by using valuation techniques. The Group uses its judgement to select an appropriate valuation method and makes assumptions that are mainly based on market conditions existing at each balance sheet date. The valuation model requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the volatility of share price, stock closing price, dividend yield, risk-free rate, and expected option life. Changes in subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate. For the year ended December 31, 2006, the unrealized loss resulting from changes in fair value of the conversion option of the convertible bonds was approximately RMB2.4 billion.

F - 33


Table of Contents

  4.2   Critical judgements in applying the entity’s accounting policies
  (a)   Capitalization of CDMA customer acquisition costs
 
      The Group has been operating the CDMA business since the beginning of 2002. In order to accelerate the development of the CDMA business and subscriber growth, the Group offers certain promotional packages. As part of the contractual arrangements with certain CDMA contractual subscribers under these special promotional packages, CDMA handsets were provided to the subscribers for their use at no additional charge during the specified contract period ranging from six months to two years. In return, the subscribers are required to incur a minimum amount of service fees during the contract period. If the contractual subscribers can fulfill the minimum contract spending amounts by the end of the contract period, they will not be obliged to repay the remaining costs of the CDMA handsets given for their use. In addition, to secure contract performance, these subscribers are required under their contracts to (1) prepay certain amounts of service fees or deposits, (2) maintain a bank deposit in one of the designated commercial banks to secure their minimum contract amounts, or (3) provide a guarantor who will compensate the Group for any loss in the event of the subscriber’s non-performance of related contractual obligations.
 
      The Group considers the costs of the CDMA handsets provided to contractual subscribers under these promotional packages as customer acquisition costs for the development of these new CDMA contractual subscribers. Such customer acquisition costs are deferred to the extent expected to be recoverable, and amortized over the contractual periods (not exceeding two years), over which future economic benefits are expected to flow to the Group in the form of minimum contract revenue.
 
      The Group determined its accounting policy for capitalization of customer acquisition costs of contractual CDMA subscribers after a careful evaluation of specific facts and circumstances, and believes that the capitalization of such costs is appropriate because future economic benefits are expected to flow to the Group in the form of future contractual revenues, taking into consideration (1) the historically high ARPUs and low churn rate, and low default or bad debt rates of these subscribers; (2) the Group’s established procedures in and the relative low cost of enforcement of contracts in default; and (3) the existence of specified contract periods with minimum contract spending amounts and built-in contractual safeguarding measures such as non-refundable prepayments, bank deposits, and guarantees received, as well as penalty clauses imposed on subscribers.

F - 34


Table of Contents

      Therefore, the Group believes that the customer acquisition costs are recoverable from future revenue to be derived from these promotional packages, and the capitalization and amortization of these customer acquisition costs is an appropriate accounting policy. Furthermore, the Group continuously assesses and evaluates the recoverability of these customer acquisition costs, based on detailed review of historical subscriber churn rates and estimated default rate. Based on the Group’s current assessment and evaluation, the Group believes that there is no significant problem in recovering the carrying amounts of the customer acquisition costs as of the balance sheet date.
 
      The Group has made the above recoverability assessments based on the current legal and operating environment relating to the subscribers’ contract performance and other information currently available. Actual results may differ significantly from the current situation and the Group’s current estimates. If the situation changes significantly in the future, the Group may need to accelerate the amortization of customer acquisition costs based on conditions at that time.
 
  (b)   Recognition of upfront non-refundable revenue and direct incremental costs
 
      The Group defers and amortizes upfront non-refundable revenue, including connection fees and activation fees of SIM cards or UIM cards from cellular subscribers over the expected customer service period. Accordingly, the related direct incremental costs of acquiring and activating GSM and CDMA subscribers, including costs of SIM or UIM cards and commissions which are directly associated with upfront non-refundable revenue received upon activation of cellular services, are also capitalized and amortized over the same expected customer service period. The Group only capitalizes costs to the extent that they will generate future economic benefits. The excess of the direct incremental costs over the corresponding upfront non-refundable revenue, if any, are expensed to the statement of income immediately.
 
      The expected customer service period for the cellular business is estimated based on the expected stabilized churn rates of subscribers after taking into consideration factors such as customer retention experience, the expected level of competition, the risk of technological or functional obsolescence of our services and the current regulatory environment. If the estimate of the expected stabilized churn rate changes for future periods as a result of unexpected changes in competition environment, telecommunication technology or regulatory environment, the amount and timing of recognition of these direct incremental costs and our deferred revenue would also change.

F - 35


Table of Contents

  (c)   Lease of CDMA network capacity
 
      Pursuant to a CDMA lease agreement signed by the Group and Unicom Group’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Unicom New Horizon Mobile Telecommunications Company Limited (“Unicom New Horizon”) in 2002 ( “Original CDMA Lease Agreement”), Unicom New Horizon agreed to lease the capacity of the CDMA network to the Group.
 
      According to the terms of the Original CDMA Lease Agreements, the initial lease period is for one year, renewable for additional one-year term at the Group’s option. The Group has the exclusive right to lease and operate the CDMA network capacity in the relevant regions. Also, the Group has the option to add or reduce the capacity leased by giving specified period of advance notice. The lease fee per unit of capacity is calculated on a basis that if full capacity is leased, it would permit Unicom New Horizon to recover its investment in constructing the CDMA network in 7 years, together with an internal return rate of 8%. The Group has the option to purchase the network assets based on the appraised value of the network determined by an independent appraiser.
 
      Unicom New Horizon has the legal ownership of the CDMA network, is directly responsible for the planning, financing and construction of the CDMA network, and directly enters into all construction contracts with suppliers and constructors. The Group believes it only bears the risks associated with the operation of the CDMA business during the relevant leasing periods and is free from any ownership risks of the CDMA network and the risks and rewards of ownership of the leased assets rest substantially with the lessor.
 
      At the inception of the Original CDMA Lease Agreement, there was a high degree of uncertainty related to the market condition and operating results of the CDMA business. It was highly uncertain whether the Group would continue to lease the network in the future or to estimate the future network capacity to be leased. The Group was also unable to determine whether or not they would exercise the purchase option in future. Given these uncertainties and due to the fact that the risks associated with the ownership of the CDMA assets substantially remained with Unicom Group and Unicom New Horizon, the Group accounted for the leasing of the CDMA network as operating leases for the initial three-year lease period, so as to reflect the respective rights and obligations of the relevant parties to the Original CDMA Lease Agreement.
 
      On March 24, 2005, the Group entered into another CDMA Lease Agreement ( “2005 CDMA Lease Agreement”) with Unicom Group and Unicom New Horizon to replace the Original CDMA Lease Agreement. Key terms of the 2005 CDMA Lease Agreement, including exclusive operating rights and purchase option, are substantially similar to those contained in the Original CDMA Lease Agreement except that the CDMA lease has an initial term of two years and the lease fee of the CDMA Network is to be determined on the basis of the audited CDMA service revenue. Given that the uncertainties continued, the Group considered the risks associated with the ownership of the CDMA assets still substantially remain with Unicom Group and Unicom New Horizon, and has concluded the leasing of the CDMA network continues to be an operating lease.

F - 36


Table of Contents

      On October 26, 2006, the Group entered into a new CDMA Lease Agreement (the “2006 CDMA Lease Agreement”) with Unicom Group and Unicom New Horizon to renew the 2005 CDMA Lease Agreement effective from January 1, 2007. Pursuant to the 2006 CDMA Lease Agreement, the initial lease period is for one year, renewable for an additional one-year term at the Group’s option. The lease fee of the CDMA network for 2007 and 2008 is as follows:
    31% of the audited CDMA service revenue of the lessee for each of the years 2007 and 2008; or
 
    30% of the audited CDMA service revenue of the lessee for the year 2007 or 2008, where the audited CDMA income before taxation of the lessee for the relevant year is less than the audited CDMA income before taxation of the lessee for the year 2006 as set out in the relevant annual audited financial statements of the lessee.
      Under the 2006 CDMA Lease Agreement, the annual lease fee of the CDMA network shall not be less than a certain minimum level (the “Minimum Lease Fee”) regardless of the amount of CDMA service revenue for that year. The Minimum Lease Fee for 2007 shall be 90% of the total amount of lease fee paid by the Group to Unicom New Horizon for 2006 pursuant to the 2005 CDMA Lease Agreement. The Minimum Lease Fee for 2008 shall be 90% of the total amount of lease fee paid by the Group to Unicom New Horizon for 2007 pursuant to the 2006 CDMA Lease Agreement. The level of lease fee under the 2006 CDMA Lease Agreement has been set by reference to the Group’s view of the industry trends, including factors such as CDMA subscribers and average revenue per user per month levels.
 
      At the inception of the 2006 CDMA Lease Agreement, the Group believes the uncertainties of the CDMA business continue to exist, particularly due to the fact that (i) the service revenue of CDMA business was stagnant in 2006; (ii) the uncertainty of the future success of CDMA business arising from keen market competition; and (iii) the uncertainty of the future changes in technology, technological standards and government regulatory environment. Moreover, at the inception of the 2006 CDMA Lease Agreement, the Group was still unable to determine whether it would renew the lease after the initial one-year lease term or whether it would exercise the purchase option. As a result, the Group considered the risks associated with the ownership of the CDMA assets still substantially remain with Unicom Group and Unicom New Horizon, and has concluded the leasing of the CDMA network will still be accounted for as an operating lease in 2007. At the beginning of each future lease term, the Group will reassess the appropriate classification based on the relevant factors and circumstances at that time.
 
      Based on the above accounting judgement made, the operating lease expense for the leasing of CDMA network has been recorded in the statement of income, and the carrying value of the CDMA assets and the related liabilities have not been reflected in the balance sheets. For the year ended December 31, 2006, the lease expense of approximately RMB8.08 billion (2004: 6.59 billion; 2005: RMB7.92 billion) was recorded under leased lines and network capacities in the statement of income.

F - 37


Table of Contents

5.   SEGMENT INFORMATION
 
    The Group comprises four business segments based on the various types of telecommunications services mainly provided to customers in Mainland China. The major business segments operated by the Group are classified as below:
    GSM Business — the provision of GSM telephone and related services;
 
    CDMA Business — the provision of CDMA telephone and related services, through a leasing arrangement for CDMA network from Unicom New Horizon;
 
    Data and Internet Business — the provision of domestic and international data, Internet and other related services; and
 
    Long Distance Business — the provision of domestic and international long distance and other related services.
    The Group’s primary measure of segment results is based on segment income or loss before income tax. Unallocated costs primarily represent corporate expenses, income tax expense and unrealized loss on change in fair value of derivative component of convertible bonds, whilst unallocated income represents interest income that cannot be identified to different operating segments.

F - 38


Table of Contents

     
5.1 Business Segments
                                                                                                                 
    2006     2005  
                    Data and     Long                                             Data and     Long                    
    GSM     CDMA     Internet     Distance     Unallocated                     GSM     CDMA     Internet     Distance     Unallocated              
    Business     Business     Business     Business     amounts     Elimination     Total     Business     Business     Business     Business     amounts     Elimination     Total  
Revenue (Turnover):
                                                                                                               
Usage fee
    33,609,094       14,695,758       1,770,321       64,337                     50,139,510       32,077,305       16,726,678       2,540,574       599,251                     51,943,808  
Monthly fee
    7,370,440       5,025,422                                 12,395,862       6,840,720       4,905,538                                 11,746,258  
Interconnection revenue
    4,914,964       1,732,360       92,140       424,792                     7,164,256       3,466,067       1,398,577       102,989       434,577                     5,402,210  
Leased lines rental
                473,708       574,728                     1,048,436                   393,659       489,969                     883,628  
Value-added service revenue
    11,543,343       5,314,118                                 16,857,461       7,966,629       4,115,542                                 12,082,171  
Other revenue
    1,852,580       525,484       39,147       4,565                     2,421,776       1,784,807       430,601       12,745       776                     2,228,929  
 
                                                                                       
Total services revenue
    59,290,421       27,293,142       2,375,316       1,068,422                     90,027,301       52,135,528       27,576,936       3,049,967       1,524,573                     84,287,004  
Sales of telecommunications products
    8,174       4,257,118       1,900                           4,267,192       3,174       2,743,337       7,226       8,090                     2,761,827  
 
                                                                                       
Total revenue from external customers
    59,298,595       31,550,260       2,377,216       1,068,422                     94,294,493       52,138,702       30,320,273       3,057,193       1,532,663                     87,048,831  
Intersegment revenue
                2,978,468       1,783,015             (4,761,483 )                       2,553,242       1,189,531             (3,742,773 )      
 
                                                                                       
Total revenue
    59,298,595       31,550,260       5,355,684       2,851,437                     94,294,493       52,138,702       30,320,273       5,610,435       2,722,194                     87,048,831  
Leased lines and network capacities
    (235,033 )     (8,160,189 )     (303,858 )     (64,785 )                   (8,763,865 )     (253,790 )     (8,035,534 )     (369,644 )     (88,349 )                   (8,747,317 )
Interconnection charges
    (9,498,433 )     (3,449,676 )     (481,528 )     (927,468 )           4,761,483       (9,595,622 )     (7,207,123 )     (3,345,180 )     (600,462 )     (962,378 )           3,742,773       (8,372,370 )
Depreciation and amortization
    (18,614,663 )     (717,828 )     (2,419,598 )     (670,191 )     (532 )             (22,422,812 )     (17,315,209 )     (614,297 )     (1,886,178 )     (551,045 )     (1,452 )             (20,368,181 )
Employee benefit expenses
    (4,136,669 )     (1,529,543 )     (527,358 )     (272,653 )     (182,476 )             (6,648,699 )     (3,550,780 )     (1,176,502 )     (492,376 )     (297,160 )     (99,494 )             (5,616,312 )
Selling and marketing
    (9,336,325 )     (9,007,838 )     (683,402 )     (224,078 )     (61 )             (19,251,704 )     (7,546,848 )     (11,308,449 )     (1,386,790 )     (315,791 )                   (20,557,878 )
General, administrative and other expenses
    (9,481,491 )     (2,849,754 )     (797,130 )     (259,900 )     (27,293 )             (13,415,568 )     (8,054,364 )     (2,537,950 )     (867,670 )     (259,705 )     (21,871 )             (11,741,560 )
Cost of telecommunications products sold
    (188,239 )     (4,735,533 )     (6,197 )     (19 )                   (4,929,988 )     (80,674 )     (3,477,893 )     (16,315 )     (434 )                   (3,575,316 )
Unrealized loss on changes in fair value of derivative component of convertible bonds
                                          (2,396,592 )                                            
Finance costs
    (475,456 )     (46,359 )     (35,512 )     (54,229 )     (467,026 )     424,362       (654,220 )     (943,214 )     (42,368 )     (37,043 )     (66,787 )     (223,682 )     213,773       (1,099,321 )
Interest income
    122,601       6,846       12,483       2,323       539,149       (424,362 )     259,040       64,626       8,958       2,915       3,807       229,663       (213,773 )     96,196  
Other gains (loss) — net
    23,474       1,027       246       (3,409 )     15               21,353       25,591       9,043       65       229       (3 )             34,925  
 
                                                                                       
Segment income (loss) before income tax
    7,478,361       1,061,413       113,830       377,028       (138,224 )             6,495,816       7,276,917       (199,899 )     (43,063 )     184,581       (116,839 )             7,101,697  
 
                                                                                           
 
                                                                                                               
Income tax expenses
                                                    (2,763,885 )                                                     (2,170,411 )
 
                                                                                                           
Net income
                                                    3,731,931                                                       4,931,286  
 
                                                                                                           
 
                                                                                                               
Attributable to:
                                                                                                               
Equity holders of the Company
                                                    3,731,824                                                       4,931,052  
Minority interest
                                                    107                                                       234  
 
                                                                                                           
 
                                                    3,731,931                                                       4,931,286  
 
                                                                                                           
 
                                                                                                               
Other information:
                                                                                                               
Provision for doubtful debts
    1,124,113       457,942       106,883       52,827                     1,741,765       867,154       458,161       139,327       33,868                     1,498,510  
 
                                                                                       
Capital expenditures for segment assets (a)
    10,577,010             2,500,814       2,640,789       5,827,151               21,545,764       7,333,030             1,962,796       2,162,637       6,154,335               17,612,798  
 
                                                                                       
                                                                                                                 
    December 31, 2006     December 31, 2005  
                    Data and                                                     Data and                          
    GSM     CDMA     Internet     Long Distance     Unallocated                     GSM     CDMA     Internet     Long Distance     Unallocated              
    Business     Business     Business     Business     amounts     Elimination     Total     Business     Business     Business     Business     amounts     Elimination     Total  
Total segment assets
    107,288,975       7,722,626       8,300,155       16,810,768       56,477,257       (50,161,795 )     146,437,986       107,723,037       4,087,906       7,518,912       17,794,349       55,667,580       (50,161,795 )     142,629,989  
 
                                                                                       
Total segment liabilities
    38,594,177       7,666,939       2,801,914       3,673,741       14,289,557               67,026,328       45,706,440       5,620,722       2,519,018       4,973,134       7,523,596               66,342,910  
 
                                                                                       

F - 39


Table of Contents

                                                         
    2004  
    GSM     CDMA     Data and Internet     Long Distance     Unallocated              
    Business     Business     Business     Business     amounts     Elimination     Total  
Revenue (Turnover):
                                                       
Usage fee
    31,997,020       16,164,333       2,685,083       879,281                     51,725,717  
Monthly fee
    6,922,400       4,638,024                                 11,560,424  
Interconnection revenue
    2,614,268       927,288       131,371       454,383                     4,127,310  
Leased lines rental
                344,014       512,134                     856,148  
Value-added service revenue
    4,818,822       2,370,872       461,492                           7,651,186  
Other revenue
    1,156,442       277,157       40,774       2,211                     1,476,584  
 
                                           
Total services revenue
    47,508,952       24,377,674       3,662,734       1,848,009                     77,397,369  
Sales of telecommunications products
    4,128       1,668,444       14,782       2,401                     1,689,755  
 
                                           
Total revenue from external customers
    47,513,080       26,046,118       3,677,516       1,850,410                     79,087,124  
Intersegment revenue
    135,521       107,477       2,059,881       1,264,140             (3,567,019 )      
 
                                           
Total revenue
    47,648,601       26,153,595       5,737,397       3,114,550                     79,087,124  
Leased lines and network capacities
    (284,092 )     (6,685,059 )     (361,412 )     (67,565 )                   (7,398,128 )
Interconnection charges
    (6,452,988 )     (2,794,843 )     (917,294 )     (918,480 )           3,567,019       (7,516,586 )
Depreciation and amortization
    (16,118,746 )     (438,957 )     (1,795,499 )     (530,695 )     (127,177 )             (19,011,074 )
Employee benefits expenses
    (2,917,299 )     (861,614 )     (443,466 )     (279,664 )     (113,014 )             (4,615,057 )
Selling and marketing
    (6,324,638 )     (11,347,712 )     (1,387,453 )     (463,477 )                   (19,523,280 )
General, administrative and other expenses
    (7,068,838 )     (2,206,458 )     (865,889 )     (320,115 )     (38,941 )             (10,500,241 )
Cost of telecommunications products sold
    (135,172 )     (2,399,360 )     (22,371 )     (5,742 )                   (2,562,645 )
Finance costs
    (1,606,741 )     (36,755 )     (17,569 )     (36,962 )     (112,429 )     114,381       (1,696,075 )
Interest income
    67,526       11,093       5,504       3,653       129,512       (114,381 )     102,907  
Other gains (loss), net
    22,382       42,695       (1,195 )     140       39,625               103,647  
 
                                           
Segment income (loss) before income tax
    6,829,995       (563,375 )     (69,247 )     495,643       (222,424 )             6,470,592  
 
                                             
 
                                                       
Income tax expenses
                                                    (1,977,141 )
 
                                                     
Net income
                                                    4,493,451  
 
                                                     
 
                                                       
Attributable to:
                                                       
Equity holders of the Company
                                                    4,493,451  
Minority interest
                                                     
 
                                                     
 
                                                    4,493,451  
 
                                                     
 
                                                       
Other information:
                                                       
Provision for doubtful debts
    1,317,374       645,470       164,514       64,462                     2,191,820  
 
                                           
Capital expenditures for segment assets (a)
    6,396,406             2,444,623       1,949,202       7,373,877               18,164,108  
 
                                           
                                                         
    December 31, 2004  
    GSM     CDMA     Data and Internet     Long Distance     Unallocated              
    Business     Business     Business     Business     amounts     Elimination     Total  
Total segment assets
    102,693,857       7,119,115       9,470,980       18,042,840       62,101,761       (50,390,158 )     149,038,395  
 
                                           
Total segment liabilities
    51,493,461       8,624,230       4,437,311       5,408,689       6,632,463               76,596,154  
 
                                           
 
(a) Capital expenditures classified under “Unallocated amounts” represent capital expenditures on common facilities, which benefit all business segments.

F - 40


Table of Contents

  5.2   Geographical Segments
 
      The customers of the Group’s services are mainly in mainland China. There is no other geographical segment with segment revenue from external customers equal to or greater than 10% of total revenue.
 
      In addition, although the Group has its corporate headquarter in Hong Kong, a substantial portion of the Group’s non-current assets (including property, plant and equipment and other assets) are situated in mainland China, as the Group’s principal activities are conducted in mainland China. For 2004, 2005 and 2006, substantially all capital expenditures were incurred to acquire assets located in mainland China and less than 10% of the Group’s assets and operations are located outside mainland China. Accordingly, no geographical segment information is presented.
6. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
                                                         
    2006   2005
                    Office                
            Tele-   furniture,                
            communications   fixtures and   Leasehold   Construction-        
    Buildings   equipment   others   improvements   in-progress   Total   Total
Cost or valuation:
                                                       
Beginning of year
    13,614,937       144,752,704       8,370,669       1,120,171       18,826,688       186,685,169       173,835,655  
Revaluation surplus
    200,330                               200,330        
Additions
    566,212       348,077       139,036             20,492,439       21,545,764       17,612,798  
Transfer from CIP
    737,505       23,240,505       1,532,868       477,166       (25,988,044 )            
Reclassification to other assets (Note 36)
    (528,428 )                             (528,428 )     (4,194,413 )
Disposals
    (22,296 )     (1,478,238 )     (425,924 )     (214,304 )           (2,140,762 )     (568,871 )
 
                                                       
 
                                                       
End of year
    14,568,260       166,863,048       9,616,649       1,383,033       13,331,083       205,762,073       186,685,169  
 
                                                       
Representing:
                                                       
At cost
    2,036,229       166,863,048       9,616,649       1,383,033       13,331,083       193,230,042       184,314,396  
At valuation
    12,532,031                               12,532,031       2,370,773  
 
                                                       
 
    14,568,260       166,863,048       9,616,649       1,383,033       13,331,083       205,762,073       186,685,169  
 
                                                       
 
                                                       
Accumulated depreciation:
                                                       
Beginning of year
    3,110,261       66,942,910       3,502,469       741,937       14,307       74,311,884       55,343,535  
Charge for the year
    454,958       19,524,750       1,753,763       271,990             22,005,461       19,931,501  
Reclassification to other assets (Note 36)
                                        (511,266 )
Disposals
    (16,473 )     (1,418,541 )     (287,459 )     (214,304 )           (1,936,777 )     (451,886 )
 
                                                       
 
                                                       
End of year
    3,548,746       85,049,119       4,968,773       799,623       14,307       94,380,568       74,311,884  
 
                                                       
 
                                                       
Net book value:
                                                       
End of year
    11,019,514       81,813,929       4,647,876       583,410       13,316,776       111,381,505       112,373,285  
 
                                                       
 
                                                       
Beginning of year
    10,504,676       77,809,794       4,868,200       378,234       18,812,381       112,373,285       118,492,120  
 
                                                       
For the year ended December 31, 2006, interest expense of approximately RMB423 million (2004: RMB648 million; 2005: RMB683 million) was capitalized to construction-in-progress.

F - 41


Table of Contents

During 2006, the Group engaged an independent property valuation firm to undertake a valuation of the buildings of the Group as of August 31, 2006 (“2006 Revaluation”), using the replacement cost or open market value approach, as appropriate. Based on the 2006 Revaluation, an additional revaluation surplus of approximately RMB200 million was recognized. The valuation surplus net of the related deferred income tax of approximately RMB105 million (Note 9) was credited to revaluation reserve in shareholders’ equity. The accumulated revaluation surplus on the buildings resulting from all previous and current valuations of the buildings as of December 31, 2006 was RMB272 million. As of December 31, 2006, the carrying value of buildings would have been approximately RMB10,701 million (2005: RMB10,379 million) had they been stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation. The directors considered the fair values of these buildings were not materially different from their carrying values as of December 31, 2006. The additional depreciation attributable to the revaluation surplus amounted to approximately RMB8.80 million for 2006 (2004: RMB8.80 million; 2005: RMB8.80 million).
Telecommunications equipment held under finance leases represents wireless public phone equipment. As of December 31, 2006, net book value of wireless public phone equipment under finance leases amounted to approximately RMB231 million (2005: RMB354 million) (Note 18).
For the year ended December 31, 2006, the Group recognized loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment of approximately RMB145 million (2004: RMB11 million; 2005: RMB25 million).
For comparative purpose, the carrying value of land use rights underlying the buildings acquired from third parties amounting to approximately RMB3.7 billion was reclassified from “Property, plant and equipment” to “Other assets” in the 2005 comparative consolidated balance sheet.

F - 42


Table of Contents

7.   GOODWILL
                 
    2005     2006  
Cost:
               
Goodwill arising from acquisitions
    3,143,983       3,143,983  
 
           
Goodwill arising from the acquisitions of Unicom New Century Telecommunications Co., Ltd. and Unicom New World Telecommunications Co., Ltd. in 2002 and 2003 respectively represented the excess of the purchase considerations over the Group’s shares of the fair values of the separately identifiable net assets acquired.
Goodwill is allocated to the Group’s cash-generating units (“CGU”) identified according to business segments. The recoverable amount of goodwill is determined based on value in use calculations. These calculations use pre-tax cash flow projections based on financial budgets approved by management, including expected profit margins, growth rates and the applicable discount rates. Management determined expected profit margins based on past performance and its expectations in relation to market developments. The expected growth rates used are consistent with the forecasts of the business segments. The discount rates used are pre-tax and reflect specific risks relating to the business. Based on management’s assessment results, there was no impairment of goodwill as of December 31, 2005 and 2006.
8.   OTHER ASSETS
                         
    Note     2005     2006  
Direct incremental costs for activating cellular subscribers
    (a)       3,191,853       2,243,384  
Customer acquisition costs of contractual CDMA subscribers
    4.2(a),(b)       2,416,224       1,643,623  
Long-term prepayment for lease of land
    (c), 6, 36       4,189,326       4,867,840  
Purchased software
    (d)       276,803       677,187  
Prepaid rental for premises and leased lines
            858,661       1,005,514  
Others
    (d)       568,863       739,021  
 
                   
 
                       
 
            11,501,730       11,176,569  
 
                   

F - 43


Table of Contents

(a)   For the year ended December 31, 2006, amortization of direct incremental costs for activating GSM and CDMA subscribers amounted to RMB1,817 million (2004: RMB936 million; 2005: RMB1,582 million) (Note 24), which has been included in “selling and marketing” expenses.
(b)   For the year ended December 31, 2006, amortization of the customer acquisition costs of contractual CDMA subscribers amounted to approximately RMB4,205 million (2004: RMB6,121 million; 2005: RMB5,948 million) (Note 24) which was recorded in “selling and marketing” expenses. As of December 31, 2006, the carrying amount of unamortized customer acquisition costs of contractual CDMA subscribers totaled approximately RMB2,102 million (2005: RMB2,944 million), with approximately RMB1,644 million (2005: RMB2,416 million) recorded in “other assets” (for contracts expiring over 1 year) and approximately RMB458 million (2005: RMB528 million) recorded in “prepayments and other current assets” (for contracts expiring within 1 year) (Note 12).
(c)   The Group’s long-term prepayment for lease of land represents prepaid operating lease payments for land use rights in Mainland China and their net book value is analyzed as follows:
                 
    2005     2006  
Held on:
               
Leases of between 10 to 50 years
    4,174,864       4,833,011  
Leases of less than 10 years
    14,462       34,829  
 
           
 
               
 
    4,189,326       4,867,840  
 
           
For comparative purposes, the carrying value of land use rights underlying the buildings acquired from third parties was reclassified from “Property, plant and equipment” to “Other assets” in the 2005 comparative consolidated balance sheet. Please refer to Note 6 for details.
For the year ended December 31, 2006, the long-term prepayment for lease of land expensed in statement of income amounted to RMB171.0 million (2004: RMB26.0 million; 2005: RMB28.4 million), which was recorded in “general, administrative and other expenses”.
(d)   For the year ended December 31, 2006, the amortization of purchased software and others of other assets amounted to approximately RMB417 million (2004: RMB664 million; 2005: RMB437 million) (Note 24).

F - 44


Table of Contents

9.   TAXATION
 
    Provision for taxation represents:
                         
    2004     2005     2006  
Provision for income tax on the estimated taxable income for the year
                       
- Hong Kong
          1,063       4,817  
- Outside Hong Kong
    1,422,635       2,033,457       2,838,365  
 
                 
 
    1,422,635       2,034,520       2,843,182  
Deferred taxation
    554,506       135,891       (79,297 )
 
                 
 
                       
 
    1,977,141       2,170,411       2,763,885  
 
                 
  (a)   The Company did not have any assessable income sourced from Hong Kong for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006.
 
  (b)   China Unicom International Limited (“Unicom International”, a subsidiary of the Company) assessed its income tax liability in Hong Kong using the tax rate of 17.5% (2004: 17.5%; 2005: 17.5%). The income tax liability of Unicom International amounted to approximately RMB4.82 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 (2004: nil, 2005: RMB1.06 million).
 
  (c)   China Unicom (Macau) Company Limited (“Unicom Macau”, a subsidiary of the Company) assessed its income tax liability in Macau, using progressive tax rates from 3% to 12%. There is no Macau income tax liability of Unicom Macau for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 as there were no assessable income in these years.
 
  (d)   Unicom Huasheng Telecommunications Technology Company Limited (“Unicom Huasheng”, a subsidiary of the Company) and its branches are subject to income tax at the statutory enterprise income tax rate of 33% in Mainland China. The income tax liabilities of Unicom Huasheng and its branches were assessed separately by relevant local tax authorities.
 
  (e)   Various provincial/municipal branches of China Unicom Corporation Limited (“CUCL”, a subsidiary of the Company) were granted preferential tax treatment by relevant tax authorities to assess their enterprise income tax at the rates of 13% or 18% in mainland China for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006. The remaining provincial branches were assessed at the standard tax rate of 33%.

F - 45


Table of Contents

     Reconciliation between applicable statutory tax rate and the effective tax rate:
                                 
    Note     2004     2005     2006  
Mainland China statutory tax rate of 33%
            33.0 %     33.0 %     33.0 %
Non-deductible expenses
            3.2 %     1.9 %     1.7 %
Unrealized loss on changes in fair value of derivative component of convertible bonds
                        12.2 %
Non-taxable income
                               
- Connection fee
            (2.1 %)     (1.2 %)     (1.3 %)
- Interest income
            (0.7 %)     (0.1 %)     (0.6 %)
- Line leasing income
            (0.1 %)     (0.1 %)      
Impact of PRC preferential tax rates
            (2.1 %)     (2.2 %)     (2.3 %)
Increase in opening deferred tax assets resulting from an increase in tax rate
            (0.4 %)            
Investment tax credits for domestic equipment
    (f )     (0.2 %)     (0.7 %)     (0.2 %)
 
                   
Effective tax rate
            30.6 %     30.6 %     42.5 %
 
                   
Tax effect of preferential tax rate is as follows:
                         
    2004   2005   2006
Aggregate amount (RMB in millions)
    135       155       150  
Per share effect (RMB)
    0.011       0.012       0.012  
 
(f)   For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, tax credits represented investment tax credits relating to the additions of certain domestic equipment that were deductible against current income tax.

F - 46


Table of Contents

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset tax assets against tax liabilities and when the deferred income taxes relate to the same fiscal authority. The offset amounts are as follows:
                 
    2005     2006  
Deferred tax assets:
               
- Deferred tax asset to be recovered after 12 months
    1,004,323       787,991  
- Deferred tax asset to be recovered within 12 months
    737,740       887,636  
 
           
 
               
 
    1,742,063       1,675,627  
 
           
 
               
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
- Deferred tax liabilities to be settled after 12 months
    (1,278,531 )     (1,051,774 )
- Deferred tax liabilities to be settled within 12 months
    (128,298 )     (314,185 )
 
           
 
               
 
    (1,406,829 )     (1,365,959 )
 
           
 
               
Net deferred tax assets after offsetting
    335,234       309,668  
 
           
 
               
Deferred tax liabilities that cannot be offset
    (5,613 )     (5,879 )
 
           
There were no material unrecognized deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2005 and 2006.
The movement of the net deferred tax assets/liabilities is as follows:
                         
    2004     2005     2006  
Net deferred tax assets after offsetting :
                       
- Beginning of year
    1,022,108       468,774       335,234  
- Deferred tax (charged) /credited to the statement of income
    (553,334 )     (133,540 )     79,563  
- Deferred tax charged to equity (Note 6)
                (105,129 )
 
                 
 
                       
- End of year
    468,774       335,234       309,668  
 
                 
 
                       
The deferred tax liabilities that can not be offset:
                       
- Beginning of year
          (3,262 )     (5,613 )
- Acquisition of a subsidiary
    (2,090 )            
- Deferred tax charged to the statement of income
    (1,172 )     (2,351 )     (266 )
 
                 
 
                       
- End of year
    (3,262 )     (5,613 )     (5,879 )
 
                 

F - 47


Table of Contents

Deferred taxation as of year-end represents the taxation effect of the following temporary differences:
                         
    Note     2005     2006  
Mainland China Enterprises
                       
Deferred tax assets:
                       
Interest on loans from CCF joint ventures
    (g )     96,012       45,463  
Loss arising from terminations of CCF Arrangements
    (g )     111,003       20,636  
Provision for doubtful debts
            399,590       492,920  
Write-down of inventories to net realizable value
            43,780       32,858  
Accruals of retirement benefits
            4,670       18,137  
Additional depreciation deductible for tax in future years
            12,361       6,315  
Monetary housing benefits
            11,784       12,607  
Differences on tax basis for the residual value of property, plant and equipment
            10,045        
Net amount of deferral and amortization of upfront non-refundable revenue
            891,467       740,429  
Accruals of expenses not yet deductible for tax purpose
            137,279       232,863  
Others
            24,072       73,399  
 
                   
 
                       
 
            1,742,063       1,675,627  
 
                   
Deferred tax liabilities:
                       
Net amount of capitalization and amortization of direct incremental costs
            (925,462 )     (740,429 )
Capitalized interest already deducted for tax purpose
            (481,367 )     (520,401 )
Revaluation of buildings (Note 6)
                  (105,129 )
 
                   
 
                       
 
            (1,406,829 )     (1,365,959 )
 
                   
 
                       
 
            335,234       309,668  
 
                   
 
                       
Hong Kong Enterprises
                       
Deferred tax liabilities:
                       
Accelerated depreciation for tax purpose
            (5,613 )     (5,879 )
 
                   

F - 48


Table of Contents

  (g)   Prior to 2000, in the process of developing its cellular networks, the GSM Business has entered into cooperation agreements with certain contractual joint ventures (the “CJVs”) established in Mainland China. Each CJV was established by one or more Chinese enterprises and one or more foreign parties. The aforementioned cooperation arrangements are referred to as the China-China-Foreign Arrangement (the “CCF Arrangements”). Pursuant to the CCF Arrangements, the CJVs extended funding to the GSM Business for the construction of telecommunications systems and network equipment in Mainland China. Based on the terms of the cooperation agreements, the CCF Arrangements had been accounted for as secured financing arrangements to the GSM Business, and interest had been accrued by the GSM Business based on the funds provided by the CJVs at the then prevailing market borrowing rates. All CCF Arrangements had been terminated in 1999 and 2000, the related loss on the termination of CCF Arrangements was charged to the statement of income as incurred. Pursuant to the approval of relevant tax authorities, all the interest costs and the loss on termination of these CCF Arrangements are to be deducted against current taxable income over 7 years. The resulting deferred tax assets were recognized accordingly.
10.   INVENTORIES
                 
    2005     2006  
Handsets
    1,121,288       1,462,210  
Telephone cards
    592,490       522,161  
Others
    394,034       349,531  
 
           
 
               
 
    2,107,812       2,333,902  
 
           
The cost of inventories recognized as expense and included in cost of telecommunications products sold amounted to approximately RMB4,930 million (2004: RMB2,524 million; 2005: RMB3,575 million).
For the year ended December 31, 2006, the write-down of inventories to net realizable value amounted to RMB43 million (2004: RMB69 million; 2005: RMB20 million), which was mainly due to the decline of market values of certain handsets.

F - 49


Table of Contents

11.   ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET
                 
    2005     2006  
Accounts receivable for GSM services
    4,021,887       3,416,679  
Accounts receivable for CDMA services
    2,648,504       2,264,188  
Accounts receivable for Data and Internet services
    522,579       323,369  
Accounts receivable for Long Distance services
    444,010       458,402  
 
           
Sub-total
    7,636,980       6,462,638  
 
               
Less: Provision for doubtful debts for GSM services
    (1,821,057 )     (1,841,212 )
Provision for doubtful debts for CDMA services
    (954,185 )     (905,094 )
Provision for doubtful debts for Data and Internet services
    (83,711 )     (77,006 )
Provision for doubtful debts for Long Distance services
    (229,598 )     (219,983 )
 
           
 
               
 
    4,548,429       3,419,343  
 
           
The aging analysis of accounts receivable is as follows:
                 
    2005     2006  
Within one month
    2,884,068       2,349,963  
More than one month to three months
    1,062,895       906,221  
More than three months to one year
    1,636,529       1,709,954  
More than one year
    2,053,488       1,496,500  
 
           
 
               
 
    7,636,980       6,462,638  
 
           
The normal credit period granted by the Group is on average 30 days from the date of invoice.
There is no significant concentration of credit risk with respect to individual customers’ receivables, as the Group has a large number of customers.
Provision for doubtful debts is analyzed as follows:
                 
    2005     2006  
Balance, beginning of year
    3,933,507       3,088,551  
Provision for the year
    1,498,510       1,741,765  
Written-off during the year
    (2,343,466 )     (1,787,021 )
 
           
 
               
Balance, end of year
    3,088,551       3,043,295  
 
           

F - 50


Table of Contents

12.   PREPAYMENTS AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS
                         
    Note     2005     2006  
Prepaid rental
            322,243       364,622  
Deposits and prepayments
            973,698       732,774  
Advances to employees
            163,838       154,866  
Customer acquisition costs of contractual CDMA subscribers
    8(b)       527,577       458,095  
Others
            355,111       277,662  
 
                   
 
                       
 
            2,342,467       1,988,019  
 
                   
The aging analysis of prepayments and other current assets is as follows:
                 
    2005     2006  
Within one year
    2,249,097       1,892,558  
More than one year
    93,370       95,461  
 
           
 
               
 
    2,342,467       1,988,019  
 
           
13.   SHORT-TERM BANK DEPOSITS
                 
    2005     2006  
Bank deposits with maturity exceeding three months
    282,457       187,449  
Restricted bank deposits
          8,371  
 
           
 
               
 
    282,457       195,820  
 
           
As of December 31, 2006, restricted bank deposits represented deposits that were subject to externally imposed restriction relating to construction payable as requested by a contractor.
14.   CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
                 
    2005     2006  
Cash at bank and in hand
    5,110,716       11,180,476  
Bank deposits with original maturities of three months or less
    360,860       1,001,632  
 
           
 
               
 
    5,471,576       12,182,108  
 
           
The effective interest rates on bank deposits at December 31, 2006 ranged from 3.20% to 5.49 % (December 31, 2005: 3.98% to 4.50%). The bank deposits have a weighted average maturity of 76 days.

F - 51


Table of Contents

15.   SHARE CAPITAL
                 
    2005     2006  
    HKD’000     HKD’000  
Authorized:
               
30,000,000,000 ordinary shares of HKD0.10 each
    3,000,000       3,000,000  
 
           
                                         
            Ordinary shares,                    
    Number of     par value of     Share     Share        
    shares     HKD0.1 each     capital     premium     Total  
    ’000     HKD’000                    
At January 1, 2005
    12,563,492       1,256,349       1,332,487       52,546,294       53,878,781  
Employee share option scheme
                                       
– Recognition of shares issued on exercise of options (Note 29)
    10,773       1,077       1,134       54,720       55,854  
 
                             
 
                                       
At December 31, 2005
    12,574,265       1,257,426       1,333,621       52,601,014       53,934,635  
Employee share option scheme
                                       
– Recognition of shares issued on exercise of options (Note 29)
    106,724       10,672       10,819       621,962       632,781  
 
                             
 
                                       
At December 31, 2006
    12,680,989       1,268,098       1,344,440       53,222,976       54,567,416  
 
                             
The total authorized number of ordinary shares is 30 billion shares (2005: 30 billion shares) with a par value of HKD0.10 per share (2005: HKD0.10 per share). All issued shares are fully paid.
Increase of 106,724,000 ordinary shares in 2006 (2005: 10,773,200) represented the ordinary shares issued on exercise of share options under the Company’s share option scheme (Note 29(h)).

F - 52


Table of Contents

16.   LONG-TERM BANK LOANS
                         
        Interest rates and final maturity   2005     2006  
RMB denominated bank loans  
Fixed interest rates ranging from 3.60% to 5.58% (2005: 3.60% to 5.58%) per annum with maturity through 2010 (2005: maturity through 2010) (a)
               
- secured  
 
    755,000        
- unsecured  
 
    6,687,468       315,000  
       
 
           
       
 
               
       
 
    7,442,468       315,000  
       
 
           
       
 
               
USD denominated bank loans  
Floating interest rates of USD LIBOR plus interest margin of 0.35% to 0.44% (2005: 0.28% to 0.44%) per annum with maturity through 2010 (2005: maturity through 2010) (b)
    9,684,240       7,808,699  
       
 
           
       
 
               
Sub-total  
 
    17,126,708       8,123,699  
Less: Current portion  
 
    (5,145,190 )     (3,984,350 )
       
 
           
       
 
               
       
 
    11,981,518       4,139,349  
       
 
           
The repayment schedule of the long-term bank loans was as follows:
                 
    2005     2006  
Balances due:
               
2006
    5,145,190        
2007
    6,137,608       3,984,350  
2008
    3,501,800       2,377,609  
2009
    353,070        
2010
    1,989,040       1,761,740  
 
           
 
               
 
    17,126,708       8,123,699  
Less: Portion classified as current liability
    (5,145,190 )     (3,984,350 )
 
           
 
               
Total
    11,981,518       4,139,349  
 
           

F - 53


Table of Contents

  (a)   As of December 31, 2006, no long-term bank loans (2005: RMB755 million) were secured by the future service fee revenue to be generated by the cellular operations of the relevant branches who borrowed the long-term bank loans.
 
  (b)   On September 26, 2003, the Company signed an agreement with 13 financial institutions for a long-term syndicated loan of USD0.7 billion. This facility was split into 3 tranches (i) USD0.2 billion 3-year loan; (ii) USD0.3 billion 5-year loan; and (iii) USD0.2 billion 7-year loan and carried an interest rate of 0.28%, 0.35% and 0.44% over US dollar LIBOR per annum for each tranche, respectively. In October 2003, the Company and CUCL entered into an agreement to re-lend such funds to CUCL with similar terms to finance the network construction of CUCL. During 2006, the Company has fully repaid the USD0.2 billion 3-year loan.
 
      In addition, on February 25, 2004, CUCL signed an agreement with various financial institutions for a long-term syndicated loan of USD0.5 billion to finance its working capital and network construction expenditure. This facility is repayable in 3 years and carries an interest rate of 0.40% over US dollar LIBOR per annum. In February 2007, CUCL has fully repaid the USD0.5 billion loan.
 
  (c)   The effective interest rate of long-term bank loans denominated in RMB at December 31, 2006 was 4.22% (December 31, 2005: 5.25%), and the effective interest rates of long-term bank loans denominated in USD at December 31, 2006 ranged from 5.72% to 5.81% (December 31, 2005: from 4.94% to 5.14%).
 
  (d)   The carrying amount of long-term bank loans approximated their fair value.
17.   CONVERTIBLE BONDS
The carrying values of the derivative component and liability component of the convertible bonds as of December 31, 2006 are as follows:
         
Liability component
    7,117,035  
Derivative component
    3,207,914  
 
     
 
       
Carrying value of convertible bonds
    10,324,949  
 
     
 
       
Number of conversion shares at the issuance date (shares)
    899,745,075  
 
     
No conversion of the convertible bond has occurred up to December 31, 2006.

F - 54


Table of Contents

On July 5, 2006, the Company issued a zero coupon convertible bonds with an aggregate principal amount of USD1 billion (the “Convertible Bonds”) to SK Telecom Co., Ltd. (“SK Telecom”), an overseas telecommunications service operator in Korea. The bondholder has the option to convert the Convertible Bonds into shares of the Company with a par value of HKD0.10 each at a conversion price of HKD8.63 (an equivalent of approximately USD1.11) per share subject to adjustment for, among other matters, consolidation, subdivision or reclassification of shares, capitalization of profits or reserves, rights issues and other events, which have diluting effects on the issued share capital of the Company at any time from and including the first anniversary after the date of issuance up to the close of business in Hong Kong on the day falling seven days prior to July 5, 2009, the maturity date of the Convertible Bonds. Unless previously redeemed, converted, or purchased and cancelled, the Convertible Bonds will be redeemed at 104.26% of its principal amount on July 5, 2009.
At any time after July 5, 2007 or on the occurrence of a relevant event as defined in the Convertible Bonds agreement, a bondholder may freely assign or transfer any of the Convertible Bonds registered in its name to any third party provided that no assignment or transfer may be made to a person who is (i) a fixed line or mobile telecommunications operator in the PRC (a competitor operator), or (ii) directly or indirectly an affiliate of a competitor operator.
On July 5, 2008 (the Put Option Date), each bondholder will have the right at such holder’s option, to require the Company to redeem all or some of the Convertible Bonds held by such holder on the Put Option Date at 102.82% of the principal amount. To exercise such right, the holder of the relevant Convertible Bonds must deliver its notice of redemption together with the Certificate evidencing the Convertible Bonds to be redeemed not later than 40 days prior to the Put Option Date.
As the functional currency of the Group is the RMB, the conversion of the Convertible Bonds denominated in Hong Kong Dollars will not result in settlement by the exchange of a fixed amount of cash in RMB, the functional currency of the Group, for a fixed number of the Company’s shares. In accordance with the requirements of HKAS 39, Financial Instruments – Recognition and Measurement, the bond contract must be separated into two components: a derivative component consisting of the conversion option and a liability component consisting of the straight debt element of the bonds. The conversion option is carried at fair value on the balance sheet with any changes in fair value being charged or credited to the statement of income in the period when the change occurs.
The fair value of the derivative component of the Convertible Bonds was calculated using the Binomial model with the major inputs used in the model as of July 5, 2006 and December 31, 2006 as follows:
                 
    July 5, 2006     December 31, 2006  
Stock price
  HKD6.95     HKD11.40  
Exercise price
  HKD8.63     HKD8.63  
Volatility
    31 %     31 %
Dividend yield
    2 %     2 %
Risk-free rate
    4.57-4.63 %     3.51-3.55 %
Expected life
  2.25-3 years     1.76-2.51 years  
Option value
  HKD0.96     HKD3.56  

F - 55


Table of Contents

Any changes in the major inputs into the model will result in changes in the fair value of the derivative component. The change in the fair value of the conversion option from July 5, 2006 to December 31, 2006 resulted in a fair value loss of RMB2.397 billion, which has been recorded as the “Unrealized loss on changes in fair value of derivative component of Convertible Bonds” in the statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2006.
The initial carrying amount of the liability component is the residual amount after deducting the issuance cost of the Convertible Bonds and the fair value of the derivative component as of July 5, 2006, and is subsequently carried at amortized cost. Interest expense is calculated using the effective interest method by applying the effective interest rate of 5.53% to the adjusted liability component. Should the aforesaid derivative component not be separated out and the entire Convertible Bonds is considered as the liability component, the effective interest rate would have been 1.46%.
18.   OBLIGATIONS UNDER FINANCE LEASES
Obligations under finance leases are analyzed as follows:
                 
    2005     2006  
Total minimum lease payments under finance leases:
               
- 2006
    443,400        
- 2007
    152,058       104,663  
- 2008
    875       8,059  
- 2009
          423  
- 2010
          1,396  
- 2011
          820  
- Thereafter
          58  
 
           
 
               
 
    596,333       115,419  
Less: Future finance charges
    (30,335 )     (5,623 )
 
           
 
               
Present value of minimum obligations
    565,998       109,796  
 
           
 
               
Representing obligations under finance leases:
               
- current liabilities
    420,631       99,566  
- non-current liabilities
    145,367       10,230  
 
               
The present value of obligations under finance leases:
               
- 2006
    420,631        
- 2007
    144,541       99,566  
- 2008
    826       7,666  
- 2009
          399  
- 2010
          1,335  
- 2011
          776  
- Thereafter
          54  
 
           
 
               
 
    565,998       109,796  
Less: Portion classified as current liabilities
    (420,631 )     (99,566 )
 
           
 
               
 
    145,367       10,230  
 
           
Obligations under finance leases were mainly related to the leasing of wireless public phone equipment (Note 6).

F - 56


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2006, interest rates of obligations under finance leases ranged from 4% to 5% (2004 and 2005: 4% to 6%) per annum.
The carrying amounts of obligations under finance leases approximated their fair value.
19.   PAYABLES AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES
                         
    Note     2005     2006  
Payables to contractors and equipment suppliers
            11,156,462       16,184,898  
Accrued expenses
            1,835,353       2,236,137  
Payables to telecommunications product suppliers
            1,372,853       1,875,356  
Customer deposits
            1,456,601       1,857,849  
Maintenance expense payables
            542,540       1,208,902  
Salary and welfare payables
            464,372       601,270  
Amounts due to services providers / content providers
            716,180       797,586  
Provision for subscriber bonus point expenses
    4.1 (d)     337,414       555,586  
Others
    (a )     644,853       972,490  
 
                   
 
                       
 
            18,526,628       26,290,074  
 
                   
 
(a)   Others included miscellaneous accruals for housing fund and other government surcharges.
The aging analysis of payables and accrued liabilities is as follows:
                 
    2005     2006  
Less than six months
    11,260,366       20,162,555  
Six months to one year
    4,766,400       3,981,712  
More than one year
    2,499,862       2,145,807  
 
           
 
               
 
    18,526,628       26,290,074  
 
           
20.   SHORT-TERM BONDS
 
    On July 19, 2005, CUCL completed an offering of short-term bonds, consisting of two tranches, in the PRC interbank debenture market. The first tranche of the bonds was issued in an aggregate amount of RMB9.0 billion with a maturity period of 365 days and was repaid in July 2006. The second tranche of the bonds was issued in an aggregate amount of RMB1.0 billion with a maturity period of 180 days and was repaid in January 2006.
 
    In March 2006, CUCL completed an offering of short-term bonds of RMB1.0 billion with a maturity period of 365 days. In July 2006, CUCL completed another offering of short-term bonds in an aggregate amount of RMB6.0 billion, consisting of three tranches of RMB2.0 billion each, with a maturity period of 180 days, 270 days and 365 days, respectively. The weighted average effective interest rate of these short-term bonds as of December 31, 2006 was 3.19% (2005: 2.89%).

F - 57


Table of Contents

21.   SHORT-TERM BANK LOANS
 
    Supplemental information with respect to short-term bank loans is as follows:
                                         
                            Average        
            Weighted average     Maximum     amount     Weighted average  
            interest rate at     amount     outstanding     interest rate  
    Balance at     year end     outstanding     during the     during the year  
    year end     Per annum     during the year     year*     Per annum**  
December 31, 2005
                                       
RMB denominated bank loans:
                                       
- secured
    1,000,000                                  
- unsecured
    4,302,661                                  
 
                                     
 
    5,302,661       4.86 %     10,046,495       6,767,046       4.86 %
 
                                       
HKD denominated bank loans (Note (a)):
                                       
- unsecured
    1,721,697       3.10 %     1,761,748       1,209,342       2.00 %
 
                                     
 
    7,024,358                                  
 
                                     
 
                                       
December 31, 2006
                                       
RMB denominated bank loans:
                                       
- secured
                                     
- unsecured
                                     
 
                                     
 
                5,302,661       2,651,331       4.34 %
 
                                       
HKD denominated bank loans:
                                       
- unsecured
                1,721,697       860,849       1.55 %
 
                                     
 
                                     
 
                                     
 
Notes:
(a)   As of December 31, 2005, HKD denominated short-term bank loans of approximately HK$1,665 million (equivalent to approximately RMB1,722 million) were borrowed by the Company to finance the working capital of the Group. The bank loans were repayable in 1 year and carried at interest rate of 0.22% to 0.25% over HIBOR per annum. The loan has been fully repaid in 2006.
 
(b)   The carrying amounts of short-term loans approximated their fair value.
 
*   The average amount outstanding is computed by dividing the total of outstanding principal balance as of January 1 and December 31, as applicable, by 2.
 
**   The weighted average interest rate is computed by dividing the total of weighted average interest rates as of January 1 and December 31, as applicable, by 2.

F - 58


Table of Contents

22.   INVESTMENT IN SUBSIDIARIES
 
    As of December 31, 2006, the details of the Company’s subsidiaries are as follows:
                                         
    Place     Percentage of     Particular        
    and date of     equity interests     of issued     Principal activities  
    incorporation and     held     share     and place of  
Name   nature of legal entity     Direct     Indirect     capital     operation  
 
  The PRC,                                
 
  April 21, 2000,                           Telecommunications
China Unicom
  limited liability                                operation in the
Corporation Limited
  company     100 %         47,425,763          PRC
 
                                       
 
  British Virgin Islands,                                
 
  November 5, 2003,                                
Unicom New World
  limited liability                   11,000 shares,   Investment holding
(BVI) Limited
  company     100 %         HKD1 each        in BVI
 
                                       
 
  Hong Kong,                                
China Unicom
  May 24, 2000,                           Telecommunications
     International
Limited
  limited liability
company
    100 %         100,000 shares,
HKD1 each
       service in Hong
     Kong
 
                                       
 
  USA,                                
 
  May 24, 2002,                   USD   Telecommunications
China Unicom USA Co.
  corporation           100 %   10,000          service in USA
 
                                       
 
  Macau,                                
China Unicom (Macau)
  October 15, 2004,                                
Company Limited
  limited liability                   MOP   Telecommunications
  company     99 %     1 %   60,000,000          operation in Macau
 
                                       
Unicom Huasheng
  The PRC,                                
Telecommunications
  July 1, 2005,                           Sales of
Technology Company
  limited liability                                telecommunication
Limited (i)
  company           99.5 %   500,000          products in the PRC
 
(i)   On July 1, 2005, CUCL together with Unicom Xingye Science and Technology Trade Co. (“Unicom Xingye”, a subsidiary of Unicom Group) set up Unicom Huasheng. The paid-in capital of Unicom Huasheng as of December 31, 2005 was RMB50 million, CUCL had contributed capital of RMB47.5 million, whereas the minority shareholder Unicom Xingye contributed the remaining capital of RMB2.5 million, thus CUCL effectively held 95% in the entire issued capital of Unicom Huasheng. In August 2006, CUCL increased its investment in Unicom Huasheng by RMB450 million, and the paid-in capital of Unicom Huasheng was then increased to RMB500 million. As of December 31, 2006, CUCL held 99.5% in the entire issued capital of Unicom Huasheng whereas Unicom Xingye held the remaining 0.5%.

F - 59


Table of Contents

23.   REVENUE (TURNOVER)
 
    Revenue primarily comprises usage fees, monthly fees, interconnection revenue, leased line rental income, value-added services revenue and sales of telecommunications products earned by the Group. Tariffs for these services are subject to regulations by various government authorities, including the State Development and Reform Commission, the Ministry of Information Industry (“MII”) and the provincial price regulatory authorities.
 
    Revenue is presented net of business tax and government surcharges. Relevant business tax and government surcharges amounted to RMB2,285 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 (2004: RMB2,051 million; 2005: RMB2,166 million).
 
    The major components of revenue are as follows:
                                 
       Note   2004     2005     2006  
GSM Business
                               
Usage fee
    (a ) (i)     31,997,020       32,077,305       33,609,094  
Monthly fee
    (b )     6,922,400       6,840,720       7,370,440  
Interconnection revenue
    (c )     2,614,268       3,466,067       4,914,964  
Value-added service revenue
    (e )     4,818,822       7,966,629       11,543,343  
Other revenue
            1,156,442       1,784,807       1,852,580  
 
                         
 
Total GSM service revenue
            47,508,952       52,135,528       59,290,421  
 
                         
 
                               
CDMA Business
                               
Usage fee
    (a ) (i)     16,164,333       16,726,678       14,695,758  
Monthly fee
    (b )     4,638,024       4,905,538       5,025,422  
Interconnection revenue
    (c )     927,288       1,398,577       1,732,360  
Value-added service revenue
    (e )     2,370,872       4,115,542       5,314,118  
Other revenue
            277,157       430,601       525,484  
 
                         
 
Total CDMA service revenue
            24,377,674       27,576,936       27,293,142  
 
                         
 
                               
Data and Internet Business
                               
Usage fee
    (a ) (ii)     2,685,083       2,540,574       1,770,321  
Interconnection revenue
    (c )     131,371       102,989       92,140  
Leased lines rental
    (d )     344,014       393,659       473,708  
Other revenue
            502,266       12,745       39,147  
 
                         
 
Total Data and Internet service revenue
            3,662,734       3,049,967       2,375,316  
 
                         
 
                               
Long Distance Business
                               
Usage fee
    (a ) (ii)     879,281       599,251       64,337  
Interconnection revenue
    (c )     454,383       434,577       424,792  
Leased lines rental
    (d )     512,134       489,969       574,728  
Other revenue
            2,211       776       4,565  
 
                         
 
Total Long Distance service revenue
            1,848,009       1,524,573       1,068,422  
 
                         
 
                               
Total service revenue
            77,397,369       84,287,004       90,027,301  
 
                               
Sales of telecommunications products
            1,689,755       2,761,827       4,267,192  
 
                         
 
                               
Total revenue
            79,087,124       87,048,831       94,294,493  
 
                         

F - 60


Table of Contents

  (a)   Usage fees comprise:
  (i)   charges for incoming and outgoing calls made by cellular subscribers including charges for local calls, domestic direct dial (“DDD”) and international direct dial (“IDD”) as well as roaming fees for calls made by cellular subscribers outside their local service areas; and
 
  (ii)   charges for IP telephone calls, data and Internet services and fixed line long distance calls.
  (b)   Monthly fees represent fixed amounts charged to cellular subscribers on a monthly basis for maintaining their access to the related services.
 
  (c)   Interconnection revenue represents amounts received from other operators, including Unicom Group, for calls from their networks to the Group’s networks. It also includes roaming-in fees received from other operators, including Unicom Group, for calls made by their subscribers using the Group’s cellular networks (Notes 33.1(a) and 33.2(a)).
 
  (d)   Rental income represents rentals received for leasing of transmission lines and IRU to Unicom Group, business customers and other major telecommunications service operators in Mainland China. Other major telecommunications service operators include China Telecommunications Corporation and its subsidiaries, China Mobile Communications Corporation and its subsidiaries and China Network Communication Group Corporation and its subsidiaries. These entities are collectively referred to as “Domestic Carriers”.
 
  (e)   Value-added services revenue mainly represents revenue from the provision of services such as short message, cool ringtone, CDMA1X wireless data services and secretarial services to subscribers.

F - 61


Table of Contents

24.   EXPENSES BY NATURE
 
    The following expenses are analyzed by nature:
                                 
        Note   2004     2005     2006  
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
    6       18,175,605       19,931,501       22,005,461  
Amortization of goodwill
    7       171,184              
Amortization of other assets
    8 (d)     664,285       436,680       417,351  
 
                         
Total depreciation and amortization
            19,011,074       20,368,181       22,422,812  
 
                               
Amortization of direct incremental costs for activating cellular subscribers
    8 (a)     936,105       1,582,282       1,817,220  
 
                               
Amortization of customer acquisition costs of contractual CDMA subscribers
    8 (b)     6,120,737       5,947,631       4,205,253  
 
                               
Provision for doubtful debts:
                               
- GSM Business
            1,317,374       867,154       1,124,113  
- CDMA Business
            645,470       458,161       457,942  
- Data and Internet Business
            164,514       139,327       106,883  
- Long Distance Business
            64,462       33,868       52,827  
 
                         
Total provision for doubtful debts
    11       2,191,820       1,498,510       1,741,765  
 
                               
Write-down of inventories to net realizable value
    10       69,475       20,392       42,886  
 
                               
Cost of inventories
    10       2,524,483       3,575,316       4,929,988  
 
                               
Auditors’ remuneration
            57,522       59,884       120,323  
 
                               
Operating lease charges:
                               
- Leased lines
            809,202       822,673       685,093  
- CDMA network capacities
    4.2 (c)     6,588,926       7,924,644       8,078,772  
- Others
            1,068,020       1,157,518       1,476,406  
 
                         
Total operating lease expenses
            8,466,148       9,904,835       10,240,271  
 
                               
Other expenses:
                               
- Repair and maintenance
            1,648,986       2,397,501       2,925,717  
- Traveling, entertainment and meeting
            1,322,438       663,774       779,220  
- Power and water charges
            1,763,766       2,219,480       2,652,960  
- Office expenses
            706,892       986,502       1,120,756  
 
                               
Finance costs:
                               
- Interest on bank loans repayable over 5 years
            537,261       18,033       956  
- Interest on bank loans and bonds repayable within 5 years
            1,750,209       1,955,231       1,162,582  
- Interest element of finance lease
            28,848       42,697       28,633  
- Interest expense on convertible bonds
    17                   193,123  
Less: Amounts capitalized in construction-in-progress
            (647,851 )     (682,590 )     (422,797 )
 
                         
Total interest expense
            1,668,467       1,333,371       962,497  
- Exchange loss/(gain), net
            7,657       (273,647 )     (372,691 )
- Bank charges
            19,951       39,597       64,414  
 
                         
Total finance costs
            1,696,075       1,099,321       654,220  
 
                         

F - 62


Table of Contents

25.   EMPLOYEE BENEFIT EXPENSES
                                 
    Note     2004     2005     2006  
Employee benefit expenses:
                               
- Salaries and wages
            3,647,629       4,268,004       5,158,789  
- Contributions to defined contribution pension schemes
    26       244,397       412,825       474,831  
- Contributions to supplementary defined contribution pension schemes
    26       41,596       58,222       54,037  
- Monetary housing benefits
    27       21,907       41,136       35,528  
- Contributions to other housing fund
    27       224,686       280,393       286,253  
- Other housing benefits
    27       345,885       447,315       492,967  
- Share-based compensation
    29       88,957       108,417       146,294  
 
                         
 
                               
Total
            4,615,057       5,616,312       6,648,699  
 
                         
26.   RETIREMENT BENEFITS
 
    Full time employees in Mainland China are covered by a state-sponsored defined contribution pension scheme under which the employees are entitled to an annual pension equal to a fixed proportion of their basic salaries at their retirement dates. The PRC government is responsible for the pension liability to these retired employees. The Group was required to make defined contributions to the pension scheme at the rate of 19% of the employees’ basic salaries for the year ended December 31, 2006 (2004 and 2005: 19%). Under this scheme, the Group has no obligation for post-retirement benefits beyond the annual contributions.
 
    In addition, effective from August 11, 1998, a supplementary defined contribution pension plan managed by an independent insurance company was established. Under this plan, the Group makes a monthly defined contribution of 2% to 16% (2004: 2% to 24%; 2005: 2% to 16%) of the monthly salaries of the relevant employees. There were no vested benefits attributable to past services upon adoption of the plan.
 
    Retirement benefits charged to the statement of income are as follows:
                         
    2004   2005   2006
Contributions to defined contribution pension schemes
    244,397       412,825       474,831  
Contributions to supplementary defined contribution pension schemes
    41,596       58,222       54,037  
27.   HOUSING BENEFITS
 
    Under housing reform schemes in accordance with government regulations at the provincial level in Mainland China, the Group provided benefits to certain qualified employees to enable them to purchase living quarters at a discount. For GSM Business, certain of these living quarters were provided by Unicom Group and the related benefits were not charged to the Group. Housing benefits which were not charged to the Group amounted to approximately RMB14.9 million for 2006 (2004 and 2005: RMB14.9 million).
 
    In addition, full time employees in Mainland China are entitled to participate in a state-sponsored housing fund. The fund can be used for the construction of living quarters or may be withdrawn upon the retirement of the employees. The Group is required to make annual contributions to the housing fund at a rate of 10% (2004 and 2005: 10%) of the employees’ basic salaries.

F - 63


Table of Contents

According to the central government policy on housing reform based on a State Council circular issued in 1998, monetary housing subsidies in the form of special cash payments are to be made by certain Mainland China enterprises to their employees in order to enable them to purchase living quarters. Under this general policy, enterprises are allowed to establish their own housing reform schemes taking into consideration the actual financial capability of the enterprises.
The Group finalized its monetary housing benefit scheme as a special employee incentive scheme for all qualified employees in 2001. According to the scheme, the total amount of monetary housing benefit for each employee is determined based on the working age of the employee and the property market price prevailing in the relevant location. The total monetary housing benefit is divided into three annual payments in the proportion of 40%, 30% and 30% respectively. In order to be included in the incentive scheme, employees are required to sign a service contract with a minimum service period. The employees will be entitled to the first 40% payment only when the following criteria are met in a particular year:
  (i)   the provincial branch in which the employees are working has achieved the annual performance budget set by head office management; and
 
  (ii)   the employees continue to be under the employment of the Group at the time of the payment.
Similarly, the employees will only be entitled to the second and then the third annual payments when and only when the above two conditions are also fulfilled in subsequent years.
For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, certain provinces achieved the annual performance budget and were thus approved by management to distribute and pay out such monetary housing benefits. The provision for special monetary housing benefits for qualified employees of these provinces for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 amounted to approximately RMB22 million, RMB41 million and RMB36 million, respectively, based on the aforementioned distribution plan. The remaining provinces were not entitled to the special monetary housing benefits since they did not achieve their annual performance budget in these years and accordingly, no provision for such benefits was made.
The expenses incurred by the Group in relation to the housing benefits described above are as follows:
                         
    2004     2005     2006  
Special monetary housing benefits
    21,907       41,136       35,528  
Contributions to other housing fund
    224,686       280,393       286,253  
Other housing benefits
    345,885       447,315       492,967  
 
                 
 
                       
 
    592,478       768,844       814,748  
 
                 

F - 64


Table of Contents

28.   NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO EQUITY HOLDERS
  (a)   CUCL has registered as foreign investment enterprises in the PRC. In accordance with the Articles of Association of CUCL, it is required to provide for certain statutory reserves, namely, general reserve fund and staff bonus and welfare fund, which are appropriated from income after tax and minority interests but before dividend distribution.
 
      CUCL is required to allocate at least 10% of its income after tax and minority interests determined under PRC GAAP to the general reserve fund until the cumulative amounts reach 50% of the registered capital. The statutory reserve can only be used, upon approval obtained from the relevant authority, to offset accumulated losses or increase capital.
 
      CUCL appropriated approximately RMB584 million (2004: RMB429 million; 2005: RMB463 million) to the general reserve fund for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
      Appropriation to the staff bonus and welfare fund is at the discretion of the directors. The staff bonus and welfare fund can only be used for special bonuses or the collective welfare of the employees and are not distributable as cash dividends. Under HKFRS, the appropriations to the staff bonus and welfare fund will be charged to the statement of income as expenses incurred since any assets acquired through this fund belong to the employees. For the year ended December 31, 2006, no appropriation to staff bonus and welfare fund has been made (2004 and 2005: Nil).

F - 65


Table of Contents

29.   SHARE OPTION SCHEME
 
    The Company adopted a share option scheme (the “Share Option Scheme”) and a fixed award pre-global offering share options scheme (“Pre-Global Offering Share Option Scheme”) on June 1, 2000 for the granting of share options to qualified employees, with terms amended on May 13, 2002 to comply with the requirements set out in the Chapter 17 to the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on SEHK.
 
    All of the share options granted are governed by the amended terms of the Share Option Scheme and Pre-Global Offering Share Option Scheme as mentioned below.
 
    Movements in the number of share options outstanding and their related weighted average exercise prices are as follows:
                                                 
    2004     2005     2006  
    Average             Average             Average        
    exercise             exercise             exercise        
    price in     Number of     price in     Number of     price in     Number of  
    HKD per     share options     HKD per     share options     HKD per     share options  
    share     involved     share     involved     share     involved  
Balance, beginning of year
    6.72       172,367,400       6.45       274,063,400       6.51       257,602,000  
Granted
    5.92       113,322,000                   6.35       167,466,000  
Forfeited
    4.30       (1,306,000 )     7.15       (5,688,200 )     6.92       (4,088,000 )
Exercised
    5.85       (10,320,000 )     4.60       (10,773,200 )     4.95       (106,724,000 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
Balance, end of year
    6.45       274,063,400       6.51       257,602,000       6.95       314,256,000  
 
                                   
Employee share options exercised for the year ended December 31, 2006 resulted in 106,724,000 shares being issued (2004: 10,320,000 shares; 2005: 10,773,200 shares), with exercise proceeds of approximately RMB535 million (2004: RMB64 million; 2005: RMB52 million).
As of December 31, 2006, out of the 314,256,000 outstanding share options (2004: 274,063,400 options; 2005: 257,602,000 options), 115,683,600 share options (2004: 87,611,360 options; 2005: 162,981,160 options) were exercisable, and the weighted average exercise price was HKD8.09 (2004: HKD8.69; 2005: HKD7.12).

F - 66


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2006, information of outstanding share options is summarized as follows:
                                 
                    Number of share     Number of share  
    The period during     The price per     options outstanding     options outstanding  
    which an option may     share to be paid on     as of December 31,     as of December 31,  
Date of options grant   be exercised     exercise of options     2005     2006  
Share options granted under the Pre-Global Offering Share Option Scheme:        
 
                               
 
  June 22, 2002 to                        
June 22, 2000 (a)
  June 21, 2010   HKD15.42     24,309,600       24,178,000  
 
                               
Share options granted under the Share Option Scheme:        
 
                               
 
  June 30, 2001 to                        
June 30, 2001 (b)
  June 22, 2010   HKD15.42     6,508,000       6,292,000  
 
                               
 
  July 10, 2003 to                        
July 10, 2002 (c)
  July 9, 2008   HKD6.18     25,012,800       11,540,400  
 
                               
 
  May 21, 2004 to                        
May 21, 2003 (d)
  May 20, 2009   HKD4.30     91,381,600       25,611,600  
 
                               
 
  May 21, 2004 to                        
May 30, 2003 (d)
  May 20, 2009   HKD4.66     212,000        
 
                               
 
  July 20, 2005 to                        
July 20, 2004 (e)
  July 19, 2010   HKD5.92     109,524,000       80,224,000  
 
                               
 
  December 21, 2005 to                        
December 21, 2004 (f)
  December 20, 2010   HKD6.20     654,000       654,000  
 
                               
 
  February 15, 2008 to                        
February 15, 2006 (g)
  February 14, 2012   HKD6.35           165,756,000  
 
                           
 
                               
 
                    257,602,000       314,256,000  
 
                           

F - 67


Table of Contents

  (a)   Pursuant to the resolution passed by the Board of Directors in June 2000, a total of the 27,116,600 share options were granted on June 22, 2000 to the senior management, including directors, and certain other employees (which represent, on their full exercise, 27,116,600 shares of the Company) under the fixed award Pre-Global Offering Share Option Scheme adopted by the Company on June 1, 2000 in the following terms:
  (i)   the exercise price is equivalent to the share issue price of the Global Offering of HKD15.42 per share (excluding the brokerage fee and SEHK transaction levy); and
 
  (ii)   the share options are vested and exercisable after 2 years from the grant date and expire 10 years from the date of grant.
No further option can be granted under the Pre-Global Offering Option Scheme.
The Pre-Global Offering Option Scheme had been amended in conjunction with the amended terms of the Share Option Scheme on May 13, 2002. Apart from the above two terms, the principal terms are the same as the amended Share Option Scheme in all material aspects.
  (b)   On June 1, 2000, the Company adopted the Share Option Scheme pursuant to which the directors of the Company may, at their discretion, invite employees, including executive directors, of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, to take up share options to subscribe for shares up to a maximum aggregate number of shares (including those that could be subscribed for under the Pre-Global Offering Share Option Scheme as described above) equal to 10% of the total issued share capital of the Company. Pursuant to the Share Option Scheme, the nominal consideration payable by a participant for the grant of share options will be HKD1.00. The exercise price payable by a participant upon the exercise of an option will be determined by the directors at their discretion at the date of grant, except that such price may not be set below a minimum price which is the higher of:
  (i)   the nominal value of a share; and
 
  (ii)   80% of the average of the closing prices of shares on the SEHK on the five trading days immediately preceding the date of grant of the option on which there were dealings in the shares on the SEHK.
The period during which an option may be exercised will be determined by the directors at their discretion, except that no option may be exercised later than 10 years from June 22, 2000. According to a resolution of the Board of Directors in June 2001, the Company has granted 6,724,000 share options under the Share Option Scheme which represent, on their full exercise, 6,724,000 shares to certain employees of the Group in the following terms:
  (i)   the price of a share payable by a participant upon the exercise of an option shall be HKD15.42 (excluding the brokerage fee and SEHK transaction levy); and
 
  (ii)   the share options are vested on the date of grant and exercisable from the date of grant to June 22, 2010.

F - 68


Table of Contents

The terms of the Share Option Scheme were amended on May 13, 2002 to comply with the requirements set out in the Chapter 17 of the Listing Rules which came into effect on September 1, 2001 with the following major amendments:
  (i)   share option may be granted to employees including executive directors of the Group or any of the non-executive directors;
 
  (ii)   the option period commences on a day after the date on which an option is offered but not later than 10 years from the offer date; and
 
  (iii)   minimum subscription price shall not be less than the higher of:
    the nominal value of the shares;
 
    the closing price of the shares of the stock exchange as stated in the stock exchange’s quotation sheets on the offer date in respect of the share options; and
 
    the average closing price of the shares on the stock exchange’s quotation sheets for the five trading days immediately preceding the offer date.
  (c)   Pursuant to the resolution passed by the Board of Directors and the Independent Non-Executive Directors of the Company dated July 10, 2002, a total of 36,028,000 share options were granted to eligible individuals including directors, independent non-executive directors, and the non-executive directors of the Company under the amended Share Option Scheme in the following terms:
  (i)   aggregate of 2,802,000 share options were granted to the executive directors, non-executive directors and independent non-executive directors of the Company;
 
  (ii)   the exercise price per share option is HKD6.18; and
 
  (iii)   the vesting dates and exercisable periods of the share options are as follows:
                 
Vesting dates   Exercisable periods   Portions
July 10, 2003
  July 10, 2003 to July 9, 2008     40 %
July 10, 2004
  July 10, 2004 to July 9, 2008     30 %
July 10, 2005
  July 10, 2005 to July 9, 2008     30 %

F - 69


Table of Contents

  (d)   Pursuant to the resolution passed by the Board of Directors and the Independent Non-Executive Directors of the Company dated May 21, 2003 and May 30, 2003, a total of 105,590,000 share options and 366,000 share options were granted to eligible individuals (including directors, independent non-executive directors, non-executive directors, middle to senior management of the Group) respectively, under the amended Share Option Scheme in the following terms:
  (i)   an aggregate of 2,772,000 share options were granted to the executive directors, non-executive directors and independent non-executive directors of the Company;
 
  (ii)   the exercise prices per share option are HKD4.30 and HKD4.66, respectively; and
 
  (iii)   the vesting dates and exercisable periods of the share options are as follows:
                 
Vesting dates   Exercisable periods   Portions
May 21, 2004
  May 21, 2004 to May 20, 2009     40 %
May 21, 2005
  May 21, 2005 to May 20, 2009     30 %
May 21, 2006
  May 21, 2006 to May 20, 2009     30 %
  (e)   Pursuant to the resolution passed by the Board of Directors and the Independent Non-Executive Directors of the Company dated July 20, 2004, a total of 112,668,000 share options were granted to eligible individuals (including directors, independent non-executive directors, non-executive directors, middle to senior management of the Group), under the amended Share Option Scheme in the following terms:
  (i)   an aggregate of 3,366,000 share options were granted to the executive directors, non-executive directors and independent non-executive directors of the Company;
 
  (ii)   the exercise price per share option is HKD5.92; and
 
  (iii)   the vesting dates and exercisable periods of the share options are as follows:
                 
Vesting dates   Exercisable periods   Portions
July 20, 2005
  July 20, 2005 to July 19, 2010     40 %
July 20, 2006
  July 20, 2006 to July 19, 2010     30 %
July 20, 2007
  July 20, 2007 to July 19, 2010     30 %

F - 70


Table of Contents

  (f)   Pursuant to the resolution passed by the Board of Directors and the Independent Non-Executive Directors of the Company dated December 21, 2004, a total of 654,000 share options were granted to the executive directors of the Company, under the amended Share Option Scheme in the following terms:
  (i)   the exercise price per share option is HKD6.20; and
 
  (ii)   the vesting dates and exercisable periods of the share options are as follows:
                 
Vesting dates   Exercisable periods   Portions
December 21, 2005
  December 21, 2005 to December 20, 2010     40 %
December 21, 2006
  December 21, 2006 to December 20, 2010     30 %
December 21, 2007
  December 21, 2007 to December 20, 2010     30 %
  (g)   Pursuant to the resolution passed by the Board of Directors and the Independent Non-Executive Directors of the Company dated February 15, 2006, a total of 167,466,000 share options were granted to eligible individuals (including directors and middle to senior management of the Group) under the amended Share Option Scheme in the following terms:
  (i)   this grant comprises basic and conditional portions. The criterion for the exercise of the conditional portion of share options are based on the achievement of revenue and profit targets of the 2006 budget of the Company and respective provincial branches. Under this scheme, out of the total of 167,446,000 share options granted, 37,762,000 share options were granted with performance conditions;
 
  (ii)   an aggregate of 2,840,000 share options were granted to the then executive directors of the Company;
 
  (iii)   the exercise price per share option is HKD6.35; and
 
  (iv)   the vesting dates and exercisable periods of the share options are as follows:
                 
Vesting dates   Exercisable periods   Portions
February 15, 2008
  February 15, 2008 to February 14, 2012     50 %
February 15, 2009
  February 15, 2009 to February 14, 2012     50 %
The Group recognized share-based employee compensation costs based on the estimated fair value of share options at the grant date by using the Black-Scholes valuation model. Because the Black-Scholes valuation model requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the volatility of share price, any change in subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate. The fair value of share options granted under the above scheme in 2006 was HKD2.10 per option. The significant assumptions used was the closing price of HKD6.35 at the grant date, exercise price of HKD6.35 per share, volatility of 39%, expected life of share options of 5 years, expected dividend yield of 2% and annual risk-free interest rate of 4%. The volatility measured at the standard deviation of expected share price returns is based on statistical analysis of daily share prices over the last 5 years.
For the year ended December 31, 2006, employee share-based compensation costs amortized over the vesting periods of the share options amounted to approximately RMB146 million (2004: RMB89 million; 2005: RMB108 million).

F - 71


Table of Contents

  (h)   Details of share options exercised during 2005 and 2006 were as follows:
 
      For the year ended December 31, 2005:
                                 
            Weighted average                
            closing price per                
            share at respective                
            days immediately                
            before the exercise             Number of  
Grant date   Exercise price     of options     Proceeds received     shares involved  
    HKD     HKD     HKD          
July 10, 2002
    6.18       7.69       5,821,560       942,000  
May 21, 2003
    4.30       7.76       37,793,560       8,789,200  
May 30, 2003
    4.66       7.80       716,870       154,000  
July 20, 2004
    5.92       6.90       5,256,960       888,000  
 
                           
 
                               
 
                    49,588,950       10,773,200  
 
                           
     For the year ended December 31, 2006:
                                 
            Weighted average                
            closing price per                
            share at respective                
            days immediately                
            before the exercise             Number of  
Grant date   Exercise price     of options     Proceeds received     shares involved  
    HKD     HKD     HKD          
July 10, 2002
    6.18       8.82       81,180,480       13,136,000  
May 21, 2003
    4.30       8.35       282,742,200       65,754,000  
May 30, 2003
    4.66       8.51       986,860       212,000  
July 20, 2004
    5.92       8.80       163,522,240       27,622,000  
 
                           
 
                               
 
                    528,431,780       106,724,000  
 
                           

F - 72


Table of Contents

30.   EARNINGS PER SHARE
 
    Earnings per Share and ADS:
 
    Basic earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 were computed by dividing the income attributable to equity holders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the years.
 
    Diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 were computed by dividing the income attributable to equity holders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the years, after adjusting for the effects of the dilutive potential ordinary shares. All potential ordinary shares arose from (i) share options granted under the amended Pre-Global Offering Share Option Scheme; (ii) share options granted under the amended Share Option Scheme and (iii) the Convertible Bonds. The potential ordinary shares which are not dilutive mainly arose from share options granted under the amended Pre-Global Offering Share Option Scheme and the Convertible Bonds and are therefore excluded from the weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purpose of diluted earnings per share.
                                                                         
    2004     2005     2006  
    Income                     Income                     Income                
    attributable                     attributable                     attributable                
    to equity             Per share     to equity             Per share     to equity             Per share  
    holders     Shares     amount     holders     Shares     amount     holders     Shares     amount  
    RMB’000     ’000     RMB     RMB’000     ’000     RMB     RMB’000     ’000     RMB  
Basic earnings
    4,493,451       12,561,242       0.36       4,931,052       12,570,398       0.39       3,731,824       12,599,018       0.30  
Effect of conversion of share options
          31,812                   37,078                   50,288        
 
                                                     
 
                                                                       
Diluted earnings
    4,493,451       12,593,054       0.36       4,931,052       12,607,476       0.39       3,731,824       12,649,306       0.30  
 
                                                     
    Basic and diluted earnings per ADS have been computed by multiplying the earnings per share by 10, which is the number of shares represented by each ADS.
 
31.   DIVIDENDS
 
    At the annual general meeting held on May 12, 2006, the shareholders of the Company approved the payment of a final dividend of RMB0.11 per ordinary share for the year ended December 31, 2005 totaling approximately RMB1.4 billion which has been reflected as an appropriation of retained profits in 2006. As of December 31, 2006, such dividends have been fully paid by the Company.
 
    At a meeting held on March 29, 2007, the Board of Directors of the Company proposed the payment of a final dividend of RMB0.18 per ordinary share to the shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2006 totaling approximately RMB2.3 billion. This proposed dividend has not been reflected as a dividend payable in the financial statements as of December 31, 2006, but will be reflected as an appropriation of retained profits in the financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2007.
                         
    2004     2005     2006  
Proposed final dividend of RMB0.18 (2004 RMB0.10 and 2005: RMB0.11) per ordinary share
    1,256,349       1,383,169       2,282,578  
 
                 

F - 73


Table of Contents

32.   FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
    Financial assets of the Group mainly include cash and cash equivalents, short-term bank deposits, accounts receivable, amounts due from related parties and Domestic Carriers. Financial liabilities of the Group mainly include payables and accrued liabilities, bank loans, convertible bonds, short-term bonds, lease payables and amounts due to related parties and Domestic Carriers.
 
    Cash and cash equivalents and short-term bank deposits denominated in foreign currencies, as summarized below, have been translated to RMB at the applicable rates quoted by the People’s Bank of China as of December 31, 2005 and 2006.
                                                 
    2005     2006  
    Original             RMB     Original             RMB  
    currency     Exchange rate     equivalent     currency     Exchange rate     equivalent  
    ’000           RMB’000     ’000           RMB’000  
Cash and cash equivalents:
                                               
- denominated in HK dollars
    45,791       1.04       47,636       651,551       1.00       654,613  
- denominated in US dollars
    83,023       8.07       670,010       478,397       7.81       3,735,659  
- denominated in MOP
    92       1.01       93             0.98        
- denominated in EURO
    87       9.90       861       1,700       10.27       17,457  
 
                                           
 
                                               
Sub-total
                    718,600                       4,407,729  
 
                                           
 
                                               
Short-term bank deposits:
                                               
- denominated in HK dollars
          1.04             13,000       1.00       13,060  
- denominated in US dollars
    35,000       8.07       282,457       22,333       7.81       174,389  
 
                                           
 
                                               
Sub-total
                    282,457                       187,449  
 
                                           
 
                                               
Total
                    1,001,057                       4,595,178  
 
                                           

F - 74


Table of Contents

    The Group did not have and does not believe it will have any difficulty in exchanging its foreign currency cash into RMB at the exchange rates quoted by the People’s Bank of China. The carrying amounts of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents, short-term bank deposits, other current financial assets and liabilities approximated their fair values as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 due to the nature or short maturity of those instruments.
 
    The carrying amounts of receivables and payables which are all subject to normal trade credit terms approximated their fair values.
 
    The derivative component of convertible bonds is carried at fair value with any changes in fair value reflected through profit or loss in the period when such changes occur. The liability component of convertible bonds is carried at amortized cost, which approximates their fair values (Note 17).
 
    The carrying amounts of long-term bank loans approximated their fair values based on prevailing market borrowing rates available for comparable bank loans with similar terms and maturities.
 
33.   RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
    Unicom Group is a state-owned enterprise directly controlled by the PRC government. The PRC government is the Company’s ultimate controlling party. State-owned enterprises and their subsidiaries, in addition to Unicom Group, directly or indirectly controlled by the PRC government are also considered to be related parties of the Group. Neither Unicom Group nor the PRC government publishes financial statements available for public use.
 
    The PRC government also controls a significant portion of the productive assets and entities in the PRC. The Group provides telecommunications services as part of its retail transactions, thus, is likely to have extensive transactions with the employees of other state-controlled entities, including their key management personnel and their close family members. These transactions are carried out on commercial terms that are consistently applied to all customers. Management considers other state-owned enterprises that have other material transactions with the Group include other telecommunications service operators, equipment vendors, construction vendors and state-owned banks in the PRC. Management believes that meaningful information relative to related party transactions has been adequately disclosed below.
 
    The Group’s telecommunications networks depend, in large part, on interconnection with the public switched telephone network and on transmission lines leased from other Domestic Carriers.

F - 75


Table of Contents

33.1   Unicom Group and its subsidiaries
 
    The table set forth below summarizes the names of significant related parties (excluding Domestic Carriers and other major state-owned enterprises which are summarized in Note 33.2 and 33.3 respectively) and nature of relationship with the Group as of December 31, 2006:
     
    Nature of relationship with the
Name of related parties   Company
China United Telecommunications Corporation (“Unicom Group”)
  Ultimate holding company
Unicom NewSpace Co., Limited (“Unicom NewSpace”)
  A subsidiary of Unicom Group
Unicom Xingye Science and Technology Trade Co., Limited (”Unicom Xingye”)
  A subsidiary of Unicom Group
Beijing Unicom Xingye Science and Technology Company Limited (“Beijing Xingye”)
  A subsidiary of Unicom Group
Unicom Import and Export Company Limited (“ Unicom I/E Co”)
  A subsidiary of Unicom Group
Unicom New Horizon Mobile Telecommunications Corporation Limited (“New Horizon”)
  A subsidiary of Unicom Group
Unicom New Guoxin Telecommunications Corporation Limited (“New Guoxin”)
  A subsidiary of Unicom Group
China Information Technology Designing & Consulting Institute (“CITDCI”)(Newly became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Unicom Group in December 2006)
  A subsidiary of Unicom Group
UNISK (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Limited (“UNISK”)
  A joint venture company of Unicom Group

F - 76


Table of Contents

  (a)   Transactions with Unicom Group and its subsidiaries
 
      The following is a summary of significant recurring transactions carried out by the Group with Unicom Group and its subsidiaries. In the directors’ opinion, these transactions were carried out in the ordinary course of business.
                                 
    Note   2004   2005   2006
Transactions with Unicom Group and its subsidiaries:
                               
Interconnection and roaming revenues
  (i), (iii)     220,174       207,526       212,178  
Interconnection and roaming charges
  (ii), (iii)     63,891       57,902       59,125  
Rental income for premises and facilities
  (iv)     19,475       18,662       16,257  
Charge for operator-based subscriber value-added services by New Guoxin
    (v )     858,778       412,549       365,076  
Charge for customer services by New Guoxin
  (vi)     524,718       562,003       675,373  
Agency fee incurred for subscriber development services by New Guoxin
  (vii)     9,054       15,312       58,982  
CDMA network capacity lease rental
  (viii)     6,588,926       7,924,644       8,078,772  
Constructed capacity related cost of CDMA network
  (ix)     305,903       176,130       167,367  
Sales of CDMA handsets
    (x )           2,921       84,190  
Charges for cellular subscriber value-added services by UNISK and Unicom NewSpace
  (xi)     4,228       28,418       45,618  
Rental charges for premises, equipment and facilities
  (xii)     25,528       21,059       27,931  
Charges for the international gateway services
  (xiii)     17,062       19,797       17,143  
Charges for leasing of satellite transmission capacity
  (xiv)     14,152       11,794        
Revenue for leasing of transmission line capacity
  (xv)     38,853       25,841       17,682  
Purchase of telephone cards
  (xvi)     1,087,498       671,715       702,409  
Agency fee incurred for procurement of telecommunications equipment
  (xvii)     17,759       15,791       13,148  
Purchase of CDMA handsets
  (xviii)     14,655              
Commission expenses for sales agency services incurred for telephone cards
  (xix)     16,023              

F - 77


Table of Contents

 
(i)   Interconnection revenues represent the amounts received or receivable from Unicom Group for calls from its networks to the Group’s networks. Roaming revenues represent revenue from calls made by Unicom Group’s subscribers using the Group’s networks.
 
(ii)   Interconnection charges are for calls made from the Group’s networks to Unicom Group’s networks. Roaming expenses represent expenses for calls made by the Group’s subscribers using Unicom Group’s networks.
 
(iii)   Interconnection settlement between Unicom Group’s network and the Group’s network is based on standards established from time to time by the MII. In the case of calls between cellular subscribers in different provinces, settlement is based on either the standards established by the MII or an internal settlement arrangement applied by Unicom Group based on their respective internal costs of providing this service. Also, charges for roaming services between the Group and Unicom Group are based on the respective internal costs of providing these services.
 
(iv)   Pursuant to the premises leasing agreement signed between the Group and New Guoxin in 2005 (the “2005 Guoxin Premises Leasing Agreement”), the Group agreed to provide premises to New Guoxin. The rental amount is based on the higher of depreciation costs and market price for similar premises in that locality.
 
(v)   Pursuant to the agreement signed between the Group and New Guoxin in 2005 (the “2005 Comprehensive Operator Services Agreement”), the Group shall retain 40% of the actually received revenue generated from the value-added services provided by New Guoxin to the Group’s subscribers and allocate 60% of such revenue to New Guoxin. The settlement should be made among branches of the Group and New Guoxin respectively.
 
(vi)   Pursuant to the 2005 Comprehensive Operator Services Agreement, New Guoxin provides business inquiries, tariff inquiries, account maintenance, complaints handling, and customer interview and subscriber retention services to the Group’s customers. The service fee payable by the Group shall be calculated on the basis of the customer service costs plus a profit margin, which shall not exceed 10%. The customer service costs were determined by the actual cost per operator seat and the number of effective operator seats.
 
(vii)   Pursuant to the 2005 Comprehensive Operator Services Agreement, New Guoxin provides subscriber development services to the Group through telephone or other channels by utilizing its own network, equipment and operators. The agency fee chargeable to the Group does not exceed the average of agency fees chargeable by any independent third party agent in the same region.
 
(viii)   Pursuant to the 2005 CDMA Lease Agreement entered among CUCL, Unicom Group and Unicom New Horizon, Unicom New Horizon agreed to lease the capacity of CDMA network to CUCL. Details please refer to Note 4.2(c).

F - 78


Table of Contents

  (ix)   Pursuant to the 2005 CDMA Lease Agreement, the constructed capacity related costs in connection with the CDMA network capacity used by the Group, including the rentals for the exchange centers and the base stations, water and electricity charges, heating charges and fuel charges for the relevant equipment etc., as well as the maintenance costs of a non-capital nature, are charged to the Group as part of the 2005 CDMA Lease Arrangement. The proportion of the constructed capacity related costs to be borne by the Group shall be calculated on a monthly basis by reference to the actual number of cumulative CDMA subscribers of the Group at the end of the month prior to the occurrence of the costs divided by 90%, as a percentage of the total capacity available on the CDMA network.
 
  (x)   Pursuant to the framework agreement for the procurement of CDMA mobile handsets entered between the Guizhou branch of Unicom Huasheng and the Guizhou branch of Unicom Group on December 19, 2006, the Guizhou branch of Unicom Huasheng agreed to sell CDMA mobile handsets to the Guizhou branch of Unicom Group from January 1, 2006 to December 31, 2008. The selling price of the CDMA mobile handsets are determined based on the factors including without limitation on the cost of handsets acquired by the Guizhou branch of Unicom Huasheng for sale and the cost in distributing those handsets to recipients designated by the Guizhou branch of Unicom Group.
 
  (xi)   Pursuant to the Cellular Subscriber Value-Added Services Agreements (the “Agreements”) entered among CUCL, UNISK and Unicom NewSpace respectively in March 2004, CUCL agreed to provide its telecommunications channel and network subscriber resources to UNISK and Unicom NewSpace, enable them to provide value-added services to subscribers through CUCL’s cellular telecommunications network and data platform. The Agreements also stipulate that the content service fees paid by subscribers for using UNISK’s or Unicom NewSpace’s value-added services are shared between CUCL and UNISK, or CUCL and Unicom NewSpace based on an agreed proportion. The content service fees are collected from subscribers by CUCL and the relevant portion is paid to UNISK and Unicom NewSpace on a regular basis.
 
  (xii)   CUCL signed service agreements with Unicom Group to mutually lease premises, equipment and facilities from each other. Rentals are based on the lower of depreciation costs and market rates.
 
  (xiii)   Charges for international gateway services represent the amounts paid or payable to Unicom Group for international gateway services provided for the Group’s international long distance networks. The charge for this service is based on the cost of operation and maintenance of the international gateway facilities incurred by Unicom Group, including depreciation, together with a margin of 10% over cost.
 
  (xiv)   Satellite transmission capacity leasing fees represented the amounts paid or payable to Unicom NewSpace for the use of satellite transmission capacity. The charges were based on the MII regulations then in effect less the applicable discount up to 10% as agreed with Unicom NewSpace. The leasing agreement was terminated at the end of year 2005.

F - 79


Table of Contents

  (xv)   Unicom Group leases transmission line capacity from the Group in accordance with the relevant provision of the services agreement. Revenue for leasing of transmission line capacity is based on tariffs stipulated by MII from time to time less a discount of up to 10%.
 
  (xvi)   The Group signed a service agreement with Unicom Group to purchase telephone cards from Unicom Group (to be imported by Unicom Xingye) at cost plus a margin to be agreed from time to time, but not to exceed 20%, and subject to appropriate volume discounts.
 
  (xvii)   The Group signed a service agreement with Unicom I/E Co., in which Unicom I/E Co. agreed to provide equipment procurement services to the Group. Unicom I/E Co. charges the Group 0.55% (for contract up to an amount of USD30 million (inclusive)) and 0.35% (for contract with an amount of more than USD30 million) of the value of imported equipment, and 0.25% (for contract up to an amount of RMB200 million (inclusive)) and 0.l5% (for contract with an amount of more than RMB200 million) of the value of domestic equipment for such services.
 
  (xviii)   In 2004, according to the purchase of CDMA handset agreement entered into between Unicom NewSpace and certain subsidiaries of the Group, the Group agreed to purchase CDMA handsets from Unicom NewSpace.
 
  (xix)   Unicom International provided sales agency services such as selling of telecommunications cards, leased lines and transfer calls to the Group.
 
      Prior to September 2004, the Group’s transactions with Unicom International (previously a subsidiary of Unicom Group) were treated as related party transactions, and had been included in the related party transactions described above for the period before its acquisition by the Group in 2004. Subsequent to its acquisition, such transactions become inter-group transactions and have been eliminated in the Group’s consolidated financial statements starting from September 2004.
 
  (xx)   In 2006, State-owned Assets Supervision and Administration Commission of the State Council (“SASAC”) transferred 100% equity interest in CITDCI to Unicom Group, CITDCI became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Unicom Group effective from December 28, 2006 upon obtaining relevant approvals from the government authorities. Accordingly, CUCL entered into a new agreement, “2006 Comprehensive Services Agreement” with Unicom Group and CITDCI on October 26, 2006, in which CITDCI agreed to provide engineering design and technical services to the Group based on the pricing terms agreed among CUCL, Unicom Group and CITDCI. The service fee standards for the engineering design and technical services are determined based on standards promulgated by the relevant government authorities. In addition, such prices shall not be higher than those adopted by an independent third party providing services in the same industry.
 
  (xxi)   Unicom Group is the registered proprietor of the “Unicom” trademark in English and the trademark bearing the “Unicom” logo, which are registered at the PRC State Trademark Bureau. Pursuant to an exclusive PRC trademark licence agreement entered into between Unicom Group and CUCL, CUCL and its affiliates are granted the right to use these trademarks on a royalty free basis for an initial period of 5 years, renewable at CUCL’s option.

F - 80


Table of Contents

  (b)   Amounts due from and to related parties/Unicom Group
 
      Amounts due from and to related parties or Unicom Group and its subsidiaries are unsecured, interest free, repayable on demand/on contract terms and arise in the ordinary course of business in respect of transactions with Unicom Group or its subsidiaries as described in (a) above.
 
  (c)   Amount due to/ (from) Unicom Group
                         
    2004     2005     2006  
Due to/(from) Unicom Group, beginning of year
    432,047       (61,401 )     38,094  
Interconnection and roaming revenues
    (220,174 )     (207,526 )     (212,178 )
Interconnection and roaming charges
    63,891       57,902       59,125  
Revenue for leasing of transmission line capacity, premises and facilities
    (38,853 )     (25,841 )     (17,682 )
Rental charges for premises, equipment and facilities
    25,528       21,059       27,931  
Charges for the international gateway services
    17,062       19,797       17,143  
Leasing of satellite transmission capacity
    7,076       11,794        
Proceeds received/receivable from sale of New Guoxin
    450,000              
Net (settlement)/receipt during the year
    (797,978 )     222,310       132,648  
 
                 
 
                       
Due (from)/to Unicom Group, end of year
    (61,401 )     38,094       45,081  
 
                 

F - 81


Table of Contents

  (d)   Renewal of continuing connected transactions in 2006 year-end
 
      The significant related party transactions disclosed in (a) above between the Group and Unicom Group and its subsidiaries had expired by December 31, 2006. On October 26, 2006, CUCL entered into the new agreements, “2006 Comprehensive Services Agreement” and “2006 CDMA Lease Agreement”, with Unicom Group and Unicom New Horizon to continue to carry out the related party transactions. The new agreements have been approved by the minority shareholders of the Company on December 1, 2006, and become effective from January 1, 2007. Major changes of the key terms between the new agreements and the previous agreements are set out as follows:
    2006 CDMA Lease Agreement
 
      Pursuant to 2006 CDMA Lease Agreement, the CDMA lease has an initial term of one year. The lease fee has been determined based on the same pricing mechanism as under the 2005 CDMA Lease Agreement, but with a conditional increase in the lease fee of 1% from 30% to 31% if the audited CDMA income before taxation of CUCL for the relevant year is not less than the audited CDMA income before taxation of CUCL for the year 2006 as set out in the relevant annual audited financial statements of CUCL. The key terms of 2006 CDMA Lease Agreement are disclosed in Note 4.2(c).
 
    2006 Comprehensive Services Agreement
 
      Pursuant to 2006 Comprehensive Services Agreement, the customer service fees payable shall be calculated on the same basis as under previous agreements, except Guangdong has been added as one of the economically developed metropolises in determining the cost per operator seat.

F - 82


Table of Contents

  33.2   Domestic Carriers
  (a)   Transactions with Domestic Carriers
 
      The following is a summary of significant transactions with Domestic Carriers in the ordinary course of business:
                                 
    Note   2004   2005   2006
Interconnection revenue
    (i )     2,889,497       3,964,977       5,460,211  
Interconnection charges
    (i )     7,003,262       7,886,395       9,118,314  
Leased line revenue
    (ii )     247,676       62,865       54,912  
Leased line charges
    (ii )     628,173       548,481       328,701  
 
(i)   The interconnection revenue and charges mainly represent the amounts due from or to Domestic Carriers for telephone calls made between the Group’s networks and the public switched telephone network of Domestic Carriers. The interconnection settlements are calculated in accordance with interconnection agreements reached between the branches of the Group and Domestic Carriers on a provincial basis. The terms of these agreements are set in accordance with the standard settlement arrangement stipulated by the MII.
     
(ii)   Leased line charges are paid or payable to Domestic Carriers by the Group for the provision of transmission lines. At the same time, the Group leases transmission lines to Domestic Carriers in return for leased line rental income. The charges are calculated at a fixed charge per line, depending on the number of lines being used by the Group and Domestic Carriers.
(b)   Amounts due from and to Domestic Carriers
                 
    2005     2006  
Amounts due from Domestic Carriers
               
- Receivables for interconnection revenue and leased line revenue
    139,099       158,894  
- Less: Provision for doubtful debts
    (614 )     (20,373 )
 
           
 
               
 
    138,485       138,521  
 
           
Amounts due to Domestic Carriers
               
- Payables for interconnection charges and leased lines charges
    822,006       850,975  
 
           
      All amounts due from and to Domestic Carriers were unsecured, non-interest bearing and repayable within one year.

F - 83


Table of Contents

  33.3   Other major state-owned enterprises
  (a)   Transactions with other major state-owned enterprises
 
      The following is a summary of significant transactions with other major state-owned enterprises in the ordinary course of business:
                         
    2004   2005   2006
Purchase of CDMA handsets
    1,818,500       1,795,009       1,144,181  
Construction and installation fee
    707,829       290,170       218,904  
Purchase of equipment
    5,757,356       3,588,153       1,654,891  
Line leasing revenue
    179,450       153,837       166,559  
Finance income/costs, include:
                       
- Interest income
    102,907       96,196       226,065  
- Interest expense
    1,994,986       1,587,260       832,681  
Short-term bank loan received
    10,151,971       11,946,716       2,070,000  
Long-term bank loan received
    6,893,990       5,772,746       1,315,000  
Short-term bank loan repaid
    12,271,753       14,363,131       7,372,661  
Long-term bank loan repaid
    17,245,367       25,869,531       8,442,468  
  (b)   Amounts due from and to other major state-owned enterprises
 
      The balances with other major state-owned enterprises in various line items of the consolidated balance sheets were listed as follows:
                 
    2005   2006
Current assets
               
Prepayment and other current assets
    160,681       288,930  
Short-term bank deposits
    282,457       21,432  
Cash and cash equivalents
    5,191,067       11,994,563  
 
               
Non-current liabilities
               
Long-term bank loans
    7,946,418       235,000  
 
               
Current liabilities
               
Payables and accrued liabilities
    341,446       661,403  
Short-term bank loans
    6,431,208        
Current portion of long-term bank loans
    5,145,190       80,000  

F - 84


Table of Contents

34.   CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS
  34.1   Capital Commitments
 
      As of December 31, 2005 and 2006, the Group had capital commitments, mainly in relation to the construction of telecommunications networks, as follows:
                                 
    2006   2005
    Land and            
    buildings   Equipment   Total   Total
Authorized and contracted for
    499,280       2,199,345       2,698,625       3,879,666  
Authorized but not contracted for
    63,993       879,287       943,280       329,258  
 
                               
 
                               
Total
    563,273       3,078,632       3,641,905       4,208,924  
 
                               
      As of December 31, 2006, approximately RMB203 million (2005: RMB218 million) of capital commitment outstanding was denominated in US dollars, equivalent to USD26 million (2005: USD27 million).
  34.2   Operating Lease Commitments
 
      As of December 31, 2005 and 2006, the Group had total future aggregate minimum operating lease payments under operating leases as follows:
                                         
    2006   2005
                    CDMA        
    Land and           network        
    buildings   Equipment   capacity (a)   Total   Total
Leases expiring:
                                       
- 2006
                            7,873,407  
- 2007
    935,718       129,951       7,270,895       8,336,564       586,064  
- 2008
    654,349       24,397             678,746       500,276  
- 2009
    512,527       21,647             534,174       469,502  
- 2010
    399,639       16,431             416,070       434,837  
- 2011
    323,432       15,333             338,765        
- Thereafter
    1,082,987       24,804             1,107,791       1,168,106  
 
                                       
 
                                       
Total
    3,908,652       232,563       7,270,895       11,412,110       11,032,192  
 
                                       
 
(a)   In relation to the above CDMA network capacity commitment, it is estimated based on 90% of the total amount of lease fee paid by the Group to Unicom New Horizon in 2006 pursuant to 2006 CDMA Lease Agreement (See Note 4.2(c) for details).
  34.3   Commitment to purchase CDMA handsets
 
      As of December 31, 2006, the Group committed to purchase CDMA handsets from third party vendors amounting to approximately RMB1,237 million (2005: RMB1,232 million).

F - 85


Table of Contents

35.   EVENTS AFTER BALANCE SHEET
  35.1   Non-adjusting post balance sheet event
 
      Pursuant to the PRC enterprise income tax law passed by the Tenth National People’s Congress on March 16, 2007, the new enterprise income tax rates for domestic and foreign enterprises are unified at 25% and will be effective from January 1, 2008. The impact of this change in enterprise income tax rates on the Group’s consolidated financial statements will depend on detailed implementation pronouncements that are to be issued subsequently. The Group is currently assessing the impact on the Group’s results of operations and financial position of this change in enterprise income tax rates.
 
  35.2   Proposed final dividend
 
      After the balance sheet date, the Board of Directors proposed a final dividend. For details, see Note 31.
36.   COMPARATIVE FIGURES
 
    For comparative purposes, the carrying value of land use rights underlying the buildings acquired from third parties was reclassified from “Property, plant and equipment” to “Other assets” on the 2005 comparative consolidated balance sheet. Please refer to Note 6 for details.
37.   APPROVAL OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
    The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on June 21, 2007.

F - 86


Table of Contents

38.   SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES BETWEEN HKFRS AND US GAAP
The consolidated financial statements of the Group prepared under HKFRS differ in certain material respects from those prepared under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“US GAAP”). Significant differences between HKFRS and US GAAP relating to the Group are summarized below:
(A)   Effect of the acquisitions of entities under common control
 
    In 2002, 2003 and 2004, the Company acquired the entire equity interests in (i) Unicom New Century (which was merged into CUCL and legally dissolved on June 30, 2004); (ii) Unicom New World (which was merged into CUCL and legally dissolved on September 1, 2005); and (iii) Unicom International, respectively.
 
    Prior to the adoption of HKFRS in 2005, the Group had adopted the purchase method of accounting to account for the acquisitions of Unicom New Century, Unicom New World and Unicom International (the “Acquisitions”) under the previous accounting principles generally accepted in Hong Kong (“HK GAAP”). Under the purchase method, the operating results of these acquired subsidiaries were included in the consolidated statements of income of the Group after the Acquisitions were effective. The differences between the costs of the Acquisitions and the fair values of the separately identifiable net assets acquired were recorded as goodwill/negative goodwill. Upon the adoption of HKFRS, under HKFRS 3 “Business Combinations”, goodwill is no longer amortized but is instead subject to impairment testing on an annual basis or when there are indications of impairment. This policy is applied prospectively from January 1, 2005. Upon the adoption of HKFRS 3, negative goodwill has been derecognized at January 1, 2005, with a corresponding adjustment to the balance of retained earnings as of January 1, 2005 of the Group.
 
    As the Group, Unicom New Century, Unicom New World and Unicom International were under the common control of Unicom Group prior to the Acquisitions, these Acquisitions are considered as a transfer of businesses under common control and accounted for in a manner similar to a pooling of interests under US GAAP. Accordingly, the acquired assets and liabilities are accounted for at historical cost under US GAAP. The consolidated financial statements prepared under US GAAP for all periods presented have been retroactively restated as if Unicom New Century, Unicom New World and Unicom International were always part of the Group. The cash considerations paid by the Company are treated as capital distribution in the respective years of the Acquisitions. Goodwill/negative goodwill arising from the Acquisitions and the related amortization of goodwill/negative goodwill in prior periods has been reversed under US GAAP. Transaction costs, which are capitalized as part of the cost of investment under HKFRS, have been expensed in full under US GAAP. Upfront non-refundable revenue and direct incremental costs of these subsidiaries occurring prior to the Acquisitions were not recognized as assets and liabilities under the purchase method of accounting in the financial statements prepared under HKFRS, whereas as a transfer of business under common control under US GAAP, such assets and liabilities have been recognized as if the subsidiaries had always been part of the Group.

F - 87


Table of Contents

(B)   Consolidation of variable interest entities
 
    Under HKFRS, consolidation of business enterprises is based on voting control. In addition, special purpose entities (“SPE”) are consolidated where the substance of the relationship indicates that an entity controls the SPE. Indicators of control mainly arise where: (i) the SPE conducts its activities on behalf of the entity; (ii) the entity has the decision-making power to obtain the majority of the benefits of the SPE; (iii) the entity has other rights to obtain the majority of the benefits of the SPE; or (iv) the entity has the majority of the residual or ownership risks of the SPE or its assets.
 
    Under US GAAP, pursuant to Financial Accounting Standard Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 46 (revised in December 2003), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” (“FIN 46R”), consolidation by business enterprises is based on an economic risks and rewards model rather than a traditional voting interest model. Entities subject to consolidation under the economic risks and rewards model is called a Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”). In accordance with the provision of FIN 46R, the Group has identified one VIE, Unicom New Horizon, in which it holds a variable interest in the form of lease renewal options. Unicom New Horizon is a 100% owned subsidiary of the Group’s controlling shareholder, from which the Group leases its CDMA assets under operating leases subject to indefinite renewal options. Lease fees are calculated based on a percentage of CUCL’s CDMA service revenues. The Group has concluded that its ultimate controlling shareholder, Unicom Group, is the primary beneficiary of Unicom New Horizon, since it absorbs all of Unicom New Horizon’s expected losses (through its ownership of 100% of Unicom New Horizon’s equity and an unconditional guarantee of 100% of Unicom New Horizon debt) and is indirectly associated with the operations of the leased CDMA assets through its majority ownership of the Group. As such, the adoption of FIN 46R did not result in any differences from the Group’s HKFRS consolidated financial statements.
 
(C)   Employee housing schemes
 
    Prior to April 2000, Unicom Group provided housing benefits to qualified employees of the Group to enable them to purchase living quarters at a discount. Under HKFRS, housing benefits incurred and borne by Unicom Group for these employees were not recognized by the Group. Under US GAAP, the amount of such housing benefits is being recognized as part of the Group’s operating expenses over the estimated average service period of the participating employees. The corresponding credits are being accounted for as capital contributions.

F - 88


Table of Contents

(D)   Revaluation of property, plant and equipment
 
    Under HKFRS, revaluation surplus in relation to buildings is recorded by the Group as part of the property, plant and equipment. Thereafter, depreciation is provided based on the revalued amounts.
 
    Under US GAAP, all property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation.
 
(E)   Share option scheme
 
    Under HKFRS, the fair value of the employee services received in exchange for share options is recognized as an expense. The total amount to be expensed over the vesting period is determined by reference to the fair value of the options granted. The proceeds received net of any directly attributable transaction costs are credited to share capital (nominal value) and share premium when the options are exercised. Upon the adoption of HKFRS 2 effective on January 1, 2005, the Group expenses the cost of share options in the statements of income. As a transitional provision, the cost of share options granted after November 7, 2002 and not yet vested on January 1, 2005 was expensed retrospectively in the statements of income of the respective periods. Refer to Note 29 for details of share option schemes adopted by the Company.
 
    Under US GAAP, in December 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R) “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123R”), which is a revision of Statement of Financial Accounting Standard for “Stock-Based Compensation” (“SFAS 123”) and supersedes Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB 25”). SFAS 123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be valued at fair value on the date of grant, and to be expensed over the applicable vesting periods. Under SFAS 123 (R), the pro forma disclosures of the statements of income effects of share-based payments are no longer an alternative. In March 2005, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 regarding the SEC’s Interpretation of SFAS 123(R) and the valuation of share-based payment for public companies. SFAS 123(R) is effective for all stock-based awards granted on or after June 15, 2005. In addition, companies must also recognize compensation expense relating to any awards that are not fully vested as of June 15, 2005. Compensation expense for the unvested awards will be measured based on the fair value of the awards previously calculated in developing the pro forma disclosures in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123 and will be amortized over the remaining vesting period.
 
    The Group adopted SFAS 123(R) and relevant implementation guidances on January 1, 2006 using the Modified Prospective Application (“MPA”) method. By using the MPA method, the Group will not restate its prior period financial statements. Instead, the Group applies SFAS 123(R) for any unvested options as of and for new options granted after June 15, 2005.

F - 89


Table of Contents

    Prior to adopting the provision of SFAS 123(R), the Company applied APB 25 to account for its fixed award stock options issued to employees. Under APB 25, compensation expense is recorded in the amount of the excess, if any, of the quoted market price of the shares on the date of grant over the exercise price of the options, which is amortized over the vesting period of the option. Since the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant did not exceed the exercise price of the options granted, no compensation cost for options has been recognized in the reconciliation of net income for the relevant years to US GAAP. For purposes of pro forma disclosure under SFAS 123, as further amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation-Transition and Disclosure”(“SFAS 148”), for the years ended December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2005, the estimated fair values of the share options were assumed to be amortized to expense over the share options’ vesting periods. The pro forma effects of recognizing estimated compensation expense under the fair value method on net income and earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2005 were as follows:
                 
    2004   2005
Net income under US GAAP:
               
As reported (RMB’000)
    4,712,687       5,012,812  
Less: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method
    (146,541 )     (108,950 )
 
               
Pro forma
    4,566,146       4,903,862  
 
               
 
               
Basic earnings per share:
               
As reported (RMB)
    0.38       0.40  
Pro forma (RMB)
    0.36       0.39  
 
               
Diluted earnings per share:
               
As reported (RMB)
    0.37       0.40  
Pro forma (RMB)
    0.36       0.39  
 
               
Basic earnings per ADS:
               
As reported (RMB)
    3.75       3.99  
Pro forma (RMB)
    3.64       3.90  
 
               
Diluted earnings per ADS:
               
As reported (RMB)
    3.74       3.97  
Pro forma (RMB)
    3.62       3.89  

F - 90


Table of Contents

(F)   Capacity transaction
 
    Under HKFRS, sales of indefeasible right-of-use (“IRU”) are recognized at the time of delivery and acceptance where the following conditions are met: (i) the purchaser’s right of use is exclusive and irrevocable; (ii) the asset is specific and separable; (iii) the term of the contract is for the major part of the asset’s useful economic life; (iv) the attributable carrying value can be measured reliably; and (v) no significant risks are retained by the Group.
 
    Under US GAAP, sales of IRUs are evaluated under the guidance in FASB Interpretations No. 43 “Real Estates Sales” as the leased asset is considered as real estate. The title of the leased assets must be transferred to the lessee in order to be classified and accounted for as a sales-type lease such that the sale can be recognized. Accordingly, such sales of IRUs are not recognized under US GAAP as the title to the asset is not transferred.
 
(G)   Convertible bonds
 
    Under HKFRS, the Convertible Bonds contract must be separated into two component elements: a derivative component consisting of the conversion option and a liability component consisting of the straight debt element of the bonds. Since the functional currency of the Group is RMB, the conversion option of the Convertible Bonds denominated in Hong Kong Dollars will not result in settlement by the exchange of a fixed amount of cash in RMB (functional currency of the Group) for a fixed number of the Company’s shares. The derivative component, the embedded conversion option, is carried at fair value on the balance sheet with any changes in fair value being charged or credited to the statement of income in the period when the change occurs. The remainder of the proceeds is allocated to the debt element of the bonds, net of transaction costs, and is recorded as the liability component. The liability component is subsequently carried at amortized cost until extinguished on conversion or redemption. Interest expense is calculated using the effective interest method by applying the effective interest rate to the liability component through the maturity date. Refer to Note 2.13 and Note 17 for details of the Convertible Bonds.
 
    Under US GAAP, pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.133, “Accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities” (“SFAS 133”), the conversion option of the Convertible Bonds is not separated from the bond contract as it does not satisfy the net settlement characteristic of a derivative instrument and no portion of the proceeds from the issuance of the Convertible Bonds should be accounted for as attributable to the conversion feature. All of the proceeds are attributed to the bond contract and is carried as a long-term liability on the amortized cost basis until extinguished on conversion or redemption. Interest expense is calculated at the effective interest rate of 1.40% to the host contract through the maturity date. The transaction costs of the Convertible Bonds with puts at the option of the holder are amortized at 2 years through the first put date, July 5, 2008.
 
(H)   Rental cost
 
    Under HKFRS, the rental costs associated with ground or building operating leases that are incurred during the construction period are capitalized as these costs are considered as necessary costs of the construction which are directly attributable costs of bringing the asset to its working condition and location for its intended use.
 
    Under US GAAP, effective from January 1, 2006, the Group applies FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) 13-1, “Accounting for Rental Costs Incurred During a Construction Period”, which requires that rental cost associated with ground or building operating leases that are incurred during the construction period be recognized as rental expense.

F - 91


Table of Contents

(I)   Deferred taxation
 
    The adjustment related to deferred taxation represents the deferred tax effects of other US GAAP adjustments.
 
(J)   New Accounting Pronouncements
 
    The following are new accounting pronouncements not yet effective, but may be applicable to the Group.
 
    The Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) recently issued Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”), and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS 157”). The FASB ratified Emerging Issue Task Force (“EITF”) No. 06-03, “How Sales Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities Should Be Presented in the Income Statement”(“EITF 06-03”). Also, EITF issued No. 06-01, “Accounting for Consideration Given by a Service Provider to Manufacturers or Resellers of Equipment Necessary for an End-Customer to Receive Service from the Service Provider”(“EITF 06-01”). U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements”(“SAB 108”).
  (a)   In June 2006, the EITF issued No. 06-03, “How Sales Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities Should Be Presented in the Income Statement” (“EITF 06-03”). EITF 06-03 requires disclosure of the presentation of taxes on either a gross or a net basis as an accounting policy decision. The provisions are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2006. The Group does not expect the adoption of EITF 06-03 will have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Group.
 
  (b)   In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”), which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in tax positions. This Interpretation requires that the Company recognize in its financial statements the impact of a tax position if that position is more likely than not of being sustained on tax audit, based on the technical merits of the position. The provisions of FIN 48 are effective for fiscal year beginning after December 15, 2006, with the cumulative effect of the change in accounting principle, if any, recorded as an adjustment to opening retained earnings. The Group does not expect the adoption of FIN 48 will have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Group.
 
  (c)   In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS 157”), which defines fair value, establishes guidelines for measuring fair value and expands disclosures regarding fair value measurements. SFAS 157 does not require any new fair value measurements but rather eliminates inconsistencies in guidance found in various prior accounting pronouncements. SFAS 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Earlier adoption is permitted, provided the company has not yet issued financial statements, including for interim periods, for that fiscal year. The Group does not expect the adoption of SFAS 157 will have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Group.

F - 92


Table of Contents

  (d)   In September 2006, the Staff of the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements” (“SAB 108”). SAB 108 provides guidance on the consideration of the effects of prior year misstatements in quantifying current year misstatements for the purpose of determining whether the current year’s financial statements are materially misstated. SAB 108 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2006. The Group does not expect the adoption of SAB 108 will have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Group.
 
  (e)   In September 2006, EITF issued No. 06-01, “Accounting for Consideration Given by a Service Provider to Manufacturers or Resellers of Equipment Necessary for an End-Customer to Receive Service from the Service Provider” (“EITF 06-01”). EITF 06-01 provides guidance regarding whether the consideration given by a service provider to a manufacturer or reseller of specialized equipment should be characterized as a reduction of revenue or an expense. This Issue is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2007. The Group believes the adoption of EITF 06-01 will not have significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

F - 93


Table of Contents

Differences between HKFRS and US GAAP which affect net income of the Group are summarized below:
                                 
    Note   2004   2005   2006
Net income under HKFRS
            4,493,451       4,931,052       3,731,824  
 
                               
Impact of US GAAP adjustments:
                               
- Reversal of goodwill amortization of Unicom New Century
    (A )     114,237              
- Recognition of depreciation expenses based on historical cost of property, plant and equipment of Unicom New Century
    (A )     (28,761 )     (28,761 )     (28,761 )
- Reversal of goodwill amortization of Unicom New World
    (A )     57,247              
- Recognition of depreciation expenses based on historical cost of property, plant and equipment of Unicom New World
    (A )     (20,740 )     (20,740 )     (20,740 )
- Effect of acquisition of Unicom International
    (A )     6,106              
- Transaction costs for the acquisition of Unicom International
    (A )     (325 )            
- Recognition of depreciation expenses based on historical cost of property, plant and equipment of Unicom International
    (A )     61       1,448       1,448  
- Upfront non-refundable revenue and direct incremental costs not recognized under purchase method of accounting under HKFRS
    (A )     19,807       21,001       21,001  
- Employee housing benefits
    (C )     (14,942 )     (14,942 )     (14,942 )
- Reversal of depreciation for revalued property, plant and equipment
    (D )     4,127       4,127       4,127  
- Reversal of employee compensation costs for share option scheme under HKFRS
    (E )     88,957       108,417        
- Effect on sale of indefeasible right-of-use
    (F )           (3,747 )     (142 )
- Adjustment of differences on Convertible Bonds between HKFRS and US GAAP:
                               
(i) Reversal of unrealized loss on changes in fair value of derivative component of Convertible Bonds
    (G )                 2,396,592  
(ii) Amortization of transaction costs on Convertible Bonds
    (G )                 (3,540 )
(iii) Difference in provision for interest expense on Convertible Bonds under HKFRS
    (G )                 137,973  
(iv) Difference in exchange gain on Convertible Bonds under HKFRS
    (G )                 (58,090 )
- Expense the capitalized rental cost under HKFRS
    (H )                 (25,935 )
- Deferred tax effects of US GAAP adjustments
    (I )     (6,538 )     14,957       14,957  
 
                               
 
                               
Net income under US GAAP
            4,712,687       5,012,812       6,155,772  
 
                               

F - 94


Table of Contents

Differences between HKFRS and US GAAP which affect shareholders’ equity of the Group are summarized below:
                         
            The Group
    Note   2005   2006
Shareholders’ equity under HKFRS
            76,284,345       79,408,817  
 
                       
Impact of US GAAP adjustments:
                       
- Effect of acquisition of Unicom New Century
    (A )     (2,052,554 )     (2,052,554 )
- Transaction costs for the acquisition of Unicom New Century
    (A )     (109,221 )     (109,221 )
- Reversal of goodwill amortization and recognition of depreciation expenses based on historical cost of property, plant and equipment of Unicom New Century
    (A )     145,509       116,748  
- Effect of acquisition of Unicom New World
    (A )     (946,370 )     (946,370 )
- Transaction costs for the acquisition of Unicom New World
    (A )     (49,378 )     (49,378 )
- Reversal of goodwill amortization and recognition of depreciation expenses based on historical cost of property, plant and equipment of Unicom New World
    (A )     15,767       (4,973 )
- Effect of acquisition of Unicom International
    (A )     392       392  
- Transaction costs for the acquisition of Unicom International
    (A )     (325 )     (325 )
- Reversal of goodwill amortization and recognition of depreciation expenses based on historical cost of property, plant and equipment of Unicom International
    (A )     (5,977 )     (4,529 )
- Upfront non-refundable revenue and direct incremental costs not recognized under purchase method of accounting under HKFRS
    (A )     69,775       90,776  
- Reversal of revaluation surplus of property, plant and equipment:
                       
- Cost
    (D )     (82,531 )     (282,861 )
- Accumulated depreciation
    (D )     23,605       27,732  
- Effect on sale of indefeasible right-of-use
    (F )     (3,747 )     (3,889 )
- Adjustment of differences on Convertible Bonds between HKFRS and US GAAP:
                       
(i) Reversal of unrealized loss on changes in fair value of derivative component of Convertible Bonds
    (G )           2,396,592  
(ii) Amortization of transaction costs on Convertible Bonds
    (G )           (3,540 )
(iii) Difference in provision for interest expense on Convertible Bonds under HKFRS
    (G )           137,973  
(iv) Difference in exchange gain on Convertible Bonds under HKFRS
    (G )           (58,090 )
- Expense the capitalized rental cost under HKFRS
    (H )           (25,935 )
- Deferred tax effects of US GAAP adjustments
    (I )     (24,004 )     96,082  
 
                       
 
                       
Shareholders’ equity under US GAAP
            73,265,286       78,733,447  
 
                       

F - 95


Table of Contents

The following are the condensed statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flow information for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, condensed balance sheets information for the Group as of December 31, 2005 and 2006, restated to reflect the impact of the effects of acquisition of entities under common control which is accounted for at historical cost with retroactive restatement under US GAAP.
Condensed Statements of Income
                         
    2004   2005   2006
Revenue (Turnover):
    79,388,314       87,254,524       94,500,184  
 
                       
Operating expenses:
                       
Leased lines and network capacities
    (7,398,429 )     (8,747,317 )     (8,763,865 )
Interconnection charges
    (7,508,866 )     (8,372,370 )     (9,595,622 )
Depreciation and amortization
    (18,944,473 )     (20,412,108 )     (22,467,946 )
Employee benefit expenses
    (4,547,892 )     (5,522,837 )     (6,663,641 )
Selling and marketing
    (18,989,186 )     (20,721,974 )     (19,415,800 )
General, administrative and other expenses
    (10,471,208 )     (11,741,560 )     (13,441,503 )
Cost of telecommunications products sold
    (3,342,797 )     (3,594,844 )     (4,949,516 )
 
                       
 
                       
Total operating expenses
    (71,202,851 )     (79,113,010 )     (85,297,893 )
 
                       
 
                       
Operating income
    8,185,463       8,141,514       9,202,291  
Interest income
    103,441       96,196       259,040  
Finance costs
    (1,688,418 )     (1,099,321 )     (577,877 )
Other gains — net
    95,932       30,111       21,353  
 
                       
 
                       
Net income before taxation and minority interests
    6,696,418       7,168,500       8,904,807  
Taxation
    (1,983,731 )     (2,155,454 )     (2,748,928 )
 
                       
 
                       
Net income before minority interests
    4,712,687       5,013,046       6,155,879  
Minority interests
          (234 )     (107 )
 
                       
 
                       
Net income
    4,712,687       5,012,812       6,155,772  
 
                       

F - 96


Table of Contents

                                 
    Note   2004   2005   2006
Basic earnings per share (RMB):
    (1 )     0.38       0.40       0.49  
 
                               
Diluted earnings per share (RMB):
    (2 )     0.37       0.40       0.46  
 
                               
Basic earnings per ADS (RMB):
    (1 )     3.75       3.99       4.89  
 
                               
Diluted earnings per ADS (RMB):
    (2 )     3.74       3.97       4.62  
 
Notes    
 
(1)   Basic earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 were computed by dividing the net income for the financial years under US GAAP by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the years.
 
(2)   Diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 were computed by dividing the net income for the financial years under US GAAP by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the years, after adjusting for the cumulative effects of the dilutive potential ordinary shares. The dilutive potential ordinary shares arose from share options granted (i) under the amended Pre-Global Offering Share Option Scheme; (ii) under the amended Share Option Scheme as described in Note 29 and (iii) the Convertible Bonds as described in Note 17. For 2006, the dilutive potential ordinary shares arose from additional share options granted in 2002, 2003 and 2004 under the amended Share Option Scheme (see Note 29) and the Convertible Bonds, which if converted to ordinary shares would decrease earnings per share.

F - 97


Table of Contents

Condensed Balance Sheets
                 
    2005   2006
Assets
               
Current assets:
               
Bank balances and cash
    5,471,576       12,182,108  
Short-term bank deposits
    282,457       195,820  
Amounts due from related parties
    384,531       168,548  
Amounts due from Domestic Carriers
    138,485       138,521  
Accounts receivable
    7,636,980       6,462,638  
Less: Provision for doubtful debts
    (3,088,551 )     (3,043,295 )
 
               
Accounts receivable, net
    4,548,429       3,419,343  
Inventories
    2,107,812       2,333,902  
Current portion of deferred tax assets
    447,556       819,118  
Prepayments and other current assets
    2,342,467       1,988,019  
 
               
 
               
Total current assets
    15,723,313       21,245,379  
 
               
 
               
Non-current assets:
               
Property, plant and equipment, net
    112,549,099       111,285,921  
Other assets
    11,685,354       11,187,164  
 
               
 
               
Total assets
    139,957,766       143,718,464  
 
               
 
               
Liabilities and equity
               
Current liabilities:
               
Payables and accrued liabilities
    18,526,628       26,290,074  
Taxes payable
    1,016,128       1,632,195  
Amounts due to Unicom Group
    38,094       45,081  
Amounts due to related parties
    116,621       325,308  
Amounts due to Domestic Carriers
    822,006       850,975  
Short-term bonds
    9,865,900       7,087,217  
Short-term bank loans
    7,024,358        
Current portion of long-term bank loans
    5,145,190       3,984,350  
Current portion of obligations under finance leases
    420,631       99,566  
Advances from customers
    7,886,624       9,987,771  
 
               
 
               
Total current liabilities
    50,862,180       50,302,537  
 
               
 
               
Non-current liabilities:
               
Long-term bank loans
    11,981,518       4,139,349  
Convertible bonds
          7,862,609  
Obligations under finance leases
    145,367       10,230  
Deferred tax liabilities
    132,892       410,201  
Deferred revenue
    3,567,789       2,257,250  
 
               
 
               
Total non-current liabilities
    15,827,566       14,679,639  
 
               
 
               
Minority interests
    2,734       2,841  
 
               
 
               
Shareholders’ equity
    73,265,286       78,733,447  
 
               
 
               
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
    139,957,766       143,718,464  
 
               

F - 98


Table of Contents

Condensed Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
         
Balance of shareholders’ equity as of December 31, 2003
    65,946,144  
Net income for the year ended December 31, 2004
    4,712,687  
Deemed capital contribution from owner for employee housing benefits
    14,942  
Deemed capital distribution relating to the payment to Unicom Group for the transfer of Unicom International
    (39,416 )
Dividend paid
    (1,256,160 )
Exercise of share options
    64,125  
 
       
 
       
Balance of shareholders’ equity as of December 31, 2004
    69,442,322  
Net income for the year ended December 31, 2005
    5,012,812  
Deemed capital contribution from owner for employee housing benefits
    14,942  
Dividend paid
    (1,256,924 )
Exercise of share options
    52,134  
 
       
 
       
Balance of shareholders’ equity as of December 31, 2005
    73,265,286  
Net income for the year ended December 31, 2006
    6,155,772  
Deemed capital contribution from owner for employee housing benefits
    14,942  
Dividend paid
    (1,384,146 )
Value of employee services
    146,294  
Exercise of share options
    535,299  
 
       
 
       
Balance of shareholders’ equity as of December 31, 2006
    78,733,447  
 
       
Condensed Cash Flow Statements
                         
    2004   2005   2006
Net cash inflows (outflows) from:
                       
Operating activities
    24,510,430       31,486,278       35,873,954  
Investing activities
    (19,668,070 )     (17,430,931 )     (17,760,108 )
Financing activities
    (9,440,491 )     (13,213,324 )     (11,403,314 )
 
                       
 
                       
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
    (4,598,131 )     842,023       6,710,532  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
    9,227,684       4,629,553       5,471,576  
 
                       
 
                       
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
    4,629,553       5,471,576       12,182,108  
 
                       
 
                       
Interest paid (net of amount capitalized)
    (1,662,419 )     (1,109,808 )     (784,136 )
 
                       

F - 99

 

Exhibit 4.7
CHINA UNICOM LIMITED
(CHINESE CHARACTERS)
(a company incorporated in Hong Kong with limited liability)
PRE-GLOBAL OFFERING SHARE OPTION SCHEME
Definitions
1.1   In the Scheme the following expressions have the following meanings:
     
associate
  has the meaning ascribed to it in the Listing Rules
 
   
Auditors
  means the auditors for the time being of the Company;
 
   
Board
  means the board of directors from time to time of the Company or a duly authorised committee thereof;
 
   
Board Lot
  means the board lot in which Shares are traded on the Stock Exchange from time to time;
 
   
Companies Ordinance
  means the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance (Chapter 32 of the laws of Hong Kong (as amended from time to time));
 
   
Company
  means China Unicom Limited (CHINESE CHARACTERS) , a company incorporated in Hong Kong with limited liability;
 
   
Effective Date
  means the date on which the Scheme becomes unconditional;
 
   
Effective Options
  Options granted pursuant to the Scheme and vested in the Grantee according to the relevant Vesting Schedule;
 
   
Employee
  means any employee of the Company or any Subsidiary including (without limitation) any executive director in the employment of the Company or any Subsidiary;
 
   
financial year
  means a year or other period for which the Company’s consolidated accounts are made up;
 
   
Grantee
  means any Employee who accepts the offer of the grant of any Option in accordance with the terms of the Scheme or (where the context so permits) a person who is entitled to exercise any such Option in consequence of the death of the original Grantee or, if necessary, in the case of Incapacity, the Employee’s legal successors, lawful attorney or legal representative;
 
   
HK$
  means Hong Kong dollars.

1


 

     
Incapacity
  means permanent and entire incapacity, whether or not caused during work, as determined in accordance with the standard formulated by the Company;
     
Issue Price
  means the final price per Share (exclusive of brokerage and Stock Exchange transaction levy) to be agreed between the Company, Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Asia Limited and China International Capital Corporation Limited at which Shares are to be sold under the proposed public offering of the Shares in Hong Kong;
 
   
Listing Rules
  means the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the Stock Exchange
 
   
Mandatory Transfer
  means a termination of employment by a member of the Group of a Transferred Personnel;
 
   
Offer Date
  means the date on which an Option is offered to an Employee;
 
   
Option
  means a right to subscribe for Shares granted pursuant to the terms of the Scheme;
 
   
Option Period
  means, in respect of any particular Option, the period to be determined and notified by the Board to each Grantee during which the Grantee may exercise such Option in accordance with the terms of the Scheme. Such period may commence on a day after the second anniversary of the Offer Date and in any event shall end not later than 10 years from the Offer Date but subject to the provisions for early termination thereof contained herein;
 
   
Scheme
  means this share option scheme in its present form or as amended from time to time (except that references to the Scheme in Clause 2 shall only refer to the original pre-global offering share option scheme as adopted on 1 June 2000);
 
   
Shares
  means shares of HK$0.10 each in the share capital of the Company (or of such other nominal amount as may result from a sub-division, consolidation, reclassification or reconstruction of such share capital from time to time);
 
   
Stock Exchange
  means The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited;
 
   
Subscription Price
  means the price per Share at which a Grantee may subscribe for Shares on the exercise of an Option as described in Clause 5;

2


 

     
Subsidiary
  means a company which is for the time being and from time to time a subsidiary (within the meaning of section 2(4) of the Companies Ordinance) of the Company whether incorporated in Hong Kong or elsewhere;
 
   
Transferred Personnel
  means such personnel who are transferred due to reasons which are beyond their control, and in respect of whom such transfer is mandatory. This includes a transfer to entities outside the Group which is initiated by the central government of the People’s Republic of China. All the other personnel who are transferred shall not be regarded as “Transferred Personnel” but will be regarded as a personnel who has left the service, and will be treated in accordance with Clause 6.3(a) of this Scheme. The Board shall be responsible for the determination of the Transferred Personnel; and
 
   
Vesting Schedule
  means the arrangement whereby Options granted at a particular time can be exercised in one lot or in batches in accordance with a pre-determined timetable as set out in the relevant grant letter.
1.2 Clause headings are inserted for convenience only and shall be ignored in the interpretation of this Scheme. References herein to Clauses are to clauses of this Scheme.
1.3 Unless the context otherwise requires, words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa, and words importing gender or the neuter shall include both genders and the neuter.
1.4 References to any ordinance or law shall include any statutory modification, amendment or re-enactment thereof.
Conditions
2. The Scheme has taken effect on 21 June 2000. Any alterations to the Scheme shall be subject to the requirements of Clause 13.
Duration and Administration
3.1 Subject to Clause 14, the Scheme shall be valid and effective for a period of 10 years commencing on the Effective Date, after which period no further Options shall be granted but the provisions of the Scheme shall remain in full force and effect to the extent necessary to give effect to the exercise of any Options granted prior thereto or otherwise as may be required in accordance with the provisions of the Scheme.
3.2 The Scheme shall be subject to the administration of the Board whose decision (save as otherwise provided herein) shall be final and binding on all parties.

3


 

Grant of Option
4.1 On and subject to the terms of the Scheme, the Board shall be entitled at any time and from time to time prior to the date that tracking in the Shares commences on the Stock Exchange to offer to grant to any Employee as the Board may in its absolute discretion select an Option to subscribe for such number of Shares (being a Board Lot or an integral multiple thereof) as the Board may determine at the Subscription Price. The Board may in its absolute discretion specify such conditions (if any) as it thinks fit when making such offer to the Employee, (including, without limitation, as to performance criteria to be satisfied by the Employee and/or the Company) which must be satisfied before an Option can be exercised.
4.2 The Directors shall not offer to grant any Option to any Employee within the period of one month preceding the date of publication of the interim results or within the period of one month preceding the date of the preliminary announcement of the final results of the Company for any financial year.
4.3 An offer to grant an Option shall be made to any Employee by letter in such form as the Board may from time to time determine specifying the number of Shares, the Subscription Price, the Option Period in respect of which the offer is made, the date by which the Option must be applied for (being a date not more than 28 days after the Offer Date and provided that such offer shall be open for acceptance after the effective period of the Scheme stated in Clause 4.1) and further requiring the Employee to undertake to hold the Option on the terms on which it is to be granted and to be bound by the provisions of the Scheme. Such offer shall be personal to the Employee concerned and shall not be transferable.
4.4 An Option shall be deemed to have been granted and accepted and to have taken effect when the duplicate letter comprising acceptance of the offer of the grant of the Option duly signed by the Grantee together with a remittance in favour of the Company of HK$1.00 by way of consideration for the grant thereof is received by the Company within the time period specified in the offer of the grant of the Option. Such remittance shall in no circumstances be refundable.
4.5 Any offer of the grant of an Option may be accepted or deemed to have been accepted in respect of less than the number of Shares in respect of which it is offered provided that it is accepted in respect of a Board Lot or an integral multiple thereof. To the extent that the offer of the grant of an Option is not accepted within 28 days from the date upon which it is made in the manner indicated in Clause 4.4, it will be deemed to have been irrevocably declined.
Subscription Price
5. The Subscription Price in respect of any Option shall be a price (subject to any adjustments made pursuant to Clause 10) equal to the Issue Price.
Exercise of Options
6.1 An Option shall be personal to the Grantee and shall not be assignable and no Grantee shall in any way sell, transfer, charge, mortgage, encumber or create any

4


 

interest in favour of any third party over or in relation to any Option. Any breach of the foregoing by the Grantee shall entitle the Company to cancel any Option granted to such Grantee (to the extent not already exercised).
6.2 An Option may be exercised in whole or in part (but if in part only, in respect of a Board Lot or any integral multiple thereof) in the manner set out in Clauses 6.3 and 6.4 by the Grantee giving notice in writing to the Company stating that the Option is thereby exercised and specifying the number of Shares to be subscribed. Each such notice must be accompanied by a remittance for the full amount of the aggregate Subscription Price for the Shares in respect of which the notice is given. Within 28 days after receipt of the notice and the remittance and, where appropriate, receipt of the Auditors’ certificate pursuant to Clause 9, the Company shall allot and issue the relevant Shares to the Grantee credited as fully paid and issue to the Grantee a share certificate in respect of the Shares so allotted.
6.3 Subject as hereinafter provided and Clause 4, an Option may be exercised by the Grantee at any time or times during the Option Period provided that:
(a)   in the event of the Grantee ceasing to be an Employee for any reason other than his death, retirement, Incapacity, Mandatory Transfer or on one or more of the grounds specified in Clause 7(d) leading to a lapse of the Option, the Grantee may exercise all the Effective Options granted to him at the date of cessation of his employment or office (to the extent not already exercised) on the date of such cessation, which date shall be the last actual working day with the Company or the relevant Subsidiary whether salary is paid in lieu of notice or not. All the Effective Options which have not been exercised on the date of cessation of employment will lapse automatically on the date immediately after such cessation and such Options shall in no circumstances be exercisable. For the avoidance of doubt, a Grantee does not cease to be an Employee only for the reason of an internal transfer to a Subsidiary;
 
(b)   in the event of the death of the original Grantee and none of the events under Clause 7(d) has occurred, all the Options granted to the Grantee shall be vested in the Grantee automatically on the date of death, and the lawful successors of the Grantee shall be entitled within anytime from the date of death to the earlier of (i) 12 months after the date of death and (ii) the end of the Option Period to exercise all the Options in full (to the extent not already exercised). Any such Options which are not exercised within the 12-month period (or before the end of the Option Period, whichever is earlier) shall lapse automatically. The legal successors to the above Options shall be limited to legal representatives of the deceased Grantee or persons who are entitled to inherit the rights of exercise of the deceased Grantee under this Scheme by will or by law of succession;
 
(c)   if a general offer (whether by way of take-over offer, share repurchase offer or scheme of arrangement or otherwise in like manner) is made to all the holders of Shares (or all such holders other than the offeror and/or any person controlled by the offeror and/or any person acting in association or in concert with the offeror) the Company shall use its best endeavours to procure that

5


 

    such offer is extended to all the Grantees (on the same terms mutatis mutandis, and assuming that they will become, by the exercise in full of the Options granted to them, shareholders of the Company). If such offer, having been approved in accordance with applicable laws and regulatory requirements becomes or is declared unconditional, the Grantee shall be entitled to exercise the Option in full (to the extent not already exercised) at any time within 21 days after the date on which such general offer becomes or is declared unconditional;
(d)   in the event of an effective resolution being passed for the voluntary winding-up of the Company or an order of Court is made for the winding-up of the Company, the Grantee may by notice in writing to the Company within 21 days after the date of such resolution elect to be treated as if the Option (to the extent not already exercised) had been exercised immediately before the passing of such resolution either to its full extent or to the extent specified in the notice, such notice to be accompanied by a remittance for the full amount of the aggregate Subscription Price for the Shares in respect of which the notice is given, whereupon the Grantee will be entitled to receive out of the assets available in the liquidation pari passu with the holders of Shares such sum as would have been received in respect of the Shares the subject of such election;
 
(e)   if, pursuant to the Companies Ordinance, a compromise or arrangement between the Company and its members or creditors is proposed for the purposes of or in connection with a scheme for the reconstruction of the Company or its amalgamation with any other company or companies, the Company shall give notice thereof to all Grantees (together with a notice of the existence of the provisions of this Clause) on the same date as it despatches to each member or creditor of the Company a notice summoning the meeting to consider such a compromise or arrangement, and thereupon each Grantee shall be entitled to exercise all or any of his Options in whole or in part at any time prior to 12 noon on the day immediately preceding the date of the meeting directed to be convened by the Court for the purposes of considering such compromise or arrangement. With effect from the date of such meeting, the rights of all Grantees to exercise their respective Options shall forthwith be suspended. Upon such compromise or arrangement becoming effective, all Options shall, to the extent that they have not been exercised, lapse and determine. The Board shall endeavour to procure that the Shares issued as a result of the exercise of Options under this Clause 6.3(e) shall for the purposes of such compromise or arrangement form part of the issued share capital of the Company on the effective date thereof and that such Shares shall in all respects be subject to such compromise or arrangement. If for any reason such compromise or arrangement is not approved by the Court (whether upon the terms presented to the Court or upon any other terms as may be approved by such Court) the rights of Grantees to exercise their respective Options shall with effect from the date of the making of the order by the Court be restored in full and shall thereupon become exercisable (but subject to the other terms of the Scheme) as if such compromise or arrangement had not been proposed by the Company and no claim shall lie

6


 

    against the Company or any of its officers for any loss or damage sustained by any Grantee as a result of the aforesaid suspension;
(f)   in the event of the retirement or Incapacity of the Grantee and none of the events under Clause 7(d) has occurred, all the Options granted to the Grantee shall continue to vest in the Grantee according to the relevant Vesting Schedule, and the Grantee may exercise all Effective Options vested in him according to the Vesting Schedule within the Option Period; and
 
(g)   in the event of a Mandatory Transfer and none of the events under Clause 7(d) has occurred:
  (i)   the Transferred Personnel may exercise all Effective Options vested in him on or before the date of the Mandatory Transfer (which date shall be the last actual working day of the Transferred Personnel with the relevant member of the Group whether salary is paid in lieu of notice or not); and
 
  (ii)   in relation to Options granted to the Transferred Personnel which have not vested in him on or before the date of the Mandatory Transfer ( Unvested Options ), the Board shall have the right to vest such number of Unvested Options in the Transferred Personnel ( Effective Unvested Options ) on the date of the Mandatory Transfer as the Board may decide in its absolute discretion.
    The Transferred Personnel may exercise all the Effective Options (to the extent not already exercised) and the Effective Unvested Options at any time from the date of the Mandatory Transfer to the earlier of (i) 12 months after the date of the Mandatory Transfer and (ii) the end of the Option Period. All the Options which are not Effective Options or not Effective Unvested Options will lapse automatically on the date immediately after the date of such Mandatory Transfer. All the Effective Options and Effective Unvested Options which have not been exercised by the expiry of the 12-month period or the Option Period (whichever is earlier), shall lapse automatically.
6.4 The Shares to be allotted upon the exercise of an Option shall be subject to all the provisions of the Articles of Association of the Company for the time being in force and shall rank pari passu with the fully paid Shares in issue on the date of allotment and accordingly will entitle the holders to participate in all dividends and other distributions paid or made on or after the date of allotment other than any dividend or other distribution previously declared or recommended or resolved to be paid or made if the record date therefore shall be before the date of allotment.
6.5 A Share issued upon the exercise of an Option shall not carry voting rights until the registration of the Grantee (or any other person designated by the Grantee) as the holder thereof. If under the terms of a resolution passed or an announcement made by the Company a dividend is to be or is proposed to be paid to holders of Shares on the register on a date prior to the date when an Option was effectively exercised, the Shares to be issued upon such exercise will not rank for such dividend.

7


 

Lapse of Option
7. An Option shall lapse automatically and not be exercisable (to the extent not already exercised) on the earliest of:
(a)   the expiry of the Option Period;
 
(b)   the expiry of any of the periods referred to in Clause 6.3 (a), (b), (c), (e) and (g);
 
(c)   subject to Clause 6.3(d), the date of the commencement of the winding- up of the Company (as determined in accordance with the Companies Ordinance);
 
(d)   the date on which the Board resolves that the Option of the Grantee shall lapse and not be exercisable as a result of the Grantee ceasing to be an Employee by reason of the summary termination of his employment on any one or more of the grounds that he has been guilty of misconduct, or has been convicted of any criminal offence involving his integrity or honesty. A resolution of the Board or the board of directors of the relevant Subsidiary to the effect that the employment of a Grantee has or has not been terminated on one or more of the grounds specified in this Clause 7(d) shall be conclusive for the purpose of determining whether the employment of the Grantee will be terminated; or
 
(e)   the date on which the Grantee commits a breach of Clause 6.1.
Maximum number of Shares available for Subscription
8.1(a) The maximum number of Shares in respect of which Options may be granted under the Scheme shall not exceed 27,116,600.
8.2 No Employee shall be granted an Option which, if exercised in full, would result in such Employee becoming entitled to subscribe for such number of Shares as, when aggregated with the total number of Shares already issued to him under all Options previously granted to him which have been exercised, and, issuable to him under all Options previously granted to him which are for the time being subsisting and unexercised, would exceed 25 per cent. of the aggregate number of Shares for the time being issued and issuable under the Scheme.
8.3 The maximum number of Shares referred to in Clauses 8.1 and 8.2 shall be adjusted, in such manner as the Auditors shall certify in writing to the Board to be fair and reasonable, in the event of any alteration in the capital structure of the Company whether by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves, rights issue, consolidation, subdivision or reduction of the share capital of the Company provided that no such adjustment shall be made in the event of an issue of Shares as consideration in respect of a transfer to which the Company is a party.
Cancellation
9.1 Options granted but not exercised or lapsed may be cancelled with the consent of the relevant Grantee in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 9.

8


 

9.2 Cancellation of Options granted but not exercised must be approved by a resolution of the Company in general meeting, with the relevant Grantees and their associates abstaining from voting. Any vote taken at such meeting to approve such cancellations must be taken by poll.
Reorganisation of Capital Structure
10.1 In the event of any alteration in the capital structure of the Company whilst any Option remains exercisable, whether by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves, rights issue, consolidation, subdivision or reduction of the share capital of the Company in accordance with applicable laws and regulatory requirements (other than an issue of Shares as consideration in respect of a transaction to which the Company is a party), the Board shall make such corresponding adjustments (if any) to:
(a)   the number or nominal amount of Shares, the subject matter of the Option (insofar as it is unexercised); and/or
 
(b)   the aggregate number of Shares subject to outstanding Options; and/or
 
(c)   the Subscription Price; and/or
 
(d)   the method of exercise of the Option,
as the Auditors shall certify in writing to the Board to be in their opinion fair and reasonable, provided that any adjustment shall be made on the basis that the proportion of the issued share capital of the Company to which a Grantee is entitled after such adjustment shall remain as nearly as possible the same as that to which he was entitled before such adjustment, but so that no such adjustment shall be made the effect of which would be to enable any Share to be issued at less than its nominal value, or to increase the proportion of the issued share capital of the Company for which any Grantee would have been entitled to subscribe had he exercised all the Options held by him immediately prior to such adjustments. The capacity of the Auditors in this Clause 10 is that of experts and not of arbitrators and their certification shall be final and binding on the Company and the Grantees. The costs of the Auditors shall be borne by the Company.
10.2 If there has been any alteration in the capital structure of the Company as referred to in Clause 10.1, the Company shall, upon receipt of a notice from the Grantee in accordance with Clause 6.2, inform the Grantee of such alteration and shall either inform the Grantee of the adjustment to be made pursuant to the certificate of the Auditors obtained by the Company for such purpose, or if no such certificate has yet been obtained, inform the Grantee of such fact and instruct the Auditors to issue a certificate in that regard in accordance with Clause 10.1.
Share Capital
11. The exercise of any Option shall be subject to the members of the Company in general meeting approving any necessary increase in the authorised share capital of the Company. Subject thereto, the Board shall make available sufficient authorised

9


 

but unissued share capital of the Company to meet subsisting requirements on the exercise of Options.
Disputes
12.1 Any dispute arising in connection with the Scheme (whether as to the number of Shares the subject of an Option, the amount of the Subscription Price or otherwise) shall be referred to the decision of the Auditors who shall act as experts and not as arbitrators and whose decision shall be final and binding.
12.2 In the event that any party to the dispute referred to above does not agree to resolve the relevant dispute in accordance with the procedures set out in Clause 12.1 or the Auditors are unwilling to act in accordance with Clause 12.1, the dispute shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the UNCITRAL Arbitration Rules as at present in force and as may be amended by the rest of this Clause 12.2.
(a)   The appointing authority shall be the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre ( HKIAC ).
 
(b)   The place of arbitration shall be in Hong Kong at the HKIAC.
 
(c)   There shall be only one arbitrator.
 
(d)   The language(s) to be used in the arbitral proceedings shall be English.
Alteration of the Scheme
13.1 Subject to Clause 13.2, the Board may amend any of the provisions of this Scheme and the terms of the Options (including amendments in order to comply with changes in legal or regulatory requirements) at any time.
13.2 Any alterations to the terms and conditions of the Scheme which are to the advantage of Grantees, of a material nature or involve any change to the terms of Options granted shall be subject to the approval of the Company in general meeting save where the alterations take effect automatically under the existing terms of the Scheme.
13.3 For the avoidance of doubt, all Options granted after the Effective Date shall be bound by the rules of the Scheme as amended from time to time.
Termination
14. The Company by resolution in general meeting or the Board may at any time terminate the operation of the Scheme and in such event no further Options will be offered but the provisions of the Scheme shall remain in full force in all other respects. All Options granted prior to such termination shall continue to be valid and exercisable in accordance with the terms of the Scheme.

10


 

Miscellaneous
15.1 The Scheme shall not form part of any contract of employment between the Company, or any Subsidiary and any Employee and the rights and obligations of any Employee under the terms of his office or employment shall not be affected by his participation in the Scheme or any right which he may have to participate in it and the Scheme shall afford such an Employee no additional rights to compensation or damages in consequence of the termination of such office or employment for any reason.
15.2 The Scheme shall not confer on any person any legal or equitable rights (other than those arising from or constituting the Options themselves) against the Company directly or indirectly or give rise to any cause of action at law or in equity against the Company.
15.3 The Company shall bear the costs of establishing and administering the Scheme.
15.4 A Grantee shall be entitled to receive for information only copies of all notices and other documents sent by the Company to holders of Shares generally.
15.5 Any notice or other communication between the Company and a Grantee may be given by sending the same by post (postage prepaid and by airmail if sent to an address in a different territory) or by personal delivery to, in the case of the Company, its principal place of business in Hong Kong at 75 th Floor, The Centre, Central, Hong Kong (and marked for the attention of the Secretary) or as notified to the Grantees from time to time and, in the case of the Grantee, his address as notified to the Company from time to time.
15.6 Any notice or other communication served by post:
(a)   by the Company shall be deemed to have been served 24 hours after the same was put in the post; and
 
(b)   by the Grantee shall not be deemed to have been received until the same shall have been received by the Company.
15.7 All allotments and issues of Shares under the Scheme shall be subject to any necessary consents under any relevant enactments or regulations for the time being in Hong Kong or elsewhere. A Grantee shall be responsible for complying with any requirements to be fulfilled in order to obtain or obviate the necessity to obtain any such consent that may be required by any country or jurisdiction in order to permit the grant or exercise of the Option. The Company shall not be responsible for any failure by a Grantee to obtain any such consent or for any tax or other liability to which a Grantee may become subject as a result of his participation in the Scheme.
15.8 The Board shall have the power from time to time to make or vary regulations for the administration and operation of the Scheme, provided that the same are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Scheme. The costs of introducing and administering the Scheme shall be borne by the Company.

11


 

15.9 The Scheme and all Options granted hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Hong Kong law.

12


 

CONTENTS
             
Clause       Page  
 
1.  
Definitions
    1  
   
 
       
2.  
Conditions
    3  
   
 
       
3.  
Duration and Administration
    3  
   
 
       
4.  
Grant of Option
    4  
   
 
       
5.  
Subscription Price
    4  
   
 
       
6.  
Exercise of Options
    4  
   
 
       
7.  
Lapse of Option
    8  
   
 
       
8.  
Maximum number of Shares available for Subscription
    8  
   
 
       
9.  
Cancellation
    8  
   
 
       
10.  
Reorganisation of Capital Structure
    9  
   
 
       
11.  
Share Capital
    9  
   
 
       
12.  
Disputes
    10  
   
 
       
13.  
Alteration of the Scheme
    10  
   
 
       
14.  
Termination
    10  
   
 
       
15.  
Miscellaneous
    11  

 


 

ADOPTED BY ORDINARY RESOLUTION
OF THE COMPANY ON 1 JUNE 2000 AND
AMENDED BY ORDINARY RESOLUTION
OF THE COMPANY ON 13 MAY 2002
AND ON 11 MAY 2007
CHINA UNICOM LIMITED
(CHINESE CHARACTERS)
(a company incorporated in Hong Kong with limited liability)
PRE-GLOBAL OFFERING SHARE OPTION SCHEME

 

 

Exhibit 4.9
CHINA UNICOM LIMITED
(CHINESE CHARACTERS)
(a company incorporated in Hong Kong with limited liability)
SHARE OPTION SCHEME
Definitions
1.1   In the Scheme the following expressions have the following meanings:
     
associate
  has the meaning ascribed to it in the Listing Rules
 
   
Auditors
  means the auditors for the time being of the Company;
 
   
Board
  means the board of directors from time to time of the Company or a duly authorised committee thereof;
 
   
Board Lot
  means the board lot in which Shares are traded on the Stock Exchange from time to time;
 
   
Connected Persons
  has the meaning ascribed to it in the Listing Rules;
 
   
Companies Ordinance
  means the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance (Chapter 32 of the laws of Hong Kong (as amended from time to time));
 
   
Company
  means China Unicom Limited (CHINESE CHARACTERS) , a company incorporated in Hong Kong with limited liability;
 
   
Effective Date
  means the date on which the Scheme becomes unconditional;
 
   
Effective Options
  Options granted pursuant to the Scheme and vested in the Grantee according to the relevant Vesting Schedule;
 
   
Eligible Participant
  means any employee of the Company or any subsidiary including (without limitation) any executive director in the employment of the Company or any subsidiary, or any of the Non-executive Directors;
 
   
Group
  means the Company and its subsidiaries;
 
   
financial year
  means a year or other period for which the Company’s consolidated accounts are made up;
 
   
Grantee
  means any Eligible Participant who accepts the offer of the grant of any Option in accordance with the terms of the Scheme or (where the context so permits) a person

 


 

     
 
  who is entitled to exercise any such Option in consequence of the death of the original Grantee or, if necessary, in the case of Incapacity, the Eligible Participant’s legal successors, lawful attorney or legal representative;
 
   
HK$
  means Hong Kong dollars;
 
   
Incapacity
  means permanent and entire incapacity, whether or not caused during work, as determined in accordance with the standard formulated by the Company;
 
   
Listing Rules
  means the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the Stock Exchange;
 
   
Mandatory Transfer
  means a termination of employment by a member of the Group of a Transferred Personnel;
 
   
Non-executive Director(s)
  means the non-executive directors of the Company which include the independent non-executive directors of the Company;
 
   
Offer Date
  means the date on which an Option is offered to an Eligible Participant;
 
   
Option
  means a right to subscribe for Shares granted pursuant to the terms of the Scheme;
 
   
Option Period
  means, in respect of any particular Option, the period to be determined and notified by the Board to each Grantee during which the Grantee may exercise such Option in accordance with the terms of the Scheme. Such period may commence on a day after the Offer Date and in any event shall end not later than 10 years from the Offer Date but subject to the provisions for early termination thereof contained herein;
 
   
Scheme
  means this share option scheme in its present form or as amended from time to time (except that references to the Scheme in Clause 3 shall only refer to the original share option scheme as adopted on 1 June 2000);
 
   
Shares
  means shares of HK$0.10 each in the share capital of the Company (or of such other nominal amount as may result from a sub-division, consolidation, reclassification or reconstruction of such share capital from time to time);
 
   
Stock Exchange
  means The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited;

 


 

     
Subscription Price
  means the price per Share at which a Grantee may subscribe for Shares on the exercise of an Option as described in Clause 6;
 
   
substantial shareholder
  has the meaning ascribed to it under the Listing Rules;
 
   
subsidiary
  means a company which is for the time being and from time to time a subsidiary (within the meaning of section 2(4) of the Companies Ordinance) of the Company whether incorporated in Hong Kong or elsewhere;
 
   
Transferred Personnel
  means such personnel who are transferred due to reasons which are beyond their control, and in respect of whom such transfer is mandatory. This includes a transfer to entities outside the Group which is initiated by the central government of the People’s Republic of China. All the other personnel who are transferred shall not be regarded as “Transferred Personnel” but will be regarded as a personnel who has left the service, and will be treated in accordance with Clause 7.3(a) of this Scheme. The Board shall be responsible for the determination of the Transferred Personnel; and
 
   
Vesting Schedule
  means the arrangement whereby Options granted at a particular time can be exercised in one lot or in batches in accordance with a pre-determined timetable as set out in the relevant grant letter.
1.2 Clause headings are inserted for convenience only and shall be ignored in the interpretation of this Scheme. References herein to Clauses are to clauses of this Scheme.
1.3 Unless the context otherwise requires, words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa, and words importing gender or the neuter shall include both genders and the neuter.
1.4 References to any ordinance or law shall include any statutory modification, amendment or re-enactment thereof.
Purpose
2. The purpose of this Scheme is to recognise the contribution that certain individuals have made to the Company, to attract and retain the best available personnel and to promote the success of the Company’s business and that of its subsidiaries.

 


 

Conditions
3. The Scheme has taken effect on 21 June 2000. Any alterations to the Scheme shall be subject to the requirements of Clause 15.
Duration and Administration
4.1 Subject to Clause 16, the Scheme shall be valid and effective for a period of 10 years commencing on the Effective Date, after which period no further Options shall be granted but the provisions of the Scheme shall remain in full force and effect to the extent necessary to give effect to the exercise of any Options granted prior thereto or otherwise as may be required in accordance with the provisions of the Scheme.
4.2 The Scheme shall be subject to the administration of the Board whose decision (save as otherwise provided herein) shall be final and binding on all parties.
Grant of Options
5.1 On and subject to the terms of the Scheme, the Board shall be entitled at any time and from time to time within 10 years after the Effective Date to offer to grant to any Eligible Participant as the Board may in its absolute discretion select an Option to subscribe for such number of Shares (being a Board Lot or an integral multiple thereof) as the Board may determine at the Subscription Price. The Board may in its absolute discretion specify such conditions (if any) as it thinks fit when making such offer to the Eligible Participant, (including, without limitation, as to performance criteria to be satisfied by the Eligible Participant and/or the Company) which must be satisfied before an Option can be exercised.
5.2 The Directors shall not offer to grant any Option to any Eligible Participant:
(a) after a price sensitive event has occurred or a price sensitive matter has been the subject of a decision, until such price sensitive information has been published in the newspapers; or
(b) during the period of one month immediately preceding the earlier of:
  (i)   the date of the board meeting (as such date is first notified to the Stock Exchange in accordance with paragraph 12 of the Company’s Listing Agreement with the Stock Exchange) for the approval of the Company’s interim or annual results; and
 
  (ii)   the deadline for the Company to publish its interim or annual results under the Listing Agreement,
    and ending on the date of the results announcement.
5.3 An offer to grant an Option shall be made to any Eligible Participant by letter in such form as the Board may from time to time determine specifying the number of Shares, the Subscription Price, the Option Period in respect of which the offer is made,

 


 

the date by which the Option must be accepted (being a date not more than 28 days after the Offer Date and provided that such offer shall be open for acceptance after the effective period of the Scheme stated in Clause 5.1) and further requiring the Eligible Participant to undertake to hold the Option on the terms on which it is to be granted and to be bound by the provisions of the Scheme. Such offer shall be personal to the Eligible Participant concerned and shall not be transferable.
5.4 An Option shall be deemed to have been granted and accepted and to have taken effect when the duplicate letter comprising acceptance of the offer of the grant of the Option duly signed by the Grantee together with a remittance in favour of the Company of HK$1.00 by way of consideration for the grant thereof is received by the Company within the time period specified in the offer of the grant of the Option. Such remittance shall in no circumstances be refundable.
5.5 Any offer of the grant of an Option may be accepted or deemed to have been accepted in respect of less than the number of Shares in respect of which it is offered provided that it is accepted in respect of a Board Lot or an integral multiple thereof. To the extent that the offer of the grant of an Option is not accepted within 28 days from the date upon which it is made in the manner indicated in Clause 5.4, it will be deemed to have been irrevocably declined.
Subscription Price
6. The Subscription Price in respect of any Option shall be a price determined by the Board and notified to any Eligible Participant (subject to any adjustments made pursuant to Clause 12) which shall be not less than the higher of:
(a)   the closing price of the Shares on the Stock Exchange as stated in the Stock Exchange’s quotation sheets on the relevant Offer Date in respect of such Option;
 
(b)   the average closing price of the Shares on the Stock Exchange as stated in the Stock Exchange’s quotation sheets for the five trading days immediately preceding the relevant Offer Date; and
 
(c)   the nominal value of the Shares.
Exercise of Options
7.1 An Option shall be personal to the Grantee and shall not be assignable and no Grantee shall in any way sell, transfer, charge, mortgage, encumber or create any interest in favour of any third party over or in relation to any Option. Any breach of the foregoing by the Grantee shall entitle the Company to cancel any Option granted to such Grantee (to the extent not already exercised).
7.2 An Option may be exercised in whole or in part (but if in part only, in respect of a Board Lot or any integral multiple thereof) in the manner set out in Clauses 7.3 and 7.4 by the Grantee giving notice in writing to the Company stating that the Option is thereby exercised and specifying the number of Shares to be subscribed. Each such notice must be accompanied by a remittance for the full amount of the aggregate

 


 

Subscription Price for the Shares in respect of which the notice is given. Within 28 days after receipt of the notice and the remittance and, where appropriate, receipt of the Auditors’ certificate pursuant to Clause 12, the Company shall allot and issue the relevant Shares to the Grantee credited as fully paid and issue to the Grantee a share certificate in respect of the Shares so allotted.
7.3 Subject as hereinafter provided and Clause 5, an Option may be exercised by the Grantee at any time or times during the Option Period provided that:
(a)   in the event of the Grantee ceasing to be an Eligible Participant for any reason other than his death, retirement, Incapacity, Mandatory Transfer or on one or more of the grounds specified in Clauses 8(d) or 8(e) leading to a lapse of the Option, the Grantee may exercise all the Effective Options granted to him at the date of cessation of his employment or office (to the extent not already exercised) on the date of such cessation, which date shall be the last actual working day with the relevant member of the Group whether salary is paid in lieu of notice or not. All the Effective Options which have not been exercised on or before the date of cessation of employment will lapse automatically on the date immediately after such cessation and such Options shall in no circumstances be exercisable. For the avoidance of doubt, a Grantee does not cease to be an Eligible Participant only for the reason of an internal transfer to another member of the Group;
(b)   in the event of the death of the original Grantee and none of the events under Clauses 8(d) or 8(e) has occurred, all the Options granted to the Grantee shall be vested in the Grantee automatically on the date of death, and the lawful successors of the Grantee shall be entitled within anytime from the date of death to the earlier of (i) 12 months after the date of death and (ii) the end of the Option Period to exercise all the Options in full (to the extent not already exercised). Any such Options which have not been exercised by the expiry of the 12-month period or the Option Period (whichever is earlier) shall lapse automatically. The legal successors to the above Options shall be limited to legal representatives of the deceased Grantee or persons who are entitled to inherit the rights of exercise of the deceased Grantee under this Scheme by will or by law of succession;
(c)   if a general offer (whether by way of take-over offer, share repurchase offer or scheme of arrangement or otherwise in like manner) is made to all the holders of Shares (or all such holders other than the offeror and/or any person controlled by the offeror and/or any person acting in association or in concert with the offeror) the Company shall use its best endeavours to procure that such offer is extended to all the Grantees (on the same terms mutatis mutandis, and assuming that they will become, by the exercise in full of the Options granted to them, shareholders of the Company). If such offer, having been approved in accordance with applicable laws and regulatory requirements becomes or is declared unconditional, the Grantee shall be entitled to exercise the Option in full (to the extent not already exercised) at any time within 21 days after the date on which such general offer becomes or is declared unconditional;

 


 

(d)   in the event of an effective resolution being passed for the voluntary winding-up of the Company or an order of Court is made for the winding-up of the Company, the Grantee may by notice in writing to the Company within 21 days after the date of such resolution elect to be treated as if the Option (to the extent not already exercised) had been exercised immediately before the passing of such resolution either to its full extent or to the extent specified in the notice, such notice to be accompanied by a remittance for the full amount of the aggregate Subscription Price for the Shares in respect of which the notice is given, whereupon the Grantee will be entitled to receive out of the assets available in the liquidation pari passu with the holders of Shares such sum as would have been received in respect of the Shares the subject of such election;
(e)   if, pursuant to the Companies Ordinance, a compromise or arrangement between the Company and its members or creditors is proposed for the purposes of or in connection with a scheme for the reconstruction of the Company or its amalgamation with any other company or companies, the Company shall give notice thereof to all Grantees (together with a notice of the existence of the provisions of this Clause) on the same date as it despatches to each member or creditor of the Company a notice summoning the meeting to consider such a compromise or arrangement, and thereupon each Grantee shall be entitled to exercise all or any of his Options in whole or in part at any time prior to 12 noon on the day immediately preceding the date of the meeting directed to be convened by the Court for the purposes of considering such compromise or arrangement. With effect from the date of such meeting, the rights of all Grantees to exercise their respective Options shall forthwith be suspended. Upon such compromise or arrangement becoming effective, all Options shall, to the extent that they have not been exercised, lapse and determine. The Board shall endeavour to procure that the Shares issued as a result of the exercise of Options under this Clause 7.3(e) shall for the purposes of such compromise or arrangement form part of the issued share capital of the Company on the effective date thereof and that such Shares shall in all respects be subject to such compromise or arrangement. If for any reason such compromise or arrangement is not approved by the Court (whether upon the terms presented to the Court or upon any other terms as may be approved by such Court) the rights of Grantees to exercise their respective Options shall with effect from the date of the making of the order by the Court be restored in full and shall thereupon become exercisable (but subject to the other terms of the Scheme) as if such compromise or arrangement had not been proposed by the Company and no claim shall lie against the Company or any of its officers for any loss or damage sustained by any Grantee as a result of the aforesaid suspension;
(f)   in the event of the retirement or Incapacity of the Grantee and none of the events under Clauses 8(d) or 8(e) has occurred, all the Options granted to the Grantee shall continue to vest in the Grantee according to the relevant Vesting Schedule, and the Grantee may exercise all Effective Options vested in him according to the Vesting Schedule within the Option Period; and

 


 

(g)   in the event of a Mandatory Transfer and none of the events under Clauses 8(d) or 8(e) has occurred:
  (i)   the Transferred Personnel may exercise all Effective Options vested in him on or before the date of the Mandatory Transfer (which date shall be the last actual working day of the Transferred Personnel with the relevant member of the Group whether salary is paid in lieu of notice or not); and
 
  (ii)   in relation to Options granted to the Transferred Personnel which have not vested in him on or before the date of the Mandatory Transfer ( Unvested Options ), the Board shall have the right to vest such number of Unvested Options in the Transferred Personnel ( Effective Unvested Options ) on the date of the Mandatory Transfer as the Board may decide in its absolute discretion.
    The Transferred Personnel may exercise all the Effective Options (to the extent not already exercised) and the Effective Unvested Options at any time from the date of the Mandatory Transfer to the earlier of (i) 12 months after the date of the Mandatory Transfer and (ii) the end of the Option Period. All the Options which are not Effective Options or not Effective Unvested Options will lapse automatically on the date immediately after the date of such Mandatory Transfer. All the Effective Options and Effective Unvested Options which have not been exercised by the expiry of the 12-month period or the Option Period (whichever is earlier), shall lapse automatically.
7.4 The Shares to be allotted upon the exercise of an Option shall be subject to all the provisions of the Articles of Association of the Company for the time being in force and shall rank pari passu with the fully paid Shares in issue on the date of allotment and accordingly will entitle the holders to participate in all dividends and other distributions paid or made on or after the date of allotment other than any dividend or other distribution previously declared or recommended or resolved to be paid or made if the record date therefore shall be before the date of allotment.
7.5 A Share issued upon the exercise of an Option shall not carry voting rights until completion of the registration of the Grantee (or any other person designated by the Grantee) as the holder thereof. If under the terms of a resolution passed or an announcement made by the Company a dividend is to be or is proposed to be paid to holders of Shares on the register on a date prior to the date when an Option was effectively exercised, the Shares to be issued upon such exercise will not rank for such dividend.
Lapse of Option
8. An Option shall lapse automatically and not be exercisable (to the extent not already exercised) on the earliest of:
(a)   the expiry of the Option Period;

 


 

(b)   the expiry of any of the periods referred to in Clause 7.3 (a), (b), (c), (e) and (g);
 
(c)   subject to Clause 7.3(d), the date of the commencement of the winding-up of the Company (as determined in accordance with the Companies Ordinance);
 
(d)   the date on which the Board resolves that the Option of the Grantee shall lapse and not be exercisable as a result of the Grantee, being an employee (including an executive director) of any member of the Group, ceasing to be such an employee by reason of the summary termination of his employment on any one or more of the grounds that he has been guilty of misconduct, or has been convicted of any criminal offence involving his integrity or honesty. A resolution of the board of directors of the relevant member of the Group to the effect that the employment of a Grantee has or has not been terminated on one or more of the grounds specified in this Clause 8(d) shall be conclusive for the purpose of determining whether the employment of the Grantee will be terminated;
 
(e)   the date on which the Board resolves that the Option of the Grantee shall lapse as a result of the Board or meeting of the shareholders of the Company having resolved, in accordance with their respective powers granted under the Articles of Association of the Company or relevant laws or regulation, that the Grantee, being a Non-executive Director, shall cease to hold the office of Non-executive Director on any one or more of the grounds that he has been guilty of misconduct, or has been convicted of any criminal offence involving his integrity or honesty, or being prohibited by laws or regulation or court order from being a director, or being reprimanded by the Stock Exchange or the stock exchanges or relevant government authorities of other jurisdictions outside Hong Kong; or
 
(f)   the date on which the Grantee commits a breach of Clause 7.1.
Maximum number of Shares available for Subscription
9.1 The maximum number of Shares in respect of which Options may be granted under the Scheme when aggregated with the maximum number of Shares in respect of which options may be granted under any other scheme involving the issue or grant of options over Shares or other securities by the Company and/or any of its subsidiaries shall not exceed 10 per cent. of the issued share capital of the Company as of the date of approval of the amendments to the Scheme by the shareholders of the Company in general meeting on 13 May 2002. Options lapsed in accordance with the terms of the Scheme shall not be counted for the purpose of calculating the 10 per cent. limit. Upon the grant of options for Shares up to 10 per cent. of the issued share capital of the Company and subject to the approval of the shareholders of the Company in general meetings, the maximum number of Shares to be issued under this Scheme (when aggregated with securities to be issued under any other share option scheme(s) of the Company and/or any of its subsidiaries) may be increased by increments as determined by the Board provided that such increments shall not exceed 10 per cent. of the issued share capital of the Company as of the date of approval of such

 


 

increments by the shareholders of the Company. Under any circumstances, the total number of Shares to be issued upon exercise of all outstanding options shall not exceed 30 per cent. of the issued share capital of the Company from time to time.
9.2 The maximum number of Shares in respect of which Options may be granted under the Scheme to any Eligible Participant (together with any Shares issued in respect of Options which have been exercised by that Eligible Participant and any Shares which would be issued upon the exercise of outstanding Options granted to that Eligible Participant) in any 12-month period up to the date of the latest grant shall not exceed 1.0 per cent. of the issued share capital of the Company from time to time, unless the relevant provisions of the Listing Rules are complied with.
9.3 The maximum number of Shares referred to in Clauses 9.1 and 9.2 shall be adjusted, in such manner as the Auditors shall certify in writing to the Board to be fair and reasonable, in the event of capitalisation issue, rights issue, consolidation, subdivision or reduction of the share capital of the Company provided that no such adjustment shall be made in the event of an issue of Shares as consideration in respect of a transfer to which the Company is a party.
Grant of Options to Connected Persons
10.1 The independent non-executive directors of the Company (excluding any independent non-executive director of the Company who is the grantee of the Options) will be required to approve each grant of Options to a director, chief executive, or substantial shareholder of the Company or any of their respective associates.
10.2 If a grant of Options to a substantial shareholder or an independent non-executive director of the Company or their respective associates will result in the total number of Shares issued and to be issued upon exercise of Options granted and to be granted (including Options exercised, cancelled and outstanding) to such person in the 12-month period up to and including the date of such grant:
(a) representing in aggregate over 0.1 per cent. of the issued share capital of the Company from time to time; and
(b) having an aggregate value, based on the closing price of the Shares as stated in the Stock Exchange’s daily quotations sheet at the date of each grant, in excess of HK$5 million,
such further grant of Options will be required to be approved (voting by way of poll) by the shareholders of the Company. All Connected Persons of the Company will be required to abstain form voting at such general meeting, except that any Connected Person may vote against the relevant resolution at the general meeting provided that his intention to do so has been stated in the shareholder circular.
Cancellation
11.1 Options granted but not exercised or lapsed may be cancelled with the consent of the relevant Grantee in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 11.

 


 

11.2 Cancellation of Options granted but not exercised must be approved by a resolution of the Company in general meeting, with the relevant Grantees and their associates abstaining from voting. Any vote taken at such meeting to approve such cancellations must be taken by poll.
11.3 The Grantees whose Options are cancelled pursuant to this Clause 11 may be issued new Options in accordance with the provisions of the Scheme, provided unissued options are available under the Scheme (excluding any Options cancelled).
Reorganisation of Capital Structure
12.1 In the event of any capitalisation issue, rights issue, consolidation, subdivision or reduction of the share capital of the Company in accordance with applicable laws and regulatory requirements (other than an issue of Shares as consideration in respect of a transaction to which the Company is a party), the Board shall make such corresponding adjustments (if any) to:
(a) the number or nominal amount of Shares, the subject matter of the Option (insofar as it is unexercised); and/or
 
(b) the aggregate number of Shares subject to outstanding Options; and/or
 
(c) the Subscription Price; and/or
 
(d) the method of exercise of the Option with respect to the Board Lot if the Option is being exercised in part,
as the Auditors shall certify in writing to the Board to be in their opinion fair and reasonable, provided that any adjustment shall be made on the basis that the proportion of the issued share capital of the Company to which a Grantee is entitled after such adjustment shall remain as nearly as possible the same as that to which he was entitled before such adjustment, but so that no such adjustment shall be made the effect of which would be to enable any Share to be issued at less than its nominal value, or to increase the proportion of the issued share capital of the Company for which any Grantee would have been entitled to subscribe had he exercised all the Options held by him immediately prior to such adjustments. The capacity of the Auditors in this Clause 12 is that of experts and not of arbitrators and their certification shall be final and binding on the Company and the Grantees. The costs of the Auditors shall be borne by the Company.
12.2 If there has been any alteration in the capital structure of the Company as referred to in Clause 12.1, the Company shall, upon receipt of a notice from the Grantee in accordance with Clause 7.2, inform the Grantee of such alteration and shall either inform the Grantee of the adjustment to be made pursuant to the certificate of the Auditors obtained by the Company for such purpose, or if no such certificate has yet been obtained, inform the Grantee of such fact and instruct the Auditors to issue a certificate in that regard in accordance with Clause 12.1.

 


 

Share Capital
13. The exercise of any Option shall be subject to the members of the Company in general meeting approving any necessary increase in the authorised share capital of the Company. Subject thereto, the Board shall make available sufficient authorised but unissued share capital of the Company to meet subsisting requirements on the exercise of Options.
Disputes
14.1 Any dispute arising in connection with the Scheme (whether as to the number of Shares the subject of an Option, the amount of the Subscription Price or otherwise) shall be referred to the decision of the Auditors who shall act as experts and not as arbitrators and whose decision shall be final and binding.
14.2 In the event that any party to the dispute referred to above does not agree to resolve the relevant dispute in accordance with the procedures set out in Clause 14.1 or the Auditors are unwilling to act in accordance with Clause 14.1, the dispute shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the UNCITRAL Arbitration Rules as at present in force and as may be amended by the rest of this Clause 14.2.
(a)   The appointing authority shall be the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre ( HKIAC ).
 
(b)   The place of arbitration shall be in Hong Kong at the HKIAC.
 
(c)   There shall be only one arbitrator.
 
(d)   The language(s) to be used in the arbitral proceedings shall be English.
Alteration of the Scheme
15.1 Subject to Clause 15.2, the Board may amend any of the provisions of this Scheme and the terms of the Options (including amendments in order to comply with changes in legal or regulatory requirements) at any time.
15.2 Any alterations to the terms and conditions of the Scheme which are to the advantage of Grantees, of a material nature or involve any change to the terms of Options granted shall be subject to the approval of the Company in general meeting save where the alterations take effect automatically under the existing terms of the Scheme.
15.3 For the avoidance of doubt, all Options granted after the Effective Date shall, save and except the Subscription Price, be bound by the rules of the Scheme as amended from time to time.
Termination
16. The Company by resolution in general meeting or the Board may at any time terminate the operation of the Scheme and in such event no further Options will be

 


 

offered but the provisions of the Scheme shall remain in full force in all other respects. All Options granted prior to such termination shall continue to be valid and exercisable in accordance with the terms of the Scheme.
Miscellaneous
17.1 The Scheme shall not form a contract of employment or part of any existing contract of employment between the relevant member of the Group and any Eligible Participant and the rights and obligations of any Eligible Participant under the terms of his office or employment shall not be affected by his participation in the Scheme or any right which he may have to participate in it and the Scheme shall afford such an Eligible Participant no additional rights to compensation or damages in consequence of the termination of such office or employment for any reason.
17.2 The Scheme shall not confer on any person any legal or equitable rights (other than those arising from or constituting the Options themselves) against the Company directly or indirectly or give rise to any cause of action at law or in equity against the Company.
17.3 The Company shall bear the costs of establishing and administering the Scheme.
17.4 A Grantee shall be entitled to receive for information only copies of all notices and other documents sent by the Company to holders of Shares generally.
17.5 Any notice or other communication between the Company and a Grantee may be given by sending the same by post (postage prepaid and by airmail if sent to an address in a different territory) or by personal delivery to, in the case of the Company, its principal place of business in Hong Kong at 75 th Floor, the Centre, Central, Hong Kong (and marked for the attention of the Secretary) or as notified to the Grantees from time to time and, in the case of the Grantee, his address as notified to the Company from time to time.
17.6 Any notice or other communication served by post:
(a)   by the Company shall be deemed to have been served 24 hours after the same was put in the post; and
 
(b)   by the Grantee shall not be deemed to have been received until the same shall have been received by the Company.
17.7 A Grantee shall be responsible for complying with any requirements to be fulfilled in order to obtain or obviate the necessity to obtain any consent under any relevant enactment or regulations that may be required by any country or jurisdiction in order to permit the grant or exercise of the Option. The Company shall not be responsible for any failure by a Grantee to obtain any such consent or for any tax or other liability to which a Grantee may become subject as a result of his participation in the Scheme.

 


 

17.8 The Board shall have the power from time to time to make or vary regulations for the administration and operation of the Scheme, provided that the same are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Scheme.
17.9 The Scheme and all Options granted hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Hong Kong law.

 


 

CONTENTS
             
Clause       Page  
 
1.
  Definitions     1  
 
2.
  Purpose     3  
 
3.
  Conditions     4  
 
4.
  Duration and Administration     4  
 
5.
  Grant of Options     4  
 
6.
  Subscription Price     5  
 
7.
  Exercise of Options     5  
 
8.
  Lapse of Option     8  
 
9.
  Maximum number of Shares available for Subscription     9  
 
10.
  Grant of Options to Connected Persons     10  
 
11.
  Cancellation     10  
 
12.
  Reorganisation of Capital Structure     11  
 
13.
  Share Capital     12  
 
14.
  Disputes     12  
 
15.
  Alteration of the Scheme     12  
 
16.
  Termination     12  
 
17.
  Miscellaneous     13  

 


 

ADOPTED BY ORDINARY RESOLUTION
OF THE COMPANY ON 1 JUNE 2000 AND
AMENDED BY ORDINARY RESOLUTION
OF THE COMPANY ON 13 MAY 2002
AND ON 11 MAY 2007
CHINA UNICOM LIMITED
(CHINESE CHARACTERS)
(a company incorporated in Hong Kong with limited liability)
SHARE OPTION SCHEME

 

 

Exhibit 4.38
THIS AGREEMENT is made on 26 October 2006
BETWEEN :
(1)   UNICOM NEW HORIZON MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATIONS COMPANY LIMITED , a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of the PRC whose registered office is at 6 th Floor, Tower 3, Henderson Centre, 18 Jianguomen Nei Dajie, Beijing, the PRC (the Lessor );
(2)   CHINA UNITED TELECOMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION LIMITED , a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of the PRC whose office is at 40 th Floor, Jin Mao Tower, 88 Century Boulevard, Shanghai, the PRC (the Lessee , and upon execution of the Transfer Agreement, as defined in clause 1.1 below, the Lessee shall be changed to CUCL, as defined in clause 1.1 below); and
(3)   CHINA UNITED TELECOMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION , a company incorporated under the laws of the PRC whose registered office is at Room 615, Tower 3, Henderson Centre, 18 Jianguomen Nei Dajie, Beijing, the PRC ( Unicom Group ).
WHEREAS :
(A) Unicom Group has been approved by the PRC Government to undertake the construction and operation of the unified CDMA network within the PRC.
(B) The Lessor, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Unicom Group, is the legal and beneficial owner of the CDMA network and is responsible for the procurement and construction of the CDMA mobile telecommunications network for Unicom Group.
(C) The Lessor, Unicom Group and the Lessee entered into a network capacity lease agreement on 24 March 2005 (the Old CDMA Lease Agreement ) whereby the Lessee leases from the Lessor the Capacity (as defined in clause 1.1 below) on terms and conditions set out in the Old CDMA Lease Agreement.
(D) Pursuant to a transfer agreement entered into between the Lessee and CUCL (as defined in clause 1.1 below) dated 24 March 2005, all the rights and obligations of the Lessee under the Old CDMA Lease Agreement has been transferred to CUCL.
(E) The Old CDMA Lease Agreement will expire on 31 December 2006. The Lessee agrees to continue to lease the Capacity from the Lessor, and the Lessor agrees to continue to lease the Capacity to the Lessee, on the terms and conditions of this Agreement on the basis that the Lessee shall have the right to transfer its rights and obligations under this Agreement to CUCL.
(F) Unicom Group has agreed to guarantee the performance by the Lessor of its obligations under this Agreement.
IT IS AGREED as follows:

 


 

Interpretation
Definitions
1.1 In this Agreement (including the recitals) the following words and expressions have the following respective meanings unless the context otherwise requires:
Additional Term has the meaning given to it in clause 4.4;
Agreement means this agreement, including its schedules;
Annual Lease Fee has the meaning given to it in clause 6.5(a);
Associate has the meaning given to that term in the Listing Rules;
Business Day means any day on which banks in the PRC are open for the transaction of normal banking business;
Capacity means capacity on the Network, measured in terms of total number of Subscribers;
CDMA means Code Division Multiple Access technology, which is a digital transmission technology that accommodates higher throughput by using various coding sequences to mix and separate voice and data signals for wireless communication, and including all re-configuration, upgrade, enhancement or modification to such technology from time to time (including CDMA 2000 1x and CDMA 2000 3x, each of which is designed to increase data transmission speed and improve quality of service operation over existing network infrastructure);
CDMA Business means the CDMA mobile telecommunications business operated by CUCL in the Listed Service Areas utilising the Network;
CDMA Business Income means the service revenue generated by CUCL in the course of operating its CDMA telecommunication business and the breakdown thereof as further described in Schedule 1;
CDMA Business Profit before Taxation means the segment profit (loss) before taxation generated from the CDMA Business as defined in the business segments prepared by China Unicom based on the Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards issued by the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants;
China Unicom means China Unicom Limited, a company incorporated under the Companies Ordinance, Chapter 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong, with limited liability whose shares are listed on HKSE and whose American Depositary Shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange;
Conditions means the conditions precedent set out in clause 3.1;
CUCL means China Unicom Corporation Limited, a limited liability company incorporated in the PRC and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the China Unicom;

Page 2


 

Equipment means all necessary hardware, software and accessories which are used or are about to be used in constructing the Network in accordance with the designs and specifications agreed between the Lessor and the Lessee, where applicable;
Force Majeure Event means in relation to the Lessee or the Lessor, matters beyond the reasonable contemplation of that party, including, but not limited to, fire, lightning, explosion, war, flood, earthquake, typhoon, and other natural disasters, national emergency, civil disturbance, riot, terrorism, industrial disputes, weather of exceptional severity, binding acts or omissions of any Government Entity;
Government Entity means:
(a) any national government, political subdivision thereof, or local jurisdiction therein;
(b)   any instrumentality, board, commission, court, or agency of any thereof, however constituted; and
(c)   any association, organization, or institution of which any of the above is a member or to whose jurisdiction any thereof is subject or in whose activities any of the above is a participant;
HKSE means The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited;
Lease Fee means the amounts payable by the Lessee to the Lessor pursuant to clause 6.1;
Lessor Lien means any Security Interest from time to time created by or through the Lessor in connection with the financing of the Network construction;
Listed Group means China Unicom and its subsidiaries from time to time;
Listed Service Areas means Guangdong, Jiangsu, Zhejiang, Fujian, Liaoning, Shandong, Anhui, Hebei, Hubei, Jilin, Heilongjiang, Jiangxi, Henan, Shaanxi and Sichuan, Shanxi, Hunan, Hainan, Yunnan, Gansu and Qinghai provinces, Beijing, Shanghai, Tianjin and Chongqing municipalities, and Guangxi Zhuang, Xinjiang Uygur, Inner Mongolia, Ningxia Hui and Xizang autonomous regions;
Listing Rules means the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on HKSE;
MII means the Ministry of Information Industry of the PRC;
Minimum Lease Fee means the minimum amount of Lease Fee specified in clause 6.2;
Network means the CDMA mobile telecommunications network, infrastructure or Equipment constructed or acquired by, or on behalf of, the Lessor in the Listed Service Areas, including all CDMA networks, infrastructure and Equipment (whether they are comprised in the same Phase of construction or otherwise) constructed or acquired after the date of this Agreement in the Listed Service Areas;

Page 3


 

Network Construction Cost in relation to each Phase of the Network, the total amount of all payments, costs, expenses and amounts paid or incurred by the Lessor that are directly attributable to the construction of that Phase, including construction, installation and Equipment procurement costs and expenses, survey and design costs, investment in technology, software and other intangible assets, insurance premiums paid by the Lessor during construction period of each Phase, excess which has been paid by the Lessor in case of any damage or loss of the Network during the construction period, and capitalised interest on loans in respect of the construction period of that Phase, any taxes levied or paid in respect of the procurement of Equipment and the construction of that Phase of the Network (including import taxes and customs duties) and all costs incurred in relation to any network re-configuration, upgrade, enhancement or modifications to the technology in respect of that Phase, all such payments, costs, expenses and amounts shall be determined in accordance with clause 13.6;
Old Operating Entities means CUCL, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World;
Phase means a fixed amount of constructed Capacity on the Network agreed upon between the Lessor and the Old Operating Entities;
PRC means the People’s Republic of China (excluding, for the purposes of this Agreement, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macau Special Administrative Region and Taiwan);
Purchase Option has the meaning given to it in clause 13.1;
Purchase Price has the meaning given to it in clause 13.2;
Quarter means a period of three calendar months, with the first quarter commencing on 1 January 2007;
Quarterly Lease Fee has the meaning given to it in clause 6.3;
RMB means Renminbi, the lawful currency of the PRC;
Security Interest means any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, encumbrance, assignment, hypothecation, right of set-off or any other agreement or arrangement having the effect of conferring security;
SSE means the Shanghai Stock Exchange;
Subscriber means a unit of Capacity on the Network;
subsidiary means any company:
(a) of which another controls the composition of the board of directors of the company; or
(b)   of which another has direct or indirect control or owns directly or indirectly more than 50 per cent. of the voting share capital;

Page 4


 

Transfer Agreement means the transfer agreement in relation to this Agreement to be entered into between the Lessee and CUCL on the date of this Agreement;
Unicom New Century means Unicom New Century Telecommunications Corporation Limited, formerly a wholly-owned subsidiary of China Unicom before it was merged into CUCL on 30 July 2004; and
Unicom New World means Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited, formerly a wholly-owned subsidiary of China Unicom before it was merged into CUCL on 1 September 2005.
1.2 In this Agreement and the Schedules unless the context requires:
(a)   the headings are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement;
(b) references to one gender include all genders;
(c) references to parties are to the parties to this Agreement;
(d) references to clauses and schedules are to clauses of and schedules to this Agreement; and
(e)   words and phrases indicating the singular shall, where the context so admits, include the plural and vice versa.
1.3 Schedule 1 attached to this Agreement forms part of this Agreement.
Lease of Network Capacity
2.1 Subject to satisfaction of the Conditions, the Lessor agrees to lease all the Capacity on the Network to the Lessee on the terms set out herein commencing from 1 January 2007.
2.2 The Lessor shall provide the Lessee, or cause the Lessee to be provided, with all necessary spectrum for the operation and expansion of the CDMA Business.
2.3 The Lessor agrees that the Lessee shall have the right to transfer all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to CUCL. The Lessor further agrees that following the completion of the Transfer Agreement, CUCL shall be permitted to use and operate the Network on an exclusive basis to provide CDMA services, including basic voice services, mobile data services and value added mobile services, under applicable PRC laws and regulations, in the Listed Service Areas.
2.4 In consideration of the satisfactory performance by the Lessor of its obligations under this Agreement, the Lessee shall pay the Lease Fee in accordance with clause 6.

Page 5


 

Conditions
3.1 The Lease shall not be effective and binding on the parties unless the following conditions have been fulfilled:
(a)   the Lessor and the Lessee having obtained all necessary approvals (regulatory or otherwise) to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement;
(b)   the passing of resolutions by the shareholders of the Lessee approving this Agreement at an extraordinary general meeting convened for such purpose;
(c)   the passing of resolutions by the shareholders of China Unicom (other than Unicom Group and its Associates, who shall abstain from voting in connection with the resolutions) approving the Transfer Agreement at an extraordinary general meeting convened for such purpose; and
(d)   all other conditions precedent contained in the Transfer Agreement having been fulfilled or waived.
Term
4.1 This Agreement is effective for two years.
4.2 The initial period relating to the lease of Capacity by the Lessee shall be one year commencing from 1 January 2007 to 31 December 2007.
4.3 The Lessee may extend the initial period for another year until 31 December 2008 on the same terms as this Agreement by giving not less than 180 days’ written notice to the Lessor on or before 31 December 2007.
4.4 In addition, the Lease shall be renewable for such periods as may be agreed upon between the parties (each, an Additional Term ) on the same terms (except as to the length, the Lease Fee and the Minimum Lease Fee for any Additional Term) at the option of the Lessee by giving not less than 180 days’ written notice to the Lessor on or before 31 December 2008.
Capacity
Increase in Capacity
5.1 In the event of the following circumstances, the Lessee shall have the right to require the Lessor to increase the Capacity constructed on the Network in the Listed Service Areas according to a timetable to be agreed between the Lessor and the Lessee:
(a)   to improve the quality and quantity of the CDMA services provided by the Lessee to meet the required industry standards;
(b) to allow the Lessee to launch new services of its CDMA Business; or
(c) other circumstances to be agreed upon between the Lessor and the Lessee.

Page 6


 

Failure in Making Available the Capacity
5.2 If, due to any event or under any circumstance, the Lessor fails to make available any Capacity on the Network which may affect the CDMA services provided by the Lessee to the Subscribers, then the Lessor shall, as soon as practicable (and in any event within five Business Days of the Lessor becoming aware of the event or circumstances in question), notify the Lessee of that fact in writing. Such notification shall set out:
(a)   the nature of the event or circumstances and whether they have arisen as a result of any of the causes set out in clause 5.5;
(b)   a description of the steps, if any, which the Lessor has identified are necessary to rectify the matter or capable of bringing the Capacity into operational service as soon as practicable; and
(c)   the likely effect of the event or circumstances on the CDMA services to be provided by the Lessee, including the number of CDMA Subscribers potentially affected.
5.3 Following receipt by the Lessee of any notification pursuant to clause 5.2, the Lessee and the Lessor shall discuss in good faith actions which can be taken to rectify the matter.
5.4 Subject to clause 5.5, if the Lessor fails to make available any Capacity on the Network to the Lessee which results in the CDMA Business being affected, then the Lessor shall provide the Lessee with a discount to the Lease Fee (a Delay Discount ), calculated as follows:
                           
Delay
Discount
  =   the Number of CDMA
Subscribers of the Lessee
being Affected by the Delay
  ×   Period of Delay
(number of days)
  ×    
ARPU of CDMA Subscribers
the number of days
in the relevant month
 
In the above formula, the “Number of CDMA Subscribers of the Lessee being Affected by the Delay” shall be determined by the Lessee with the support of reports and substantive evidence, and the “ARPU of CDMA Subscribers” shall be the average monthly ARPU figure of the CDMA Subscribers in the affected areas for the three months immediately prior to the delay, as calculated and determined by the Lessee. The Delay Discount shall be set off against the next instalment of Lease Fee to be paid by the Lessee to the Lessor.
5.5 If any event or circumstance notified by the Lessor to the Lessee under clause 5.2 is, or arises as a result of, one or more of the following:
(a) a Force Majeure Event;
(b)   any material breach by the Lessee of any of its material obligations under this Agreement which prevents the Lessor from performing the relevant obligation under this Agreement; or

Page 7


 

(c)   compliance with any applicable law, the mandatory requirements of any Government Entity or any other applicable statutory regulations;
then, save to the extent that the event arose (in the case of an event under clause 5.5(c) only) as a result of any breach of this Agreement by the Lessor, the Lessor shall have no liability to the extent the delay arises from such events, whether under clause 5.4 or otherwise, to provide any Delay Discount, or pay any damages or other compensation to the Lessee as a result of the Capacity not being ready for service and the Lessee’s CDMA Business being effected due to such events, and the Lessor shall make available the relevant Capacity on the earliest practicable date on which it is able to do so in light of the relevant event.
Lease fee
6.1 The Lease Fee of the Network for the years 2007 and 2008 shall be:
(a) 31% of the audited CDMA Business Income of the Lessee for each of the years 2007 and 2008; or
(b) 30% of the audited CDMA Business Income of the Lessee for the year 2007 or 2008, where the annual audited CDMA Business Profit before Taxation of the Lessee for the relevant year is less than the annual audited CDMA Business Profit before Taxation of the Lessee for the year 2006,
provided that the annual Lease Fee of the Network shall not be less than the Minimum Lease Fee regardless of the amount of CDMA Business Income for that year. The amount of CDMA Business Income shall be calculated in accordance with clauses 6.3, 6.4 and 6.5 below.
6.2 The Minimum Lease Fee for 2007 shall be 90% of the total amount of lease fee paid by the Lessee to the Lessor pursuant to the Old CDMA Lease Agreement for 2006. The Minimum Lease Fee for 2008 shall be 90% of the total amount of Lease Fee paid by the Lessee to the Lessor pursuant to this Agreement for 2007.
6.3 Subject to clauses 6.4 and 6.5, the Lease Fee shall be calculated on the basis of the unaudited CDMA Business Income generated by the Lessee during each Quarter and shall be paid (or procured to be paid) quarterly in arrears by the Lessee to the Lessor within 30 days following the end of each Quarter (the Quarterly Lease Fee ).
6.4 The Lessee shall issue a report to the Lessor within 20 days following the end of each Quarter during the term in respect of the unaudited CDMA Business Income generated during such Quarter. Such report shall be in the form of Schedule 1 and shall contain the amount of the unaudited CDMA Business Income generated by the Lessee during such Quarter and the total Lease Fee payable by the Lessee that is calculated on the basis of that amount.
6.5 After China Unicom receives its annual audited financial report, the Lessor and the Lessee shall adjust the Lease Fee as follows as soon as practicable

Page 8


 

(a)   in the event that the Lease Fee of any year calculated on the basis of the audited CDMA Business Income as set out in the audited financial report and on the basis of the final Lease Fee percentage as determined according to clause 6.1 above (the Annual Lease Fee ) is greater than the total Quarterly Lease Fee paid by the Lessee for that year, the Lessee shall pay the difference to the Lessor as soon as practicable;
(b)   in the event that the Annual Lease Fee is less than the total Quarterly Lease Fee paid by the Lessee in that year, the Lessor shall refund the difference to the Lessee as soon as practicable,
provided that, in the event that the total Lease Fee paid by the Lessee pursuant to the above payment adjustment in respect of the relevant year is less than the Minimum Lease Fee, the Lessor does not have to refund the amount in clause 6.5(b) and the Lessee shall pay an additional amount (where applicable) to the Lessor as soon as practicable so that the total Lease Fee paid the year is not less than the Minimum Lease Fee).
6.6 The Lease Fee and Minimum Lease Fee in any Additional Term shall be further negotiated in good faith by the parties to this Agreement. The methods of calculation and payment of the Lease Fee shall be determined in accordance with clauses 6.3, 6.4 and 6.5 of this Agreement.
Payment
7.1 Unless otherwise agreed in writing between the Lessor and the Lessee, all Lease Fee payments shall be made in RMB.
7.2 All sums payable by a party to another party under this Agreement shall be made in immediately available funds by electronic funds transfer to such account as the other party shall by not less than seven days’ prior written notice notify to the paying party.
7.3 A party who is a payee may charge interest on any outstanding sum payable to it hereunder from the due date to the date on which it actually recovers the outstanding payments in full from the paying party, at the daily compound rate of 0.01%.
Procurement and Construction of the Network
8.1 The Lessor shall procure Equipment for the Network and shall finance the procurement of all Equipment. The Lessor shall invite the Lessee to participate in all negotiations with Equipment suppliers, and the Lessee shall be entitled to approve all Equipment purchases and sign all Equipment purchase contracts.
8.2 The Lessor shall ensure that the Network is constructed in accordance with the detailed design standards, specifications and timetable agreed in writing between the Lessor and Lessee.

Page 9


 

8.3 Subject to clause 8.2, the Lessor shall purchase Equipment in a manner that is tax efficient for the Lessee.
8.4 In relation to each Phase of the Network, authorised representatives of the Lessor and the Lessee shall attend the initial acceptance and the final acceptance arranged by the Equipment suppliers in accordance with the Equipment supply and installation services contracts, which shall incorporate the acceptance standards of the Lessor. Representatives of the Lessor and the Lessee shall confirm initial and final acceptance of each Phase by execution and delivery to the Equipment suppliers an initial acceptance document and a final acceptance document respectively.
8.5 On the day of execution of the initial acceptance document relating to a particular Phase of the Network by the authorised representatives of the Lessor and the Lessee, that Phase shall be formally delivered to the Lessee for operation, management and maintenance.
Revenue and Costs of Management, Operation and Maintenance
9.1 All operating revenue, including airtime charges, monthly subscription fees, interconnection charges, income from sales of UIM cards and handsets and other income generated from the operation of or in connection with the Network shall be collected by and belong to the Lessee.
9.2 Subject to clause 9.3, all costs of operating and managing the Network shall be borne by the Lessee. For the avoidance of doubt, all costs for maintenance of the Network shall be shared in accordance with clause 15.2.
9.3 Rental fees for the exchange centres and the base stations together with the relevant expenses (including water and electricity charges, heating charges and the fuel charges for the relevant equipment etc.) shall be shared between the Lessor and the Lessee in the following proportion:
(a) the Lessor shall bear the following proportion of the costs:
             
total amount of Capacity constructed on the Network
  -   the actual number of the Lessee’s cumulative CDMA
( Subscribers as at the end of the month before the Costs are incurred )
 
        90 %
 
total amount of Capacity constructed on the Network
(b) the Lessee shall bear the following proportion of the costs:
the actual number of the Lessee’s cumulative CDMA
( Subscribers as at the end of the month before the Costs are incurred )
90%
 
total amount of Capacity constructed on the Network

Page 10


 

Risk and Title
10.1 The parties agree that title to all parts of the Network will remain vested in the Lessor until the Network is transferred to the Lessee pursuant to clause 13.
10.2 As between the Lessor and the Lessee, during the period of construction of each Phase of the Network, the Lessor shall bear all risks of loss, theft, damage and destruction of or to the Network.
10.3 Upon delivery of a particular Phase of the Network pursuant to clause 8.5 and until the expiry of the term of this Agreement, the Lessor shall bear all risks of physical loss, damage and destruction of or to the Network caused by an Event of Force Majeure and the Lessee shall be responsible for all losses and damage resulting from its operation of the Network.
Responsibilities of the Parties
Lessor’s Responsibilities
11.1 Without limiting the Lessor’s other obligations hereunder, the Lessor’s responsibilities to the Lessee are to:
(a)   obtain and maintain all necessary government and other approvals, authorisations, licences and other documents necessary or desirable for the construction, operation, maintenance and upgrading of the Network;
(b)   obtain all PRC approvals and permits for the import of all equipment and technology, other supplies and installation services required for the construction, operation of the Network, and to use best endeavours to obtain and maintain favourable customs duties;
(c)   obtain all necessary funding for the construction and expansion of the Network in accordance with the Lessee’s requirements;
(d)   ensure that each Phase of the Network is constructed in accordance with construction timetable agreed by the Lessor and the Lessee;
(e) handle all arrangements in relation to the importation of the Equipment;
(f) ensure that the Capacity leased is delivered to the Lessee during the term;
(g)   use best endeavours to ensure that the Network quality standards shall meet the standards agreed by the Lessor and Lessee;
(h)   upon request by the Lessee to upgrade the software or hardware of the Network, to use best endeavours to satisfy the request as soon as possible;
(i)   make available to the Lessee during the term the benefit of all manufacturer’s warranties in relation to the Equipment and other product support;

Page 11


 

(j)   unless agreed in writing with the Lessee and Unicom Group, refrain from leasing or selling any part of the Network to any third party, or permitting any third party to use or operate the Network in any manner to provide telecommunications services, except conducted as contemplated in the Transfer Agreement;
(k)   without the prior written consent of the Lessee, not use or operate the Network in any manner to provide telecommunications services to any third party, or to compete in any other manner with the Listed Group, except conducted as contemplated in the Transfer Agreement; and
(l)   in the event of a breakdown of any part of the Network, provide the Lessee with all necessary cooperation, including liaising with Equipment suppliers and coordinating relevant parties.
Lessee’s Responsibilities
11.2 Without limiting the Lessee’s other obligations hereunder, the Lessee’s responsibilities to the Lessor are to:
(a)   promptly notify the Lessor of any event of loss or any event which is likely to result in an insurance notification claim;
(b)   provide the Lessor with such information concerning the condition, use and operation of the Network as the Lessor may from time to time reasonably request;
(c)   permit the Lessor’s representatives to inspect the Network during normal working hours, upon reasonable notice;
(d)   be responsible for the maintenance and safety of the Network and maintenance of all databases in relation to the Network;
(e)   permit the Lessor to use such of its premises as are reasonably required by the Lessor for the purpose of complying with its obligations under this Agreement;
(f)   refrain from subleasing any part of the Network or assigning its rights under the lease to any party other than a member of the Listed Group, except conducted as contemplated in the Transfer Agreement; and
(g)   in accordance with market requirements and subscriber demand, use all reasonable efforts to promote and advertise the CDMA Business in the Listed Service Areas.
Unicom Group’s Responsibilities
11.3 Without limiting Unicom Group’s other obligations hereunder, Unicom Group’s responsibilities to the Lessee are to:

Page 12


 

(a)   obtain and maintain all necessary government and other approvals, authorisations, licences and other documents necessary or desirable for the construction, operation, maintenance and upgrading of the Network; and
(b)   establish and maintain roaming and interconnection arrangements with other telecommunications operators.
Representations and Warranties
Representations and Warranties of the Lessee
12.1 The Lessee represents and warrants to the Lessor that:
(a)   Status : It is a limited liability company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the PRC and has the corporate power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted;
(b)   Power and authority : It has the corporate power to enter into and perform, and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorise the entry into, performance and delivery of, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;
(c)   Legal validity : This Agreement has been duly authorised, executed and delivered by the Lessee, and this Agreement constitutes legal, valid and binding obligations of the Lessee, enforceable in accordance with its terms;
(d)   Non-conflict : The entry into and performance by the Lessee of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement do not and will not (i) conflict with the constitutional documents of the Lessee; or (ii) conflict with or result in default under any document which is binding upon the Lessee or any of its assets nor result in the creation of any Security Interest over any of its assets;
(e)   Authorisation : All authorisations, consents, registrations and notifications required by the Lessee in connection with the entry into, performance, validity and enforceability of, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, have been obtained or effected (as appropriate) and are in full force and effect;
(f)   No immunity : The Lessee is subject to civil commercial law with respect to its obligations under this Agreement; and neither Lessee nor any of its assets is entitled to any right of immunity, and the entry into and performance of this Agreement by the Lessee constitute private and commercial acts; and
(g)   Litigation : No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings are pending or threatened against Lessee which, if adversely determined, would have a material adverse effect upon the Lessee’s financial condition or business or its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

Page 13


 

Representations and Warranties of the Lessor and Unicom Group
12.2 Each of the Lessor and Unicom Group jointly and severally represents and warrants to the Lessee that:
(a)   Status : The Lessor is a company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the PRC and has the corporate power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is now being conducted;
(b)   Power and authority : The Lessor has the corporate power to enter into and perform, and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorise the entry into, performance and delivery of, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;
(c)  Legal validity : This Agreement constitutes the Lessor’s legal, valid and binding obligation;
(d)   Non-conflict : The entry into and performance by the Lessor of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement do not and will not conflict with: (i) any laws binding on the Lessor; or (ii) the constitutional documents of the Lessor; or (iii) any document which is binding upon the Lessor or any of its assets;
(e)   Authorisation : So far as concerns the obligations of the Lessor, all authorisations, consents, registrations and notifications required under the laws of the PRC in connection with the entry into, performance, validity and enforceability of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement by the Lessor have been obtained or effected (as appropriate) and are in full force and effect;
(f)   No breach : The use of the Network by the Lessee in accordance with this Agreement will not cause the Lessee to breach any law, regulation, direction, permission, waiver, consent, registration, approval or other authorisation; and
(g)   No immunity : The Lessor is subject to civil commercial law with respect to its obligations under this Agreement; and neither the Lessor nor any of its assets is entitled to any right of immunity, and the entry into and performance of this Agreement by the Lessor constitute private and commercial acts.
Representations and Warranties of Unicom Group
12.3   Unicom Group also represents and warrants to the Lessee that:
(a)   Status : Unicom Group is a company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the PRC and has the corporate power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is now being conducted;
(b)   Power and authority : Unicom Group has the corporate power to enter into and perform, and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorise the entry

Page 14


 

    into, performance and delivery of, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;
(c)   Legal validity : This Agreement constitutes Unicom Group’s legal, valid and binding obligation;
(d)   Non-conflict : The entry into and performance by Unicom Group of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement do not and will not conflict with: (i) any laws binding on Unicom Group; or (ii) the constitutional documents of Unicom Group; or (iii) any document which is binding upon Unicom Group or any of its assets;
(e)   Authorisation : So far as concerns the obligations of Unicom Group, all authorisations, consents, registrations and notifications required under the laws of the PRC in connection with the entry into, performance, validity and enforceability of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement by Unicom Group have been obtained or effected (as appropriate) and are in full force and effect;
(f)   CDMA Licence : Unicom Group’s CDMA licence (Licence No. [2001] Yi Zi No. 01) issued by the MII dated 1 August 2001 is in full force and effect and there are no circumstances which indicate that such licence will or is likely to be revoked, in whole or in part. In accordance with applicable PRC laws and regulations, Unicom Group is permitted to authorise the Lessee to provide CDMA mobile telecommunications services by using the Network; and
(g)   No immunity : Unicom Group is subject to civil commercial law with respect to its obligations under this Agreement; and neither Unicom Group nor any of its assets is entitled to any right of immunity, and the entry into and performance of this Agreement by Unicom Group constitute private and commercial acts.
Purchase Option
13.1 The Lessor hereby grants the Lessee an option to purchase the Network (the Purchase Option ). The Purchase Option may be exercised at any time before 31 December 2008 by the Lessee giving notice in writing to the Lessor (a Purchase Option Notice ).
13.2 The Purchase Option may be exercised at any time during the Term and within one year thereafter by the Lessee giving notice in writing (a Purchase Option Notice ) to the Lessor. The acquisition price of the Network shall be negotiated between the Lessor and the Lessee based on the appraised value of the Network determined in accordance with applicable PRC laws and regulations, and taking into account prevailing market conditions and other relevant factors, provided that the acquisition price will not be greater than such price as would, after taking into account all lease fee payments made by all of the Old Operating Entities to the Lessor in accordance with this Agreement or any previous CDMA lease agreements and deducting all Delay Discounts due to the Lessee under clause 5.4, enable the Lessor to recover the

Page 15


 

Network Construction Cost, together with an internal rate of return on its investment of 8% (the Purchase Price ).
13.3. The purchase of the Network by the Lessee under this clause 13 shall be carried out in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Listing Rules of the SSE and all applicable PRC laws and regulations (or the Listing Rules and all applicable Hong Kong laws after completion of the Transfer Agreement).
13.4 As soon as practicable following the issue of a Purchase Option Notice, the Lessor and Lessee shall negotiate in good faith and execute an agreement in relation to the sale and purchase of the Network. The agreement shall reflect the terms referred to in this clause 13, as well as such other terms as the Lessor and the Lessee shall agree. In the agreement, the Lessor shall provide such representations and warranties as are reasonably requested by the Lessee in relation to the Network and other related matters.
13.5 The Network shall be sold free from all Security Interests and with all rights attached to it at the date of completion of the sale and purchase of the Network.
13.6 The Lessor and the Lessee shall procure that, as soon as reasonably practicable following final acceptance of each Phase of the Network, a firm of auditors jointly selected by the Lessor and Lessee is appointed to perform procedures agreed upon with the Lessor and Lessee to verify the final Network Construction Cost in respect of such Phase. The Lessor shall provide the Lessee and the firm of auditors so appointed with certified copies or originals of all such supporting invoices and receipts and other documentary evidence and information as the Lessee or such auditors may require in order to verify the Network Construction Cost in respect of any Phase of the Network. The auditors’ fees for carrying out the aforesaid procedures shall be borne by the Lessor and the Lessee in equal shares.
Insurance
14.1 During the construction period of each Phase of the Network, the Lessor shall fully and continuously maintain insurance over the Network. The relevant insurance premiums shall be paid by the Lessor and form part of the Network Construction Cost. Such insurance policies shall name the Lessor as the beneficiary. Following receipt by the Lessor of any proceeds of such insurance, the Lessor shall apply all the proceeds to repair the Network.
14.2 After each Phase of the Network has been constructed and delivered to the Lessee pursuant to clause 8.5, insurance of that Phase of the Network shall be effected and maintained fully and continuously valid by or on behalf of the Lessee on such terms and with such qualified insurance company as agreed by the Lessor and the Lessee. The relevant insurance premiums, which form part of the cost of operating the Network, shall be paid by the Lessee. The Lessor and the Lessee shall be named as joint beneficiaries under all such insurance policies.
14.3 The proceeds of any insurance taken out over the Network shall be applied in repairing or replacing the part of the Network that has been damaged or lost. If the costs of such repair or replacement exceed the amount of relevant proceeds of

Page 16


 

insurance, the excess shall be paid by the Lessor and shall form part of the Network Construction Cost in case the damage or loss occurs during the construction period, and shall be paid by or on behalf of the Lessee and form part of the operating cost of the Network in case the damage or loss occurs during the operating period.
14.4 In the event of loss of, or damage to, the Network, the Lessor and Lessee shall agree upon the detailed steps which can be taken to repair or replace the Network so as to overcome, rectify and minimise such loss or damage.
Network Maintenance
15.1 The Lessee shall:
(a)   take all necessary or desirable steps to safeguard all parts of the Network and keep the Network in good repair and condition, subject to fair wear and tear; and
(b)   maintain the Network in accordance with the generally accepted best practice of other mobile telecommunications operators in the PRC.
15.2 The costs, fees and expenses incurred by the Lessee in complying with its obligations under clause 15.1 shall be shared between the Lessor and the Lessee according to the proportions as set out in clause 9.3(a) and (b) above.
15.3 The Lessor’s representatives shall have the right to inspect the Network during normal business hours of the Lessee, upon reasonable notice, for the purpose of ascertaining whether the Lessee is in compliance with its obligations under clause 15.1.
Performance Guarantee and Indemnity
16.1 In consideration of the Lessee entering into this Agreement, Unicom Group unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the due and punctual performance by the Lessor of its obligations under this Agreement. If and each time the Lessor fails for any reason to perform or observe its obligations under this Agreement, Unicom Group shall forthwith upon demand unconditionally perform (or procure the performance of) the obligation in relation to which such failure has occurred in the manner prescribed in this Agreement and so that the same benefits shall be received by the Lessee as would have been so received if such obligation had been duly performed and/or observed by the Lessor.
16.2 Unicom Group agrees to indemnify on demand the Lessee for any loss or damage suffered by the Lessee or any member of the Listed Group as a result of any defect in, or any loss of or damage to, any of the Equipment caused by any negligence, default, act or omission of the Lessor or Unicom Group under this Agreement or in connection with the Network. The aggregate liability of Unicom Group for any claim shall not exceed the aggregate of (i) the total amount of lease fee payments made by all of the Old Operating Entities to the Lessor under this Agreement and any previous CDMA lease agreements between the Old Operating Entities and the Lessor and (ii) the total Purchase Price paid by the Lessee for the Network.

Page 17


 

Confidentiality
17.1 At all times during the term each party shall, and shall procure that their respective directors, officers, employees and agents shall, keep confidential and shall not, without the prior written consent of the other parties, disclose to any third party this Agreement or any of the terms of this Agreement or any documents or materials supplied by or on behalf of either party in connection with this Agreement, save that any such party shall be entitled upon giving notice to the other parties to make such disclosure:
(a)   in connection with any proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement to the extent that any party may consider necessary to protect its interests; or
(b)   if required to do so by an order of a court of competent jurisdiction whether in pursuance of any procedure for discovering documents or otherwise or pursuant to any law or any regulation of any stock exchange or securities regulatory authority; or
(c) to its auditors or legal advisors or other professional advisers; or
(d) by the Lessor or the Lessee to any bank or any other financier or prospective financier; or
(e)   if required to do so by any applicable law or in order for such party to comply with its obligations under this Agreement.
17.2   Nothing contained in clause 17.1 shall preclude the Lessee from disclosing to any member of the Listed Group any information, document or other materials relating to this Agreement.
Force Majeure
18.1 If the Lessee or Lessor (the Affected Party ) is prevented, hindered or delayed from or in performing any of its obligations under this Agreement by a Force Majeure Event:
(a)   the Affected Party’s obligations under this Agreement are suspended from the time of notification of the event in accordance with clause 18.1(b) while the Force Majeure Event continues, but only to the extent that it is so prevented, hindered or delayed;
(b)   immediately after the occurrence of the Force Majeure Event the Affected Party shall promptly notify the other parties in writing of the Force Majeure Event, the time and date on which the Force Majeure Event started and the effects of the Force Majeure Event on its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

Page 18


 

(c)   the Affected Party shall take all reasonable endeavours to mitigate the effects of the Force Majeure Event on the performance of its obligations under this Agreement; and
(d)   immediately after the end of the Force Majeure Event, the Affected Party shall notify the other parties in writing that the Force Majeure Event has ended and the duration of the Force Majeure Event, and shall resume performance of its obligations under this Agreement.
Termination
19.1 The Lessee may terminate this Agreement at any time by giving not less than 180 days’ written notice, such termination shall take effect from the end of each lease period or any Additional Term.
19.2 Without prejudice to any other rights or remedies they may have (either under this Agreement or at law), the Lessor or the Lessee may terminate this Agreement at any time if the other (or, in the case of the Lessee, Unicom Group) commits any continuing or material breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement (save for any breach which is caused by the party seeking to rely on it) and, in the case of such a breach which is capable of remedy, fails to remedy the same within 90 days after receipt of a written notice giving full particulars of the breach and requiring it to be remedied.
19.3 For the purpose of clause 19.2, a breach shall be considered capable of remedy if the party in breach can comply with the provision in question in all respects other than as to the time of performance (provided that time of performance is not of the essence).
19.4 The rights to terminate this Agreement given by this clause 19 shall not prejudice any other right or remedy of any party in respect of the breach concerned (if any) or any other breach.
19.5 Upon the termination of this Agreement for any reason, subject as otherwise provided in this Agreement and to any rights or obligations which have accrued prior to termination, no party shall have any further obligation to the others under this Agreement.
19.6 Notwithstanding clause 19.1, this Agreement may terminate at any time with the written agreement of the parties.
Redelivery
19.7 Subject to clause 13, the Lessee shall return the Network to the Lessor within 90 days following the termination of this Agreement in accordance with the following principles:
(a)   the Network shall be returned free and clear of all Security Interests (other than Lessor Liens);

Page 19


 

(b) all maintenance to the Network shall have been completed; and
(c)   all damage to the Network shall have been repaired and certified in accordance with the requirements of the relevant Equipment manufacturer.
Notices
20.1 Any notice to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and signed by (or on behalf of) the person giving it. It shall be served by sending it by fax, or delivering it by hand, or sending it by prepaid recorded delivery, special delivery or registered post, to the address or fax number set out in clause 20.2 and in each case marked for the attention of the relevant party (or to such other address or fax number as shall have been duly notified in accordance with this clause). Any notice so served by hand, fax or post shall be deemed to have been duly given:
(a) in the case of delivery by hand, when delivered;
(b) in the case of delivery by fax, at the time of transmission; and
(c)   in the case of prepaid recorded delivery, special delivery or registered post, at 9 a.m. on the second Business Day following the date of posting
provided that in each case where delivery by hand or by fax occurs after 6 p.m. on a Business Day or on a day which is not a Business Day, service shall be deemed to occur at 9 a.m. on the next following Business Day.
References to time in this clause are to local time in the country of the addressee.
20.2 The addresses and fax numbers of the parties for the purpose of clause 20.1 are as follows:
         
 
  Lessor    
 
       
 
  Address:   6 th Floor, Tower 3, Henderson Centre, 18 Jianguomen
 
      Nei Dajie, Beijing, 100005, PRC
 
       
 
  Fax:   +86 10 6611 0768
 
       
 
  For the attention of:   Zhao Le
 
       
 
  Lessee    
 
       
 
  Address:   40 th Floor, Jin Mao Tower, 88 Century Boulevard,
 
      Shanghai, the PRC
 
       
 
  Fax:   +86 10 6650 4066
 
       
 
  For the attention of:   The Directors

Page 20


 

         
 
  Unicom Group    
 
       
 
  Address:   Room 615, Tower 3, Henderson Centre,
 
      18 Jianguomen Nei Dajie, Beijing, the PRC
 
       
 
  Fax:   +86 10 6611 4366
 
       
 
  For the attention of:   Li Zhang Ting
20.3 A party may notify the other parties of a change to its name, relevant addressee, address or fax number for the purposes of this clause 20, provided that such notice shall only be effective on:
(a) the date specified in the notice as the date on which the change is to take place; or
(b)   if no date is specified or the date specified is less than five Business Days after the date on which notice is given, the date following five Business Days after notice of any change has been given.
Assignment and Sub-Contracting
21.1 The rights or benefits under this Agreement may not be assigned (nor may any cause of action arising in connection with any of them be assigned) by the Lessor or Unicom Group or their respective successor in title without the prior written consent of the Lessee.
21.2 The Lessor may, with the Lessee’s prior written consent, sub-contract any of its obligations under this Agreement provided that the Lessor procures that the sub-contractor complies with the Lessor’s obligations under this Agreement as if it were a party to this Agreement in place of the Lessor. Each of the Lessor and Unicom Group irrevocably agrees that the Lessee may transfer or sub-contract any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to CUCL or another member of the Listed Group. Nothing in this clause 21 will relieve the Lessor of any of its liabilities or obligations under this Agreement.
Severability
22.1 If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable, then such provision shall (so far as it is invalid or unenforceable) be given no effect and shall be deemed not to be included in this Agreement but without invalidating any of the remaining provisions of this Agreement.
Further assurance
23.1 Each party agrees to perform (or procure the performance of) all further acts and things, and execute and deliver (or procure the execution and delivery of) such further documents, as may be required by law or as the other parties may reasonably require to implement and/or give effect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by it.

Page 21


 

Costs
24.1 Subject to clause 24.2, each of the parties shall pay its own costs and expenses (including the legal costs) incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation and implementation of this Agreement.
24.2 Any stamp duty or other duties payable in connection with this Agreement, and matters contemplated hereunder shall be borne by the Lessor and the Lessee in equal shares.
Waivers and Variations
25.1 No failure or delay on the part of any party in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy preclude any further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. No waiver shall be effective unless expressed in writing signed for or on behalf of the party granting it.
25.2 No variation of this Agreement (or of any of the documents referred to in this Agreement) shall be valid unless it is in writing and signed by or on behalf of each of the parties to it. The expression “variation” shall include any variation, supplement, deletion or replacement however effected.
25.3 Unless expressly agreed, no variation shall constitute a general waiver of any provisions of this Agreement, nor shall it affect any rights, obligations or liabilities under or pursuant to this Agreement which have already accrued up to the date of variation, and the rights and obligations of the parties under or pursuant to this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, except and only to the extent that they are so varied.
Entire Agreement
26.1 This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties in respect of the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes the Old CDMA Lease Agreement.
Settlement of Disputes
27.1 This Agreement and the relationship between the parties shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, PRC law.
27.2 All disputes arising from or in connection with this Agreement (including but are not limited to the length, the Lease Fee and the Minimum Lease Fee for any Additional Term) shall be resolved through friendly consultation between the parties. If the parties fail to reach an agreement in respect of the settlement of dispute within thirty (30) days after a party has requested to resolve the same through consultation, the parties agree to settle the relevant dispute pursuant to clause 27.3.
27.3 Any dispute arising from or in connection with this Agreement shall be submitted to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission

Page 22


 

( CIETAC ) in Beijing for arbitration which shall be conducted in accordance with CIETAC’s arbitration rules in effect at the time of applying for arbitration. The arbitral award is final and binding upon all the parties.
27.4 The tribunal shall consist of three arbitrators. The parties consent, to the fullest extent permitted under the CIETAC rules, that any arbitrator to the arbitration (including any arbitrator appointed by CIETAC) may be nominated and appointed from outside CIETAC’s panel of arbitrators subject to the confirmation by the chairman of the CIETAC in accordance with the law. The language of the arbitration shall be conducted in Chinese.
27.5 Unless otherwise required by the tribunal, the arbitration costs shall be borne by the losing party.
27.6 Each party agrees to waive and not to claim any immunity from any proceedings and legal actions and from all forms of execution to which it or its property is now or hereafter becomes entitled under the laws of any jurisdiction.
27.7 During the arbitration, the parties shall continue to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement except for the part in dispute which has been referred to arbitration.
Language
28.1 This Agreement shall be written in a Chinese version and an English version in three originals each. If there exists any dispute between the parties as to the interpretation of the two versions, then the two versions shall be read in conjunction to determine the parties’ intention at the time of signing. If the parties’ real intention still cannot be ascertained by such reading, the Chinese version shall prevail.
IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the date shown at the beginning of this Agreement.

Page 23


 

SIGNED on behalf of the Lessor
         
By:
    /s/ Zhao Le    
 
 
 
   
Name:
    Zhao Le    
 
 
 
   
SIGNED on behalf of the Lessee
         
By:
    /s/ Sun Qian    
 
 
 
   
Name:
    Sun Qian    
 
 
 
   
SIGNED on behalf of Unicom Group
         
By:
    /s/ Chang Xiaobing    
 
 
 
   
Name:
    Chang Xiaobing    
 
 
 
   

 


 

SCHEDULE 1
Quarterly CDMA Business Income
Breakdown of CDMA Business Income (Note 1 )
             
Prepared by: Provincial Branch   Unit of Amount: RMB        
        Amount for    
        the current    
Items   Rows   quarter   Note
Total Service Revenues
from Business
  1=2+3+4+5+6+7-8       Formula for calculating the CDMA network lease fee referred to in row 11:
 
           
1. Monthly fee
  2      
(1) assuming that under PRC GAAP, revenues generated by CUCL from its business (row 1) equals to A;
 
           
2. Usage fee
  3      
(2) CDMA network lease fee payable to Unicom Horizon, i.e. revenues generated by Unicom Horizon from its business equals to B;
 
           
3. Revenue from value-added services
  4        
 
           
4. Interconnection revenue
  5      
(3) under the connected transaction agreements, the settlement represents R% of the operating revenue calculated in accordance with HK GAAP; and
 
           
5. Business revenues from digital circuits and leased lines
  6      
(4) under HK GAAP, the business revenues generated by CUCL equals to C.
 
           
6. Others
  7       C = A - (A-B)*3%
 
           
Business Tax
  8       Formula : B = C*R%= [A - (A-B)*3%]*R%
 
           
Costs incurred by Principal Business
  9       Where: B=[A*(1-3%)] / (1/R%-3%)
 
           
......
  10        
 
           
In which, CDMA network lease fee payable to Unicom Horizon
  11        
 
Note 1   The monthly breakdown of the consolidated income statement prepared by China Unicom Limited in accordance with the Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards issued by the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants does not contain any deferral or amortisation of any upfront non-refundable revenue arising out of the CDMA business.

 


 

26 October 2006
UNICOM NEW HORIZON MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATIONS
COMPANY LIMITED
and
CHINA UNITED TELECOMMUNICATIONS
CORPORATION LIMITED
and
CHINA UNITED TELECOMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
NETWORK CAPACITY LEASE
AGREEMENT
 
(FRESHFIELDS BRUCKHAUS DERINGER LOGO)

 


 

CONTENTS
         
CLAUSE   PAGE
1. Interpretation
    2  
2. Lease of Network Capacity
    5  
3. Conditions
    6  
4. Term
    6  
5. Capacity
    6  
6. Lease fee
    8  
7. Payment
    9  
8. Procurement and Construction of the Network
    9  
9. Revenue and Costs of Management, Operation and Maintenance
    10  
10. Risk and Title
    11  
11. Responsibilities of the Parties
    11  
12. Representations and Warranties
    13  
13. Purchase Option
    15  
14. Insurance
    16  
15. Network Maintenance
    17  
16. Performance Guarantee and Indemnity
    17  
17. Confidentiality
    18  
18. Force Majeure
    18  
19. Termination
    19  
20. Notices
    20  
21. Assignment and Sub-Contracting
    21  
22. Severability
    21  
23. Further assurance
    21  
24. Costs
    22  
25. Waivers and Variations
    22  
26. Entire Agreement
    22  
27. Settlement of Disputes
    22  
28. Language
    23  
SCHEDULE 1
    25  

 

 

Exhibit 4.39
 
TRANSFER AGREEMENT
IN RESPECT OF CDMA NETWORK CAPACITY
LEASING AGREEMENT
 
between
China United Telecommunications Corporation Ltd.
and
China Unicom Corporation Limited
October 26, 2006

 


 

     This Transfer Agreement in respect of CDMA Network Capacity Leasing Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the “Agreement”) has been entered into by the parties hereto on October 26, 2006 in Beijing, the People’s Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the “PRC”):
(1)   Transferor:
 
    China United Telecommunications Corporation Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “Unicom A Share Company”)
 
    Address: 29/F, No. 1033 Changning Road, Shanghai
 
    Legal representative: Chang Xiaobing
 
(2)   Transferee:
 
    China Unicom Corporation Limited (hereinafter referred to as “Unicom Operating Company”)
 
    Address: Level 12, Office Tower 1, Henderson Centre, 18 Jianguomen Neidajie, Beijing
 
    Legal representative: Chang Xiaobing
WHEREAS:
(1)   China United Telecommunications Corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “Unicom Group”) is a company with limited liability established and validly existing under the PRC laws and engages in the operation of comprehensive telecommunications business. Unicom A Share Company is a joint stock limited company established and existing under the PRC laws. Its shares have been listed and traded on the Shanghai Stock Exchange (hereinafter referred to as the “SSE”) since October 9, 2002. Unicom Group is the controlling shareholder of Unicom A Share Company;
(2)   Unicom A Share Company indirectly controls China Unicom Limited (hereinafter referred to as “Unicom Red Chip”) through China Unicom (BVI) Limited (hereinafter referred to as “Unicom BVI”). Unicom Red Chip is a company with limited liability incorporated in the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the PRC (hereinafter referred to as “Hong Kong”) and its shares are listed and traded in Hong Kong and the U.S. respectively;
(3)   Unicom Operating Company is a foreign invested enterprise established and existing under the PRC laws and is wholly owned by Unicom Red Chip. Unicom Operating Company principally engages in the operation of international and domestic long distance communications business (excluding international communications facilities business) within the PRC, internet business and IP

 


 

    telephone business, as well as mobile communications business in 30 provinces, autonomous regions and municipalities covering Beijing, Tianjin, Shanghai, Liaoning, Hebei, Shandong, Jiangsu, Zhejiang, Fujian, Guangdong, Hubei, Anhui, Sichuan, Xinjiang, Chongqing, Shaanxi, Guangxi, Henan, Heilongjiang, Jilin, Jiangxi, Shanxi, Inner Mongolia, Hunan, Hainan, Yunnan, Ningxia, Gansu, Qinghai and Tibet;
(4)   On August 12, 2002, Unicom Group and Unicom A Share Company signed a Memorandum in respect of transactions between Unicom Group or its subsidiaries (excluding Unicom A Share Company and subsidiaries controlled by Unicom A Share Company) and Unicom Red Chip (a company indirectly controlled by Unicom A Share Company) and its subsidiaries after the listing of the shares of Unicom A Share Company (hereinafter referred to as the “Memorandum on Connected Transactions”). According to the understanding reached under the Memorandum on Connected Transactions, if based on the Rules Governing the Listing of Shares on the Shanghai Stock Exchange (hereinafter referred to as the “SSE Listing Rules”) applicable from time to time, transactions between Unicom Red Chip or its subsidiaries and Unicom Group or its subsidiaries (excluding Unicom A Share Company and its controlling subsidiaries) are subject to the approval of the minority shareholders of Unicom A Share Company, and at the same time, based on the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (hereinafter referred to as the “HKSE Listing Rules”) applicable from time to time, they are deemed to be connected transactions that are subject to the approval of the minority shareholders of Unicom Red Chips, such connected transactions shall be conducted in two steps: First step: an agreement shall be entered into between Unicom Group or its subsidiaries (excluding Unicom A Share Company and any subsidiaries controlled by it) and Unicom A Share Company or Unicom BVI in respect of any proposed transaction to specify the rights and obligations of the parties under the agreement (including, but not limited to, Unicom Group agreeing to the transfer of the rights and obligations of Unicom A Share Company or Unicom BVI under agreements to Unicom Red Chip or its subsidiaries); Second step: the transfer of the rights and obligations under the above-mentioned agreement by Unicom A Share Company or Unicom BVI to Unicom Red Chip or its subsidiaries;
(5)   For the purpose of the operation of telecommunications business by Unicom Operating Company, pursuant to the relevant requirements under the SSE Listing Rules, HKSE Listing Rules and Memorandum on Connected Transactions, Unicom Group and its subsidiaries (excluding Unicom A Share Company and any subsidiaries controlled by it) entered into the CDMA Network Capacity Leasing Agreement with Unicom Operating Company in 2005 (hereinafter referred to as the “Original CDMA Leasing Agreement”), and based on the above agreement, reached a series of continuing connected transactions arrangements (hereinafter referred to as the “Continuing Connected Transaction Arrangements”), which have been announced in accordance with the respective listing rules applicable to Unicom A Share Company and Unicom Red Chip Company and approved by

 


 

    their respective independent shareholders. The above Continuing Connected Transaction Arrangements have a term of two years, commencing from January 1, 2005 and ending on December 31, 2006; and
(6)   On October 26, 2006, Unicom Group, Unicom New Horizon and Unicom A Share Company entered into the CDMA Network Capacity Leasing Agreement.
     Based on the actual implementation and amendments made since the Original CDMA Leasing Agreement came into effect, after the joint review and discussion and on the basis of equality and mutual benefit, the parties hereto hereby agree on the following:
1.   Subject to the fulfillment of the conditions specified in Article 6 of this Agreement, the Transferor hereby agrees to transfer all its rights and obligations as stipulated in the CDMA Network Capacity Leasing Agreement and its annexes (including, but not limited to, the governing law and methods for the settlement of disputes) to the Transferee, and the Transferee hereby agrees to accept the transfer of the rights and obligations of the Transferor under the CDMA Network Capacity Leasing Agreement.
2.   Once the Transferor has transferred its rights and obligations under the CDMA Network Capacity Leasing Agreement to the Transferee, the Transferee shall immediately assume all the rights and obligations of the transferor under the CDMA Network Capacity Leasing Agreement. The transferor shall immediately no longer have such rights and obligations under the CDMA Network Capacity Leasing Agreement that have been assumed by the Transferee.
3.   The Transferor confirms that pursuant to Article 21 of the CDMA Network Capacity Leasing Agreement, Unicom Group and Unicom New Horizon have irrevocably agreed that the Transferor is entitled to transfer its rights and obligations under the CDMA Network Capacity Leasing Agreement to the Transferee and its subsidiaries or Unicom Red Chip and any of its subsidiaries, and that the transfer by the Transferor of its rights and obligations under the CDMA Network Capacity Leasing Agreement to the Transferee and its subsidiaries or Unicom Red Chip and any of its subsidiaries is not subject to any further consent from Unicom Group and Unicom New Horizon.
4.   Each of the parties hereto warrants that it has the rights, powers and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement. This Agreement shall constitute legal, valid and binding obligations to the parties.
5.   The Transferee agrees to retain and perform the Transferor’s past and future rights and obligations under the CDMA Network Capacity Leasing Agreement pursuant to the terms and conditions of the “CDMA Network Capacity Leasing Agreement within the effective term of the CDMA Network Capacity Leasing Agreement.
6.   Effectiveness

 


 

Subject to the fulfillment of the following conditions, this Agreement shall become effective simultaneously with the CDMA Network Capacity Leasing Agreement:
  6.1   The shareholders’ general meeting of Unicom Red Chip approves the transfer by the Transferor of its rights and obligations under the CDMA Network Capacity Leasing Agreement to the Transferee pursuant to the applicable laws, regulations and listing rules;
 
  6.2   The conditions stipulated in Article 3 of the CDMA Network Capacity Leasing Agreement have been fulfilled.
7.   Force majeure
 
    If any party is unable to perform the relevant obligations under this Agreement and its relevant annexes in accordance with the applicable provisions as a result of any force majeure events the occurrence and consequence of which are unforeseeable or unavoidable and cannot be overcome, such party shall immediately inform the other party of the situation and within fifteen days of any such occurrence, provide the relevant details and valid supporting documents for the failure or partial failure in performing or the reasons for the postponement of the performance of the relevant obligations under this Agreement and the related annexes. The parties shall negotiate with each other and decide whether to terminate, partly waive or postpone the performance of such obligations according to the extent of the impact of the force majeure events on the performance of the obligations.
 
8.   Confidentiality
 
    Save as otherwise required by the laws or the relevant regulatory authorities, or for the purpose of any disclosures to be made by Unicom A Share Company to the SSE or Unicom Red Chip to The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited, neither party shall be entitled to provide or disclose any data or information relating to the operations of the other party to any company, enterprise, organization or individuals without the permission in writing from the other party.
 
9.   No waiver
 
    Unless otherwise required by the laws, no failure or delay by either party in exercising any of its rights, powers or privileges shall be deemed to be a waiver of such rights, powers or privileges, and any partial exercise of the rights, powers or privileges shall not prejudice the future exercise of such rights, powers or privileges.
 
10.   Notification
 
    Any notice relating to this Agreement shall be made in writing and delivered by

 


 

    one party hereto to the other party by hand, by way of facsimile or by mail. If such notice is delivered by hand, it shall be deemed to have been served upon delivery. If it is sent by facsimile, it shall be deemed to have been served when the fax machine indicates the fax has been sent. If such notice is delivered by mail, it shall be deemed to have been served on the third working day (extended in the event of any statutory holidays) after dispatch of the mail. Any notice shall take effect once served.
 
    Addresses of the parties hereto:
     
China United Telecommunications Corporation Ltd.
  China Unicom Corporation Limited
Attention: Zhao Yilei
  Attention: Yang Xiaowei
Postal address: 29/F, No. 1033
Changning Road, Shanghai
  Postal address: Room 1029, Level 10, No. 133A Xidan Beidajie, Xicheng District, Beijing
Postal Code: 200050
  Postal Code: 100032
11.   Governing law
 
    This Agreement is governed the PRC law and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with such law.
 
12.   Settlement of disputes
 
    All disputes resulting from the execution of this Agreement or relating to this Agreement (including, but not limited to, the duration, rental or minimum rental for any extended lease term) shall be settled by the parties through friendly negotiations. If an agreement for the settlement of the dispute cannot be reached within thirty (30) days upon request by one party for settling the dispute through negotiation, either party shall be entitled to refer the dispute to China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission to be solved through arbitration in Beijing by three (3) arbitrators pursuant to the then effective arbitration rules. The language for arbitration shall be Chinese. The arbitration decision shall be final and binding on both parties. Unless otherwise required by the arbitration tribunal, the arbitration fees shall be borne by the losing party.
 
13.   Others
  13.1   Upon reaching agreements through negotiation, the parties may amend or supplement this Agreement and its annexes and all such amendments or supplements shall take effect after executed in writing by the legal or authorized representatives of the parties and sealed with their common seals.

 


 

  13.2   This Agreement is severable, that is, if any article under this Agreement and its annexes is confirmed to be in violation of the laws and unenforceable, this shall not affect the validity and enforceability of any other articles of this Agreement and its annexes.
 
  13.3   This Agreement is signed in four copies with each party holding two copies. All copies shall have equal legal status.

 


 

(There is no text in this page)
China United Telecommunications Corporation Ltd. (Common seal)
Legal or authorized representative: /s/ Sun Qian
China Unicom Corporation Limited (Common seal)
Legal or authorized representative: /s/ Tong Jilu

 

 

Exhibit 4.40
 
COMPREHENSIVE SERVICE AGREEMENT
 
between
China Unicom Telecommunications Corporation
and
China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited
October 26, 2006

 


 

Table of Contents
                     
                Page  
1.
  Basic principles             3  
2.
  Basic contents of the comprehensive services             4  
3.
  Principles of pricing and payments             5  
4.
  Terms             6  
5.
  Statements, warranties and undertakings             6  
6.
  Transfers             8  
7.
  Effectiveness             8  
8.
  Force majeure             9  
9.
  Confidentiality             9  
10.
  No waiver             9  
11.
  Notification             9  
12.
  Governing law             10  
13.
  Settlement of disputes             10  
14.
  Others             10  
Annex 1: Interconnection and Settlement Arrangement     13  
Annex 2: Roaming Arrangement     15  
Annex 3: Supply of Special-purpose Telecommunications Cards     17  
Annex 4: Equipment Procurement Service     20  
Annex 5: Property Use and Building Leasing     21  
Annex 6: Lease of Transmission Line Capacity     23  
Annex 7: International Gateway Services     24  
Annex 8: Value-added Services for Mobile Subscribers based on the artificial Platform     26  
Annex 9: Value-added Services for Mobile Subscribers     27  
Annex 10: 10010/10011 Customer Services     28  
Annex 11: Agency Services     30  
Annex 12: Engineering and Technical Services     31  

 


 

          This Comprehensive Service Agreement (hereinafter referred to as “the Agreement” has been entered into by the parties hereto on October 26, 2006 in Beijing, the People’s Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the “PRC”):
(1)   Party A: China Unicom Telecommunications Corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “Unicom Group”)
 
    Address: Room 615, Office Tower 3, Henderson Centre, 18 Jianguomen Neidajie, Beijing
 
    Legal representative: Chang Xiaobing
 
(2)   Party B: China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited (hereinafter referred to as “Unicom A Share Company”)
 
    Address: 29/F, No. 1033 Changning Road, Shanghai
 
    Legal representative: Chang Xiaobing
Party A and Party B or Unicom Group and Unicom A Share Company shall be hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Parties” and each individually as a “Party”.
WHEREAS:
(1)   Unicom Group is a company with limited liability established and validly existing under the PRC laws and engages in the operation of comprehensive telecommunications business. Unicom A Share Company is a joint stock limited company established and existing under the PRC laws and its shares have been listed and traded on the Shanghai Stock Exchange (hereinafter referred to as the “SSE”) since October 9, 2002. Unicom Group is the controlling shareholder of Unicom A Share Company;
 
(2)   Unicom A Share Company indirectly controls China Unicom Limited (hereinafter referred to as “Unicom Red Chip”) through China Unicom (BVI) Limited (hereinafter referred to as “Unicom BVI”). Unicom Red Chip is a company with limited liability incorporated in the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the PRC (hereinafter referred to as “Hong Kong”) and its shares are listed and traded in Hong Kong and the U.S. respectively;
 
(3)   China Unicom Corporation Limited (hereinafter referred to as “Unicom Operating Company”) is a foreign-invested enterprise established and existing under the PRC laws and is wholly-owned by Unicom Red Chip. Unicom Operating Company principally engages in the operation of international and domestic long distance communications business (excluding international communications facilities business) within the PRC, internet business and IP telephone business, as well as mobile communications business in 30 provinces, autonomous regions and municipalities covering Beijing, Tianjin, Shanghai, Liaoning, Hebei,

1


 

Shandong, Jiangsu, Zhejiang, Fujian, Guangdong, Hubei, Anhui, Sichuan, Xinjiang, Chongqing, Shaanxi, Guangxi, Henan, Heilongjiang, Jilin, Jiangxi, Shanxi, Inner Mongolia, Hunan, Hainan, Yunnan, Ningxia, Gansu, Qinghai and Tibet;
(4)   On August 12, 2002, Unicom Group and Unicom A Share Company signed a Memorandum in respect of transactions between Unicom Group or its subsidiaries (excluding Unicom A Share Company and subsidiaries controlled by Unicom A Share Company) and Unicom Red Chip indirectly controlled by Unicom A Share Company and its subsidiaries after the listing of the shares of Unicom A Share Company (hereinafter referred to as the “Memorandum on Connected Transactions”). According to the understanding reached under the Memorandum on Connected Transactions, if based on the Rules Governing the Listing of Shares on the Shanghai Stock Exchange (hereinafter referred to as the “SSE Listing Rules”) applicable from time to time, transactions between Unicom Red Chip or its subsidiaries and Unicom Group or its subsidiaries (excluding Unicom A Share Company and subsidiaries controlled by it) are subject to the approval of the minority shareholders of Unicom A Share Company, and at the same time, based on the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (hereinafter referred to as the “HKSE Listing Rules”) applicable from time to time, they are deemed to be connected transactions that are subject to the approval of the minority shareholders of Unicom Red Chip, such connected transactions shall be conducted in two steps: First step: an agreement shall be entered into between Unicom Group or its subsidiaries (excluding Unicom A Share Company and subsidiaries controlled by it) and Unicom A Share Company or Unicom BVI in respect of any proposed transaction to specify the rights and obligations of the parties under the agreement (including, but not limited to, Unicom Group agreeing to the transfer of the rights and obligations of Unicom A Share Company or Unicom BVI under agreements to Unicom Red Chip or its subsidiaries); Second step: the transfer of the rights and obligations under the above-mentioned agreement by Unicom A Share Company or Unicom BVI to Unicom Red Chip or its subsidiaries; and
 
(5)   For the purpose of the operation of telecommunications business by Unicom Operating Company, pursuant to the relevant provisions under the SSE Listing Rules, HKSE Listing Rules and Memorandum on Connected Transactions, Unicom Group and its subsidiaries (excluding Unicom A Share Company and subsidiaries controlled by it) entered into a series of continuing connected transaction arrangements (hereinafter referred to as the “Continuing Connected Transaction Arrangements”) with Unicom Operating Company, which have been announced in accordance with the respective listing rules applicable to Unicom A Share Company and Unicom Red Chip Company and approved by their respective independent shareholders. The above Continuing Connected Transaction Arrangements have a term of two years, commencing on January 1, 2005 and ending on December 31, 2006.

2


 

Based on the actual implementation of the relevant Continuing Connected Transaction Arrangements, after the joint review and negotiations and on the basis of equality and mutual benefit, the Parties hereby agree on the followings:
1.   Basic principles
 
1.1   The “Comprehensive Services” under this Agreement refers to certain services and facilities provided by one Party hereto to the other Party or provided by the Parties hereto to each other and the related expenses (hereinafter referred to as the “Service Fees”) are to be paid by the recipient to the provider. Unless otherwise agreed, each Party shall be entitled to arrange any of its subsidiary (as determined under the Enterprise Accounting Standards revised from time to time by the Ministry of Finance) to provide or receive any related services in accordance with the terms and conditions stipulated in this Agreement and receive or pay the Service Fees.
 
1.2   Services and/or facilities provided by either Party hereto to the other Party under the Agreement are non-gratuitous transactions based on the economic relationship between enterprises. One party shall be entitled to charge reasonable Service Fees for the services and/or facilities it provides based on the fair market principles and the other party shall perform its corresponding payment obligations.
 
1.3   Conditions and service quality of the services and/or facilities provided under this Agreement by any Party hereto to the other Party shall not be inferior to the conditions and service quality of the same or similar services and/or facilities provided by such party to any third party. The exercise of the rights under this Agreement or performance of the obligations under this Agreement by any Party hereto shall be conducted on an arm’s-length basis.
 
1.4   If any Party hereto requires the other Party to increase the supply of any of the services and/or facilities under this Agreement, the other party shall make its best efforts to provide such requested services and/or facilities, of which the conditions or quality shall not be inferior to those of the services and/or facilities provided to any third party.
 
1.5   In the event that any Party is not able to provide, in whole or in part, the services and/or facilities under this Agreement due to any reasons other than its own fault, such Party shall notify the other Party in a timely manner and make its best efforts to assist the other Party in obtaining the same or similar services and/or facilities through other channels.
 
1.6   The supply of any services and/or facilities under this Agreement must comply with the use purposes as agreed by the Parties and the relevant national standards.
 
1.7   In the event that either Party breaches this Agreement, which has caused the other Party to incur any damages, such Party shall bear the corresponding liabilities for such breach (including, but not limited to, direct and indirect damages caused to

3


 

the other Party due to such breach). However, either Party shall not be liable for any damages caused to the other Party due to force majeure.
1.8   When any Party hereto performs its obligation under this Agreement, the other Party shall provide reasonable and necessary assistance to such Party.
 
1.9   Subject to Article 1.3 under this Agreement and on the condition that the fee standards of the provider not higher than those of any independent third parties, the recipient shall agree to select the services provided by the provider.
 
1.10   In the event that there is an independent third party in the area where the provider provides its services, and if (i) the quality of the services provided by such third party is better than that provided by the provider; or (ii) the fee standards for supplying services of the same standards are lower than the fee standards of the provider, the recipient shall, after giving a notice in writing to the provider, be entitled to terminate the supply of the related services by the provider within such area, and the recipient shall not be liable for any compensation.
 
2.   Basic contents of the comprehensive services
 
2.1   The comprehensive services to be provided by the Parties hereto to each other under this Agreement and the related agreements are set out in the following annexes:
    Annex 1: Interconnection and Settlement Arrangement (to be provided by the Parties to each other);
 
    Annex 2: Roaming Arrangement (to be provided by the Parties to each other);
 
    Annex 3: Supply of Special-purpose Telecommunications Cards (to be provided by Party A to Party B);
 
    Annex 4: Equipment Procurement Service (to be provided by Party A to Party B);
 
    Annex 5: Property Use and Building Leasing (to be provided by the parties to each other);
 
    Annex 6: Lease of Transmission Line Capacity (to be provided by Party B to Party A);
 
    Annex 7: International Gateway Services (to be provided by Party A to Party B);
 
    Annex 8: Value-added Services for Mobile Subscribers based on the Artificial Platform (to be provided by Party A to Party B);

4


 

    Annex 9: Value-added Services for Mobile Subscribers (to be provided by Party A to Party B);
 
    Annex 10: 10010/10011 Customer Services (to be provided by Party A to Party B);
 
    Annex 11: Agency Services (to be provided by Party A to Party B);
 
    Annex 12: Engineering and Technical Services (to be provided by Party A to Party B).
3.   Principles of pricing and payments
 
3.1   The principles of pricing and/or fee standards for the services under this Agreement are set out in the various annexes to this Agreement.
 
3.2   The specific amounts of the service fees under this Agreement shall be calculated pursuant to the relevant PRC accounting principles as applicable from time to time.
 
3.3   If the Parties fail to agree upon the amount of any service fees under this Agreement, it shall be submitted to the relevant authority, which shall make a decision with the reference to the spirits and terms of this Agreement and pursuant to the relevant national pricing policies. The decision made by such authority shall be final and binding on both Parties.
 
3.4   Either Party shall comply with the pricing principles and fee standards as set out in this Agreement and its annexes and pay the service fees in a timely manner in respect of the services provided by the other Party.
 
3.5   Any Party hereto, if failing to pay the relevant service fees in a timely manner as agreed, shall pay to the other party an overdue fine of 0.05% on the outstanding amount for each overdue day. If any amount has been overdue for 60 days, the other Party may terminate the relevant services by giving a notice in writing to such Party. If such Party fails to pay the relevant service fees after 30 days of receipt of such written notice, the other Party shall be entitled to announce the immediate termination of the relevant services. However, the suspension or termination of such services shall not prejudice the rights and obligations previously generated or incurred by both Parties under this Agreement.
 
3.6   In October every year, both Parties shall review the pricing standards and other terms for each service and facility to be provided in the next accounting year under this Agreement and enter into a supplemental agreement. If the Parties fail to reach any agreements on the terms of the supplemental agreement before the specified time, the pricing standards and related terms of the current year shall apply in the next accounting year until both Parties reach an agreement or the dispute can be solved pursuant to Article 3.3.

5


 

4.   Terms
 
4.1   This Agreement shall be valid for a term of three years (the “Valid Term”), commencing on January 1, 2007 subject to the fulfillment of the conditions under Article 7 of this Agreement.
 
4.2   Unless Party B gives a notice for not renewing the Agreement in writing to Party A 60 days in advance, this Agreement shall be extended for another Valid Term upon the expiry of its Valid Term or expiry of the extended term subject to the relevant applicable laws, regulations or other regulatory requirements.
 
5.   Statements, warranties and undertakings
 
5.1   Statements, warranties and undertakings of the Parties
The Parties hereto have made the following statements, warranties and undertakings to each other:
5.1.1   that it has full power and authority (including, but not limited to, obtaining the relevant approvals, consents or permits from the relevant government authorities) to sign this Agreement and its annexes;
 
5.1.2   that after executed and sealed with the common seal in the required manner, this Agreement and its annexes shall be valid and binding and are enforceable pursuant to its terms; and
 
5.1.3   that any term of this Agreement and its annexes shall under no circumstances be in violation of the PRC laws and regulations.
 
5.2   Under the requirements of the relevant laws, regulations and listing rules, Unicom Group agrees to continue to support the sustained development of Unicom Red Chip and its subsidiaries (collectively the “Related Operating Subsidiaries”), including:
 
5.2.1   All the business licenses, consents, permits and approvals (including the business license of Unicom Group for engaging in the related telecommunications business and similarly hereinafter) obtained from the national communications industry authorities, such as the Ministry of Information Industry, and other authorities currently or in the future, as well as any other resources allocated and/or obtained (including, but not limited to, bandwidth, frequency, phone numbers, trade marks and names, and similarly hereinafter) shall be usable by its relevant operating subsidiaries. For the sake of the exclusive interests of the related operating subsidiaries engaging in the listed businesses, Unicom Group shall obtain, maintain, retain and renew such business licenses, consents, permits and approvals and other resources pursuant to the law, and shall not conduct any acts or omissions to act that may impair the legality, validity and renewability of the licenses, consents, permits and approvals and other resources or the capability of

6


 

the related operating subsidiaries in conducting the listed businesses in accordance with the related laws and regulations. Unicom Group shall conduct any acts or not to act so as to obtain, maintain, retain, renew or extend such licenses, consents, permits and approvals as well as other resources and allow the related operating subsidiaries to conduct their businesses in accordance with the related laws and regulations;
5.2.2   In order to satisfy the needs of the related operating subsidiaries in the operation of the listed businesses, Unicom Group shall arrange the related operating subsidiaries to participate in its existing or future roaming arrangements with third parties under normal commercial terms;
 
5.2.3   Unicom Group shall not conduct any acts in respect of the shareholding/shares it beneficially owns in the listed group that may lead to the possible loss of its control over the related operating subsidiaries. To avoid doubts, the determination of the aforesaid control shall be based on the Enterprise Accounting Standards issued by the Ministry of Finance, as revised from time to time. Subject to the requirements under the related laws, regulations and listing rules, Unicom Group shall also not approve or agree to the occurrence of the aforesaid acts;
 
5.2.4   If there are any connected transactions between the related operating subsidiaries and Unicom Group and pursuant to the relevant laws or listing rules of the place where the listed company’s shares are listed, the relevant accounting records in respect of such connected transactions are required to be audited by the public accountants (or auditors and similarly hereinafter) appointed by the related operating subsidiaries, Unicom Group shall agree, for the purpose of such audits, to offer any convenience to the public accountants appointed by the related operating subsidiaries to have full access to the relevant accounting records (including the accounting records of Unicom Group and/or its associates);
 
5.2.5   Unicom Group shall not seek an overseas listing of its businesses or any of the businesses of its subsidiaries that are similar to the Listed Group’s existing or future businesses unless through Unicom Red Chip;
 
5.2.6   Unicom Group undertakes that as long as the shares of Unicom A Share Company and Unicom Red Chip are listed and traded and pursuant to the laws or listing rules of the places where the shares are listed, Unicom Group is deemed to be the controlling shareholder and an associate of the controlling shareholder of Unicom A Share Company and Unicom Red Chip. Save for the CDMA mobile communications business, Unicom Group shall not engage or participate in, and shall prevent and avoid any of its other subordinate enterprises from engaging or participating in any business within the PRC in any way (including, but not limited to, a wholly owned enterprise, equity joint venture and cooperative joint venture and directly or indirectly owning shares or other interest in other companies or enterprises, except through the related operating subsidiaries, and similarly hereinafter), that may compete with Unicom A Share Company or Unicom Red Chip. If Unicom Group and/or any of its subordinate enterprises

7


 

participate in or conduct any business or activities in any place in the PRC in any way and at any time which transform into a business that may compete with Unicom A Share Company or Unicom Red Chip, Unicom Group shall immediately stop and/or procure its relevant subordinate enterprises to stop participating in, managing or operating such competing business;
5.2.7   If Unicom Group or any of its other subordinate enterprises obtain any governmental approval, authorization or permit to develop any new telecommunications technologies, products or services, or intend to develop any new telecommunications technologies, products or services, or have secured any other operating opportunities, Unicom shall directly and/or procure its relevant subordinate enterprises to immediately inform the related operating subsidiaries of the relevant situation, and shall first provide such governmental approval, authorization or permit and the rights for the development of such new telecommunications technologies, products and services and the right of leveraging on any such operating opportunities to Unicom Operating Company or its subsidiaries in accordance with the needs of the related operating subsidiary after completion of the requisite formalities.
 
5.2.8   The Parties hereby agree that the above statements, warranties and undertakings of Unicom Group shall supersede the relevant statements, warranties and undertakings under Sections 13, 14, 16, 17 and 18 under Article 3.2 and Article 5.1 and Article 5.2 in the Reorganization Agreement it entered into with Unicom Operating Company on April 21, 2000, while other terms under the Reorganization Agreement shall remain unchanged.
 
6.   Transfers
 
6.1   Subject to the terms and conditions as stipulated in this Agreement and those as agreed in the Memorandum on Connected Transactions, Party A irrevocably agrees that Party B may transfer its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any of its related operating subsidiaries and no other consent from Party A is required in respect of the transfer by Party B of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any of its related operating subsidiaries.
 
6.2   Once Party B has transferred its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any of its related operating subsidiaries, such related operating subsidiaries shall immediately succeed to all the rights and obligations of Party B under this Agreement and Party B shall immediately be released from the related rights and obligations to which the related operating subsidiaries have succeeded.
 
7.   Effectiveness
This Agreement shall take effect upon fulfillment of the following conditions and on the date agreed by the Parties:
7.1   The shareholders’ general meeting of Party B approves the execution of this

8


 

Agreement in compliance with the applicable laws, regulations and listing rules.
7.2   The shareholders’ general meeting of Unicom Red Chip approves the transfer of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to the related operating subsidiaries in compliance with the applicable laws, regulations and listing rules.
 
8.   Force majeure
If any Party is unable to perform the relevant obligations under this Agreement and its relevant annexes in accordance with the applicable provisions as a result of any force majeure events the occurrence and consequence of which are unforeseeable or unavoidable and cannot be overcome, such Party shall immediately inform the other Party of the situation and within fifteen days of any such occurrence, provide the relevant details and valid supporting documents for the failure or partial failure in performing or the reasons for the postpone of the performance of the relevant obligations under this Agreement and the related annexes. The Parties shall negotiate with each other and decide whether to terminate, partly waive or postpone the performance of such obligations according to the extent of impact of the force majeure events on the performance of the obligations.
9.   Confidentiality
Save as otherwise required by the laws or the relevant regulatory authorities, or for the purpose of any disclosures by Party B to any regulatory authorities, neither Party shall be entitled to provide or disclose any data or information relating to the operations of the other Party to any company, enterprise, organization or individuals without the permission in writing from the other Party.
10.   No waiver
Unless otherwise required by the laws, no failure or delay by either Party in exercising any of its rights, powers or privileges shall be deemed to be a waiver of such rights, powers or privileges, and any partial exercise of the rights, powers or privileges shall not prejudice the future exercise of such rights, powers or privileges.
11.   Notification
Any notice relating to this Agreement shall be made in writing and delivered by one Party hereto to the other Party by hand, by way of facsimile or by mail. If such notice is delivered by hand, it shall be deemed to have been served upon delivery. If it is sent by facsimile, it shall be deemed to have been served when the fax machine indicates the fax has been sent. If such notice is delivered by mail, it shall be deemed to have been served on the third working day (extended in the event of any statutory holidays) after dispatch of the mail. Any notice shall take effect once served.

9


 

Addresses of the parties hereto:
     
China United Telecommunications
Corporation
  China Unicom Telecommunications
Corporation Limited
Recipient: Chen Pei
  attention: Zhao Yilei
Postal address: Level 10, No. 133A,
  Postal address: 29/F, No. 1033
Xidan Beidajie, Xicheng District,
  Changning Road, Shanghai
Beijing
   
Postal Code: 100032
  Postal Code: 200050
12.   Governing law
This Agreement is governed by the PRC law and shall be construed and executed in accordance with such law.
13.   Settlement of disputes
Save as otherwise required in item 3.3 under this Agreement, all disputes resulting from the execution of this Agreement or relating to this Agreement shall be settled by the Parties through friendly negotiations. If an agreement for the settlement of the dispute cannot be reached within thirty (30) days upon request by one Party for settling the dispute through negotiation, either Party shall be entitled to refer the dispute to China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission to be solved through arbitration in Beijing by three (3) arbitrators pursuant to the then effective arbitration rules. The language for arbitration shall be Chinese. The arbitration decision shall be final and binding on both Parties. Unless otherwise required by the arbitration tribunal, the arbitration fees shall be borne by the losing party.
14.   Others
 
14.1   Once this Agreement takes effect, the former continuing connected transaction arrangement shall be terminated immediately.
 
14.2   Annex 1 to Annex 11 under this Agreement are an integral part of this Agreement and shall have the equal status with the text of this Agreement. In the event of inconsistency between the agreements in the annexes of this Agreement and the text of this Agreement, the Agreements under the annexes of this Agreement shall prevail.
 
14.3   Upon reaching agreement by the Parties through negotiation, the Parties may amend or supplement this Agreement and its annexes and all amendments or supplements shall take effect after executed in writing by the legal or authorized representatives of the Parties and sealed with their common seals.
 
14.4   This Agreement is severable, that is, if any article under this Agreement and its annexes is confirmed to be in violation of the laws and unenforceable, this shall not affect the validity and enforceability of any other articles of this Agreement and its annexes.
 
14.5   This Agreement is signed in four copies with each Party holding two copies. All copies shall have the equal legal status.

10


 

(There is no text in this page)
     
China Unicom Telecommunications Corporation (Common seal)
     
Legal or authorized representative: /s/ Chang Xiaobing
     
China United Telecommunications Corporation Ltd. (Common seal)
     
Legal or authorized representative: /s/ Sun Qian

11


 

Annex 1: Interconnection and Settlement Arrangement
1.   Types of interconnection
 
    Part B and Party A agree to accomplish the interconnection of the various telecommunications networks between them for the purpose of operating the mobile communications business in relation to their various telecommunications networks, which currently includes the interconnection of the cellular mobile phone networks of the Parties and other telecommunication networks.
 
2.   Interconnection technical rules, technical standards, interconnection fee sharing and project construction
 
2.1   The various types of interconnection between the Parties specified in the above shall comply with the interconnection technical rules and technical standards promulgated by the relevant national communications authorities.
 
2.2   The Parties shall determine the issues, such as the method for interconnection fee sharing and project construction, through negotiation with reference to the relevant requirements of the national communications authorities.
 
3.   Obligations of the Parties
 
3.1   The Parties shall ensure that the communications quality between the networks is not lower than the communications quality of similar operations within their respective own networks.
 
3.2   As for the telecommunications businesses (including special businesses and intelligent businesses) provided by any Party to subscribers of its own network, the Party shall, at the request of the other Party, provide the same services to subscribers of the telecommunications network of the other Party unconditionally and promptly and shall ensure the service quality provided that this is technically feasible.
 
4.   Network management and adjustment
 
4.1   If any network capacity expansion implemented by any Party might affect the communications of the other Party, the Party shall inform the other Party six months in advance.
 
4.2   If any adjustments made by any Party to the route system, trunk circuit, signaling mode, cell data and software in its network might affect the communications of the other Party’s subscribers, the Party shall inform the other Party 30 days in advance.
 
4.3   Any Party shall, at the request of the other Party, offer timely cooperation in any

12


 

adjustments made by the other Party to the route system, trunk circuit, signaling mode, cell data and software in the networks of the other Party and ensure the quality of the interconnection.
5.   Maintenance, technical failure and failure recovery
 
5.1   The Parties shall conduct network maintenance in accordance with the relevant regulations promulgated by the relevant national communications authorities from time to time so as to ensure the normal operation of the entire network.
 
5.2   Any Party shall not terminate the interconnection between the networks without consent of the other Party.
 
5.3   If there is a network breakdown or extremely heavy communication traffic, the Parties shall immediately take effective measures to restore the smooth operation.
 
6.   Settlement and payment of the fees
 
6.1   Settlement principles
  6.1.1   Settlement for the Parties’ mobile communications networks
For calls between mobile subscribers in different provinces, settlement shall be made in accordance with the following two settlement methods, whichever is more favorable to Party B:
(i) The caller’s network and the receiver’s network shall each retain 4% of the long-distance charge and the remaining balance shall be collected by Party B;
(ii) Pursuant to the settlement standards stipulated in the Notice Concerning the Distribution of Settlement for Interconnections and Sharing of Relaying Fees (Xin Bu Dian [2003] No. 454) promulgated by the Ministry of the Information Industry on October 28, 2003.
  6.1.2   Settlement of any other interconnections of the Parties
 
      The Parties agree that settlement shall be made in accordance with the relevant provisions stipulated in the Notice Concerning the Distribution of Settlement for Interconnections and Sharing of Relaying Fees (Xin Bu Dian [2003] No. 454) promulgated by the Ministry of the Information Industry on October 28, 2003.
 
  6.1.3   The Parties hereby further agree that if the settlement made with reference to the settlement method (and its amendments from time to time) formulated by the relevant national authorities in respect of the similar settlement for interconnection is more favorable to Party B than the above interconnection settlement arrangements, settlement shall be made with

13


 

reference to the settlement method.
6.2   Fee standards
 
    Interconnection settlement shall be based on Party B’s billing information. If there is a discrepancy of more than 3% between the billing information of the Parties, the Parties shall separately determine the settlement basis through negotiations.
6.3   Transmission of billing information and settlement
  (1)   Between the Parties’ mobile networks
 
      The Parties agree that pursuant to the requirements of the settlement centre subordinated to Party B (hereinafter referred to as the “Settlement Centre”), the relevant information on call fees shall be sent to the Settlement Centre before the 25 th day of each month for compilation and processing. The Settlement Centre shall prepare the relevant interconnection settlement statements.
 
      The Parties agree that settlement shall be made on a monthly basis according to the above interconnection settlement statements prepared by the Settlement Centre.
 
  (2)   Any other types of settlements for the interconnection of mobile networks and fixed networks of the Parties
 
      The Parties agree that settlement shall be made directly by their respective subordinate entities in accordance with the settlement principles stipulated in this annex on a monthly basis.

14


 

Annex 2: Roaming Arrangement
1.   As Party A and Party B operate the mobile phone businesses in their respective service areas, the Parties agree to make the following arrangements so as to provide the roaming services to their subscribers:
 
1.1   The Parties agree that an arrangement for automatic roaming shall be made in respect of their mobile phone networks. This will allow mobile phone subscribers of any Party to make and receive calls in service areas of the other Party.
 
1.2   The Parties agree that mobile communication subscribers using the roaming service shall pay roaming fees at the agreed rate of RMB0.60 per minute for any calls, no matter incoming or outgoing, in accordance with the guideline issued by the Ministry of the Information Industry.
  (1)   If Party B’s mobile subscribers use the roaming service in Party A’s service areas, the roaming fee shall be charged by Party B and shall be allocated in the following way: (i) RMB0.40 shall be paid to Party A; and (ii) RMB0.20 shall be retained by Party B.
 
  (2)   If Party A’s mobile subscribers use the roaming service in Party B’s service areas, the roaming fee shall be charged by Party A and shall be allocated in the following way: (i) RMB0.56 shall be paid to Party B; and (ii) RMB0.04 shall be retained by Party A.
1.3   If Party B’s mobile business covers all the areas of China, items 1.1 and 1.2 in the above will be terminated automatically.
 
2.   Mobile phone network roaming with other domestic and/or international mobile operators (collectively referred to as “Other Operators” in this annex)
 
2.1   Party A agrees to make the necessary arrangements to allow Party B to accomplish the roaming on the mobile phone networks of Other Operators; Party B agrees to provide its all long-distance backbone networks to accomplish the above roaming.
 
2.2   The Parties agree that the roaming service and settlement shall be provided and made with Other Operators in accordance with the relevant roaming agreements signed between Party A and Other Operators.
 
2.3   If Party A’s mobile subscribers use the roaming service in the mobile service areas of any third party in accordance with Party A’s international roaming arrangements or if subscribers of Other Operators use the roaming service in Party A’s mobile service areas in accordance with the above arrangements, Party B shall charge 50% of the roaming revenue in accordance with its international roaming arrangements.

15


 

3.   The Parties agree that settlement shall be made directly by their respective subordinate entities in accordance with the settlement principles stipulated in this annex on a monthly basis.

16


 

Annex 3: Supply of Special-purpose Telecommunications Cards
1.   Scope of the special-purpose telecommunications card supply service
 
    Based on its actual needs, Party B may request Party A (or any subsidiaries controlled by it) to supply special-purpose cards (collectively referred to as “special-purpose telecommunications cards” in this annex), including SIM cards, UIM cards, IP phone cards, long-distance cards and rechargeable cards to Party B.
 
2.   Quantity of special-purpose telecommunications cards
 
2.1   Confirmation of annual and installment card ordering plans
  (1)   Party B shall submit its annual plan for ordering special-purpose telecommunications cards for the next year to Party A in October each year pursuant to its annual business development plan.
 
  (2)   Party B shall confirm to Party A its card ordering plans for the periods of May to August, September to December of the current year and January to April of the second year respectively in February, May and September each year. Except for reasons of force majeure, Party A shall provide special-purpose telecommunications cards in accordance with the card ordering plans confirmed by Party B.
2.2   Rush order/temporary orders
 
    Party B shall have the right to make adjustments to the aforesaid card ordering plans. As to any rush orders/temporary orders resulted from any such adjustments, Party A shall try all its best efforts to satisfy the orders and shall confirm to Party B within three days upon receiving Party B’s request whether it can supply the relevant special-purpose telecommunications cards pursuant to Party B’s requirements.
 
3.   Price of special-purpose telecommunications cards
 
3.1   The Parties agree that the price of special-purpose telecommunications cards shall be determined in accordance with the actual costs (including the costs for importing special-purpose telecommunications cards, the production costs and the costs for supplying special-purpose telecommunications cards to Party B) incurred by Party A in providing special-purpose telecommunications cards, plus a profit margin of not more than 20% as agreed by the Parties from time to time. The Parties agree that certain discounts shall be offered through consultation based on the quantity of special-purpose telecommunications cards ordered by Party B.
 
3.2   For any rush orders or temporary orders made by Party B in addition to the normal card orders, Party A might, at its discretion, charge an additional fee of not

17


 

more than 10% on the basis of the price of special-purpose telecommunications cards as set forth in the above.
3.3   The Parties agree to make a review and determine the exact sale price of each kind of special-purpose telecommunications cards for the next year in December each year.
 
4.   Time and place for the delivery of special-purpose telecommunications cards
 
    Party A shall deliver special-purpose telecommunications cards to the locations specified by Party B in accordance with the time stipulated in the card ordering plans and the arrangements for rush and temporary orders.
 
5.   Quality of special-purpose telecommunications cards
 
5.1   Party A guarantees that the quality of special-purpose telecommunications cards supplied by it complies with the standards formulated by the relevant national authorities and any necessary evidencing certificates would be provided.
 
5.2   Party A guarantees that all the numbers, codes and passwords of the specials-purpose telecommunications cards supplied by it shall be produced under a secure and reliable environment. Party A also guarantees the technology, security and confidentiality of such members, codes and passwords.
 
5.3   If Party B raises any question about the quality of special-purpose telecommunications cards within five days upon receipt of the special-purpose telecommunications cards supplied by Party A, Party A shall be responsible for replacement and/or repair of any defect special-purpose telecommunications cards, so that they will meet the relevant standards and the requirements of Party B, unless the defect is caused by Party B.
 
5.4   If Party B suffers any losses due to the quality problems of special-purpose telecommunications cards not identified by it after it has made reasonable efforts, Party A shall indemnify Party B for all the direct losses incurred by Party B due to those quality problems.
 
6.   Payment
 
6.1   Party B shall make an advance payment of the amount equivalent to 15% of the aggregate purchase price for the special-purpose telecommunications special-purpose cards ordered by it to Party A when confirming its card order.
 
    Party B shall make a payment of the remaining balance equivalent to 85% of the aggregate purchase price for special-purpose telecommunications cards ordered by it to Party A when Party A delivers all the special-purpose telecommunications cards in accordance with the relevant card order placed by Party B.

18


 

6.2   Payment for rush/temporary orders
 
    Upon confirmation of any rush/temporary order placed by Part B, Party B shall promptly make a full payment (including the rush order charge) to Party A and request Party A to deliver special-purpose telecommunications cards in a timely manner.
 
7.   Other special-purpose telecommunications cards
 
    Party B may request Party A to supply any other special-purpose telecommunications cards according to its business development needs. Party A shall supply the cards if there is a workable plan after making an overall consideration of certain factors, such as specific technology and operation conditions.
 
    The Parties agree to negotiate with each other on issues such as the quantity, price and payment of any other special-purpose telecommunications cards. The price of the relevant special-purpose telecommunications cards shall be determined in accordance with the actual costs, plus a profit margin of not more than 20%.

19


 

Annex 4: Equipment Procurement Service
1.   Scope of the equipment procurement service
 
    In accordance with its actual needs, Party B requests Party A (through any subsidiaries controlled by it) to act as its agent responsible for purchasing telecommunications equipment and other materials from the overseas.
 
    Party A shall provide comprehensive procurement services in accordance with the Party B’s requirements, including tender invitation, consultation and agency.
 
2.   Procedures for equipment procurement service
 
    The Parties agree that Party A shall provide equipment procurement services to Party B in accordance with Notice on the Provisions for the Procurement of Communications Equipment by China United Telecommunications Corporation (China Unicom Mao Zi [2003] No.754), Notice on the Administrative Measures for the Import of Communications Equipment by China United Telecommunications Corporation (China Unicom Mao Zi [2004] No.8) and the provisions stipulated in other relevant documents as agreed by the Parties to be applicable.
 
3.   Equipment procurement service fees and payment
 
3.1   Party B shall pay service fees for equipment procurements to Party A:
  (1)   For foreign trade contracts for equipment procurements with a contract price of less than US$30 million (including US$30 million), the service fees shall be charged at 0.55% of the contract price. For contracts with a contract price of more than US$30 million, the service fees (including bank charges) shall be charged at 0.35% of the contract price;
 
  (2)   For domestic trade contracts for equipment procurements signed by Party A as the agent with a contract price of less than RMB200 million (including RMB200 million), the service fees shall be charged at 0.25% of the contract price. For contracts with a contract price of more than RMB200 million, the service fees shall be charged at 0.15% of the contract price.
3.2   Party B agrees to pay the service fees to Party A on a monthly basis.
 
    For any overdue service fees, Party B shall pay an overdue fine to Party A at 0.5% of any outstanding amount for each day overdue.

20


 

Annex 5: Property Use and Building Leasing
1.   Use and purposes of property
 
1.1   Any Party hereto agrees that it (or any subsidiaries controlled by it) (hereinafter referred to as the “Provider”) shall provide certain property owned by it (hereinafter referred to as “Self-owned Property”) and certain property whose use rights are obtained from third parties (hereinafter referred to as “Third-party Property”) (including sites, buildings, air conditioning, power supply, power equipment and related ancillary facilities) to the other Party (hereinafter referred to as the “Recipient”) for its use in accordance with any requests made by the other Party from time to time.
 
1.2   The Recipient shall use the aforesaid property of the Provider for the purposes of offices, business premises, retail stores and business operation.
 
1.3   The Provider shall make the relevant property available for examination by the Recipient before signing a formal use or lease agreement. The property shall be in good condition and meet with the requirements of the Recipient.
 
2.   Fees and payments
 
2.1   For the use of any Self-owned Property as provided by the Provider, the fees or rentals to be paid by the Recipient shall be determined in accordance with the lower of the depreciation costs of such property and the market price for using similar property in the place where the property is located. Notwithstanding the above provisions, the Provider may choose to charge the fees in accordance with the market price of the place where the relevant property is located.
 
2.2   For the lease of buildings, apart from paying the building rentals, the Recipient shall separately pay the expenses (hereinafter referred to as “Miscellaneous Expenses”) for water, electricity and air conditioning actually consumed or used by the Recipient and the property management fees for the leased buildings on schedule in accordance with the price or charge standards set by the relevant pricing authorities. Except the aforesaid rentals, Miscellaneous Expenses, property management fees and any other expenses incurred as a result of the violation of this provision by the Recipient, the Provider guarantees that it shall not ask the Recipient to bear and/or pay any other fees (including any tax payable by the Provider) in connection with the buildings lease.
 
2.3   For the use of any Third-party Property by the Recipient, the Parties shall share the fees actually paid to any third parties proportionally based on their respective use of the relevant property.
 
2.4   For any building leases, the relevant rental, miscellaneous expenses and property management fees shall be paid as follows:

21


 

  2.4.1   During the valid term of a lease agreement, the Recipient shall pay the rentals to the Provider on a quarterly basis. The rentals shall be paid within 5 days after the end of each quarter.
 
  2.4.2   During the valid term of a lease agreement, the Miscellaneous Expenses shall be paid on a monthly basis. Upon receipt of the invoice of the Miscellaneous Expenses from the relevant property management company, the Provider shall submit the invoice to the Recipient within five days. The Recipient may pay the Miscellaneous Expenses directly to the property management company pursuant to the requirements of the property management company or may make a payment to the Provider who will pay on its behalf. If the Provider is to make the payment on behalf of the Recipient, the Provider shall submit the relevant receipt to the Recipient for filing.
 
  2.4.3   During the valid term of a lease agreement, the property management fee for the leased buildings shall be paid on a monthly basis. The property management fee shall be paid by the Recipient at the end of each month pursuant to the requirements of the relevant property management company to the property management company through the Provider or directly. If the provider is to make the payment on behalf of the Recipient, the Provider shall submit the relevant receipt to the Recipient for filing.
2.5   For the use of any other property other than buildings, the Recipient shall pay the fees to the Provider within 15 days after the end of each month on a monthly basis.
 
2.6   For any overdue fees or rentals, the Recipient shall pay an overdue fine to the Provider at 0.05% of any outstanding amount for each day overdue.
 
3.   Covenants and warranties
 
    The Provider guarantees that it has the right to provide the aforesaid Self-owned Property and Third-party Property (including sites, buildings and related ancillary facilities) for use by the Recipient. In the event that under any circumstances or for any reason, there is any dispute on the ownership and/or use right of the property, that has prevented the Recipient from exercising its right under this annex or has caused the Recipient to have incurred any other damages, the Provider agrees to indemnify the Recipient for all the losses incurred.
 
4.   Matters that have not been dealt with in this annex shall be agreed on by the Provider and the Recipient through any other specific property use and building lease agreements.

22


 

Annex 6: Lease of Transmission Line Capacity
1.   Lease of transmission line capacity and its scope
 
    Party B (as the Lessor) agrees to lease the transmission line capacity required for the operation of the relevant communication business to Party A and/or any subsidiaries controlled by it (as the Lessee) in accordance with the requirements of Party And to the reasonable extent.
 
2.   Leased volume
 
    The Parties shall confirm the volume of the transmission capacity to be leased by the Lessee once every 12 months.
 
3.   Rental and payment
 
3.1   The rental for the transmission line capacity shall be determined by the Parties in accordance with the current fee standards set forth by the relevant national authorities, with a discount within the floating range (10%) permitted by the relevant authority and agreed by the Parties. However, the discount offered by the Lessor to the Lessee shall not be greater than the discount offered by it to a third-party lessee under the similar circumstances.
 
3.2   If the relevant national authorities make an adjustment to the relevant fee standards, the Parties agree to make any necessary adjustment to the discount.
 
3.3   The Lessee shall pay the rental to the Lessor in full within 15 days after the end of each month on a monthly basis.
 
3.4   For any overdue rental, the Lessee shall pay an overdue fine to the Lessor at 0.05% of any outstanding amount for each day overdue.
 
4.   Quality assurance and failure recovery
 
4.1   The Lessor guarantees that the transmission line capacity leased to the Lessee by it complies with the standards and regulations formulated by the relevant national authorities.
 
4.2   The Lessee guarantees that the relevant communication equipment connected to the Lessor’s facilities complies with the quality standards and technical requirements provided by the relevant national authorities.
 
4.3   The Lessor shall guarantee the safety of the transmission line capacity leased to the Lessee by it.
 
5.   Matters that are not dealt with in this annex shall be handled in accordance with the relevant rules in respect of the transmission line capacity leasing business formulated by the Lessor pursuant to the law.

23


 

Annex 7: International Gateway Services
1.   Scope of the international gateway services
 
1.1   Party A owns and operates the international gateways in Guangzhou, Shanghai and Beijing (under construction).
 
1.2   If Party B requires the international gateways to provide any corresponding services (such as mobile phone international automatic roaming signaling transfer service) for operating the relevant businesses, Party A agrees to provide the relevant services in accordance with the requirements of Party B.
 
1.3   All revenue derived by Party B from operating businesses on the basis of the gateway services will be vested in Party B.
 
1.4   Party A undertakes not to provide international gateway services to any other operators.
 
2.   International gateway service fee rates and payment
 
2.1   The service fees charged by Party A to Party B is calculated according to the following formula:
 
    All the actual expenses incurred by Party A in the reasonable operation and maintenance of the international gateways (including depreciation expenses) × (1+10%)
 
2.2   International gateway service fee payment.
 
    Party B shall pay the relevant service fees to Party A within 15 days after the end of each month on a monthly basis.
 
2.3   For any overdue amount of the service fees, Party B shall pay an overdue fine to Party A at 0.05% of any outstanding amount for each day overdue.
 
3.   Quality assurance and failure recovery
 
3.1   Party A guarantees that the relevant equipment of its international gateways complies with the standards and regulations formulated by the relevant national authorities and it shall operate and maintain the international gateways in accordance with the technical standards formulated by the relevant national authorities.
 
3.2   Party B guarantees that its communication equipment connected to the international gateways complies with the quality standards and technical requirements provided by the relevant national authorities.

24


 

3.3   If there is a reasonable ground for Party A to restructure its international gateways, Party A shall give an advance notice to Party B and make appropriate arrangements to ensure the normal operations of Party B as much as possible.
 
3.4   Party A shall have a department dedicated to handling any failure reports submitted by Party B on a round-the-clock basis and make appropriate arrangements to handle any such failures. Upon identifying any failure or receiving the failure report from Party B, Party A shall immediately arrange for handling the failure and Party B shall send its personnel to offer assistance. Party A guarantees that it shall fix any such failures related to the international gateways within the recovery time frame stipulated in the relevant national maintenance procedure.
 
3.5   In the event that any businesses operated by Party B are affected due to any reasons related to the international gateways, Party A shall be responsible for the direct losses and reasonable indirect losses caused to Party B.
 
4.   Party A agrees that it shall transfer the international gateways to Party B at the request of Party B when Party B can own the international gateways pursuant to the future laws.

25


 

Annex 8: Value-added Services for Mobile Subscribers based on the Artificial Platform
1.   Overview of the services
 
    Party A (or any subsidiaries controlled by it), acting as the provider, offers various value-added services, including, but not limited to, Unicom secretarial and manual information services, to mobile phone subscribers of Party B through the artificial integrated platform.
 
2.   Settlement
 
2.1   The actual cash revenue generated from the provision of the value-added services referred to in this annex as provided by Party A to Party B shall be settled by Party B and the respective branches of the provider at the proportion of 4:6. The settlement proportion shall not exceed the average level of the proportions used by Party B for any other similar value-added telecommunications services provided by any other CP/SPs independent of the provider in the same region.
 
2.2   Settlements shall be based on the billing information collected by Party B.
 
2.3   The Parties agree that settlements shall be made directly by their respective subordinate entities in accordance with the settlement principles stipulated in this annex on a monthly basis.
 
3.   Obligations of the Parties concerned
 
3.1   In the event that the network construction (including, but not limited to, capacity expansion or renovation) carried out by any Party may affect the service businesses referred to in this annex, the Party concerned shall inform the other Party six months in advance.
 
3.2   The Parties concerned shall carry out the maintenance of the network in accordance with the relevant regulations promulgated by the relevant national communications authorities of from time to time so as to ensure the normal operation of the entire network.
 
3.3   The Parties concerned shall not suspend communications arising from the service businesses referred to in this annex without the consent from the other Party. In case of any suspended communications or seriously impeded communications, the Parties concerned shall immediately take effective measures to restore communications.

26


 

Annex 9: Value-added Services for Mobile Subscribers
1.   Overview of the services
 
    Party A (or any subsidiaries controlled by it), acting as the provider, offers various value-added services to mobile phone subscribers of Party B through the mobile communications network and information platform.
 
2.   Settlement
 
2.1   The actual cash revenue generated from the provision of the value-added services referred to in this annex by the provider to Party B shall be settled by Party B and the respective branches of the provider according to the average level of the proportions used by Party B for any other similar value-added telecommunications services provided by any other CP/SPs independent of the provider in the same region.
 
2.2   Settlements shall be based on the billing information collected by Party B.
 
2.3   The Parties agree that settlements shall be made directly by their respective subordinate entities in accordance with the settlement principles stipulated in this annex on a monthly basis.
 
3.   Obligations of the Parties concerned
 
3.1   In the event that the network construction (including, but not limited to, capacity expansion or renovation) carried out by any Party may affect the service businesses referred to in this annex, the Party concerned shall inform the other Party six months in advance.
 
3.2   The Parties concerned shall carry out the maintenance of the network in accordance with the relevant regulations promulgated by the relevant national communications authorities from time to time so as to ensure the normal operation of the entire network.
 
3.3   The Parties concerned shall not suspend communications arising from the service businesses referred to in this annex without the consent from the other Party. In case of any suspended communications or seriously impeded communications, the Parties concerned shall immediately take effective measures to restore communications.

27


 

Annex 10: 10010/10011 Customer Services
1.   Services
 
    Party A (or any subsidiaries controlled by it), acting as the provider, offers customer services, such as business consultation, call fee enquiry, service acceptance, complaint handling (hereinafter referred to as“10010 Basic Services”), as well as customer callback, subscriber retention (hereinafter referred to as“10010 Value-added Services”) to Party B through its 10010/10011 business platform and charges a fee to Party B.
 
2.   Fee standards
 
2.1   The standards for the fees of the services referred to in this annex: Costs for rendering the above customer services (“Customer Service Costs”) plus a profit margin of not more than 10%.
 
2.2   The above Customer Service Costs shall be determined by multiplying the cost per seat with the actual effective seats :
  (1)   For economically developed major cities (such as Beijing, Shanghai and Guangdong), the cost per seat is the actual cost per seat (defined as follows) for the region in the previous year. For regions other than these economically developed major cities, the cost per seat is the actual cost per seat for the region in the previous year or the average actual cost per seat (defined as follows) for the whole country (excluding Beijing and Shanghai) with a premium of 10%, whichever is the lower.
 
      The actual cost per seat includes staff wages, management fee, operation and maintenance fee, equipment depreciation and site rental related to the 10010 Customer Service Business. The actual cost per seat for each region is determined by dividing the 10010/10011 customer service seat cost for the region incurred by the provider as recognized in the auditor’s report issued by an independent auditing institution in the previous year by the annual average monthly seats in the previous year. The auditor’s report and the relevant supporting documents shall be submitted to the auditor of Party B.
 
  (b)   The determination of the actual effective seats: The provider shall provide the seat number in the previous month to Party B before the 10 th day of each month. Party B shall confirm the effective seat number with reference to the service standards of customer service centers stipulated in Standards for Telecommunications Services (Trial) issued by the Ministry of the Information Industry within five working days. The effective seat number shall be based on the number finally confirmed by Party B.
2.3   The Parties concerned agree that settlement shall be conducted directly by their

28


 

    respective subordinate entities in accordance with the fee standards stipulated in this annex on a monthly basis.
 
3.   Obligations of the Parties concerned
 
3.1   Party A shall properly increase the service seat number or service contents, including, but not limited to, offering services in relation to the establishment of designated seats for the 10010 value-added service in accordance with the written instruction of Party B. The cost per seat shall be determined with the reference to item 2(a) above.
 
3.2   Party B shall provide the information on any new businesses undertaken by Party B for mobile subscribers to the provider in a timely manner and provide the information on various businesses undertaken by Party B for mobile subscribers to the provider from time to time in accordance with the requirements of the provider.
 
3.3   The Parties concerned shall not suspend communications arising from the service businesses referred to in this annex without the consent of the other party. In case of any suspended communications or seriously impeded communications, the Parties concerned shall immediately take effective measures to restore communications.

29


 

Annex 11: Agency Services
1.   Services
 
    Party A (or any subsidiaries controlled by it), acting as the provider, launches product/service promotion and marketing activities in accordance with the market conditions and the needs and requirements of Party B.
 
2.   Fee standards
 
    The fee standards for providing the services by the provider shall not be lower than the fee standard of any independent third party agents for the acquisition of subscribers for Party B in the same region. The agency fee charged to Party B shall not be higher than the average agency fee charged by any independent third party agents for the acquisition of subscribers for Party B in the same region.
 
3.   Other payment issues
 
3.1   Billing shall be based on the information collected by Party B.
 
3.2   The Parties agree that payments shall be made directly by their respective subordinate entities in accordance with the fee standards stipulated in this annex on a monthly basis.

30


 

Annex 12: Engineering and Technical Services
1.   Services
 
    Party A (or any subsidiaries controlled by it), acting as the provider, offers engineering and technical services to Party B in accordance with the needs and requirements of Party B (the “Recipient”).
 
2.   Method for determining the provider
 
    The Parties have agreed that the Recipient shall determine the actual provider for engineering and technical services through tender invitation. The provider shall have the qualifications and conditions not inferior to that of any independent third parties and shall participate in the tender invitation procedure equally with any independent third parties.
 
3.   Service standards
 
    The service standards for providing the above services to the Recipient by the provider shall not be lower than the service standards for providing similar services to the Recipient by other independent third parties.
 
4.   Fee standards
 
    The fee standards for engineering services shall be determined with the reference to and shall not be higher than the Fee Standards for Survey and Engineering promulgated by the former State Planning Commission and the Ministry of Construction in 2002 and other relevant national standards, and shall not be higher than the fee standards adopted by other independent third parties providing similar services in the industry.
 
4.1   The fee standards for technical services shall be determined with the reference to and shall not be higher than the Circular of the State Planning Commission on Printing and Distributing the Interim Provisions on Construction Project Preliminary Work Consultation Fees promulgated by the former State Planning Commission in 1999 and other relevant national standards, and shall not be higher than the fee standards adopted by other independent third parties providing similar services in the industry.
 
5.   Other settlement issues
 
5.1   The Parties concerned agree that settlements shall be made directly by their respective subordinate entities in accordance with the fee standards stipulated in this annex and payments shall be made with the progress of the actual contract performance.

31

 

Exhibit 4.41
 
TRANSFER AGREEMENT
IN RESPECT OF COMPREHENSIVE SERVICE AGREEMENT
 
between
China United Telecommunications Corporation Ltd.
and
China Unicom Corporation Limited
October 26, 2006

 


 

        This Transfer Agreement in respect of the Comprehensive Service Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the “Transfer Agreement”) has been entered into by the parties hereto on October 26, 2006 in Beijing, the People’s Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the “PRC”):
(1)   Transferor:
 
    China United Telecommunications Corporation Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “Unicom A Share Company”)
 
    Address: 29/F, No. 1033 Changning Road, Shanghai
 
    Legal representative: Chang Xiaobing
(2)   Transferee:
 
    China Unicom Corporation Limited (hereinafter referred to as “Unicom Operating Company”)
 
    Address: Level 12, Office Tower 1, Henderson Centre, 18 Jianguomen Neidajie, Beijing
 
    Legal representative: Chang Xiaobing
WHEREAS:
(1)   China United Telecommunications Corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “Unicom Group”) is a company with limited liability established and validly existing under the PRC laws and engages in the operation of comprehensive telecommunication business. Unicom A Share Company is a joint stock limited company established and existing under the PRC laws. Its shares have been listed and traded on the Shanghai Stock Exchange (hereinafter referred to as the “SSE”) since October 9, 2002. Unicom Group is the controlling shareholder of Unicom A Share Company;
 
(2)   Unicom A Share Company indirectly controls China Unicom Limited (hereinafter referred to as “Unicom Red Chip”) through China Unicom (BVI) Limited (hereinafter referred to as “Unicom BVI”). Unicom Red Chip is a company with limited liability incorporated in the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the PRC (hereinafter referred to as “Hong Kong”) and its shares are listed and traded in Hong Kong and the U.S. respectively;
 
(3)   Unicom Operating Company is a foreign invested enterprise established and existing under the PRC laws, and is wholly-owned by Unicom Red Chip. Unicom Operating Company principally engages in the operation of international and domestic long distance communications business (excluding international communications facilities business) within the PRC, internet business and IP telephone business, as well as mobile communications business in 30 provinces, autonomous regions and municipalities covering Beijing, Tianjin, Shanghai, Liaoning, Hebei, Shandong, Jiangsu, Zhejiang, Fujian, Guangdong, Hubei, Anhui, Sichuan, Xinjiang, Chongqing, Shaanxi, Guangxi, Henan, Heilongjiang, Jilin, Jiangxi, Shanxi, Inner Mongolia, Hunan, Hainan,

2


 

    Yunnan, Ningxia, Gansu, Qinghai and Tibet;
 
(4)   On August 12, 2002, Unicom Group and Unicom A Share Company signed a Memorandum in respect of transactions between Unicom Group or its subsidiaries (excluding Unicom A Share Company and subsidiaries controlled by Unicom A Share Company) and Unicom Red Chip indirectly controlled by Unicom A Share Company and its subsidiaries after the listing of the shares of Unicom A Share Company (hereinafter referred to as “Memorandum on Connected Transactions”). According to the understanding reached under the Memorandum on Connected Transactions, if based on the Rules Governing the Listing of Shares on the Shanghai Stock Exchange (hereinafter referred to as the “SSE Listing Rules”) applicable from time to time, transactions between Unicom Red Chip or its subsidiaries and Unicom Group or its subsidiaries (excluding Unicom A Share Company and its subsidiaries) are subject to the approval of minority shareholders of Unicom A Share Company, and at the same time, based on the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (hereinafter referred to as the (“HKSE Listing Rules”) applicable from time to time, they are deemed to be connected transactions that are subject to the approval of the minority shareholders of Unicom Red Chips, such connected transactions shall be conducted in two steps: First step: an agreement shall be entered into between Unicom Group or its subsidiaries (excluding Unicom A Share Company and any subsidiaries controlled by it) and Unicom A Share Company or Unicom BVI in respect of any proposed transaction to specify the rights and obligations of the parties under the agreement (including, but not limited to, Unicom Group agreeing to the transfer of the rights and obligations of Unicom A Share Company or Unicom BVI under agreements to Unicom Red Chip or its subsidiaries); Second step: the transfer of the rights and obligations under the above-mentioned agreement by Unicom A Share Company or Unicom BVI to Unicom Red Chip or its subsidiaries;
 
(5)   For the purpose of the operation of telecommunications business by Unicom Operating Company, pursuant to the relevant provisions under the SSE Listing Rules, HKSE Listing Rules and Memorandum on Connected Transactions, Unicom Group and its subsidiaries (excluding Unicom A Share Company and subsidiaries controlled by it), through Unicom A Share Company, entered into the Comprehensive Service Agreement, the Comprehensive Service Agreement based on the Artificial Platform and the Building Lease Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the “Original Comprehensive Service Agreements”) with Unicom Operating Company in 2005 and pursuant to the above agreements, arrangements have been made for a series of continuing connected transactions arrangements (hereinafter referred to as the “Continuing Connected Transaction Arrangements”), which have been announced in accordance with the respective listing rules applicable to Unicom A Share Company and Unicom Red Chip Company and approved by their respective independent shareholders. The above Continuing Connected Transactions Arrangements have a term of two years, commencing on January 1, 2005 and ending on December 31, 2006; and
 
(6)   On October 26, 2006, Unicom Group and Unicom A Share Company entered

3


 

    into the Comprehensive Service Agreement.
Based on the actual implementation and amendments made since the Original Comprehensive Service Agreements came into effect, after the joint review and discussion and on the basis of equality and mutual benefit, the parties hereby agree on the following:
1.   Subject to the fulfillment of the conditions specified in Article 6 of this Transfer Agreement, the Transferor hereby agrees to transfer all its rights and obligations under the Comprehensive Service Agreement and its annexes to the Transferee, and the Transferee hereby agrees to accept the transfer of the rights and obligations of the Transferor under the Comprehensive Service Agreement.
 
2.   Once the Transferor has transferred its rights and obligations under the Comprehensive Service Agreement to the Transferee, the Transferee shall immediately assume all the rights and obligations of the Transferor under the Comprehensive Service Agreement. The Transferor shall immediately terminate all such rights and obligations under the Comprehensive Service Agreement that have been assumed by the Transferee.
 
3.   The Transferor hereby confirms that pursuant to Article 6 of the Comprehensive Service Agreement, Unicom Group has irrevocably agreed that the Transferor may transfer its rights and obligations under the Comprehensive Service Agreement to the Transferee and the transfer of the Transferor’s rights and obligations under the Comprehensive Service Agreement to the transferee is not subject to any further consent from Unicom Group.
 
4.   Each of the parties hereto warrants that it has the rights, powers and authority to enter into and perform this Transfer Agreement. Upon execution, this Transfer Agreement shall constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the parties.
 
5.   The Transferee agrees to retain and perform the past and future rights and obligations under the Comprehensive Service Agreement pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the Comprehensive Service Agreement within the effective term of the Comprehensive Service Agreement.
 
6.   Effectiveness
 
    Subject to the fulfillment of the following conditions, this Transfer Agreement shall become effective simultaneously with the Comprehensive Service Agreement:
  6.1   The shareholders’ general meeting of Unicom Red Chip approves the transfer by the Transferor of its rights and obligations under the Comprehensive Service Agreement to the Transferee pursuant to the applicable laws, regulations and listing rules;
 
  6.2   The shareholders’ general meeting of the Transferor approves the

4


 

 
      execution and performance of the Comprehensive Service Agreement pursuant to the applicable laws, regulations and listing rules.
7.   Force majeure
 
    If any party is unable to perform the relevant obligations under this Transfer Agreement in accordance with the applicable provisions as a result of any force majeure events, the occurrence and consequence of which are unforeseeable or unavoidable and cannot be overcome, such party shall immediately inform the other party of the situation and within fifteen days of any such occurrence, provide the relevant details and valid supporting documents for the failure or partial failure in performing or the reasons for the postponement of the performance of the relevant obligations under this Transfer Agreement and the related annexes. The parties shall negotiate with each other and decide whether to terminate, partly waive or postpone the performance of such obligations according to the extent of the impact of the force majeure events on the performance of the obligations.
 
8.   Confidentiality
 
    Save as otherwise required by the laws or the relevant regulatory authorities, or for the purpose of any disclosures to be made by the Transferor to the SSE or Unicom Red Chip to The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited, neither party shall be entitled to provide or disclose any data or information relating to the operations of the other party to any company, enterprise, organization or individuals without the permission in writing from the other party.
 
9.   No waiver
 
    Unless otherwise required by the laws, no failure or delay by either party in exercising any of its rights, powers or privileges shall be deemed to be a waiver of such rights, powers or privileges, and any partial exercise of the rights, powers or privileges shall not prejudice the future exercise of such rights, powers or privileges.
 
10.   Notification
 
    Any notice relating to this Transfer Agreement shall be made in writing and delivered by one party hereto to the other party by hand, by way of facsimile or by mail. If such notice is delivered by hand, it shall be deemed to have been served upon delivery. If it is sent by facsimile, it shall be deemed to have been served when the fax machine indicates the fax has been sent. If such notice is delivered by mail, it shall be deemed to have been served on the third working day (extended in the event of any statutory holidays) after dispatch of the mail. Any notice shall take effect once served.
 
    Addresses of the parties hereto:
     
China United Telecommunications Corporation Ltd.
  China Unicom Corporation Limited
Attention: Zhao Yilei
  Attention: Yang Xiaowei

5


 

     
Postal address: 29/F, No. 1033
  Postal address: Level 10, No. 133A,
Changning Road, Shanghai
  Xidan Beidajie, Xicheng District, Beijing
Postal Code: 200050
  Postal Code: 100032
 
   
11.   Governing law
 
    This Transfer Agreement is governed by the PRC law and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with such law.
 
12.   Settlement of disputes
 
    All disputes resulting from the execution of this Transfer Agreement or relating to this Transfer Agreement shall be settled by the parties through friendly negotiations. If an agreement for the settlement of the dispute cannot be reached within thirty (30) days upon request by one party for settling the dispute through negotiation, either party shall be entitled to refer the dispute to China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission to be solved through arbitration in Beijing by three (3) arbitrators pursuant to the then effective arbitration rules. The language for arbitration shall be Chinese. The arbitration decision shall be final and binding on both parties. Unless otherwise required by the arbitration tribunal, the arbitration fees shall be borne by the losing party.
 
13.   Others
  13.1   Upon reaching agreements through negotiation, the parties may amend or supplement this Transfer Agreement and any such amendments or supplements shall take effect after executed in writing by the legal or authorized representatives of the parties and sealed with their common seals.
 
  13.2   This Transfer Agreement is severable, that is, if any article under this Transfer Agreement is confirmed to be in violation of the laws and unenforceable, this shall not affect the validity and enforceability of any other articles of this Transfer Agreement.
 
  13.3   This Transfer Agreement is signed in four copies with each party holding two copies. All copies shall have equal legal status.

6


 

(There is no text in this page)
China United Telecommunications Corporation Ltd. (Common seal)
Legal or authorized representative:   /s/ Sun Qian  
China Unicom Corporation Limited (Common seal)
Legal or authorized representative:   /s/ Tong Jilu  

7

 

Exhibit 12.1
Certification
I, Chang Xiaobing, certify that:
1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of China Unicom Limited;
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.   The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:
  a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.
             
Date: June 29, 2007
  By:   /s/ Chang Xiaobing    
 
  Name:  
 
Chang Xiaobing
   
 
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer    

 

 

Exhibit 12.2
Certification
I, Tong Jilu, certify that:
1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of China Unicom Limited;
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.   The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:
  a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.
             
Date: June 29, 2007
  By:   /s/ Tong Jilu    
 
  Name:  
 
Tong Jilu
   
 
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer    

 

 

Exhibit 13.1
Certification
     Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and 18 U.S.C. § 1350, the undersigned officer of China Unicom Limited (the “Company”), hereby certifies that the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2006 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Exchange Act and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
             
Dated: June 29, 2007
  By:   /s/ Chang Xiaobing    
 
  Name:  
 
Chang Xiaobing
   
 
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer    
     The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) under the Exchange Act and 18 U.S.C § 1350 and will not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section.

 

 

Exhibit 13.2
Certification
     Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and 18 U.S.C. § 1350, the undersigned officer of China Unicom Limited (the “Company”), hereby certifies that the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2006 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Exchange Act and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
             
Dated: June 29, 2007
  By:   /s/ Tong Jilu    
 
  Name:  
 
Tong Jilu
   
 
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer    
     The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) under the Exchange Act and 18 U.S.C § 1350 and will not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section.